diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'config/MKS Robin nano v3.0/Config example for suport sd card')
12 files changed, 38118 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/config/MKS Robin nano v3.0/Config example for suport sd card/Config example for Ender3(4988)/Configuration.h b/config/MKS Robin nano v3.0/Config example for suport sd card/Config example for Ender3(4988)/Configuration.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..616aefe --- /dev/null +++ b/config/MKS Robin nano v3.0/Config example for suport sd card/Config example for Ender3(4988)/Configuration.h @@ -0,0 +1,2611 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * Configuration.h + * + * Basic settings such as: + * + * - Type of electronics + * - Type of temperature sensor + * - Printer geometry + * - Endstop configuration + * - LCD controller + * - Extra features + * + * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h + */ +#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020008 + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Getting Started ============================= +//=========================================================================== + +/** + * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: + * + * https://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration + * https://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk + * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz + * https://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide + * https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 + * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap + * https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 + */ + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== +//=========================================================================== +// For a Delta printer, start with one of the configuration files in the config/examples/delta directory +// from https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Configurations/branches/all and customize for your machine. +// + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== +//=========================================================================== +// For a SCARA printer, start with one of the configuration files in the config/examples/SCARA directory +// from https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Configurations/branches/all and customize for your machine. +// + +// @section info + +// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 +#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. +//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) + +/** + * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** + * + * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. + * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed + * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. + * + * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also + * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. + */ + +// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** +#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN + +// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. +//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN + +// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. +//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE + +// @section machine + +/** + * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. + * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. + * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. + * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. + * + * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] + */ +#define SERIAL_PORT -1 + +/** + * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. + * Currently Ethernet (-2) is only supported on Teensy 4.1 boards. + * :[-2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] + */ +//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 + +/** + * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. + * + * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if + * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. + * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. + * + * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] + */ +#define BAUDRATE 250000 + +// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices +//#define BLUETOOTH + +// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup +#ifndef MOTHERBOARD + #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_ROBIN_NANO_V3 +#endif + +// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu +//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" + +// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. +// Choose your own or use a service like https://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 +//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" + +// @section extruder + +// This defines the number of extruders +// :[0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8] +#define EXTRUDERS 1 + +// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. +#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 + +// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. +//#define SINGLENOZZLE + +// Save and restore temperature and fan speed on tool-change. +// Set standby for the unselected tool with M104/106/109 T... +#if ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE) + //#define SINGLENOZZLE_STANDBY_TEMP + //#define SINGLENOZZLE_STANDBY_FAN +#endif + +/** + * Multi-Material Unit + * Set to one of these predefined models: + * + * PRUSA_MMU1 : Průša MMU1 (The "multiplexer" version) + * PRUSA_MMU2 : Průša MMU2 + * PRUSA_MMU2S : Průša MMU2S (Requires MK3S extruder with motion sensor, EXTRUDERS = 5) + * SMUFF_EMU_MMU2 : Technik Gegg SMUFF (Průša MMU2 emulation mode) + * SMUFF_EMU_MMU2S : Technik Gegg SMUFF (Průša MMU2S emulation mode) + * + * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. + * See additional options in Configuration_adv.h. + */ +//#define MMU_MODEL PRUSA_MMU2 + +// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor +//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER +#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) + #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 + #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] + #if EXTRUDERS > 3 + #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 + #endif +#endif + +// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles +//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE +#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) + #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 + //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second + #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) +#endif + +/** + * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part + * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. + */ +//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER + +/** + * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part + * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid + * + * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 + * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k + * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE + */ +//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER + +#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) + + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 + + #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) + + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. + //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 + + #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) + + #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/min) Speed for travel before last distance point + #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/min) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple + #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point + #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling + + #endif + +#endif + +/** + * Switching Toolhead + * + * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as + * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. + */ +//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD + +/** + * Magnetic Switching Toolhead + * + * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic + * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. + */ +//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD + +/** + * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead + * + * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. + * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. + * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 + */ +//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD + +#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders + #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock + #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) + //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock + #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/min) Extruder prime feedrate + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/min) Extruder retract feedrate + #endif + #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching + #endif +#endif + +/** + * "Mixing Extruder" + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. + * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S<index>' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). + */ +//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER +#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) + #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder + #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 + //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif +#endif + +// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). +// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). +// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. +//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle +//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle +//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle + +// @section machine + +/** + * Power Supply Control + * + * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. + * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. + */ +//#define PSU_CONTROL +//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" + +#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) + #define PSU_ACTIVE_STATE LOW // Set 'LOW' for ATX, 'HIGH' for X-Box + + //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 + //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power + + //#define PSU_POWERUP_GCODE "M355 S1" // G-code to run after power-on (e.g., case light on) + //#define PSU_POWEROFF_GCODE "M355 S0" // G-code to run before power-off (e.g., case light off) + + //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin + #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) + #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power + #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS + #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN + #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN + //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU if any extruder is over this temperature + //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU if the chamber is over this temperature + #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 // (s) Turn off power if the machine is idle for this duration + //#define POWER_OFF_DELAY 60 // (s) Delay of poweroff after M81 command. Useful to let fans run for extra time. + #endif +#endif + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ +//=========================================================================== +// @section temperature + +/** + * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table + * + * Temperature sensors available: + * + * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) + * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) + * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) + * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 + * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 + * 0 : not used + * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) + * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table for MEGA) + * 332 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table for DUE) + * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) + * 202 : 200k thermistor - Copymaster 3D + * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) + * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! + * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan, J-Head, and E3D) (4.7k pullup) + * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor + * 502 : 100K Zonestar Thermistor used by hot bed in Zonestar Průša P802M + * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) + * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) + * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) + * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) + * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) + * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) + * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) + * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (Used in Keenovo AC silicone mats and most Wanhao i3 machines) (4.7k pullup) + * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) + * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" + * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend + * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 + * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x with mainboard ADC reference voltage = INA826 amplifier-board supply voltage. + * NOTES: (1) Must use an ADC input with no pullup. (2) Some INA826 amplifiers are unreliable at 3.3V so consider using sensor 147, 110, or 21. + * 21 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x with 3.3v ADC reference voltage (STM32, LPC176x....) and 5V INA826 amplifier board supply. + * NOTE: ADC pins are not 5V tolerant. Not recommended because it's possible to damage the CPU by going over 500°C. + * 22 : 100k (hotend) with 4.7k pullup to 3.3V and 220R to analog input (as in GTM32 Pro vB) + * 23 : 100k (bed) with 4.7k pullup to 3.3v and 220R to analog input (as in GTM32 Pro vB) + * 30 : Kis3d Silicone heating mat 200W/300W with 6mm precision cast plate (EN AW 5083) NTC100K / B3950 (4.7k pullup) + * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x + * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 + * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup + * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design + * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering + * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 + * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor + * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) + * + * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. + * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) + * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) + * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) + * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) + * + * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup (E3D) + * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) + * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup + * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) + * + * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h + * + * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. + * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. + * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. + */ +#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_6 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_7 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 + +// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 +#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 +#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 + +// Resistor values when using MAX31865 sensors (-5) on TEMP_SENSOR_0 / 1 +//#define MAX31865_SENSOR_OHMS_0 100 // (Ω) Typically 100 or 1000 (PT100 or PT1000) +//#define MAX31865_CALIBRATION_OHMS_0 430 // (Ω) Typically 430 for AdaFruit PT100; 4300 for AdaFruit PT1000 +//#define MAX31865_SENSOR_OHMS_1 100 +//#define MAX31865_CALIBRATION_OHMS_1 430 + +// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings +// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. +//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT +#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 + +#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 4 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 +#define TEMP_WINDOW 4 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer +#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 4 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target + +#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 4 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 +#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 4 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer +#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 4 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target + +// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off +// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. +#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_6_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_7_MINTEMP 5 +#define BED_MINTEMP 5 + +// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. +// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. +// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) +#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_6_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_7_MAXTEMP 275 +#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= PID Settings ================================ +//=========================================================================== +// PID Tuning Guide here: https://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning + +// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. +#define PIDTEMP +#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current +#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current +#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop + +#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) + //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) + //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) + // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] + + #if ENABLED(PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND) + // Specify between 1 and HOTENDS values per array. + // If fewer than EXTRUDER values are provided, the last element will be repeated. + #define DEFAULT_Kp_LIST { 22.20, 22.20 } + #define DEFAULT_Ki_LIST { 1.08, 1.08 } + #define DEFAULT_Kd_LIST { 114.00, 114.00 } + #else + #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.20 + #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 + #define DEFAULT_Kd 114.00 + #endif +#endif // PIDTEMP + +//=========================================================================== +//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== +//=========================================================================== + +/** + * PID Bed Heating + * + * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. + * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. + * + * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. + * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, + * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly + * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W + * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand + * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. + */ +//#define PIDTEMPBED + +//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING + +/** + * Max Bed Power + * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). + * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider + * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) + */ +#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current + +#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) + //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 + //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. + + // 120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) + // from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) + #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 + #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 + #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 + + // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. +#endif // PIDTEMPBED + +#if EITHER(PIDTEMP, PIDTEMPBED) + //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. Use 'M303 D' to toggle activation. + //#define PID_OPENLOOP // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX + //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay + #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature + // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. +#endif + +// @section extruder + +/** + * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. + * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn + * cold extrusion prevention on and off. + * + * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** + */ +#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION +#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 + +/** + * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. + * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. + */ +#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE +#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 600 + +//=========================================================================== +//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= +//=========================================================================== + +/** + * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage + * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which + * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. + * + * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower + * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep + * the heater on. + * + * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the + * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h + */ + +#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders +#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed +#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= +//=========================================================================== + +// @section machine + +// Enable one of the options below for CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics, +// either in the usual order or reversed +//#define COREXY +//#define COREXZ +//#define COREYZ +//#define COREYX +//#define COREZX +//#define COREZY +//#define MARKFORGED_XY // MarkForged. See https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?152,504042 + +//=========================================================================== +//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== +//=========================================================================== + +// @section homing + +// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. +// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the +// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. +#define USE_XMIN_PLUG +#define USE_YMIN_PLUG +#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG +//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG +//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG +//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG + +// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state +#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS +#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) + // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE +#endif + +// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state +//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS +#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) + // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE +#endif + +// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). +#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. + +/** + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. + * + * Use TMC2208/TMC2208_STANDALONE for TMC2225 drivers and TMC2209/TMC2209_STANDALONE for TMC2226 drivers. + * + * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, L6474, POWERSTEP01, + * TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, + * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, + * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, + * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, + * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE + * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'L6474', 'POWERSTEP01', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] + */ +#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E6_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E7_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 + +// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. +// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. +//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE + +/** + * Endstop Noise Threshold + * + * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. + * + * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. + * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor in parallel with the switch. + * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs + * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. + * + * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] + */ +//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 + +// Check for stuck or disconnected endstops during homing moves. +//#define DETECT_BROKEN_ENDSTOP + +//============================================================================= +//============================== Movement Settings ============================ +//============================================================================= +// @section motion + +/** + * Default Settings + * + * These settings can be reset by M502 + * + * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. + */ + +/** + * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the + * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the + * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. + */ +//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS + +/** + * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) + * Override with M92 + * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] + */ +#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 133 } + +/** + * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) + * Override with M203 + * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] + */ +#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } + +//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 +#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) + #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits +#endif + +/** + * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s + * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) + * Override with M201 + * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] + */ +#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } + +//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 +#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) + #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits +#endif + +/** + * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s + * Override with M204 + * + * M204 P Acceleration + * M204 R Retract Acceleration + * M204 T Travel Acceleration + */ +#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves +#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts +#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves + +/** + * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) + * Override with M205 X Y Z E + * + * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. + * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the + * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. + */ +//#define CLASSIC_JERK +#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) + #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 + #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 + #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 + + //#define TRAVEL_EXTRA_XYJERK 0.0 // Additional jerk allowance for all travel moves + + //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 + #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) + #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits + #endif +#endif + +#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance + +/** + * Junction Deviation Factor + * + * See: + * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 + * https://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html + */ +#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) + #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge + #define JD_HANDLE_SMALL_SEGMENTS // Use curvature estimation instead of just the junction angle + // for small segments (< 1mm) with large junction angles (> 135°). +#endif + +/** + * S-Curve Acceleration + * + * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier + * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. + * + * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained + */ +//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= +//=========================================================================== +// @section probes + +// +// See https://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html +// + +/** + * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z-MIN pin. + * The probe replaces the Z-MIN endstop and is used for Z homing. + * (Automatically enables USE_PROBE_FOR_Z_HOMING.) + */ +//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN + +// Force the use of the probe for Z-axis homing +//#define USE_PROBE_FOR_Z_HOMING + +/** + * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN + * + * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. + * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD + * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. + * + * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. + * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. + * + * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: + * - For simple switches connect... + * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. + * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. + */ +//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN PC4 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default + +/** + * Probe Type + * + * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. + * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. + */ + +/** + * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. + * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands + * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. + */ +//#define PROBE_MANUALLY +//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 + +/** + * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. + * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) + */ +//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE + +/** + * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive + * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. + */ +//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE + +/** + * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. + */ +//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. +//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles + +/** + * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. + */ +//#define BLTOUCH + +/** + * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr + * + * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. + * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is + * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. + * + * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, + * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. + */ +//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) + #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts + //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed + //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) +#endif + +// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) +//#define SOLENOID_PROBE + +// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. +//#define Z_PROBE_SLED +//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. + +// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. +//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE +#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) + #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS + #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS +#endif + +// Duet Smart Effector (for delta printers) - https://bit.ly/2ul5U7J +// When the pin is defined you can use M672 to set/reset the probe sensivity. +//#define DUET_SMART_EFFECTOR +#if ENABLED(DUET_SMART_EFFECTOR) + #define SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN -1 // Connect a GPIO pin to the Smart Effector MOD pin +#endif + +/** + * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. + * Requires stallGuard-capable Trinamic stepper drivers. + * CAUTION: This can damage machines with Z lead screws. + * Take extreme care when setting up this feature. + */ +//#define SENSORLESS_PROBING + +// +// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. +// + +/** + * Nozzle-to-Probe offsets { X, Y, Z } + * + * X and Y offset + * Use a caliper or ruler to measure the distance from the tip of + * the Nozzle to the center-point of the Probe in the X and Y axes. + * + * Z offset + * - For the Z offset use your best known value and adjust at runtime. + * - Common probes trigger below the nozzle and have negative values for Z offset. + * - Probes triggering above the nozzle height are uncommon but do exist. When using + * probes such as this, carefully set Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE and Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES + * to avoid collisions during probing. + * + * Tune and Adjust + * - Probe Offsets can be tuned at runtime with 'M851', LCD menus, babystepping, etc. + * - PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD (configuration_adv.h) can be used for setting the Z offset. + * + * Assuming the typical work area orientation: + * - Probe to RIGHT of the Nozzle has a Positive X offset + * - Probe to LEFT of the Nozzle has a Negative X offset + * - Probe in BACK of the Nozzle has a Positive Y offset + * - Probe in FRONT of the Nozzle has a Negative Y offset + * + * Some examples: + * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, -1 } // Example "1" + * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET {-10, 5, -1 } // Example "2" + * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 5, -5, -1 } // Example "3" + * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET {-15,-10, -1 } // Example "4" + * + * +-- BACK ---+ + * | [+] | + * L | 1 | R <-- Example "1" (right+, back+) + * E | 2 | I <-- Example "2" ( left-, back+) + * F |[-] N [+]| G <-- Nozzle + * T | 3 | H <-- Example "3" (right+, front-) + * | 4 | T <-- Example "4" ( left-, front-) + * | [-] | + * O-- FRONT --+ + */ +#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -40, -14, -2 } + +// Most probes should stay away from the edges of the bed, but +// with NOZZLE_AS_PROBE this can be negative for a wider probing area. +#define PROBING_MARGIN 30 + +// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/min) between probes +#define XY_PROBE_SPEED (133*60) + +// Feedrate (mm/min) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) +#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST (4*60) + +// Feedrate (mm/min) for the "accurate" probe of each point +#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) + +/** + * Probe Activation Switch + * A switch indicating proper deployment, or an optical + * switch triggered when the carriage is near the bed. + */ +//#define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH +#if ENABLED(PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH) + #define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH_STATE LOW // State indicating probe is active + //#define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH_PIN PC6 // Override default pin +#endif + +/** + * Tare Probe (determine zero-point) prior to each probe. + * Useful for a strain gauge or piezo sensor that needs to factor out + * elements such as cables pulling on the carriage. + */ +//#define PROBE_TARE +#if ENABLED(PROBE_TARE) + #define PROBE_TARE_TIME 200 // (ms) Time to hold tare pin + #define PROBE_TARE_DELAY 200 // (ms) Delay after tare before + #define PROBE_TARE_STATE HIGH // State to write pin for tare + //#define PROBE_TARE_PIN PA5 // Override default pin + #if ENABLED(PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH) + //#define PROBE_TARE_ONLY_WHILE_INACTIVE // Fail to tare/probe if PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH is active + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Multiple Probing + * + * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. + * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. + * + * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. + * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. + */ +//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 +//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 + +/** + * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between + * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. + * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. + * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. + * + * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or + * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) + * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. + * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. + * + * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. + * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. + */ +#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow +#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points +#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes +//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done + +#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping + +// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset +#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 +#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 + +// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy +//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST + +// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation +//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW +#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) + //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe +#endif + +/** + * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. + * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical + * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. + * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve + * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. + */ +//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing +#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) + //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) +#endif +//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing +//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing +//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors + +// Require minimum nozzle and/or bed temperature for probing +//#define PREHEAT_BEFORE_PROBING +#if ENABLED(PREHEAT_BEFORE_PROBING) + #define PROBING_NOZZLE_TEMP 120 // (°C) Only applies to E0 at this time + #define PROBING_BED_TEMP 50 +#endif + +// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 +// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } +#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 +#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 +#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 +#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders + +// Disable axis steppers immediately when they're not being stepped. +// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! +#define DISABLE_X false +#define DISABLE_Y false +#define DISABLE_Z false + +// Turn off the display blinking that warns about possible accuracy reduction +//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING + +// @section extruder + +#define DISABLE_E false // Disable the extruder when not stepping +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled + +// @section machine + +// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. +#define INVERT_X_DIR false +#define INVERT_Y_DIR false +#define INVERT_Z_DIR true + +// @section extruder + +// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. +#define INVERT_E0_DIR false +#define INVERT_E1_DIR false +#define INVERT_E2_DIR false +#define INVERT_E3_DIR false +#define INVERT_E4_DIR false +#define INVERT_E5_DIR false +#define INVERT_E6_DIR false +#define INVERT_E7_DIR false + +// @section homing + +//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed. Also enable HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE for extra safety. +//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated. Also enable NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING for extra safety. +//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. + +//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... + // Be sure to have this much clearance over your Z_MAX_POS to prevent grinding. + +//#define Z_AFTER_HOMING 10 // (mm) Height to move to after homing Z + +// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN +// :[-1,1] +#define X_HOME_DIR -1 +#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 +#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 + +// @section machine + +// The size of the print bed +#define X_BED_SIZE 220 +#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 + +// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. +#define X_MIN_POS 0 +#define Y_MIN_POS 0 +#define Z_MIN_POS 0 +#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE +#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE +#define Z_MAX_POS 250 + +/** + * Software Endstops + * + * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. + * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. + * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. + * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state + */ + +// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds +#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS +#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) + #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X + #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y + #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z +#endif + +// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds +#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS +#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) + #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X + #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y + #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z +#endif + +#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) + //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD +#endif + +/** + * Filament Runout Sensors + * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. + * + * IMPORTANT: Runout will only trigger if Marlin is aware that a print job is running. + * Marlin knows a print job is running when: + * 1. Running a print job from media started with M24. + * 2. The Print Job Timer has been started with M75. + * 3. The heaters were turned on and PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART is enabled. + * + * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. + * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. + */ +//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR +#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) + #define FIL_RUNOUT_ENABLED_DEFAULT true // Enable the sensor on startup. Override with M412 followed by M500. + #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. + + #define FIL_RUNOUT_STATE LOW // Pin state indicating that filament is NOT present. + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. + //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. + + // Override individually if the runout sensors vary + //#define FIL_RUNOUT1_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT1_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT1_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT3_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT3_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT3_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT4_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT4_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT4_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT5_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT5_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT5_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT6_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT6_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT6_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT7_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT7_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT7_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT8_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT8_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT8_PULLDOWN + + // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. + // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) + #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" + + // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament + // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of + // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. + //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 + + #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM + // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin + // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM + // large enough to avoid false positives.) + //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR + #endif +#endif + +//=========================================================================== +//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== +//=========================================================================== +// @section calibrate + +/** + * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters + * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. + * + * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! + * + * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT + * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) + * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. + * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. + * + * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR + * Probe several points in a grid. + * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. + * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. + * + * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR + * Probe several points in a grid. + * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. + * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. + * + * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) + * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits + * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh + * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. + * + * - MESH_BED_LEVELING + * Probe a grid manually + * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) + * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform + * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. + * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. + */ +//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT +//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR +//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR +//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL +//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING + +/** + * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable one of + * these options to restore the prior leveling state or to always enable + * leveling immediately after G28. + */ +//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 +//#define ENABLE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 + +/** + * Auto-leveling needs preheating + */ +//#define PREHEAT_BEFORE_LEVELING +#if ENABLED(PREHEAT_BEFORE_LEVELING) + #define LEVELING_NOZZLE_TEMP 120 // (°C) Only applies to E0 at this time + #define LEVELING_BED_TEMP 50 +#endif + +/** + * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. + * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. + * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! + */ +//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE + +#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, + // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. + // The height can be set with M420 Z<height> + #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT + #if ENABLED(ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT) + #define DEFAULT_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT 10.0 // (mm) Default fade height. + #endif + + // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, + // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the + // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. + #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES + #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) + + /** + * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. + */ + //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION + #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) + #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. + #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for G26. + #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for G26. + #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for G26. + #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for G26 XY moves. + #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 100 // (mm/s) Feedrate for G26 XY travel moves. + #define G26_RETRACT_MULTIPLIER 1.0 // G26 Q (retraction) used by default between mesh test elements. + #endif + +#endif + +#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) + + // Set the number of grid points per dimension. + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X + + // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column + //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST + + #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) + + // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? + // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. + //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID + + // + // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. + // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. + // + //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION + #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) + // Number of subdivisions between probe points + #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 + #endif + + #endif + +#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + + //=========================================================================== + //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ + //=========================================================================== + + //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh + + #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X + + #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle + #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 + + //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used + // as the Z-Height correction value. + +#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) + + //=========================================================================== + //=================================== Mesh ================================== + //=========================================================================== + + #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X + + //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS + +#endif // BED_LEVELING + +/** + * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. + * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. + */ +//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING + +#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) + #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. + #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment + //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points +#endif + +// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment +//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS + +#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET_LFRB { 30, 30, 30, 30 } // (mm) Left, Front, Right, Back insets + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle between leveling points + //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner + //#define LEVEL_CORNERS_USE_PROBE + #if ENABLED(LEVEL_CORNERS_USE_PROBE) + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_PROBE_TOLERANCE 0.1 + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_VERIFY_RAISED // After adjustment triggers the probe, re-probe to verify + //#define LEVEL_CORNERS_AUDIO_FEEDBACK + #endif + + /** + * Corner Leveling Order + * + * Set 2 or 4 points. When 2 points are given, the 3rd is the center of the opposite edge. + * + * LF Left-Front RF Right-Front + * LB Left-Back RB Right-Back + * + * Examples: + * + * Default {LF,RB,LB,RF} {LF,RF} {LB,LF} + * LB --------- RB LB --------- RB LB --------- RB LB --------- RB + * | 4 3 | | 3 2 | | <3> | | 1 | + * | | | | | | | <3>| + * | 1 2 | | 1 4 | | 1 2 | | 2 | + * LF --------- RF LF --------- RF LF --------- RF LF --------- RF + */ + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_LEVELING_ORDER { LF, RF, RB, LB } +#endif + +/** + * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. + * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. + */ +//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" + +// @section homing + +// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) +//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 + +// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. +// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. +//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 +//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 +//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 + +// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. +// +// With this feature enabled: +// +// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. +// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. +// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing. +// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. +// +//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING + +#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) + #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT X_CENTER // X point for Z homing + #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT Y_CENTER // Y point for Z homing +#endif + +// Homing speeds (mm/min) +#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_MM_M { (50*60), (50*60), (4*60) } + +// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves +#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS + +// @section calibrate + +/** + * Bed Skew Compensation + * + * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. + * + * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: + * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) + * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C + * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D + * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D + * + * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. + * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: + * + * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 + * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) + * + * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. + * Use these diagrams for reference: + * + * Y Z Z + * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C + * | / / | / / | / / + * | / / | / / | / / + * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D + * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y + * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR + */ +//#define SKEW_CORRECTION + +#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) + // Input all length measurements here: + #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 + #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 + #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 + + // Or, set the default skew factors directly here + // to override the above measurements: + #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 + + //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z + #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) + #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 + #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 + #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 + #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 + #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 + #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 + #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 + #endif + + // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime + //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE +#endif + +//============================================================================= +//============================= Additional Features =========================== +//============================================================================= + +// @section extras + +/** + * EEPROM + * + * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. + * + * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. + * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) + * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) + */ +#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 +//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! +#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. +//#define EEPROM_BOOT_SILENT // Keep M503 quiet and only give errors during first load +#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) + #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. +#endif + +// +// Host Keepalive +// +// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host +// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. +// +#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages +#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. +#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating + +// +// G20/G21 Inch mode support +// +//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT + +// +// M149 Set temperature units support +// +//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT + +// @section temperature + +// Preheat Constants +#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" +#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 +#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 +#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 + +#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" +#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 +#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 +#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 + +/** + * Nozzle Park + * + * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. + * + * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: + * + * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. + * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. + * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. + */ +//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE + +#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) + // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } + #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } + //#define NOZZLE_PARK_X_ONLY // X move only is required to park + //#define NOZZLE_PARK_Y_ONLY // Y move only is required to park + #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_RAISE_MIN 2 // (mm) Always raise Z by at least this distance + #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) + #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) +#endif + +/** + * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL + * + * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. + * + * Parameters: + * P Pattern + * S Strokes / Repetitions + * T Triangles (P1 only) + * + * Patterns: + * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material + * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) + * between the start / end points. + * + * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the + * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. + * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. + * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: + * + * -- + * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) + * | | / \ / \ / \ | + * A | | / \ / \ / \ | + * | | / \ / \ / \ | + * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) + * -- +--------------------------------+ + * |________|_________|_________| + * T1 T2 T3 + * + * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. + * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. + * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. + * + * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. + * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. + */ +//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE + +#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) + // Default number of pattern repetitions + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 + + // Default number of triangles + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 + + // Specify positions for each tool as { { X, Y, Z }, { X, Y, Z } } + // Dual hotend system may use { { -20, (Y_BED_SIZE / 2), (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }, { 420, (Y_BED_SIZE / 2), (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }} + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } } + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } } + + // Circular pattern radius + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 + // Circular pattern circle fragments number + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 + // Middle point of circle + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT + + // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK + + // For a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) + //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z + + // For a purge/clean station mounted on the X axis + //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Y + + // Require a minimum hotend temperature for cleaning + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_MIN_TEMP 170 + //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_HEATUP // Heat up the nozzle instead of skipping wipe + + // Explicit wipe G-code script applies to a G12 with no arguments. + //#define WIPE_SEQUENCE_COMMANDS "G1 X-17 Y25 Z10 F4000\nG1 Z1\nM114\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 Z15\nM400\nG0 X-10.0 Y-9.0" + +#endif + +/** + * Print Job Timer + * + * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. + * + * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer + * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer + * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none + * + * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: + * + * M75 - Start the print job timer + * M76 - Pause the print job timer + * M77 - Stop the print job timer + */ +#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART + +/** + * Print Counter + * + * Track statistical data such as: + * + * - Total print jobs + * - Total successful print jobs + * - Total failed print jobs + * - Total time printing + * + * View the current statistics with M78. + */ +//#define PRINTCOUNTER +#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) + #define PRINTCOUNTER_SAVE_INTERVAL 60 // (minutes) EEPROM save interval during print +#endif + +/** + * Password + * + * Set a numerical password for the printer which can be requested: + * + * - When the printer boots up + * - Upon opening the 'Print from Media' Menu + * - When SD printing is completed or aborted + * + * The following G-codes can be used: + * + * M510 - Lock Printer. Blocks all commands except M511. + * M511 - Unlock Printer. + * M512 - Set, Change and Remove Password. + * + * If you forget the password and get locked out you'll need to re-flash + * the firmware with the feature disabled, reset EEPROM, and (optionally) + * re-flash the firmware again with this feature enabled. + */ +//#define PASSWORD_FEATURE +#if ENABLED(PASSWORD_FEATURE) + #define PASSWORD_LENGTH 4 // (#) Number of digits (1-9). 3 or 4 is recommended + #define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP + #define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack. + #define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>. + //#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running + //#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END + //#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT + //#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE +#endif + +//============================================================================= +//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ +//============================================================================= + +// @section lcd + +/** + * LCD LANGUAGE + * + * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: + * + * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, hu, it, + * jp_kana, ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ro, ru, sk, sv, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW + * + * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'hu':'Hungarian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ro':'Romanian', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'sv':'Swedish', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)' } + */ +#define LCD_LANGUAGE en + +/** + * LCD Character Set + * + * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. + * + * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these + * language extensions: + * + * - JAPANESE ... the most common + * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters + * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language + * + * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: + * + * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' + * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu + * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text + * + * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html + * + * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] + */ +#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE + +/** + * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Průša) + * + * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Průša'] + */ +#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 + +/** + * SD CARD + * + * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, + * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. + */ +#define SDSUPPORT + +/** + * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC + * + * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. + */ +//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY + +/** + * LCD Menu Items + * + * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or + * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. + */ +//#define NO_LCD_MENUS +//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS + +// +// ENCODER SETTINGS +// +// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to +// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. +// +//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 + +// +// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to +// move between next/prev menu items. +// +//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 + +/** + * Encoder Direction Options + * + * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. + * + * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. + * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. + * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. + */ + +// +// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. +// +// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE +// +//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION + +// +// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. +// +// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. +// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. +// +//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION + +// +// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. +// +// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. +// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. +// +//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION + +// +// Individual Axis Homing +// +// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. +// +//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU + +// +// SPEAKER/BUZZER +// +// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. +// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. +// +//#define SPEAKER + +// +// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. +// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. +// +// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: +// M300 S<frequency Hz> P<duration ms> +// +//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 +//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 + +//============================================================================= +//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= +//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= +//============================================================================= + +// +// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. +// https://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller +// +// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. +// +//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER + +// +// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader +// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ +// +//#define RADDS_DISPLAY + +// +// ULTIMAKER Controller. +// +//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER + +// +// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. +// +//#define ULTIPANEL + +// +// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) +// https://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne +// +//#define PANEL_ONE + +// +// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller +// https://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel +// +// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. +// +//#define G3D_PANEL + +// +// RigidBot Panel V1.0 +// http://www.inventapart.com/ +// +//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL + +// +// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller +// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html +// +//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 + +// +// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller +// +//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. + // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference + // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. + // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. + +// +// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. +// +//#define ULTRA_LCD + +//============================================================================= +//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= +//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== +//============================================================================= + +// +// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C +// +// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C +// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C +// + +// +// Elefu RA Board Control Panel +// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 +// +//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL + +// +// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays +// +// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library +// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home +// +//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 +//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 + +// +// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter +// +//#define LCM1602 + +// +// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, +// separate encoder and click inputs. +// +// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. +// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 +// +// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to +// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). +// +//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 + +// +// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, +// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. +// +//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI + +// +// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels +// + +// +// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH +// LCD configuration: https://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD +// +//#define SAV_3DLCD + +// +// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 +// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD +// Uses the code directly from Sailfish +// +//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD + +// +// TFT GLCD Panel with Marlin UI +// Panel connected to main board by SPI or I2C interface. +// See https://github.com/Serhiy-K/TFTGLCDAdapter +// +//#define TFTGLCD_PANEL_SPI +//#define TFTGLCD_PANEL_I2C + +//============================================================================= +//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= +//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== +//============================================================================= + +// +// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) +// +// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! +// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino +// +// NOTE: If the LCD is unresponsive you may need to reverse the plugs. +// + +// +// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller +// https://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller +// +//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER + +// +// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD +// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 +// +//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD + +// +// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices +// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD +// https://www.panucatt.com +// +//#define VIKI2 +//#define miniVIKI + +// +// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic +// controller and SD support - https://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel +// +//#define MINIPANEL + +// +// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. +// https://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel +// +//#define MAKRPANEL + +// +// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. +// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ +// +//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER + +// +// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by +// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. +// +//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER + +// +// Cartesio UI +// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface +// +//#define CARTESIO_UI + +// +// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD +// +//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI + +// +// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder +// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) +// +//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER + +// +// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support +// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 +// +//#define MKS_MINI_12864 + +// +// MKS LCD12864A/B with graphic controller and SD support. Follows MKS_MINI_12864 pinout. +// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/33018110072.html +// +//#define MKS_LCD12864 + +// +// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support +// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ +// +//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default +//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) +//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight +//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. NeoPixel RGB Backlight +//#define FYSETC_GENERIC_12864_1_1 // Larger display with basic ON/OFF backlight. + +// +// Factory display for Creality CR-10 +// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html +// +// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. +// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) +// +//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY + +// +// Ender-2 OEM display, a variant of the MKS_MINI_12864 +// +//#define ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY + +// +// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller +// +// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 +// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with +// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). Enable one of these. +// +//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD +//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD_ALT_WIRING + +// +// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD +// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html +// +//#define AZSMZ_12864 + +// +// Silvergate GLCD controller +// https://github.com/android444/Silvergate +// +//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER + +//============================================================================= +//============================== OLED Displays ============================== +//============================================================================= + +// +// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display +// +//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 + +// +// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules +// +//#define SAV_3DGLCD +#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) + #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 + //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 +#endif + +// +// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel +// +//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 + +// +// MKS OLED 1.3" 128×64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER +// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED +// +// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display +// +//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) +//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller + +// +// Zonestar OLED 128×64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER +// +//#define ZONESTAR_12864LCD // Graphical (DOGM) with ST7920 controller +//#define ZONESTAR_12864OLED // 1.3" OLED with SH1106 controller (default) +//#define ZONESTAR_12864OLED_SSD1306 // 0.96" OLED with SSD1306 controller + +// +// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 +// +//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART + +// +// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs +// +//#define OVERLORD_OLED + +// +// FYSETC OLED 2.42" 128×64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER with WS2812 RGB +// Where to find : https://www.aliexpress.com/item/4000345255731.html +//#define FYSETC_242_OLED_12864 // Uses the SSD1309 controller + +//============================================================================= +//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== +//============================================================================= + +// +// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS. (Choose one.) +// ORIGIN : https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32993409517.html +// FYSETC : https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32961471929.html +// +//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_ORIGIN +//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC +//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY + +// +// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200/M300 printers +// +//#define MALYAN_LCD +#if ENABLED(MALYAN_LCD) + #define LCD_SERIAL_PORT 1 // Default is 1 for Malyan M200 +#endif + +// +// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays +// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. +// +//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE + +// +// Touch-screen LCD for Anycubic printers +// +//#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_I3MEGA +//#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_CHIRON +#if EITHER(ANYCUBIC_LCD_I3MEGA, ANYCUBIC_LCD_CHIRON) + #define LCD_SERIAL_PORT 3 // Default is 3 for Anycubic + //#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_DEBUG +#endif + +// +// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. +// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extui'. +// +//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI + +#if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + //#define EXTUI_LOCAL_BEEPER // Enables use of local Beeper pin with external display +#endif + +//============================================================================= +//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== +//============================================================================= + +/** + * Specific TFT Model Presets. Enable one of the following options + * or enable TFT_GENERIC and set sub-options. + */ + +// +// 480x320, 3.5", SPI Display From MKS +// Normally used in MKS Robin Nano V2 +// +#define MKS_TS35_V2_0 + +// +// 320x240, 2.4", FSMC Display From MKS +// Normally used in MKS Robin Nano V1.2 +// +//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT24 + +// +// 320x240, 2.8", FSMC Display From MKS +// Normally used in MKS Robin Nano V1.2 +// +//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT28 + +// +// 320x240, 3.2", FSMC Display From MKS +// Normally used in MKS Robin Nano V1.2 +// +//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT32 + +// +// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Display From MKS +// Normally used in MKS Robin Nano V1.2 +// +//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT35 + +// +// 480x272, 4.3", FSMC Display From MKS +// +//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT43 + +// +// 320x240, 3.2", FSMC Display From MKS +// Normally used in MKS Robin +// +//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT_V1_1R + +// +// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Stock Display from TronxXY +// +//#define TFT_TRONXY_X5SA + +// +// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Stock Display from AnyCubic +// +//#define ANYCUBIC_TFT35 + +// +// 320x240, 2.8", FSMC Stock Display from Longer/Alfawise +// +//#define LONGER_LK_TFT28 + +// +// 320x240, 2.8", FSMC Stock Display from ET4 +// +//#define ANET_ET4_TFT28 + +// +// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Stock Display from ET5 +// +//#define ANET_ET5_TFT35 + +// +// Generic TFT with detailed options +// +//#define TFT_GENERIC +#if ENABLED(TFT_GENERIC) + // :[ 'AUTO', 'ST7735', 'ST7789', 'ST7796', 'R61505', 'ILI9328', 'ILI9341', 'ILI9488' ] + #define TFT_DRIVER AUTO + + // Interface. Enable one of the following options: + //#define TFT_INTERFACE_FSMC + //#define TFT_INTERFACE_SPI + + // TFT Resolution. Enable one of the following options: + //#define TFT_RES_320x240 + //#define TFT_RES_480x272 + //#define TFT_RES_480x320 +#endif + +/** + * TFT UI - User Interface Selection. Enable one of the following options: + * + * TFT_CLASSIC_UI - Emulated DOGM - 128x64 Upscaled + * TFT_COLOR_UI - Marlin Default Menus, Touch Friendly, using full TFT capabilities + * TFT_LVGL_UI - A Modern UI using LVGL + * + * For LVGL_UI also copy the 'assets' folder from the build directory to the + * root of your SD card, together with the compiled firmware. + */ +//#define TFT_CLASSIC_UI +//#define TFT_COLOR_UI +#define TFT_LVGL_UI + +#if ENABLED(TFT_LVGL_UI) + #define MKS_WIFI_MODULE // MKS WiFi module +#endif + +/** + * TFT Rotation. Set to one of the following values: + * + * TFT_ROTATE_90, TFT_ROTATE_90_MIRROR_X, TFT_ROTATE_90_MIRROR_Y, + * TFT_ROTATE_180, TFT_ROTATE_180_MIRROR_X, TFT_ROTATE_180_MIRROR_Y, + * TFT_ROTATE_270, TFT_ROTATE_270_MIRROR_X, TFT_ROTATE_270_MIRROR_Y, + * TFT_MIRROR_X, TFT_MIRROR_Y, TFT_NO_ROTATION + */ +//#define TFT_ROTATION TFT_NO_ROTATION + +//============================================================================= +//============================ Other Controllers ============================ +//============================================================================= + +// +// Ender-3 v2 OEM display. A DWIN display with Rotary Encoder. +// +//#define DWIN_CREALITY_LCD + +// +// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 +// +#define TOUCH_SCREEN +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_SCREEN) + #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens + #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus + + #define TOUCH_SCREEN_CALIBRATION + + //#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_X 12316 + //#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_Y -8981 + //#define TOUCH_OFFSET_X -43 + //#define TOUCH_OFFSET_Y 257 + //#define TOUCH_ORIENTATION TOUCH_LANDSCAPE + + #if ENABLED(TFT_COLOR_UI) + //#define SINGLE_TOUCH_NAVIGATION + #endif +#endif + +// +// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 +// https://reprapworld.com/products/electronics/ramps/keypad_v1_0_fully_assembled/ +// +//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD +//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press + +//============================================================================= +//=============================== Extra Features ============================== +//============================================================================= + +// @section extras + +// Set number of user-controlled fans. Disable to use all board-defined fans. +// :[1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8] +//#define NUM_M106_FANS 1 + +// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino +//#define FAST_PWM_FAN + +// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency +// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency +// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. +//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM + +// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, +// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. +// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; +// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. +// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] +#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 + +// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can +// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, +// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired +// duty cycle is attained. +//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER + +// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. +// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C +// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) +//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS + +// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder +//#define BARICUDA + +// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb +//#define BLINKM + +// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver +//#define PCA9632 + +// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver +//#define PCA9533 + +/** + * RGB LED / LED Strip Control + * + * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or + * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. + * + * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. + * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of + * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. + * For NeoPixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. + * + * *** CAUTION *** + * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, + * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. + * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! + * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The NeoPixel LED needs + * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. + * *** CAUTION *** + * + * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. + */ +//#define RGB_LED +//#define RGBW_LED + +#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) + //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 + //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 + //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 + //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 +#endif + +// Support for Adafruit NeoPixel LED driver +//#define NEOPIXEL_LED +#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) + #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) + #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin + //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE + //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 + #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip. (Longest strip when NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE is disabled.) + #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. + #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) + //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup + + // Support for second Adafruit NeoPixel LED driver controlled with M150 S1 ... + //#define NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE + #if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE) + #define NEOPIXEL2_PIXELS 15 // Number of LEDs in the second strip + #define NEOPIXEL2_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) + #define NEOPIXEL2_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup + #else + //#define NEOPIXEL2_INSERIES // Default behavior is NeoPixel 2 in parallel + #endif + + // Use a single NeoPixel LED for static (background) lighting + //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use + //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W +#endif + +/** + * Printer Event LEDs + * + * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: + * + * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp + * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature + * - Change to white to illuminate work surface + * - Change to green once print has finished + * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button + */ +#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) + #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS +#endif + +/** + * Number of servos + * + * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. + * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. + * Set to 0 to turn off servo support. + */ +#define NUM_SERVOS 1 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command + +// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. +// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. +// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. +#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } + +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter +//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE + +// Edit servo angles with M281 and save to EEPROM with M500 +//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/MKS Robin nano v3.0/Config example for suport sd card/Config example for Ender3(4988)/Configuration_adv.h b/config/MKS Robin nano v3.0/Config example for suport sd card/Config example for Ender3(4988)/Configuration_adv.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e5f6d8d --- /dev/null +++ b/config/MKS Robin nano v3.0/Config example for suport sd card/Config example for Ender3(4988)/Configuration_adv.h @@ -0,0 +1,3742 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * Configuration_adv.h + * + * Advanced settings. + * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. + * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! + * + * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h + */ +#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020008 + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ +//=========================================================================== +// @section temperature + +/** + * Thermocouple sensors are quite sensitive to noise. Any noise induced in + * the sensor wires, such as by stepper motor wires run in parallel to them, + * may result in the thermocouple sensor reporting spurious errors. This + * value is the number of errors which can occur in a row before the error + * is reported. This allows us to ignore intermittent error conditions while + * still detecting an actual failure, which should result in a continuous + * stream of errors from the sensor. + * + * Set this value to 0 to fail on the first error to occur. + */ +#define THERMOCOUPLE_MAX_ERRORS 15 + +// +// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters +// +#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 + #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 + #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 + #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 + #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 + #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 + #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_6 == 1000 + #define HOTEND6_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND6_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND6_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_7 == 1000 + #define HOTEND7_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND7_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND7_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 + #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 + #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +// +// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. +// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 +// +//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT +#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) + #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED + #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 + #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true +#endif + +// +// Heated Bed Bang-Bang options +// +#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) + #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // (ms) Interval between checks in bang-bang control + #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) + #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // (°C) Only set the relevant heater state when ABS(T-target) > BED_HYSTERESIS + #endif +#endif + +// +// Heated Chamber options +// +#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER + #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 + #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 + #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target + //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING + //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin + //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false + + //#define CHAMBER_FAN // Enable a fan on the chamber + #if ENABLED(CHAMBER_FAN) + #define CHAMBER_FAN_MODE 2 // Fan control mode: 0=Static; 1=Linear increase when temp is higher than target; 2=V-shaped curve. + #if CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 0 + #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 255 // Chamber fan PWM (0-255) + #elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 1 + #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 128 // Base chamber fan PWM (0-255); turns on when chamber temperature is above the target + #define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C above target + #elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 2 + #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 128 // Minimum chamber fan PWM (0-255) + #define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C difference from target + #endif + #endif + + //#define CHAMBER_VENT // Enable a servo-controlled vent on the chamber + #if ENABLED(CHAMBER_VENT) + #define CHAMBER_VENT_SERVO_NR 1 // Index of the vent servo + #define HIGH_EXCESS_HEAT_LIMIT 5 // How much above target temp to consider there is excess heat in the chamber + #define LOW_EXCESS_HEAT_LIMIT 3 + #define MIN_COOLING_SLOPE_TIME_CHAMBER_VENT 20 + #define MIN_COOLING_SLOPE_DEG_CHAMBER_VENT 1.5 + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage + * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which + * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. + * + * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower + * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep + * the heater on. + * + * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. + * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too + * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. + * + * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase + * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD + */ +#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius + + //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops + #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) + //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 + #endif + + /** + * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the + * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature + * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and + * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only + * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable + * test. + * + * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD + * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set + * below 2. + */ + #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 40 // Seconds + #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius +#endif + +/** + * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. + */ +#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 40 // Seconds + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius + + /** + * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). + */ + #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds + #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius +#endif + +/** + * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. + */ +#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius + + /** + * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). + */ + #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds + #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius +#endif + +#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. + // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. + //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING + #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) + #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) // heating power = Kc * e_speed + #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 + #endif + + /** + * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. + * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. + * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value + * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. + * + * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) + * --------------------------------------------------------------------- + * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: + * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 + * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. + * + * Example: + * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 + * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 + * + * Fan-speed dependent compensation + * -------------------------------- + * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). + * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. + * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature + * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. + * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% + * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. + * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. + * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in + * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED + */ + //#define PID_FAN_SCALING + #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) + //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION + #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) + // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. + // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. + // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. + + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING + + #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 + + #else + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) + #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING + #endif + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Automatic Temperature Mode + * + * Dynamically adjust the hotend target temperature based on planned E moves. + * + * (Contrast with PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING, which tracks E movement and adjusts PID + * behavior using an additional kC value.) + * + * Autotemp is calculated by (mintemp + factor * mm_per_sec), capped to maxtemp. + * + * Enable Autotemp Mode with M104/M109 F<factor> S<mintemp> B<maxtemp>. + * Disable by sending M104/M109 with no F parameter (or F0 with AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL). + */ +#define AUTOTEMP +#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) + #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 + // Turn on AUTOTEMP on M104/M109 by default using proportions set here + //#define AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL + #if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL) + #define AUTOTEMP_MIN_P 0 // (°C) Added to the target temperature + #define AUTOTEMP_MAX_P 5 // (°C) Added to the target temperature + #define AUTOTEMP_FACTOR_P 1 // Apply this F parameter by default (overridden by M104/M109 F) + #endif +#endif + +// Show Temperature ADC value +// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. +//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES + +/** + * High Temperature Thermistor Support + * + * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting + * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP + * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the + * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure + * and force stop everything. + * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, + * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle + * aberrant readings. + * + * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) + * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below + */ + +// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur +// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) +//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 + +// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check +// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the +// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach +// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. +// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) +//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 + +// @section extruder + +// Extruder runout prevention. +// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP +// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. +//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT +#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/min) + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) +#endif + +/** + * Hotend Idle Timeout + * Prevent filament in the nozzle from charring and causing a critical jam. + */ +//#define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT +#if ENABLED(HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT) + #define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT_SEC (5*60) // (seconds) Time without extruder movement to trigger protection + #define HOTEND_IDLE_MIN_TRIGGER 180 // (°C) Minimum temperature to enable hotend protection + #define HOTEND_IDLE_NOZZLE_TARGET 0 // (°C) Safe temperature for the nozzle after timeout + #define HOTEND_IDLE_BED_TARGET 0 // (°C) Safe temperature for the bed after timeout +#endif + +// @section temperature + +// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. +// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 + +/** + * Controller Fan + * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. + * + * The fan turns on automatically whenever any driver is enabled and turns + * off (or reduces to idle speed) shortly after drivers are turned off. + */ +//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN +#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) + //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan + //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_USE_Z_ONLY // With this option only the Z axis is considered + //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_IGNORE_Z // Ignore Z stepper. Useful when stepper timeout is disabled. + #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_MIN 0 // (0-255) Minimum speed. (If set below this value the fan is turned off.) + #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_ACTIVE 255 // (0-255) Active speed, used when any motor is enabled + #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_IDLE 0 // (0-255) Idle speed, used when motors are disabled + #define CONTROLLERFAN_IDLE_TIME 60 // (seconds) Extra time to keep the fan running after disabling motors + //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE // Enable M710 configurable settings + #if ENABLED(CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE) + #define CONTROLLER_FAN_MENU // Enable the Controller Fan submenu + #endif +#endif + +// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the +// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably +// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) +//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 + +// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. +//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 + +/** + * PWM Fan Scaling + * + * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). + * + * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset + * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower + * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) + * Value 0 always turns off the fan. + * + * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. + */ +//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 +//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 + +/** + * FAST PWM FAN Settings + * + * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) + * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a + * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. + * + * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] + * Set this to your desired frequency. + * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) + * i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers. + * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required + * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. + * + * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] + * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: + * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] + * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] + * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of + * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) + * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. + */ +#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) + //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 + //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP +#endif + +// @section extruder + +/** + * Extruder cooling fans + * + * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' + * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. + * + * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here + * or set to -1 to disable completely. + * + * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case + * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. + */ +#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 + +#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 +#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed +#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 +#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 + +/** + * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer + * + * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. + * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. + * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. + */ +#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 +#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 +#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 + +/** + * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness + */ +//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE +#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) + //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed + #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW + #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on + #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) + //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm + //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu + //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. + //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use NeoPixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. + #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) + #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } + #endif +#endif + +// @section homing + +// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing +// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. +//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT + +// @section extras + +//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. + +// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. +//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER +#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) + //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 + //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 +#endif + +/** + * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops + * + * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. + * + * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to + * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop + * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug + * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. + * + * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors + * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error + * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X<offset> Y<offset> Z<offset>'. + */ + +//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS +#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + //#define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR // Enable if X2 direction signal is opposite to X + //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ + #define X2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif +#endif + +//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS +#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + //#define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR // Enable if Y2 direction signal is opposite to Y + //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ + #define Y2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif +#endif + +// +// For Z set the number of stepper drivers +// +#define NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS 1 // (1-4) Z options change based on how many + +#if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS > 1 + // Enable if Z motor direction signals are the opposite of Z1 + //#define INVERT_Z2_VS_Z_DIR + //#define INVERT_Z3_VS_Z_DIR + //#define INVERT_Z4_VS_Z_DIR + + //#define Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) + #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ + #define Z2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 + #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ + #define Z3_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + #define Z4_USE_ENDSTOP _ZMAX_ + #define Z4_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + * + * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>: + * + * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel + * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) + * + * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so + * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) + * + * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with + * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. + * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and + * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. + * + * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates + * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. + * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and + * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. + */ +//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE +#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage + #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed + #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position + #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. + // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software + // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops + // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). + // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. + + // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. + #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE + + // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) + #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 + + // Default action to execute following M605 mode change commands. Typically G28X to apply new mode. + //#define EVENT_GCODE_IDEX_AFTER_MODECHANGE "G28X" +#endif + +// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. +// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. +//#define EXT_SOLENOID + +// @section homing + +/** + * Homing Procedure + * Homing (G28) does an indefinite move towards the endstops to establish + * the position of the toolhead relative to the workspace. + */ + +//#define SENSORLESS_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2 } // (mm) Backoff from endstops before sensorless homing + +#define HOMING_BUMP_MM { 5, 5, 2 } // (mm) Backoff from endstops after first bump +#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) + +//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_POST_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Backoff from endstops after homing + +//#define QUICK_HOME // If G28 contains XY do a diagonal move first +//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X // If G28 contains XY home Y before X +//#define HOME_Z_FIRST // Home Z first. Requires a Z-MIN endstop (not a probe). +//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING // If X/Y can't home without homing Y/X first + +// @section bltouch + +#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) + /** + * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES + * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand + * advanced commands. + * + * Note: If the probe is not deploying, do a "Reset" and "Self-Test" and then check the + * wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. + * + * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often + * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" + * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. + * + * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: + */ + + // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. + // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. + //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 + + /** + * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: + */ + + // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful + // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. + //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE + + /** + * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 + * Summary: + * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes + * - High-Speed mode + * - Disable LCD voltage options + */ + + /** + * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! + * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. + * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 + * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode + * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. + * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. + */ + //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE + + /** + * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. + * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 + * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) + * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. + */ + //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET + + /** + * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. + * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. + * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function + * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. + */ + //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE + + // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. + //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU + +#endif // BLTOUCH + +// @section extras + +/** + * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment + * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. + */ +//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN +#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) + // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3 [, Z4]] + // If not defined, probe limits will be used. + // Override with 'M422 S<index> X<pos> Y<pos>' + //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } + + /** + * Orientation for the automatically-calculated probe positions. + * Override Z stepper align points with 'M422 S<index> X<pos> Y<pos>' + * + * 2 Steppers: (0) (1) + * | | 2 | + * | 1 2 | | + * | | 1 | + * + * 3 Steppers: (0) (1) (2) (3) + * | 3 | 1 | 2 1 | 2 | + * | | 3 | | 3 | + * | 1 2 | 2 | 3 | 1 | + * + * 4 Steppers: (0) (1) (2) (3) + * | 4 3 | 1 4 | 2 1 | 3 2 | + * | | | | | + * | 1 2 | 2 3 | 3 4 | 4 1 | + */ + #ifndef Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY + //#define Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION 0 + #endif + + // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. + // Requires triple stepper drivers (i.e., set NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS to 3) + //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS + #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) + // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to + // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. + // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } + #else + // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down in case + // the stepper (spindle) position is farther out than the test point. + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 // Use a value > 1.0 NOTE: This may cause instability! + #endif + + // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm + #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline that G34 will handle + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 5 // Number of iterations to apply during alignment + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 // Stop iterating early if the accuracy is better than this + #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 // Restore leveling after G34 is done? + // After G34, re-home Z (G28 Z) or just calculate it from the last probe heights? + // Re-homing might be more precise in reproducing the actual 'G28 Z' homing height, especially on an uneven bed. + #define HOME_AFTER_G34 +#endif + +// +// Add the G35 command to read bed corners to help adjust screws. Requires a bed probe. +// +//#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING +#if ENABLED(ASSISTED_TRAMMING) + + // Define positions for probe points. + #define TRAMMING_POINT_XY { { 20, 20 }, { 180, 20 }, { 180, 180 }, { 20, 180 } } + + // Define position names for probe points. + #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_1 "Front-Left" + #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_2 "Front-Right" + #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_3 "Back-Right" + #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_4 "Back-Left" + + #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G35 // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation + //#define REPORT_TRAMMING_MM // Report Z deviation (mm) for each point relative to the first + + //#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING_WIZARD // Add a Tramming Wizard to the LCD menu + + //#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING_WAIT_POSITION { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER, 30 } // Move the nozzle out of the way for adjustment + + /** + * Screw thread: + * M3: 30 = Clockwise, 31 = Counter-Clockwise + * M4: 40 = Clockwise, 41 = Counter-Clockwise + * M5: 50 = Clockwise, 51 = Counter-Clockwise + */ + #define TRAMMING_SCREW_THREAD 30 + +#endif + +// @section motion + +#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } + +// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles +//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION + +// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. +#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false +#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false +#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false +#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false + +/** + * Idle Stepper Shutdown + * Set DISABLE_INACTIVE_? 'true' to shut down axis steppers after an idle period. + * The Deactive Time can be overridden with M18 and M84. Set to 0 for No Timeout. + */ +#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set 'false' if the nozzle could fall onto your printed part! +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true + +// If the Nozzle or Bed falls when the Z stepper is disabled, set its resting position here. +//#define Z_AFTER_DEACTIVATE Z_HOME_POS + +// Default Minimum Feedrates for printing and travel moves +#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // (mm/s) Minimum feedrate. Set with M205 S. +#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 // (mm/s) Minimum travel feedrate. Set with M205 T. + +// Minimum time that a segment needs to take as the buffer gets emptied +#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (µs) Set with M205 B. + +// Slow down the machine if the lookahead buffer is (by default) half full. +// Increase the slowdown divisor for larger buffer sizes. +#define SLOWDOWN +#if ENABLED(SLOWDOWN) + #define SLOWDOWN_DIVISOR 2 +#endif + +/** + * XY Frequency limit + * Reduce resonance by limiting the frequency of small zigzag infill moves. + * See https://hydraraptor.blogspot.com/2010/12/frequency-limit.html + * Use M201 F<freq> G<min%> to change limits at runtime. + */ +//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 10 // (Hz) Maximum frequency of small zigzag infill moves. Set with M201 F<hertz>. +#ifdef XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT + #define XY_FREQUENCY_MIN_PERCENT 5 // (percent) Minimum FR percentage to apply. Set with M201 G<min%>. +#endif + +// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end +// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed +// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. +#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) + +// +// Backlash Compensation +// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. +// +//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION +#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) + // Define values for backlash distance and correction. + // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. + #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) + #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction + + // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments + // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) + //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) + + // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) + //#define BACKLASH_GCODE + + #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) + // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" + #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING + + #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) + // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT + // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION + // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. + #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) + #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) + #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/min) + #endif + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration + * + * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- + * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. + * + * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object + * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash + * and hotend offsets. + * + * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within + * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. + */ +//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE +#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) + + //#define CALIBRATION_SCRIPT_PRE "M117 Starting Auto-Calibration\nT0\nG28\nG12\nM117 Calibrating..." + //#define CALIBRATION_SCRIPT_POST "M500\nM117 Calibration data saved" + + #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm + + #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/min + #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/min + #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/min + + // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. + #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm + #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm + + // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). + //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING + + // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. + #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm + #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm + + // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best + // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. + #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT + #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT + #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT + #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK + + // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If + // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. + //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES + + // Define the pin to read during calibration + #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN + //#define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Define here to override the default pin + #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the custom pin + //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN + #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies + * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible + * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the + * lowest stepping frequencies. + */ +//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING + +/** + * Custom Microstepping + * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. + */ +//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW +//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW +//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW +//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW +//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH +//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH + +// Microstep settings (Requires a board with pins named X_MS1, X_MS2, etc.) +#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] + +/** + * @section stepper motor current + * + * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. + * + * The power on motor currents are set by: + * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 + * known compatible chips: A4982 + * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H + * known compatible chips: AD5206 + * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 + * known compatible chips: MCP4728 + * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE + * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 + * + * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. + * M907 - applies to all. + * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H + * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 + */ +//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps +//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) +//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis + +/** + * I2C-based DIGIPOTs (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) + */ +//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires https://github.com/felias-fogg/SlowSoftI2CMaster +//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4451 +#if EITHER(DIGIPOT_MCP4018, DIGIPOT_MCP4451) + #define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT:4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO:8 MKS_SBASE:5 MIGHTYBOARD_REVE:5 + + // Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. + // These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. + #define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO + + //#define DIGIPOT_USE_RAW_VALUES // Use DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT raw wiper values (instead of A4988 motor currents) + + /** + * Common slave addresses: + * + * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC + * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 + * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 + * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 + * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 + * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 + */ + //#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // Unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT + //#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // Unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT +#endif + +//=========================================================================== +//=============================Additional Features=========================== +//=========================================================================== + +// @section lcd + +#if EITHER(IS_ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) + #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60 } // (mm/min) Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel + #define FINE_MANUAL_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual move (< 0.1mm) applying to Z on most machines + #if IS_ULTIPANEL + #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" + #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen + #endif +#endif + +// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster +#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER +#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) + #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed + #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed +#endif + +// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen +//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE +#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) + #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 + #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 +#endif + +#if HAS_LCD_MENU + + // Add Probe Z Offset calibration to the Z Probe Offsets menu + #if HAS_BED_PROBE + //#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD + #if ENABLED(PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD) + // + // Enable to init the Probe Z-Offset when starting the Wizard. + // Use a height slightly above the estimated nozzle-to-probe Z offset. + // For example, with an offset of -5, consider a starting height of -4. + // + //#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD_START_Z -4.0 + + // Set a convenient position to do the calibration (probing point and nozzle/bed-distance) + //#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD_XY_POS { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER } + #endif + #endif + + // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu + //#define LCD_INFO_MENU + #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) + //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages + #endif + + // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top + //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM + + // Add a mute option to the LCD menu + //#define SOUND_MENU_ITEM + + /** + * LED Control Menu + * Add LED Control to the LCD menu + */ + //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU + #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) + #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option + //#define NEO2_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable a second NeoPixel Preset Color menu option + #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) + #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity + //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup + #endif + #if ENABLED(NEO2_COLOR_PRESETS) + #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value + #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value + #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value + #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value + #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity + //#define NEO2_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup for the second strip + #endif + #endif + +#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU + +#if HAS_DISPLAY + // The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus + //#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 + + #if ENABLED(SHOW_BOOTSCREEN) + #define BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 4000 // (ms) Total Duration to display the boot screen(s) + #if EITHER(HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB, TFT_COLOR_UI) + #define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving lots of flash) + #endif + #endif + + // Scroll a longer status message into view + //#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING + + // On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible + //#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY + + // Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage + //#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY + + // Show the E position (filament used) during printing + //#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL +#endif + +#if EITHER(SDSUPPORT, LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY) && ANY(HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB, HAS_MARLINUI_HD44780, IS_TFTGLCD_PANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) + //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion + #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) + //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation + //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time + #endif + + #if EITHER(HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB, EXTENSIBLE_UI) + //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits + #endif + + #if EITHER(HAS_MARLINUI_HD44780, IS_TFTGLCD_PANEL) + //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing + #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) + #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar + #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message + #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) + //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it + //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar + #endif + #endif +#endif + +#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + /** + * SD Card SPI Speed + * May be required to resolve "volume init" errors. + * + * Enable and set to SPI_HALF_SPEED, SPI_QUARTER_SPEED, or SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED + * otherwise full speed will be applied. + * + * :['SPI_HALF_SPEED', 'SPI_QUARTER_SPEED', 'SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED'] + */ + //#define SD_SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED + + // The standard SD detect circuit reads LOW when media is inserted and HIGH when empty. + // Enable this option and set to HIGH if your SD cards are incorrectly detected. + //#define SD_DETECT_STATE HIGH + + //#define SD_IGNORE_AT_STARTUP // Don't mount the SD card when starting up + //#define SDCARD_READONLY // Read-only SD card (to save over 2K of flash) + + //#define GCODE_REPEAT_MARKERS // Enable G-code M808 to set repeat markers and do looping + + #define SD_PROCEDURE_DEPTH 1 // Increase if you need more nested M32 calls + + #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished + #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84" // Use "M84XYE" to keep Z enabled so your bed stays in place + + // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. + // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. + #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST + + #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing + + //#define NO_SD_AUTOSTART // Remove auto#.g file support completely to save some Flash, SRAM + //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files + + //#define BROWSE_MEDIA_ON_INSERT // Open the file browser when media is inserted + + #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_ABORT "G28XY" // G-code to run on SD Abort Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") + + #if ENABLED(PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS) + #define PE_LEDS_COMPLETED_TIME (30*60) // (seconds) Time to keep the LED "done" color before restoring normal illumination + #endif + + /** + * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) + * + * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer + * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present + * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known + * point in the file. + */ + #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + #define PLR_ENABLED_DEFAULT true // Power Loss Recovery enabled by default. (Set with 'M413 Sn' & M500) + //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss + //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVER_ZHOME // Z homing is needed for proper recovery. 99.9% of the time this should be disabled! + //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 20 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) + //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN PC4 // Pin to detect power loss. Set to -1 to disable default pin on boards without module. + //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss + //#define POWER_LOSS_PULLUP // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate for your sensor + //#define POWER_LOSS_PULLDOWN + //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume + //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. + + // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, + // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. + #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data + #endif + + /** + * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. + * + * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted + * by name for easier navigation. + * + * By default... + * + * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. + * - Folders are sorted to the top. + * - The sort key is statically allocated. + * - No added G-code (M34) support. + * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) + * + * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the + * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM + * limit is exceeded. + * + * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. + * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. + * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) + * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) + */ + //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA + + // SD Card Sorting options + #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) + #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. + #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below + #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 G-code. + #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. + #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) + #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. + #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! + #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. + // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. + #endif + + // Allow international symbols in long filenames. To display correctly, the + // LCD's font must contain the characters. Check your selected LCD language. + //#define UTF_FILENAME_SUPPORT + + // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 + #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT + + // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu + //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES + + // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) + //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN + + /** + * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. + * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. + * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. + */ + //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT + + /** + * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. + * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. + * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. + */ + //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE + + /** + * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S<seconds> + */ + //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS + + /** + * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or + * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear + * to Marlin as an SD card. + * + * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with + * the following pin mapping: + * + * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO + * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] + * SS --> SDSS + * + * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. + */ + //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT + #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) + /** + * USB Host Shield Library + * + * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested + * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. + * + * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it + * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. + * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. + */ + //#define USE_UHS2_USB + //#define USE_UHS3_USB + + /** + * Native USB Host supported by some boards (USB OTG) + */ + #define USE_OTG_USB_HOST + + #if DISABLED(USE_OTG_USB_HOST) + #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS + #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN + #endif + #endif + + /** + * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, + * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. + * + * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) + * + * Tested with this bootloader: + * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 + */ + //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE + #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) + #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF + #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 + #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF + #endif + + // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' + //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER + + /** + * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): + * + * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. + * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. + * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). + * + * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] + */ + //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD + + // Enable if SD detect is rendered useless (e.g., by using an SD extender) + //#define NO_SD_DETECT + +#endif // SDSUPPORT + +/** + * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- + * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. + */ +//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). + +/** + * Additional options for Graphical Displays + * + * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, + * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, + * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing + * on DELTA and SCARA machines. + * + * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind + * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable + * printing performance versus fast display updates. + */ +#if HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB + // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar + //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT + + // Save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame or no frame on the Info Screen + //#define XYZ_NO_FRAME + #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME + + // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens + #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME + + // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. + // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. + //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT + + // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2434 bytes of PROGMEM. + // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. + //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT + + // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay + //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE + + /** + * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using + * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. + * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. + * + * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status + * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the + * length of time to display the status message before clearing. + * + * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. + * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. + */ + #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) + // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. + // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. + //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 + + //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI + #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) + #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 + #endif + #endif + + /** + * Status (Info) Screen customizations + * These options may affect code size and screen render time. + * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. + */ + //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones + //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) + #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) + #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating + #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating + #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating + //#define STATUS_CUTTER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate spindle / laser active + //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap + //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap + //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames + //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar + //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. + + // Frivolous Game Options + //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT + //#define MARLIN_INVADERS + //#define MARLIN_SNAKE + //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu + +#endif // HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB + +// +// Additional options for DGUS / DWIN displays +// +#if HAS_DGUS_LCD + #define LCD_SERIAL_PORT 3 + #define LCD_BAUDRATE 115200 + + #define DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE 128 + #define DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE 48 + //#define SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS // Fix Rx overrun situation (Currently only for AVR) + + #define DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS 500 // (ms) Interval between automatic screen updates + + #if EITHER(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC, DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY) + #define DGUS_PRINT_FILENAME // Display the filename during printing + #define DGUS_PREHEAT_UI // Display a preheat screen during heatup + + #if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC) + //#define DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Disabled by default for UI_FYSETC + #else + #define DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Enabled by default for UI_HIPRECY + #endif + + #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD + #if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD) + #define DGUS_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH 10 + #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOAD_LENGTH_PER_TIME 0.5 // (mm) Adjust in proportion to DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS + #endif + + #define DGUS_UI_WAITING // Show a "waiting" screen between some screens + #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING) + #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS 10 + #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS_PERIOD 8 // Increase to slower waiting status looping + #endif + #endif +#endif // HAS_DGUS_LCD + +// +// Specify additional languages for the UI. Default specified by LCD_LANGUAGE. +// +#if EITHER(DOGLCD, TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) + //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr + //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de + //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es + //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it + #ifdef LCD_LANGUAGE_2 + //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_AUTO_SAVE // Automatically save language to EEPROM on change + #endif +#endif + +// +// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) +// +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) + // Display board used + //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) + //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) + //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) + //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) + //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI + //#define LCD_FYSETC_TFT81050 // FYSETC with 5" (800x480) + + // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. + //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 + //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 + //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 + + // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector + //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping + //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping + //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping + //#define S6_TFT_PINMAP // FYSETC S6 pin mapping + //#define F6_TFT_PINMAP // FYSETC F6 pin mapping + + //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below + #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) + // Pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen + #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 + #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 + + // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO + //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI + #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) + #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 + #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 + #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 + #endif + #endif + + // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display + // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support + // portrait and mirrored orientations. + //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED + //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT + //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED + + // UTF8 processing and rendering. + // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. + //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 + #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) + // Western accents support. These accented characters use + // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. + #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET + #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) + // Additional character groups. These characters require + // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ + #endif + + // Cyrillic character set, costs about 27KiB of flash + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CYRILLIC_CHARSET + #endif + + // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons + #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT + + // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. + // (recommended for smaller displays) + //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE + + // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events + //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG + + // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) + //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU +#endif + +// +// Classic UI Options +// +#if TFT_SCALED_DOGLCD + //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White + //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black + //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black + //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red + //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow + //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan +#endif + +// +// ADC Button Debounce +// +#if HAS_ADC_BUTTONS + #define ADC_BUTTON_DEBOUNCE_DELAY 16 // Increase if buttons bounce or repeat too fast +#endif + +// @section safety + +/** + * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs + * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. + * + * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, + * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. + * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while + * interrupts are enabled. + */ +#define USE_WATCHDOG +#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) + //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL +#endif + +// @section lcd + +/** + * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing + * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z + * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. + * + * Warning: Does not respect endstops! + */ +#define BABYSTEPPING +#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) + //#define INTEGRATED_BABYSTEPPING // EXPERIMENTAL integration of babystepping into the Stepper ISR + //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING + //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). + //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! + #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way + //#define BABYSTEP_MILLIMETER_UNITS // Specify BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_(XY|Z) in mm instead of micro-steps + #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // (steps or mm) Steps or millimeter distance for each Z babystep + #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 // (steps or mm) Steps or millimeter distance for each XY babystep + + //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. + #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) + #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. + // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. + //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. + #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) + #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. + #endif + #endif + + //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 + + #if HAS_BED_PROBE + #define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping + #endif + #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) + //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets + //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor + #endif +#endif + +// @section extruder + +/** + * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 + * + * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) + * K=0 means advance disabled. + * + * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! + * + * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. + * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. + * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) + * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. + * + * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. + */ +//#define LIN_ADVANCE +#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) + //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants + #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed + //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. + //#define EXPERIMENTAL_SCURVE // Enable this option to permit S-Curve Acceleration +#endif + +// @section leveling + +/** + * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. + * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. + */ +#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 + //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 + //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 + //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 + //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 + //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 +#endif + +/** + * Probing Margins + * + * Override PROBING_MARGIN for each side of the build plate + * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or + * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific + * sides of the bed. With NOZZLE_AS_PROBE negative values are + * allowed, to permit probing outside the bed. + * + * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, + * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over + * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as + * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) + * + * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however + * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the + * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing + * the probe to be unable to reach any points. + */ +#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC + #define PROBING_MARGIN_LEFT PROBING_MARGIN + #define PROBING_MARGIN_RIGHT PROBING_MARGIN + #define PROBING_MARGIN_FRONT PROBING_MARGIN + #define PROBING_MARGIN_BACK PROBING_MARGIN +#endif + +#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large + //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET + //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET + //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) + //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) +#endif + +#if BOTH(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL, EEPROM_SETTINGS) + //#define OPTIMIZED_MESH_STORAGE // Store mesh with less precision to save EEPROM space +#endif + +/** + * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. + * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. + */ +//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER +#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) + #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 + #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE + /** + * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, + * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. + */ + #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." + #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" + #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" + +#endif + +/** + * Thermal Probe Compensation + * Probe measurements are adjusted to compensate for temperature distortion. + * Use G76 to calibrate this feature. Use M871 to set values manually. + * For a more detailed explanation of the process see G76_M871.cpp. + */ +#if HAS_BED_PROBE && TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE && TEMP_SENSOR_BED + // Enable thermal first layer compensation using bed and probe temperatures + #define PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION + + // Add additional compensation depending on hotend temperature + // Note: this values cannot be calibrated and have to be set manually + #if ENABLED(PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) + // Park position to wait for probe cooldown + #define PTC_PARK_POS { 0, 0, 100 } + + // Probe position to probe and wait for probe to reach target temperature + #define PTC_PROBE_POS { 90, 100 } + + // Enable additional compensation using hotend temperature + // Note: this values cannot be calibrated automatically but have to be set manually + //#define USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION + + // Probe temperature calibration generates a table of values starting at PTC_SAMPLE_START + // (e.g. 30), in steps of PTC_SAMPLE_RES (e.g. 5) with PTC_SAMPLE_COUNT (e.g. 10) samples. + + //#define PTC_SAMPLE_START 30.0f + //#define PTC_SAMPLE_RES 5.0f + //#define PTC_SAMPLE_COUNT 10U + + // Bed temperature calibration builds a similar table. + + //#define BTC_SAMPLE_START 60.0f + //#define BTC_SAMPLE_RES 5.0f + //#define BTC_SAMPLE_COUNT 10U + + // The temperature the probe should be at while taking measurements during bed temperature + // calibration. + //#define BTC_PROBE_TEMP 30.0f + + // Height above Z=0.0f to raise the nozzle. Lowering this can help the probe to heat faster. + // Note: the Z=0.0f offset is determined by the probe offset which can be set using M851. + //#define PTC_PROBE_HEATING_OFFSET 0.5f + + // Height to raise the Z-probe between heating and taking the next measurement. Some probes + // may fail to untrigger if they have been triggered for a long time, which can be solved by + // increasing the height the probe is raised to. + //#define PTC_PROBE_RAISE 15U + + // If the probe is outside of the defined range, use linear extrapolation using the closest + // point and the PTC_LINEAR_EXTRAPOLATION'th next point. E.g. if set to 4 it will use data[0] + // and data[4] to perform linear extrapolation for values below PTC_SAMPLE_START. + //#define PTC_LINEAR_EXTRAPOLATION 4 + #endif +#endif + +// @section extras + +// +// G60/G61 Position Save and Return +// +//#define SAVED_POSITIONS 1 // Each saved position slot costs 12 bytes + +// +// G2/G3 Arc Support +// +#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes +#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) + #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // (mm) Length (or minimum length) of each arc segment + //#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_R 1 // Max segment length, MM_PER = Min + #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle + //#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_SEC 50 // Use feedrate to choose segment length (with MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT as the minimum) + #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections + //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles + //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes + //#define SF_ARC_FIX // Enable only if using SkeinForge with "Arc Point" fillet procedure +#endif + +// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. +//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT + +/** + * Direct Stepping + * + * Comparable to the method used by Klipper, G6 direct stepping significantly + * reduces motion calculations, increases top printing speeds, and results in + * less step aliasing by calculating all motions in advance. + * Preparing your G-code: https://github.com/colinrgodsey/step-daemon + */ +//#define DIRECT_STEPPING + +/** + * G38 Probe Target + * + * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) + * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). + * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. + */ +//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET +#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) + //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target + #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. +#endif + +// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move +#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 + +/** + * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) + * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) + * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers + * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers + * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers + * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers + * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. + */ +//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 +//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 + +/** + * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) + * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers + * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h + * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers + * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers + * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers + * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. + */ +//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 + +/** + * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows + * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) + * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers + * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver + * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver + * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver + * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver + * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. + */ +//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 + +// @section temperature + +// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. +//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL + +//=========================================================================== +//================================= Buffers ================================= +//=========================================================================== + +// @section motion + +// The number of linear moves that can be in the planner at once. +// The value of BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE must be a power of 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) +#if BOTH(SDSUPPORT, DIRECT_STEPPING) + #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 8 +#elif ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 +#else + #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 +#endif + +// @section serial + +// The ASCII buffer for serial input +#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 +#define BUFSIZE 4 + +// Transmission to Host Buffer Size +// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. +// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. +// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. +// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. +// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. +// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] +#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 + +// Host Receive Buffer Size +// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. +// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. +// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] +//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 + +#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 + // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to + // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. + //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF +#endif + +// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate +//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE + +#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum + // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. + //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED + + // Enable this option to collect and display the number + // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. + //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX +#endif + +/** + * Emergency Command Parser + * + * Add a low-level parser to intercept certain commands as they + * enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. + * Currently handles M108, M112, M410, M876 + * NOTE: Not yet implemented for all platforms. + */ +//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER + +// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' +// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. +// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. +// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. +//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds + +// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. +//#define ADVANCED_OK + +// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. +// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. +#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION + +// For serial echo, the number of digits after the decimal point +//#define SERIAL_FLOAT_PRECISION 4 + +// @section extras + +/** + * Extra Fan Speed + * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. + * 'M106 P<fan> T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for <fan> + * 'M106 P<fan> T2' : Use the set secondary speed + * 'M106 P<fan> T1' : Restore the previous fan speed + */ +//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED + +/** + * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract + * + * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. + * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. + * + * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. + * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range + * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. + * + * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. + * + * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. + */ +//#define FWRETRACT +#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) + #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions + #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) + #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length + #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length + #endif + #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) + #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) + #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting + #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction + #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) + //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Universal tool change settings. + * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. + */ +#if HAS_MULTI_EXTRUDER + // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders + #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) + //#define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE_BEFORE_RETRACT // Apply raise before swap retraction (if enabled) + //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to previous position on tool-change + #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN) + //#define EVENT_GCODE_AFTER_TOOLCHANGE "G12X" // Extra G-code to run after tool-change + #endif + + /** + * Retract and prime filament on tool-change to reduce + * ooze and stringing and to get cleaner transitions. + */ + //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP + #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) + // Load / Unload + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_LENGTH 12 // (mm) Load / Unload length + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_EXTRA_RESUME_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Extra length for better restart, fine tune by LCD/Gcode) + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_RETRACT_SPEED (50*60) // (mm/min) (Unloading) + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_UNRETRACT_SPEED (25*60) // (mm/min) (On SINGLENOZZLE or Bowden loading must be slowed down) + + // Longer prime to clean out a SINGLENOZZLE + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_EXTRA_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra priming length + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_SPEED (4.6*60) // (mm/min) Extra priming feedrate + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_WIPE_RETRACT 0 // (mm/min) Retract before cooling for less stringing, better wipe, etc. + + // Cool after prime to reduce stringing + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN -1 // Fan index or -1 to skip + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN_SPEED 255 // 0-255 + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN_TIME 10 // (seconds) + + // Swap uninitialized extruder with TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_SPEED for all lengths (recover + prime) + // (May break filament if not retracted beforehand.) + //#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_INIT_BEFORE_SWAP + + // Prime on the first T0 (If other, TOOLCHANGE_FS_INIT_BEFORE_SWAP applied) + // Enable it (M217 V[0/1]) before printing, to avoid unwanted priming on host connect + //#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_FIRST_USED + + /** + * Tool Change Migration + * This feature provides G-code and LCD options to switch tools mid-print. + * All applicable tool properties are migrated so the print can continue. + * Tools must be closely matching and other restrictions may apply. + * Useful to: + * - Change filament color without interruption + * - Switch spools automatically on filament runout + * - Switch to a different nozzle on an extruder jam + */ + #define TOOLCHANGE_MIGRATION_FEATURE + + #endif + + /** + * Position to park head during tool change. + * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER + */ + //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK + #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) + #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } + #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/min) + //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_X_ONLY // X axis only move + //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_Y_ONLY // Y axis only move + #endif +#endif // HAS_MULTI_EXTRUDER + +/** + * Advanced Pause + * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. + * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. + * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. + * + * Requires an LCD display. + * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. + * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. + */ +//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE +#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) + #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. + #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. + // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. + // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. + // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. + // Set to 0 for manual unloading. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. + // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. + // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. + // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. + //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. + #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. + #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. + // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. + // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu + // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. + #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. + //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. + + // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_FEEDRATE 25 // (mm/s) feedrate to purge before unload + + #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. + #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. + + //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. + //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // If needed, home before parking for filament change + + //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. + //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) +#endif + +// @section tmc + +/** + * TMC26X Stepper Driver options + * + * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. + * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper + */ +#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) + #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) + #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) + #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) + #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) + #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) + #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) + #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) + #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) + #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z4(TMC26X) + #define Z4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Z4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Z4_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) + #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) + #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) + #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) + #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) + #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) + #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E6(TMC26X) + #define E6_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E6_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E6_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E7(TMC26X) + #define E7_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E7_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E7_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + +#endif // TMC26X + +// @section tmc_smart + +/** + * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode + * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define + * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 + * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). + * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. + * + * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN + * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. + * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without + * a resistor. + * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. + * + * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. + * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper + */ +#if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG + + #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current + + /** + * Interpolate microsteps to 256 + * Override for each driver with <driver>_INTERPOLATE settings below + */ + #define INTERPOLATE true + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) + #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. + #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing + #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 + #define X_RSENSE 0.11 + #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // -1..0: Not chained. 1: MCU MOSI connected. 2: Next in chain, ... + //#define X_INTERPOLATE true // Enable to override 'INTERPOLATE' for the X axis + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) + #define X2_CURRENT 800 + #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT + #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 + #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define X2_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) + #define Y_CURRENT 800 + #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT + #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define Y_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) + #define Y2_CURRENT 800 + #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT + #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define Y2_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) + #define Z_CURRENT 800 + #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT + #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define Z_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) + #define Z2_CURRENT 800 + #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT + #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define Z2_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) + #define Z3_CURRENT 800 + #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT + #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define Z3_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + #define Z4_CURRENT 800 + #define Z4_CURRENT_HOME Z4_CURRENT + #define Z4_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z4_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Z4_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define Z4_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) + #define E0_CURRENT 800 + #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E0_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) + #define E1_CURRENT 800 + #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E1_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) + #define E2_CURRENT 800 + #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E2_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) + #define E3_CURRENT 800 + #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E3_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) + #define E4_CURRENT 800 + #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E4_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) + #define E5_CURRENT 800 + #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E5_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E6) + #define E6_CURRENT 800 + #define E6_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E6_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E6_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E6_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E7) + #define E7_CURRENT 800 + #define E7_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E7_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E7_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E7_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + /** + * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. + * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. + */ + //#define X_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 + //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E6_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E7_CS_PIN -1 + + /** + * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). + * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, + * but you can override or define them here. + */ + //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI + //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 + //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 + //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 + + /** + * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. + * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. + * Address | MS1 | MS2 + * 0 | LOW | LOW + * 1 | HIGH | LOW + * 2 | LOW | HIGH + * 3 | HIGH | HIGH + * + * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers + * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. + */ + //#define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define Z4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E6_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E7_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + + /** + * Software enable + * + * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same + * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. + */ + //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE + + /** + * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only + * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. + * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. + */ + #define STEALTHCHOP_XY + #define STEALTHCHOP_Z + #define STEALTHCHOP_E + + /** + * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets + * or with the help of an example included in the library. + * Provided parameter sets are + * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V + * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V + * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V + * CHOPPER_09STEP_24V // 0.9 degree steppers (24V) + * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Průša firmware for MK3 (24V) + * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 + * + * Define your own with: + * { <off_time[1..15]>, <hysteresis_end[-3..12]>, hysteresis_start[1..8] } + */ + #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V // All axes (override below) + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_X CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V // For X Axes (override below) + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_X2 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Y CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V // For Y Axes (override below) + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Y2 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V // For Z Axes (override below) + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z2 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z3 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z4 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V // For Extruders (override below) + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E1 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E2 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E3 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E4 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E5 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E6 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E7 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + + /** + * Monitor Trinamic drivers + * for error conditions like overtemperature and short to ground. + * To manage over-temp Marlin can decrease the driver current until the error condition clears. + * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. + * Relevant G-codes: + * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. + * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. + * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. + * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) + */ + //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS + + #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) + #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] + #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE + #define STOP_ON_ERROR + #endif + + /** + * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only + * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. + * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. + * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. + * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting + */ + //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD + + #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] + #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 + #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 + #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 + #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define Z4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E6_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E7_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + + /** + * Use StallGuard to home / probe X, Y, Z. + * + * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only + * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. + * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. + * + * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. + * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: + * + * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others + * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) + * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) + * + * It is recommended to set HOMING_BUMP_MM to { 0, 0, 0 }. + * + * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** + * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. + * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. + * + * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when + * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. + * + * Comment *_STALL_SENSITIVITY to disable sensorless homing for that axis. + */ + //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only + + #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) + // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 + #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 100 + #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY + #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 100 + #define Y2_STALL_SENSITIVITY Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY + //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 + //#define Z2_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY + //#define Z3_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY + //#define Z4_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY + //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only + //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY + #endif + + /** + * TMC Homing stepper phase. + * + * Improve homing repeatability by homing to stepper coil's nearest absolute + * phase position. Trinamic drivers use a stepper phase table with 1024 values + * spanning 4 full steps with 256 positions each (ergo, 1024 positions). + * Full step positions (128, 384, 640, 896) have the highest holding torque. + * + * Values from 0..1023, -1 to disable homing phase for that axis. + */ + //#define TMC_HOME_PHASE { 896, 896, 896 } + + /** + * Beta feature! + * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. + */ + //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING + + /** + * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. + * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. + */ + //#define TMC_DEBUG + + /** + * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. + * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page + * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper + * + * Example: + * #define TMC_ADV() { \ + * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ + * stepperY.intpol(0); \ + * } + */ + #define TMC_ADV() { } + +#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG + +// @section L64XX + +/** + * L64XX Stepper Driver options + * + * Arduino-L6470 library (0.8.0 or higher) is required. + * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 + * + * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file + * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN + * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN + * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN + * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN + * ENABLE_RESET_L64XX_CHIPS(Q) where Q is 1 to enable and 0 to reset + */ + +#if HAS_L64XX + + //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) + #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - L6474 max is 16 + #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current + // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down + // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 1000 x (1 - 32) - 32A max - rounds down + #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) + // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down + // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 200 x (1 - 32) - 6.4A max - rounds down + // L6474 - STALLCURRENT setting is used to set the nominal (TVAL) current + #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - not used by L6474 + #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI + #define X_SLEW_RATE 1 // 0-3, Slew 0 is slowest, 3 is fastest + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) + #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define X2_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) + #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Y_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) + #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Y2_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) + #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Z_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) + #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Z2_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) + #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Z3_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z4) + #define Z4_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Z4_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Z4_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Z4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Z4_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Z4_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) + #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E0_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) + #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E1_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) + #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E2_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) + #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E3_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) + #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E4_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) + #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E5_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E6) + #define E6_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E6_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E6_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E6_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E6_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E6_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E7) + #define E7_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E7_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E7_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E7_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E7_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E7_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + /** + * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. + * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. + * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. + * Relevant G-codes: + * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. + * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 + * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 + * I3 - Z3 or E3 + * I4 - Z4 or E4 + * I5 - E5 + * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning + * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds + * M918 - Increase speed until max or error + * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters + */ + //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS + + #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) + #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 + //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR + #endif + +#endif // HAS_L64XX + +// @section i2cbus + +// +// I2C Master ID for LPC176x LCD and Digital Current control +// Does not apply to other peripherals based on the Wire library. +// +//#define I2C_MASTER_ID 1 // Set a value from 0 to 2 + +/** + * TWI/I2C BUS + * + * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production + * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave + * devices on the bus. + * + * ; Example #1 + * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) + * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B<base 10> arg + * M260 A99 ; Target slave address + * M260 B77 ; M + * M260 B97 ; a + * M260 B114 ; r + * M260 B108 ; l + * M260 B105 ; i + * M260 B110 ; n + * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer + * + * ; Example #2 + * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) + * M261 A99 B5 + * + * ; Example #3 + * ; Example serial output of a M261 request + * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello + */ + +//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS +#if ENABLED(EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS) + #define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave +#endif + +// @section extras + +/** + * Photo G-code + * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. + * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. + */ +//#define PHOTO_GCODE +#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) + // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo + //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) + //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) + //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) + + // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger + // Data from: https://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ + //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 + + // Canon Hack Development Kit + // https://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ + //#define CHDK_PIN 4 + + // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter + //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) + + // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high + //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) + + /** + * PHOTO_PULSES_US may need adjustment depending on board and camera model. + * Pin must be running at 48.4kHz. + * Be sure to use a PHOTOGRAPH_PIN which can rise and fall quick enough. + * (e.g., MKS SBase temp sensor pin was too slow, so used P1.23 on J8.) + * + * Example pulse data for Nikon: https://bit.ly/2FKD0Aq + * IR Wiring: https://git.io/JvJf7 + */ + //#define PHOTO_PULSES_US { 2000, 27850, 400, 1580, 400, 3580, 400 } // (µs) Durations for each 48.4kHz oscillation + #ifdef PHOTO_PULSES_US + #define PHOTO_PULSE_DELAY_US 13 // (µs) Approximate duration of each HIGH and LOW pulse in the oscillation + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Spindle & Laser control + * + * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and + * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. + * + * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. + * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set + * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. + * + * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V + * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. + * + * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. + */ +//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE +//#define LASER_FEATURE +#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) + #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_STATE LOW // Set to "HIGH" if the on/off function is active HIGH + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT false // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower + + #define SPINDLE_LASER_FREQUENCY 2500 // (Hz) Spindle/laser frequency (only on supported HALs: AVR and LPC) + + //#define SPINDLE_SERVO // A servo converting an angle to spindle power + #ifdef SPINDLE_SERVO + #define SPINDLE_SERVO_NR 0 // Index of servo used for spindle control + #define SPINDLE_SERVO_MIN 10 // Minimum angle for servo spindle + #endif + + /** + * Speed / Power can be set ('M3 S') and displayed in terms of: + * - PWM255 (S0 - S255) + * - PERCENT (S0 - S100) + * - RPM (S0 - S50000) Best for use with a spindle + * - SERVO (S0 - S180) + */ + #define CUTTER_POWER_UNIT PWM255 + + /** + * Relative Cutter Power + * Normally, 'M3 O<power>' sets + * OCR power is relative to the range SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX. + * so input powers of 0...255 correspond to SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX + * instead of normal range (0 to SPEED_POWER_MAX). + * Best used with (e.g.) SuperPID router controller: S0 = 5,000 RPM and S255 = 30,000 RPM + */ + //#define CUTTER_POWER_RELATIVE // Set speed proportional to [SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX] + + #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) + //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction + #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction + #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed + + #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power + #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop + + /** + * M3/M4 Power Equation + * + * Each tool uses different value ranges for speed / power control. + * These parameters are used to convert between tool power units and PWM. + * + * Speed/Power = (PWMDC / 255 * 100 - SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT) / SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + * PWMDC = (spdpwr - SPEED_POWER_MIN) / (SPEED_POWER_MAX - SPEED_POWER_MIN) / SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + */ + #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 // (%) 0-100 i.e., Minimum power percentage + #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 // (RPM) + #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // (RPM) SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM + #define SPEED_POWER_STARTUP 25000 // (RPM) M3/M4 speed/power default (with no arguments) + + #else + + #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 // (%) 0-100 i.e., Minimum power percentage + #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 0 // (%) 0-100 + #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // (%) 0-100 + #define SPEED_POWER_STARTUP 80 // (%) M3/M4 speed/power default (with no arguments) + + // Define the minimum and maximum test pulse time values for a laser test fire function + #define LASER_TEST_PULSE_MIN 1 // Used with Laser Control Menu + #define LASER_TEST_PULSE_MAX 999 // Caution: Menu may not show more than 3 characters + + /** + * Enable inline laser power to be handled in the planner / stepper routines. + * Inline power is specified by the I (inline) flag in an M3 command (e.g., M3 S20 I) + * or by the 'S' parameter in G0/G1/G2/G3 moves (see LASER_MOVE_POWER). + * + * This allows the laser to keep in perfect sync with the planner and removes + * the powerup/down delay since lasers require negligible time. + */ + //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE + + #if ENABLED(LASER_POWER_INLINE) + /** + * Scale the laser's power in proportion to the movement rate. + * + * - Sets the entry power proportional to the entry speed over the nominal speed. + * - Ramps the power up every N steps to approximate the speed trapezoid. + * - Due to the limited power resolution this is only approximate. + */ + #define LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID + + /** + * Continuously calculate the current power (nominal_power * current_rate / nominal_rate). + * Required for accurate power with non-trapezoidal acceleration (e.g., S_CURVE_ACCELERATION). + * This is a costly calculation so this option is discouraged on 8-bit AVR boards. + * + * LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT_PER defines how many step cycles there are between power updates. If your + * board isn't able to generate steps fast enough (and you are using LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT), increase this. + * Note that when this is zero it means it occurs every cycle; 1 means a delay wait one cycle then run, etc. + */ + //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT + + /** + * Stepper iterations between power updates. Increase this value if the board + * can't keep up with the processing demands of LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT. + * Disable (or set to 0) to recalculate power on every stepper iteration. + */ + //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT_PER 10 + + /** + * Include laser power in G0/G1/G2/G3/G5 commands with the 'S' parameter + */ + //#define LASER_MOVE_POWER + + #if ENABLED(LASER_MOVE_POWER) + // Turn off the laser on G0 moves with no power parameter. + // If a power parameter is provided, use that instead. + //#define LASER_MOVE_G0_OFF + + // Turn off the laser on G28 homing. + //#define LASER_MOVE_G28_OFF + #endif + + /** + * Inline flag inverted + * + * WARNING: M5 will NOT turn off the laser unless another move + * is done (so G-code files must end with 'M5 I'). + */ + //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE_INVERT + + /** + * Continuously apply inline power. ('M3 S3' == 'G1 S3' == 'M3 S3 I') + * + * The laser might do some weird things, so only enable this + * feature if you understand the implications. + */ + //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE_CONTINUOUS + + #else + + #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 50 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power + #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 50 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop + + #endif + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Coolant Control + * + * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. + * + * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. + */ +//#define COOLANT_CONTROL +#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) + #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present + #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present + #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed + #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed +#endif + +/** + * Filament Width Sensor + * + * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts + * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. + * + * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the + * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the + * volume. + * + * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. + * + * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector + * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) + * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 + * + * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. + */ +//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR + +#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) + #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] + #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber + + #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it + #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. + + #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially + + // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. + //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY +#endif + +/** + * Power Monitor + * Monitor voltage (V) and/or current (A), and -when possible- power (W) + * + * Read and configure with M430 + * + * The current sensor feeds DC voltage (relative to the measured current) to an analog pin + * The voltage sensor feeds DC voltage (relative to the measured voltage) to an analog pin + */ +//#define POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT // Monitor the system current +//#define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE // Monitor the system voltage +#if EITHER(POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT, POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE) + #define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTS_PER_AMP 0.05000 // Input voltage to the MCU analog pin per amp - DO NOT apply more than ADC_VREF! + #define POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT_OFFSET -1 // Offset value for current sensors with linear function output + #define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTS_PER_VOLT 0.11786 // Input voltage to the MCU analog pin per volt - DO NOT apply more than ADC_VREF! + #define POWER_MONITOR_FIXED_VOLTAGE 13.6 // Voltage for a current sensor with no voltage sensor (for power display) +#endif + +/** + * CNC Coordinate Systems + * + * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems + * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. + */ +//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS + +/** + * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S<seconds> + */ +#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES + +/** + * Include capabilities in M115 output + */ +#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT +#if ENABLED(EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT) + //#define M115_GEOMETRY_REPORT +#endif + +/** + * Expected Printer Check + * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. + * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. + */ +//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK + +/** + * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options + */ +//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS + +#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) + /** + * Volumetric extrusion default state + * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, + * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. + * + * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter (and enable volumetric). + * M200 S0/S1 to disable/enable volumetric extrusion. + */ + //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON + + //#define VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT + #if ENABLED(VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT) + /** + * Default volumetric extrusion limit in cubic mm per second (mm^3/sec). + * This factory setting applies to all extruders. + * Use 'M200 [T<extruder>] L<limit>' to override and 'M502' to reset. + * A non-zero value activates Volume-based Extrusion Limiting. + */ + #define DEFAULT_VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT 0.00 // (mm^3/sec) + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all + * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. + * + * - M206 and M428 are disabled. + * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. + */ +//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS + +// Extra options for the M114 "Current Position" report +//#define M114_DETAIL // Use 'M114` for details to check planner calculations +//#define M114_REALTIME // Real current position based on forward kinematics +//#define M114_LEGACY // M114 used to synchronize on every call. Enable if needed. + +//#define REPORT_FAN_CHANGE // Report the new fan speed when changed by M106 (and others) + +/** + * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. + * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. + * + * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. + * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. + */ +#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 + +/** + * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser + */ +#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER + +#if ENABLED(FASTER_GCODE_PARSER) + //#define GCODE_QUOTED_STRINGS // Support for quoted string parameters +#endif + +//#define MEATPACK // Support for MeatPack G-code compression (https://github.com/scottmudge/OctoPrint-MeatPack) + +//#define GCODE_CASE_INSENSITIVE // Accept G-code sent to the firmware in lowercase + +//#define REPETIER_GCODE_M360 // Add commands originally from Repetier FW + +/** + * CNC G-code options + * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. + * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). + * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. + */ +//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments +//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. + +// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves +//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/min) +#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE + //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode +#endif + +/** + * Startup commands + * + * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. + */ +//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" + +/** + * G-code Macros + * + * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. + * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. + */ +//#define GCODE_MACROS +#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) + #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used + #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro +#endif + +/** + * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode + */ +#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS +#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) + //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" + //#define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" + //#define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK + //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script + + #define USER_CMD_1_ENABLE + #define USER_DESC_1 "Bed" + #define USER_GCODE_1 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) + + #define USER_CMD_2_ENABLE + #define USER_DESC_2 PREHEAT_1_LABEL + #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) + + #define USER_CMD_3_ENABLE + #define USER_DESC_3 PREHEAT_2_LABEL + #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) + + #define USER_CMD_4_ENABLE + #define USER_DESC_4 "Cool" + #define USER_GCODE_4 "M108\nM106 255" + + //#define USER_CMD_5_ENABLE + //#define USER_DESC_5 "More1" + //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28" + + //#define USER_CMD_6_ENABLE + //#define USER_DESC_6 "More2" + //#define USER_GCODE_6 "G28" + + //#define USER_CMD_7_ENABLE + //#define USER_DESC_7 "More3" + //#define USER_GCODE_7 "G28" +#endif + +/** + * Host Action Commands + * + * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. + * + * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands + * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel + * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed + * + * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. + * + * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so + * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. + */ +//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS +#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) + //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT + //#define HOST_START_MENU_ITEM // Add a menu item that tells the host to start +#endif + +/** + * Cancel Objects + * + * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects + */ +//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS + +/** + * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. + * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. + * + * Wiki: https://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder + * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder + * + * Supplier: https://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module + * Alternative Supplier: https://reliabuild3d.com/ + * + * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. + */ + +//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS +#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) + + #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 + // encoders supported currently. + + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. <X|Y|Z|E>_AXIS. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- + // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for + // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, + // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. + //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper + // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) + //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the + // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors + // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of + // measurement noise / latency (filter). + + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 + //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) + //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 + + #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options + #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. + + #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. + #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS + + #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. + #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS + + // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. + #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR + #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 + #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) + #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE + #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 + + //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given + // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to + // disable abort behavior. + + #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault + // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder + // is trusted again. + + /** + * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, + * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with + * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. + */ + #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. + + // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. + #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE + +#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS + +/** + * Analog Joystick(s) + */ +//#define JOYSTICK +#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) + #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 + #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 + #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 + #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 + + //#define INVERT_JOY_X // Enable if X direction is reversed + //#define INVERT_JOY_Y // Enable if Y direction is reversed + //#define INVERT_JOY_Z // Enable if Z direction is reversed + + // Use M119 with JOYSTICK_DEBUG to find reasonable values after connecting: + #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max + #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } + #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } + //#define JOYSTICK_DEBUG +#endif + +/** + * Mechanical Gantry Calibration + * Modern replacement for the Prusa TMC_Z_CALIBRATION. + * Adds capability to work with any adjustable current drivers. + * Implemented as G34 because M915 is deprecated. + */ +//#define MECHANICAL_GANTRY_CALIBRATION +#if ENABLED(MECHANICAL_GANTRY_CALIBRATION) + #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_CURRENT 600 // Default calibration current in ma + #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_EXTRA_HEIGHT 15 // Extra distance in mm past Z_###_POS to move + #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE 500 // Feedrate for correction move + //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_TO_MIN // Enable to calibrate Z in the MIN direction + + //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_SAFE_POSITION XY_CENTER // Safe position for nozzle + //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_XY_PARK_FEEDRATE 3000 // XY Park Feedrate - MMM + //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_COMMANDS_PRE "" + #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_COMMANDS_POST "G28" // G28 highly recommended to ensure an accurate position +#endif + +/** + * MAX7219 Debug Matrix + * + * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. + * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. + */ +//#define MAX7219_DEBUG +#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) + #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 + #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 + #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 + + //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix + #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Test pattern at startup: 0=none, 1=sweep, 2=spiral + #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. + #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) + // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 + //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order + //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side + + /** + * Sample debug features + * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! + */ + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row + + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row + // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how + // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. +#endif + +/** + * NanoDLP Sync support + * + * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" + * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use + * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands + */ +//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC +#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) + //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. + // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. +#endif + +/** + * Ethernet. Use M552 to enable and set the IP address. + */ +#if HAS_ETHERNET + #define MAC_ADDRESS { 0xDE, 0xAD, 0xBE, 0xEF, 0xF0, 0x0D } // A MAC address unique to your network +#endif + +/** + * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) + */ +//#define WIFISUPPORT // Marlin embedded WiFi managenent +//#define ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT // ESP3D Library WiFi management (https://github.com/luc-github/ESP3DLib) + +#if EITHER(WIFISUPPORT, ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT) + //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver (which may include auto-discovery) + //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates + //#define WIFI_CUSTOM_COMMAND // Accept feature config commands (e.g., WiFi ESP3D) from the host + + /** + * To set a default WiFi SSID / Password, create a file called Configuration_Secure.h with + * the following defines, customized for your network. This specific file is excluded via + * .gitignore to prevent it from accidentally leaking to the public. + * + * #define WIFI_SSID "WiFi SSID" + * #define WIFI_PWD "WiFi Password" + */ + //#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with WiFi SSID / Password +#endif + +/** + * Průša Multi-Material Unit (MMU) + * Enable in Configuration.h + * + * These devices allow a single stepper driver on the board to drive + * multi-material feeders with any number of stepper motors. + */ +#if HAS_PRUSA_MMU1 + /** + * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. + * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. + * + * Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. + * Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. + */ + //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required + //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs + //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs +#elif HAS_PRUSA_MMU2 + // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. + #define MMU2_SERIAL_PORT 2 + + // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it + //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 + + // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) + //#define MMU2_MODE_12V + + // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout + #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" + + // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 + //#define MMU2_MENUS + #if EITHER(MMU2_MENUS, HAS_PRUSA_MMU2S) + // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. + // This is for Průša MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. + #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 + #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ + { 7.2, 1145 }, \ + { 14.4, 871 }, \ + { 36.0, 1393 }, \ + { 14.4, 871 }, \ + { 50.0, 198 } + + #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ + { 1.0, 1000 }, \ + { 1.0, 1500 }, \ + { 2.0, 2000 }, \ + { 1.5, 3000 }, \ + { 2.5, 4000 }, \ + { -15.0, 5000 }, \ + { -14.0, 1200 }, \ + { -6.0, 600 }, \ + { 10.0, 700 }, \ + { -10.0, 400 }, \ + { -50.0, 2000 } + #endif + + /** + * Using a sensor like the MMU2S + * This mode requires a MK3S extruder with a sensor at the extruder idler, like the MMU2S. + * See https://help.prusa3d.com/en/guide/3b-mk3s-mk2-5s-extruder-upgrade_41560, step 11 + */ + #if HAS_PRUSA_MMU2S + #define MMU2_C0_RETRY 5 // Number of retries (total time = timeout*retries) + + #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE 800 // (mm/min) + #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_SEQUENCE \ + { 0.1, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }, \ + { 60.0, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }, \ + { -52.0, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE } + + #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_RETRACT 6.0 // (mm) Keep under the distance between Load Sequence values + #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_DEVIATION 0.8 // (mm) Acceptable deviation + + #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT 0.2 // (mm) To reuse within MMU2 module + #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT_SEQUENCE \ + { -MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE } + + #else + + /** + * MMU1 Extruder Sensor + * + * Support for a Průša (or other) IR Sensor to detect filament near the extruder + * and make loading more reliable. Suitable for an extruder equipped with a filament + * sensor less than 38mm from the gears. + * + * During loading the extruder will stop when the sensor is triggered, then do a last + * move up to the gears. If no filament is detected, the MMU2 can make some more attempts. + * If all attempts fail, a filament runout will be triggered. + */ + //#define MMU_EXTRUDER_SENSOR + #if ENABLED(MMU_EXTRUDER_SENSOR) + #define MMU_LOADING_ATTEMPTS_NR 5 // max. number of attempts to load filament if first load fail + #endif + + #endif + + //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output + +#endif // HAS_PRUSA_MMU2 + +/** + * Advanced Print Counter settings + */ +#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) + #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 + // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs + //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" + //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours + //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" + //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours + //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" + //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours +#endif + +// @section develop + +// +// M100 Free Memory Watcher to debug memory usage +// +//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER + +// +// M42 - Set pin states +// +//#define DIRECT_PIN_CONTROL + +// +// M43 - display pin status, toggle pins, watch pins, watch endstops & toggle LED, test servo probe +// +//#define PINS_DEBUGGING + +// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands +//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/MKS Robin nano v3.0/Config example for suport sd card/Config example for Ender3(4988+BLTOUCH)/Configuration.h b/config/MKS Robin nano v3.0/Config example for suport sd card/Config example for Ender3(4988+BLTOUCH)/Configuration.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..74a6e6d --- /dev/null +++ b/config/MKS Robin nano v3.0/Config example for suport sd card/Config example for Ender3(4988+BLTOUCH)/Configuration.h @@ -0,0 +1,2611 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * Configuration.h + * + * Basic settings such as: + * + * - Type of electronics + * - Type of temperature sensor + * - Printer geometry + * - Endstop configuration + * - LCD controller + * - Extra features + * + * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h + */ +#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020008 + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Getting Started ============================= +//=========================================================================== + +/** + * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: + * + * https://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration + * https://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk + * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz + * https://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide + * https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 + * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap + * https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 + */ + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== +//=========================================================================== +// For a Delta printer, start with one of the configuration files in the config/examples/delta directory +// from https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Configurations/branches/all and customize for your machine. +// + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== +//=========================================================================== +// For a SCARA printer, start with one of the configuration files in the config/examples/SCARA directory +// from https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Configurations/branches/all and customize for your machine. +// + +// @section info + +// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 +#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. +//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) + +/** + * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** + * + * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. + * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed + * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. + * + * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also + * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. + */ + +// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** +#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN + +// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. +//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN + +// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. +//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE + +// @section machine + +/** + * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. + * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. + * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. + * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. + * + * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] + */ +#define SERIAL_PORT -1 + +/** + * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. + * Currently Ethernet (-2) is only supported on Teensy 4.1 boards. + * :[-2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] + */ +//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 + +/** + * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. + * + * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if + * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. + * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. + * + * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] + */ +#define BAUDRATE 250000 + +// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices +//#define BLUETOOTH + +// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup +#ifndef MOTHERBOARD + #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_ROBIN_NANO_V3 +#endif + +// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu +//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" + +// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. +// Choose your own or use a service like https://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 +//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" + +// @section extruder + +// This defines the number of extruders +// :[0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8] +#define EXTRUDERS 1 + +// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. +#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 + +// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. +//#define SINGLENOZZLE + +// Save and restore temperature and fan speed on tool-change. +// Set standby for the unselected tool with M104/106/109 T... +#if ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE) + //#define SINGLENOZZLE_STANDBY_TEMP + //#define SINGLENOZZLE_STANDBY_FAN +#endif + +/** + * Multi-Material Unit + * Set to one of these predefined models: + * + * PRUSA_MMU1 : Průša MMU1 (The "multiplexer" version) + * PRUSA_MMU2 : Průša MMU2 + * PRUSA_MMU2S : Průša MMU2S (Requires MK3S extruder with motion sensor, EXTRUDERS = 5) + * SMUFF_EMU_MMU2 : Technik Gegg SMUFF (Průša MMU2 emulation mode) + * SMUFF_EMU_MMU2S : Technik Gegg SMUFF (Průša MMU2S emulation mode) + * + * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. + * See additional options in Configuration_adv.h. + */ +//#define MMU_MODEL PRUSA_MMU2 + +// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor +//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER +#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) + #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 + #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] + #if EXTRUDERS > 3 + #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 + #endif +#endif + +// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles +//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE +#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) + #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 + //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second + #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) +#endif + +/** + * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part + * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. + */ +//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER + +/** + * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part + * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid + * + * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 + * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k + * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE + */ +//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER + +#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) + + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 + + #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) + + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. + //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 + + #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) + + #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/min) Speed for travel before last distance point + #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/min) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple + #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point + #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling + + #endif + +#endif + +/** + * Switching Toolhead + * + * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as + * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. + */ +//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD + +/** + * Magnetic Switching Toolhead + * + * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic + * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. + */ +//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD + +/** + * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead + * + * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. + * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. + * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 + */ +//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD + +#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders + #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock + #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) + //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock + #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/min) Extruder prime feedrate + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/min) Extruder retract feedrate + #endif + #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching + #endif +#endif + +/** + * "Mixing Extruder" + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. + * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S<index>' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). + */ +//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER +#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) + #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder + #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 + //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif +#endif + +// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). +// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). +// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. +//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle +//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle +//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle + +// @section machine + +/** + * Power Supply Control + * + * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. + * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. + */ +//#define PSU_CONTROL +//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" + +#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) + #define PSU_ACTIVE_STATE LOW // Set 'LOW' for ATX, 'HIGH' for X-Box + + //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 + //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power + + //#define PSU_POWERUP_GCODE "M355 S1" // G-code to run after power-on (e.g., case light on) + //#define PSU_POWEROFF_GCODE "M355 S0" // G-code to run before power-off (e.g., case light off) + + //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin + #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) + #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power + #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS + #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN + #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN + //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU if any extruder is over this temperature + //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU if the chamber is over this temperature + #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 // (s) Turn off power if the machine is idle for this duration + //#define POWER_OFF_DELAY 60 // (s) Delay of poweroff after M81 command. Useful to let fans run for extra time. + #endif +#endif + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ +//=========================================================================== +// @section temperature + +/** + * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table + * + * Temperature sensors available: + * + * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) + * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) + * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) + * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 + * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 + * 0 : not used + * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) + * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table for MEGA) + * 332 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table for DUE) + * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) + * 202 : 200k thermistor - Copymaster 3D + * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) + * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! + * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan, J-Head, and E3D) (4.7k pullup) + * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor + * 502 : 100K Zonestar Thermistor used by hot bed in Zonestar Průša P802M + * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) + * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) + * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) + * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) + * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) + * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) + * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) + * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (Used in Keenovo AC silicone mats and most Wanhao i3 machines) (4.7k pullup) + * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) + * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" + * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend + * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 + * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x with mainboard ADC reference voltage = INA826 amplifier-board supply voltage. + * NOTES: (1) Must use an ADC input with no pullup. (2) Some INA826 amplifiers are unreliable at 3.3V so consider using sensor 147, 110, or 21. + * 21 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x with 3.3v ADC reference voltage (STM32, LPC176x....) and 5V INA826 amplifier board supply. + * NOTE: ADC pins are not 5V tolerant. Not recommended because it's possible to damage the CPU by going over 500°C. + * 22 : 100k (hotend) with 4.7k pullup to 3.3V and 220R to analog input (as in GTM32 Pro vB) + * 23 : 100k (bed) with 4.7k pullup to 3.3v and 220R to analog input (as in GTM32 Pro vB) + * 30 : Kis3d Silicone heating mat 200W/300W with 6mm precision cast plate (EN AW 5083) NTC100K / B3950 (4.7k pullup) + * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x + * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 + * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup + * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design + * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering + * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 + * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor + * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) + * + * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. + * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) + * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) + * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) + * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) + * + * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup (E3D) + * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) + * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup + * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) + * + * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h + * + * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. + * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. + * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. + */ +#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_6 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_7 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 + +// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 +#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 +#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 + +// Resistor values when using MAX31865 sensors (-5) on TEMP_SENSOR_0 / 1 +//#define MAX31865_SENSOR_OHMS_0 100 // (Ω) Typically 100 or 1000 (PT100 or PT1000) +//#define MAX31865_CALIBRATION_OHMS_0 430 // (Ω) Typically 430 for AdaFruit PT100; 4300 for AdaFruit PT1000 +//#define MAX31865_SENSOR_OHMS_1 100 +//#define MAX31865_CALIBRATION_OHMS_1 430 + +// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings +// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. +//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT +#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 + +#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 4 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 +#define TEMP_WINDOW 4 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer +#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 4 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target + +#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 4 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 +#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 4 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer +#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 4 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target + +// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off +// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. +#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_6_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_7_MINTEMP 5 +#define BED_MINTEMP 5 + +// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. +// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. +// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) +#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_6_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_7_MAXTEMP 275 +#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= PID Settings ================================ +//=========================================================================== +// PID Tuning Guide here: https://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning + +// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. +#define PIDTEMP +#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current +#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current +#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop + +#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) + //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) + //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) + // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] + + #if ENABLED(PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND) + // Specify between 1 and HOTENDS values per array. + // If fewer than EXTRUDER values are provided, the last element will be repeated. + #define DEFAULT_Kp_LIST { 22.20, 22.20 } + #define DEFAULT_Ki_LIST { 1.08, 1.08 } + #define DEFAULT_Kd_LIST { 114.00, 114.00 } + #else + #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.20 + #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 + #define DEFAULT_Kd 114.00 + #endif +#endif // PIDTEMP + +//=========================================================================== +//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== +//=========================================================================== + +/** + * PID Bed Heating + * + * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. + * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. + * + * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. + * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, + * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly + * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W + * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand + * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. + */ +//#define PIDTEMPBED + +//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING + +/** + * Max Bed Power + * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). + * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider + * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) + */ +#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current + +#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) + //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 + //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. + + // 120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) + // from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) + #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 + #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 + #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 + + // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. +#endif // PIDTEMPBED + +#if EITHER(PIDTEMP, PIDTEMPBED) + //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. Use 'M303 D' to toggle activation. + //#define PID_OPENLOOP // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX + //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay + #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature + // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. +#endif + +// @section extruder + +/** + * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. + * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn + * cold extrusion prevention on and off. + * + * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** + */ +#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION +#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 + +/** + * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. + * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. + */ +#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE +#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 600 + +//=========================================================================== +//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= +//=========================================================================== + +/** + * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage + * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which + * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. + * + * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower + * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep + * the heater on. + * + * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the + * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h + */ + +#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders +#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed +#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= +//=========================================================================== + +// @section machine + +// Enable one of the options below for CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics, +// either in the usual order or reversed +//#define COREXY +//#define COREXZ +//#define COREYZ +//#define COREYX +//#define COREZX +//#define COREZY +//#define MARKFORGED_XY // MarkForged. See https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?152,504042 + +//=========================================================================== +//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== +//=========================================================================== + +// @section homing + +// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. +// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the +// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. +#define USE_XMIN_PLUG +#define USE_YMIN_PLUG +#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG +//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG +//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG +#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG + +// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state +#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS +#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) + // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE +#endif + +// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state +//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS +#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) + // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE +#endif + +// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). +#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. + +/** + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. + * + * Use TMC2208/TMC2208_STANDALONE for TMC2225 drivers and TMC2209/TMC2209_STANDALONE for TMC2226 drivers. + * + * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, L6474, POWERSTEP01, + * TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, + * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, + * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, + * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, + * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE + * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'L6474', 'POWERSTEP01', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] + */ +#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E6_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E7_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 + +// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. +// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. +//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE + +/** + * Endstop Noise Threshold + * + * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. + * + * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. + * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor in parallel with the switch. + * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs + * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. + * + * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] + */ +//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 + +// Check for stuck or disconnected endstops during homing moves. +//#define DETECT_BROKEN_ENDSTOP + +//============================================================================= +//============================== Movement Settings ============================ +//============================================================================= +// @section motion + +/** + * Default Settings + * + * These settings can be reset by M502 + * + * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. + */ + +/** + * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the + * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the + * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. + */ +//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS + +/** + * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) + * Override with M92 + * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] + */ +#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 133 } + +/** + * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) + * Override with M203 + * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] + */ +#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } + +//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 +#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) + #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits +#endif + +/** + * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s + * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) + * Override with M201 + * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] + */ +#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } + +//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 +#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) + #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits +#endif + +/** + * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s + * Override with M204 + * + * M204 P Acceleration + * M204 R Retract Acceleration + * M204 T Travel Acceleration + */ +#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves +#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts +#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves + +/** + * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) + * Override with M205 X Y Z E + * + * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. + * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the + * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. + */ +//#define CLASSIC_JERK +#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) + #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 + #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 + #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 + + //#define TRAVEL_EXTRA_XYJERK 0.0 // Additional jerk allowance for all travel moves + + //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 + #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) + #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits + #endif +#endif + +#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance + +/** + * Junction Deviation Factor + * + * See: + * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 + * https://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html + */ +#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) + #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge + #define JD_HANDLE_SMALL_SEGMENTS // Use curvature estimation instead of just the junction angle + // for small segments (< 1mm) with large junction angles (> 135°). +#endif + +/** + * S-Curve Acceleration + * + * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier + * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. + * + * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained + */ +//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= +//=========================================================================== +// @section probes + +// +// See https://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html +// + +/** + * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z-MIN pin. + * The probe replaces the Z-MIN endstop and is used for Z homing. + * (Automatically enables USE_PROBE_FOR_Z_HOMING.) + */ +//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN + +// Force the use of the probe for Z-axis homing +//#define USE_PROBE_FOR_Z_HOMING + +/** + * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN + * + * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. + * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD + * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. + * + * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. + * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. + * + * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: + * - For simple switches connect... + * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. + * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. + */ +#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN PC4 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default + +/** + * Probe Type + * + * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. + * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. + */ + +/** + * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. + * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands + * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. + */ +//#define PROBE_MANUALLY +//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 + +/** + * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. + * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) + */ +//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE + +/** + * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive + * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. + */ +//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE + +/** + * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. + */ +//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. +//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles + +/** + * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. + */ +#define BLTOUCH + +/** + * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr + * + * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. + * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is + * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. + * + * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, + * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. + */ +//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) + #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts + //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed + //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) +#endif + +// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) +//#define SOLENOID_PROBE + +// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. +//#define Z_PROBE_SLED +//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. + +// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. +//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE +#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) + #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS + #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS +#endif + +// Duet Smart Effector (for delta printers) - https://bit.ly/2ul5U7J +// When the pin is defined you can use M672 to set/reset the probe sensivity. +//#define DUET_SMART_EFFECTOR +#if ENABLED(DUET_SMART_EFFECTOR) + #define SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN -1 // Connect a GPIO pin to the Smart Effector MOD pin +#endif + +/** + * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. + * Requires stallGuard-capable Trinamic stepper drivers. + * CAUTION: This can damage machines with Z lead screws. + * Take extreme care when setting up this feature. + */ +//#define SENSORLESS_PROBING + +// +// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. +// + +/** + * Nozzle-to-Probe offsets { X, Y, Z } + * + * X and Y offset + * Use a caliper or ruler to measure the distance from the tip of + * the Nozzle to the center-point of the Probe in the X and Y axes. + * + * Z offset + * - For the Z offset use your best known value and adjust at runtime. + * - Common probes trigger below the nozzle and have negative values for Z offset. + * - Probes triggering above the nozzle height are uncommon but do exist. When using + * probes such as this, carefully set Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE and Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES + * to avoid collisions during probing. + * + * Tune and Adjust + * - Probe Offsets can be tuned at runtime with 'M851', LCD menus, babystepping, etc. + * - PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD (configuration_adv.h) can be used for setting the Z offset. + * + * Assuming the typical work area orientation: + * - Probe to RIGHT of the Nozzle has a Positive X offset + * - Probe to LEFT of the Nozzle has a Negative X offset + * - Probe in BACK of the Nozzle has a Positive Y offset + * - Probe in FRONT of the Nozzle has a Negative Y offset + * + * Some examples: + * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, -1 } // Example "1" + * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET {-10, 5, -1 } // Example "2" + * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 5, -5, -1 } // Example "3" + * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET {-15,-10, -1 } // Example "4" + * + * +-- BACK ---+ + * | [+] | + * L | 1 | R <-- Example "1" (right+, back+) + * E | 2 | I <-- Example "2" ( left-, back+) + * F |[-] N [+]| G <-- Nozzle + * T | 3 | H <-- Example "3" (right+, front-) + * | 4 | T <-- Example "4" ( left-, front-) + * | [-] | + * O-- FRONT --+ + */ +#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -40, -14, -2 } + +// Most probes should stay away from the edges of the bed, but +// with NOZZLE_AS_PROBE this can be negative for a wider probing area. +#define PROBING_MARGIN 30 + +// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/min) between probes +#define XY_PROBE_SPEED (133*60) + +// Feedrate (mm/min) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) +#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST (4*60) + +// Feedrate (mm/min) for the "accurate" probe of each point +#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) + +/** + * Probe Activation Switch + * A switch indicating proper deployment, or an optical + * switch triggered when the carriage is near the bed. + */ +//#define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH +#if ENABLED(PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH) + #define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH_STATE LOW // State indicating probe is active + //#define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH_PIN PC6 // Override default pin +#endif + +/** + * Tare Probe (determine zero-point) prior to each probe. + * Useful for a strain gauge or piezo sensor that needs to factor out + * elements such as cables pulling on the carriage. + */ +//#define PROBE_TARE +#if ENABLED(PROBE_TARE) + #define PROBE_TARE_TIME 200 // (ms) Time to hold tare pin + #define PROBE_TARE_DELAY 200 // (ms) Delay after tare before + #define PROBE_TARE_STATE HIGH // State to write pin for tare + //#define PROBE_TARE_PIN PA5 // Override default pin + #if ENABLED(PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH) + //#define PROBE_TARE_ONLY_WHILE_INACTIVE // Fail to tare/probe if PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH is active + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Multiple Probing + * + * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. + * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. + * + * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. + * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. + */ +//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 +//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 + +/** + * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between + * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. + * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. + * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. + * + * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or + * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) + * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. + * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. + * + * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. + * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. + */ +#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow +#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points +#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes +//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done + +#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping + +// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset +#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 +#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 + +// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy +//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST + +// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation +//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW +#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) + //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe +#endif + +/** + * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. + * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical + * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. + * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve + * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. + */ +//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing +#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) + //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) +#endif +//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing +//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing +//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors + +// Require minimum nozzle and/or bed temperature for probing +//#define PREHEAT_BEFORE_PROBING +#if ENABLED(PREHEAT_BEFORE_PROBING) + #define PROBING_NOZZLE_TEMP 120 // (°C) Only applies to E0 at this time + #define PROBING_BED_TEMP 50 +#endif + +// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 +// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } +#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 +#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 +#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 +#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders + +// Disable axis steppers immediately when they're not being stepped. +// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! +#define DISABLE_X false +#define DISABLE_Y false +#define DISABLE_Z false + +// Turn off the display blinking that warns about possible accuracy reduction +//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING + +// @section extruder + +#define DISABLE_E false // Disable the extruder when not stepping +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled + +// @section machine + +// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. +#define INVERT_X_DIR false +#define INVERT_Y_DIR false +#define INVERT_Z_DIR true + +// @section extruder + +// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. +#define INVERT_E0_DIR false +#define INVERT_E1_DIR false +#define INVERT_E2_DIR false +#define INVERT_E3_DIR false +#define INVERT_E4_DIR false +#define INVERT_E5_DIR false +#define INVERT_E6_DIR false +#define INVERT_E7_DIR false + +// @section homing + +//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed. Also enable HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE for extra safety. +//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated. Also enable NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING for extra safety. +//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. + +//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... + // Be sure to have this much clearance over your Z_MAX_POS to prevent grinding. + +//#define Z_AFTER_HOMING 10 // (mm) Height to move to after homing Z + +// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN +// :[-1,1] +#define X_HOME_DIR -1 +#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 +#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 + +// @section machine + +// The size of the print bed +#define X_BED_SIZE 220 +#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 + +// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. +#define X_MIN_POS 0 +#define Y_MIN_POS 0 +#define Z_MIN_POS 0 +#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE +#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE +#define Z_MAX_POS 250 + +/** + * Software Endstops + * + * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. + * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. + * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. + * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state + */ + +// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds +#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS +#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) + #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X + #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y + #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z +#endif + +// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds +#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS +#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) + #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X + #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y + #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z +#endif + +#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) + //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD +#endif + +/** + * Filament Runout Sensors + * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. + * + * IMPORTANT: Runout will only trigger if Marlin is aware that a print job is running. + * Marlin knows a print job is running when: + * 1. Running a print job from media started with M24. + * 2. The Print Job Timer has been started with M75. + * 3. The heaters were turned on and PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART is enabled. + * + * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. + * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. + */ +//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR +#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) + #define FIL_RUNOUT_ENABLED_DEFAULT true // Enable the sensor on startup. Override with M412 followed by M500. + #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. + + #define FIL_RUNOUT_STATE LOW // Pin state indicating that filament is NOT present. + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. + //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. + + // Override individually if the runout sensors vary + //#define FIL_RUNOUT1_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT1_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT1_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT3_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT3_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT3_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT4_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT4_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT4_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT5_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT5_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT5_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT6_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT6_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT6_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT7_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT7_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT7_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT8_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT8_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT8_PULLDOWN + + // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. + // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) + #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" + + // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament + // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of + // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. + //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 + + #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM + // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin + // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM + // large enough to avoid false positives.) + //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR + #endif +#endif + +//=========================================================================== +//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== +//=========================================================================== +// @section calibrate + +/** + * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters + * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. + * + * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! + * + * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT + * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) + * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. + * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. + * + * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR + * Probe several points in a grid. + * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. + * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. + * + * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR + * Probe several points in a grid. + * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. + * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. + * + * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) + * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits + * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh + * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. + * + * - MESH_BED_LEVELING + * Probe a grid manually + * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) + * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform + * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. + * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. + */ +//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT +//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR +#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR +//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL +//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING + +/** + * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable one of + * these options to restore the prior leveling state or to always enable + * leveling immediately after G28. + */ +//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 +//#define ENABLE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 + +/** + * Auto-leveling needs preheating + */ +//#define PREHEAT_BEFORE_LEVELING +#if ENABLED(PREHEAT_BEFORE_LEVELING) + #define LEVELING_NOZZLE_TEMP 120 // (°C) Only applies to E0 at this time + #define LEVELING_BED_TEMP 50 +#endif + +/** + * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. + * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. + * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! + */ +//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE + +#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, + // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. + // The height can be set with M420 Z<height> + #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT + #if ENABLED(ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT) + #define DEFAULT_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT 10.0 // (mm) Default fade height. + #endif + + // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, + // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the + // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. + #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES + #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) + + /** + * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. + */ + //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION + #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) + #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. + #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for G26. + #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for G26. + #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for G26. + #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for G26 XY moves. + #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 100 // (mm/s) Feedrate for G26 XY travel moves. + #define G26_RETRACT_MULTIPLIER 1.0 // G26 Q (retraction) used by default between mesh test elements. + #endif + +#endif + +#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) + + // Set the number of grid points per dimension. + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X + + // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column + //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST + + #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) + + // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? + // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. + //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID + + // + // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. + // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. + // + //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION + #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) + // Number of subdivisions between probe points + #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 + #endif + + #endif + +#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + + //=========================================================================== + //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ + //=========================================================================== + + //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh + + #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X + + #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle + #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 + + //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used + // as the Z-Height correction value. + +#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) + + //=========================================================================== + //=================================== Mesh ================================== + //=========================================================================== + + #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X + + //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS + +#endif // BED_LEVELING + +/** + * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. + * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. + */ +//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING + +#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) + #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. + #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment + //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points +#endif + +// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment +//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS + +#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET_LFRB { 30, 30, 30, 30 } // (mm) Left, Front, Right, Back insets + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle between leveling points + //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner + //#define LEVEL_CORNERS_USE_PROBE + #if ENABLED(LEVEL_CORNERS_USE_PROBE) + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_PROBE_TOLERANCE 0.1 + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_VERIFY_RAISED // After adjustment triggers the probe, re-probe to verify + //#define LEVEL_CORNERS_AUDIO_FEEDBACK + #endif + + /** + * Corner Leveling Order + * + * Set 2 or 4 points. When 2 points are given, the 3rd is the center of the opposite edge. + * + * LF Left-Front RF Right-Front + * LB Left-Back RB Right-Back + * + * Examples: + * + * Default {LF,RB,LB,RF} {LF,RF} {LB,LF} + * LB --------- RB LB --------- RB LB --------- RB LB --------- RB + * | 4 3 | | 3 2 | | <3> | | 1 | + * | | | | | | | <3>| + * | 1 2 | | 1 4 | | 1 2 | | 2 | + * LF --------- RF LF --------- RF LF --------- RF LF --------- RF + */ + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_LEVELING_ORDER { LF, RF, RB, LB } +#endif + +/** + * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. + * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. + */ +//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" + +// @section homing + +// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) +//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 + +// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. +// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. +//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 +//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 +//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 + +// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. +// +// With this feature enabled: +// +// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. +// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. +// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing. +// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. +// +//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING + +#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) + #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT X_CENTER // X point for Z homing + #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT Y_CENTER // Y point for Z homing +#endif + +// Homing speeds (mm/min) +#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_MM_M { (50*60), (50*60), (4*60) } + +// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves +#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS + +// @section calibrate + +/** + * Bed Skew Compensation + * + * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. + * + * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: + * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) + * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C + * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D + * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D + * + * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. + * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: + * + * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 + * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) + * + * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. + * Use these diagrams for reference: + * + * Y Z Z + * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C + * | / / | / / | / / + * | / / | / / | / / + * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D + * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y + * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR + */ +//#define SKEW_CORRECTION + +#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) + // Input all length measurements here: + #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 + #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 + #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 + + // Or, set the default skew factors directly here + // to override the above measurements: + #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 + + //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z + #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) + #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 + #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 + #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 + #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 + #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 + #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 + #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 + #endif + + // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime + //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE +#endif + +//============================================================================= +//============================= Additional Features =========================== +//============================================================================= + +// @section extras + +/** + * EEPROM + * + * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. + * + * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. + * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) + * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) + */ +#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 +//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! +#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. +//#define EEPROM_BOOT_SILENT // Keep M503 quiet and only give errors during first load +#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) + #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. +#endif + +// +// Host Keepalive +// +// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host +// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. +// +#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages +#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. +#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating + +// +// G20/G21 Inch mode support +// +//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT + +// +// M149 Set temperature units support +// +//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT + +// @section temperature + +// Preheat Constants +#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" +#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 +#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 +#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 + +#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" +#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 +#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 +#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 + +/** + * Nozzle Park + * + * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. + * + * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: + * + * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. + * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. + * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. + */ +//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE + +#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) + // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } + #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } + //#define NOZZLE_PARK_X_ONLY // X move only is required to park + //#define NOZZLE_PARK_Y_ONLY // Y move only is required to park + #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_RAISE_MIN 2 // (mm) Always raise Z by at least this distance + #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) + #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) +#endif + +/** + * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL + * + * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. + * + * Parameters: + * P Pattern + * S Strokes / Repetitions + * T Triangles (P1 only) + * + * Patterns: + * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material + * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) + * between the start / end points. + * + * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the + * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. + * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. + * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: + * + * -- + * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) + * | | / \ / \ / \ | + * A | | / \ / \ / \ | + * | | / \ / \ / \ | + * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) + * -- +--------------------------------+ + * |________|_________|_________| + * T1 T2 T3 + * + * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. + * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. + * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. + * + * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. + * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. + */ +//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE + +#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) + // Default number of pattern repetitions + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 + + // Default number of triangles + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 + + // Specify positions for each tool as { { X, Y, Z }, { X, Y, Z } } + // Dual hotend system may use { { -20, (Y_BED_SIZE / 2), (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }, { 420, (Y_BED_SIZE / 2), (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }} + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } } + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } } + + // Circular pattern radius + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 + // Circular pattern circle fragments number + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 + // Middle point of circle + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT + + // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK + + // For a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) + //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z + + // For a purge/clean station mounted on the X axis + //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Y + + // Require a minimum hotend temperature for cleaning + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_MIN_TEMP 170 + //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_HEATUP // Heat up the nozzle instead of skipping wipe + + // Explicit wipe G-code script applies to a G12 with no arguments. + //#define WIPE_SEQUENCE_COMMANDS "G1 X-17 Y25 Z10 F4000\nG1 Z1\nM114\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 Z15\nM400\nG0 X-10.0 Y-9.0" + +#endif + +/** + * Print Job Timer + * + * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. + * + * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer + * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer + * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none + * + * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: + * + * M75 - Start the print job timer + * M76 - Pause the print job timer + * M77 - Stop the print job timer + */ +#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART + +/** + * Print Counter + * + * Track statistical data such as: + * + * - Total print jobs + * - Total successful print jobs + * - Total failed print jobs + * - Total time printing + * + * View the current statistics with M78. + */ +//#define PRINTCOUNTER +#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) + #define PRINTCOUNTER_SAVE_INTERVAL 60 // (minutes) EEPROM save interval during print +#endif + +/** + * Password + * + * Set a numerical password for the printer which can be requested: + * + * - When the printer boots up + * - Upon opening the 'Print from Media' Menu + * - When SD printing is completed or aborted + * + * The following G-codes can be used: + * + * M510 - Lock Printer. Blocks all commands except M511. + * M511 - Unlock Printer. + * M512 - Set, Change and Remove Password. + * + * If you forget the password and get locked out you'll need to re-flash + * the firmware with the feature disabled, reset EEPROM, and (optionally) + * re-flash the firmware again with this feature enabled. + */ +//#define PASSWORD_FEATURE +#if ENABLED(PASSWORD_FEATURE) + #define PASSWORD_LENGTH 4 // (#) Number of digits (1-9). 3 or 4 is recommended + #define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP + #define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack. + #define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>. + //#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running + //#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END + //#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT + //#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE +#endif + +//============================================================================= +//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ +//============================================================================= + +// @section lcd + +/** + * LCD LANGUAGE + * + * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: + * + * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, hu, it, + * jp_kana, ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ro, ru, sk, sv, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW + * + * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'hu':'Hungarian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ro':'Romanian', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'sv':'Swedish', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)' } + */ +#define LCD_LANGUAGE en + +/** + * LCD Character Set + * + * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. + * + * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these + * language extensions: + * + * - JAPANESE ... the most common + * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters + * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language + * + * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: + * + * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' + * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu + * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text + * + * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html + * + * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] + */ +#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE + +/** + * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Průša) + * + * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Průša'] + */ +#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 + +/** + * SD CARD + * + * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, + * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. + */ +#define SDSUPPORT + +/** + * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC + * + * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. + */ +//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY + +/** + * LCD Menu Items + * + * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or + * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. + */ +//#define NO_LCD_MENUS +//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS + +// +// ENCODER SETTINGS +// +// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to +// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. +// +//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 + +// +// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to +// move between next/prev menu items. +// +//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 + +/** + * Encoder Direction Options + * + * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. + * + * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. + * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. + * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. + */ + +// +// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. +// +// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE +// +//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION + +// +// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. +// +// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. +// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. +// +//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION + +// +// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. +// +// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. +// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. +// +//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION + +// +// Individual Axis Homing +// +// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. +// +//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU + +// +// SPEAKER/BUZZER +// +// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. +// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. +// +//#define SPEAKER + +// +// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. +// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. +// +// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: +// M300 S<frequency Hz> P<duration ms> +// +//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 +//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 + +//============================================================================= +//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= +//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= +//============================================================================= + +// +// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. +// https://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller +// +// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. +// +//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER + +// +// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader +// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ +// +//#define RADDS_DISPLAY + +// +// ULTIMAKER Controller. +// +//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER + +// +// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. +// +//#define ULTIPANEL + +// +// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) +// https://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne +// +//#define PANEL_ONE + +// +// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller +// https://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel +// +// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. +// +//#define G3D_PANEL + +// +// RigidBot Panel V1.0 +// http://www.inventapart.com/ +// +//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL + +// +// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller +// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html +// +//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 + +// +// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller +// +//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. + // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference + // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. + // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. + +// +// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. +// +//#define ULTRA_LCD + +//============================================================================= +//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= +//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== +//============================================================================= + +// +// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C +// +// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C +// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C +// + +// +// Elefu RA Board Control Panel +// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 +// +//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL + +// +// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays +// +// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library +// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home +// +//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 +//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 + +// +// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter +// +//#define LCM1602 + +// +// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, +// separate encoder and click inputs. +// +// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. +// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 +// +// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to +// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). +// +//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 + +// +// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, +// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. +// +//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI + +// +// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels +// + +// +// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH +// LCD configuration: https://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD +// +//#define SAV_3DLCD + +// +// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 +// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD +// Uses the code directly from Sailfish +// +//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD + +// +// TFT GLCD Panel with Marlin UI +// Panel connected to main board by SPI or I2C interface. +// See https://github.com/Serhiy-K/TFTGLCDAdapter +// +//#define TFTGLCD_PANEL_SPI +//#define TFTGLCD_PANEL_I2C + +//============================================================================= +//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= +//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== +//============================================================================= + +// +// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) +// +// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! +// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino +// +// NOTE: If the LCD is unresponsive you may need to reverse the plugs. +// + +// +// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller +// https://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller +// +//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER + +// +// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD +// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 +// +//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD + +// +// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices +// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD +// https://www.panucatt.com +// +//#define VIKI2 +//#define miniVIKI + +// +// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic +// controller and SD support - https://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel +// +//#define MINIPANEL + +// +// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. +// https://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel +// +//#define MAKRPANEL + +// +// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. +// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ +// +//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER + +// +// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by +// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. +// +//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER + +// +// Cartesio UI +// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface +// +//#define CARTESIO_UI + +// +// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD +// +//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI + +// +// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder +// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) +// +//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER + +// +// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support +// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 +// +//#define MKS_MINI_12864 + +// +// MKS LCD12864A/B with graphic controller and SD support. Follows MKS_MINI_12864 pinout. +// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/33018110072.html +// +//#define MKS_LCD12864 + +// +// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support +// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ +// +//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default +//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) +//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight +//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. NeoPixel RGB Backlight +//#define FYSETC_GENERIC_12864_1_1 // Larger display with basic ON/OFF backlight. + +// +// Factory display for Creality CR-10 +// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html +// +// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. +// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) +// +//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY + +// +// Ender-2 OEM display, a variant of the MKS_MINI_12864 +// +//#define ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY + +// +// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller +// +// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 +// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with +// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). Enable one of these. +// +//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD +//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD_ALT_WIRING + +// +// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD +// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html +// +//#define AZSMZ_12864 + +// +// Silvergate GLCD controller +// https://github.com/android444/Silvergate +// +//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER + +//============================================================================= +//============================== OLED Displays ============================== +//============================================================================= + +// +// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display +// +//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 + +// +// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules +// +//#define SAV_3DGLCD +#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) + #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 + //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 +#endif + +// +// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel +// +//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 + +// +// MKS OLED 1.3" 128×64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER +// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED +// +// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display +// +//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) +//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller + +// +// Zonestar OLED 128×64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER +// +//#define ZONESTAR_12864LCD // Graphical (DOGM) with ST7920 controller +//#define ZONESTAR_12864OLED // 1.3" OLED with SH1106 controller (default) +//#define ZONESTAR_12864OLED_SSD1306 // 0.96" OLED with SSD1306 controller + +// +// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 +// +//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART + +// +// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs +// +//#define OVERLORD_OLED + +// +// FYSETC OLED 2.42" 128×64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER with WS2812 RGB +// Where to find : https://www.aliexpress.com/item/4000345255731.html +//#define FYSETC_242_OLED_12864 // Uses the SSD1309 controller + +//============================================================================= +//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== +//============================================================================= + +// +// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS. (Choose one.) +// ORIGIN : https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32993409517.html +// FYSETC : https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32961471929.html +// +//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_ORIGIN +//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC +//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY + +// +// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200/M300 printers +// +//#define MALYAN_LCD +#if ENABLED(MALYAN_LCD) + #define LCD_SERIAL_PORT 1 // Default is 1 for Malyan M200 +#endif + +// +// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays +// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. +// +//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE + +// +// Touch-screen LCD for Anycubic printers +// +//#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_I3MEGA +//#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_CHIRON +#if EITHER(ANYCUBIC_LCD_I3MEGA, ANYCUBIC_LCD_CHIRON) + #define LCD_SERIAL_PORT 3 // Default is 3 for Anycubic + //#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_DEBUG +#endif + +// +// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. +// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extui'. +// +//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI + +#if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + //#define EXTUI_LOCAL_BEEPER // Enables use of local Beeper pin with external display +#endif + +//============================================================================= +//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== +//============================================================================= + +/** + * Specific TFT Model Presets. Enable one of the following options + * or enable TFT_GENERIC and set sub-options. + */ + +// +// 480x320, 3.5", SPI Display From MKS +// Normally used in MKS Robin Nano V2 +// +#define MKS_TS35_V2_0 + +// +// 320x240, 2.4", FSMC Display From MKS +// Normally used in MKS Robin Nano V1.2 +// +//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT24 + +// +// 320x240, 2.8", FSMC Display From MKS +// Normally used in MKS Robin Nano V1.2 +// +//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT28 + +// +// 320x240, 3.2", FSMC Display From MKS +// Normally used in MKS Robin Nano V1.2 +// +//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT32 + +// +// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Display From MKS +// Normally used in MKS Robin Nano V1.2 +// +//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT35 + +// +// 480x272, 4.3", FSMC Display From MKS +// +//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT43 + +// +// 320x240, 3.2", FSMC Display From MKS +// Normally used in MKS Robin +// +//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT_V1_1R + +// +// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Stock Display from TronxXY +// +//#define TFT_TRONXY_X5SA + +// +// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Stock Display from AnyCubic +// +//#define ANYCUBIC_TFT35 + +// +// 320x240, 2.8", FSMC Stock Display from Longer/Alfawise +// +//#define LONGER_LK_TFT28 + +// +// 320x240, 2.8", FSMC Stock Display from ET4 +// +//#define ANET_ET4_TFT28 + +// +// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Stock Display from ET5 +// +//#define ANET_ET5_TFT35 + +// +// Generic TFT with detailed options +// +//#define TFT_GENERIC +#if ENABLED(TFT_GENERIC) + // :[ 'AUTO', 'ST7735', 'ST7789', 'ST7796', 'R61505', 'ILI9328', 'ILI9341', 'ILI9488' ] + #define TFT_DRIVER AUTO + + // Interface. Enable one of the following options: + //#define TFT_INTERFACE_FSMC + //#define TFT_INTERFACE_SPI + + // TFT Resolution. Enable one of the following options: + //#define TFT_RES_320x240 + //#define TFT_RES_480x272 + //#define TFT_RES_480x320 +#endif + +/** + * TFT UI - User Interface Selection. Enable one of the following options: + * + * TFT_CLASSIC_UI - Emulated DOGM - 128x64 Upscaled + * TFT_COLOR_UI - Marlin Default Menus, Touch Friendly, using full TFT capabilities + * TFT_LVGL_UI - A Modern UI using LVGL + * + * For LVGL_UI also copy the 'assets' folder from the build directory to the + * root of your SD card, together with the compiled firmware. + */ +//#define TFT_CLASSIC_UI +//#define TFT_COLOR_UI +#define TFT_LVGL_UI + +#if ENABLED(TFT_LVGL_UI) + #define MKS_WIFI_MODULE // MKS WiFi module +#endif + +/** + * TFT Rotation. Set to one of the following values: + * + * TFT_ROTATE_90, TFT_ROTATE_90_MIRROR_X, TFT_ROTATE_90_MIRROR_Y, + * TFT_ROTATE_180, TFT_ROTATE_180_MIRROR_X, TFT_ROTATE_180_MIRROR_Y, + * TFT_ROTATE_270, TFT_ROTATE_270_MIRROR_X, TFT_ROTATE_270_MIRROR_Y, + * TFT_MIRROR_X, TFT_MIRROR_Y, TFT_NO_ROTATION + */ +//#define TFT_ROTATION TFT_NO_ROTATION + +//============================================================================= +//============================ Other Controllers ============================ +//============================================================================= + +// +// Ender-3 v2 OEM display. A DWIN display with Rotary Encoder. +// +//#define DWIN_CREALITY_LCD + +// +// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 +// +#define TOUCH_SCREEN +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_SCREEN) + #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens + #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus + + #define TOUCH_SCREEN_CALIBRATION + + //#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_X 12316 + //#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_Y -8981 + //#define TOUCH_OFFSET_X -43 + //#define TOUCH_OFFSET_Y 257 + //#define TOUCH_ORIENTATION TOUCH_LANDSCAPE + + #if ENABLED(TFT_COLOR_UI) + //#define SINGLE_TOUCH_NAVIGATION + #endif +#endif + +// +// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 +// https://reprapworld.com/products/electronics/ramps/keypad_v1_0_fully_assembled/ +// +//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD +//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press + +//============================================================================= +//=============================== Extra Features ============================== +//============================================================================= + +// @section extras + +// Set number of user-controlled fans. Disable to use all board-defined fans. +// :[1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8] +//#define NUM_M106_FANS 1 + +// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino +//#define FAST_PWM_FAN + +// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency +// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency +// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. +//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM + +// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, +// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. +// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; +// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. +// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] +#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 + +// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can +// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, +// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired +// duty cycle is attained. +//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER + +// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. +// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C +// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) +//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS + +// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder +//#define BARICUDA + +// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb +//#define BLINKM + +// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver +//#define PCA9632 + +// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver +//#define PCA9533 + +/** + * RGB LED / LED Strip Control + * + * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or + * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. + * + * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. + * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of + * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. + * For NeoPixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. + * + * *** CAUTION *** + * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, + * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. + * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! + * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The NeoPixel LED needs + * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. + * *** CAUTION *** + * + * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. + */ +//#define RGB_LED +//#define RGBW_LED + +#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) + //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 + //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 + //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 + //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 +#endif + +// Support for Adafruit NeoPixel LED driver +//#define NEOPIXEL_LED +#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) + #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) + #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin + //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE + //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 + #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip. (Longest strip when NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE is disabled.) + #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. + #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) + //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup + + // Support for second Adafruit NeoPixel LED driver controlled with M150 S1 ... + //#define NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE + #if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE) + #define NEOPIXEL2_PIXELS 15 // Number of LEDs in the second strip + #define NEOPIXEL2_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) + #define NEOPIXEL2_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup + #else + //#define NEOPIXEL2_INSERIES // Default behavior is NeoPixel 2 in parallel + #endif + + // Use a single NeoPixel LED for static (background) lighting + //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use + //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W +#endif + +/** + * Printer Event LEDs + * + * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: + * + * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp + * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature + * - Change to white to illuminate work surface + * - Change to green once print has finished + * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button + */ +#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) + #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS +#endif + +/** + * Number of servos + * + * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. + * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. + * Set to 0 to turn off servo support. + */ +#define NUM_SERVOS 1 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command + +// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. +// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. +// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. +#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } + +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter +//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE + +// Edit servo angles with M281 and save to EEPROM with M500 +//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/MKS Robin nano v3.0/Config example for suport sd card/Config example for Ender3(4988+BLTOUCH)/Configuration_adv.h b/config/MKS Robin nano v3.0/Config example for suport sd card/Config example for Ender3(4988+BLTOUCH)/Configuration_adv.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e5f6d8d --- /dev/null +++ b/config/MKS Robin nano v3.0/Config example for suport sd card/Config example for Ender3(4988+BLTOUCH)/Configuration_adv.h @@ -0,0 +1,3742 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * Configuration_adv.h + * + * Advanced settings. + * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. + * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! + * + * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h + */ +#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020008 + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ +//=========================================================================== +// @section temperature + +/** + * Thermocouple sensors are quite sensitive to noise. Any noise induced in + * the sensor wires, such as by stepper motor wires run in parallel to them, + * may result in the thermocouple sensor reporting spurious errors. This + * value is the number of errors which can occur in a row before the error + * is reported. This allows us to ignore intermittent error conditions while + * still detecting an actual failure, which should result in a continuous + * stream of errors from the sensor. + * + * Set this value to 0 to fail on the first error to occur. + */ +#define THERMOCOUPLE_MAX_ERRORS 15 + +// +// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters +// +#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 + #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 + #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 + #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 + #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 + #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 + #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_6 == 1000 + #define HOTEND6_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND6_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND6_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_7 == 1000 + #define HOTEND7_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND7_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND7_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 + #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 + #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +// +// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. +// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 +// +//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT +#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) + #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED + #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 + #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true +#endif + +// +// Heated Bed Bang-Bang options +// +#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) + #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // (ms) Interval between checks in bang-bang control + #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) + #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // (°C) Only set the relevant heater state when ABS(T-target) > BED_HYSTERESIS + #endif +#endif + +// +// Heated Chamber options +// +#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER + #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 + #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 + #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target + //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING + //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin + //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false + + //#define CHAMBER_FAN // Enable a fan on the chamber + #if ENABLED(CHAMBER_FAN) + #define CHAMBER_FAN_MODE 2 // Fan control mode: 0=Static; 1=Linear increase when temp is higher than target; 2=V-shaped curve. + #if CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 0 + #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 255 // Chamber fan PWM (0-255) + #elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 1 + #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 128 // Base chamber fan PWM (0-255); turns on when chamber temperature is above the target + #define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C above target + #elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 2 + #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 128 // Minimum chamber fan PWM (0-255) + #define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C difference from target + #endif + #endif + + //#define CHAMBER_VENT // Enable a servo-controlled vent on the chamber + #if ENABLED(CHAMBER_VENT) + #define CHAMBER_VENT_SERVO_NR 1 // Index of the vent servo + #define HIGH_EXCESS_HEAT_LIMIT 5 // How much above target temp to consider there is excess heat in the chamber + #define LOW_EXCESS_HEAT_LIMIT 3 + #define MIN_COOLING_SLOPE_TIME_CHAMBER_VENT 20 + #define MIN_COOLING_SLOPE_DEG_CHAMBER_VENT 1.5 + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage + * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which + * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. + * + * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower + * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep + * the heater on. + * + * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. + * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too + * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. + * + * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase + * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD + */ +#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius + + //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops + #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) + //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 + #endif + + /** + * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the + * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature + * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and + * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only + * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable + * test. + * + * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD + * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set + * below 2. + */ + #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 40 // Seconds + #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius +#endif + +/** + * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. + */ +#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 40 // Seconds + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius + + /** + * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). + */ + #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds + #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius +#endif + +/** + * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. + */ +#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius + + /** + * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). + */ + #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds + #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius +#endif + +#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. + // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. + //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING + #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) + #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) // heating power = Kc * e_speed + #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 + #endif + + /** + * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. + * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. + * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value + * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. + * + * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) + * --------------------------------------------------------------------- + * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: + * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 + * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. + * + * Example: + * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 + * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 + * + * Fan-speed dependent compensation + * -------------------------------- + * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). + * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. + * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature + * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. + * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% + * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. + * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. + * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in + * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED + */ + //#define PID_FAN_SCALING + #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) + //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION + #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) + // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. + // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. + // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. + + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING + + #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 + + #else + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) + #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING + #endif + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Automatic Temperature Mode + * + * Dynamically adjust the hotend target temperature based on planned E moves. + * + * (Contrast with PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING, which tracks E movement and adjusts PID + * behavior using an additional kC value.) + * + * Autotemp is calculated by (mintemp + factor * mm_per_sec), capped to maxtemp. + * + * Enable Autotemp Mode with M104/M109 F<factor> S<mintemp> B<maxtemp>. + * Disable by sending M104/M109 with no F parameter (or F0 with AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL). + */ +#define AUTOTEMP +#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) + #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 + // Turn on AUTOTEMP on M104/M109 by default using proportions set here + //#define AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL + #if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL) + #define AUTOTEMP_MIN_P 0 // (°C) Added to the target temperature + #define AUTOTEMP_MAX_P 5 // (°C) Added to the target temperature + #define AUTOTEMP_FACTOR_P 1 // Apply this F parameter by default (overridden by M104/M109 F) + #endif +#endif + +// Show Temperature ADC value +// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. +//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES + +/** + * High Temperature Thermistor Support + * + * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting + * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP + * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the + * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure + * and force stop everything. + * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, + * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle + * aberrant readings. + * + * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) + * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below + */ + +// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur +// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) +//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 + +// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check +// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the +// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach +// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. +// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) +//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 + +// @section extruder + +// Extruder runout prevention. +// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP +// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. +//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT +#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/min) + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) +#endif + +/** + * Hotend Idle Timeout + * Prevent filament in the nozzle from charring and causing a critical jam. + */ +//#define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT +#if ENABLED(HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT) + #define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT_SEC (5*60) // (seconds) Time without extruder movement to trigger protection + #define HOTEND_IDLE_MIN_TRIGGER 180 // (°C) Minimum temperature to enable hotend protection + #define HOTEND_IDLE_NOZZLE_TARGET 0 // (°C) Safe temperature for the nozzle after timeout + #define HOTEND_IDLE_BED_TARGET 0 // (°C) Safe temperature for the bed after timeout +#endif + +// @section temperature + +// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. +// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 + +/** + * Controller Fan + * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. + * + * The fan turns on automatically whenever any driver is enabled and turns + * off (or reduces to idle speed) shortly after drivers are turned off. + */ +//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN +#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) + //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan + //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_USE_Z_ONLY // With this option only the Z axis is considered + //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_IGNORE_Z // Ignore Z stepper. Useful when stepper timeout is disabled. + #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_MIN 0 // (0-255) Minimum speed. (If set below this value the fan is turned off.) + #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_ACTIVE 255 // (0-255) Active speed, used when any motor is enabled + #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_IDLE 0 // (0-255) Idle speed, used when motors are disabled + #define CONTROLLERFAN_IDLE_TIME 60 // (seconds) Extra time to keep the fan running after disabling motors + //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE // Enable M710 configurable settings + #if ENABLED(CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE) + #define CONTROLLER_FAN_MENU // Enable the Controller Fan submenu + #endif +#endif + +// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the +// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably +// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) +//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 + +// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. +//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 + +/** + * PWM Fan Scaling + * + * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). + * + * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset + * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower + * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) + * Value 0 always turns off the fan. + * + * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. + */ +//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 +//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 + +/** + * FAST PWM FAN Settings + * + * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) + * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a + * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. + * + * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] + * Set this to your desired frequency. + * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) + * i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers. + * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required + * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. + * + * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] + * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: + * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] + * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] + * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of + * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) + * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. + */ +#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) + //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 + //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP +#endif + +// @section extruder + +/** + * Extruder cooling fans + * + * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' + * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. + * + * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here + * or set to -1 to disable completely. + * + * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case + * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. + */ +#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 + +#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 +#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed +#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 +#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 + +/** + * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer + * + * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. + * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. + * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. + */ +#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 +#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 +#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 + +/** + * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness + */ +//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE +#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) + //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed + #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW + #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on + #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) + //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm + //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu + //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. + //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use NeoPixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. + #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) + #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } + #endif +#endif + +// @section homing + +// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing +// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. +//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT + +// @section extras + +//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. + +// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. +//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER +#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) + //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 + //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 +#endif + +/** + * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops + * + * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. + * + * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to + * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop + * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug + * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. + * + * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors + * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error + * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X<offset> Y<offset> Z<offset>'. + */ + +//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS +#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + //#define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR // Enable if X2 direction signal is opposite to X + //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ + #define X2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif +#endif + +//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS +#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + //#define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR // Enable if Y2 direction signal is opposite to Y + //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ + #define Y2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif +#endif + +// +// For Z set the number of stepper drivers +// +#define NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS 1 // (1-4) Z options change based on how many + +#if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS > 1 + // Enable if Z motor direction signals are the opposite of Z1 + //#define INVERT_Z2_VS_Z_DIR + //#define INVERT_Z3_VS_Z_DIR + //#define INVERT_Z4_VS_Z_DIR + + //#define Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) + #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ + #define Z2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 + #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ + #define Z3_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + #define Z4_USE_ENDSTOP _ZMAX_ + #define Z4_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + * + * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>: + * + * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel + * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) + * + * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so + * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) + * + * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with + * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. + * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and + * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. + * + * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates + * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. + * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and + * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. + */ +//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE +#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage + #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed + #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position + #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. + // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software + // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops + // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). + // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. + + // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. + #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE + + // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) + #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 + + // Default action to execute following M605 mode change commands. Typically G28X to apply new mode. + //#define EVENT_GCODE_IDEX_AFTER_MODECHANGE "G28X" +#endif + +// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. +// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. +//#define EXT_SOLENOID + +// @section homing + +/** + * Homing Procedure + * Homing (G28) does an indefinite move towards the endstops to establish + * the position of the toolhead relative to the workspace. + */ + +//#define SENSORLESS_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2 } // (mm) Backoff from endstops before sensorless homing + +#define HOMING_BUMP_MM { 5, 5, 2 } // (mm) Backoff from endstops after first bump +#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) + +//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_POST_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Backoff from endstops after homing + +//#define QUICK_HOME // If G28 contains XY do a diagonal move first +//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X // If G28 contains XY home Y before X +//#define HOME_Z_FIRST // Home Z first. Requires a Z-MIN endstop (not a probe). +//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING // If X/Y can't home without homing Y/X first + +// @section bltouch + +#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) + /** + * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES + * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand + * advanced commands. + * + * Note: If the probe is not deploying, do a "Reset" and "Self-Test" and then check the + * wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. + * + * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often + * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" + * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. + * + * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: + */ + + // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. + // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. + //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 + + /** + * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: + */ + + // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful + // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. + //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE + + /** + * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 + * Summary: + * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes + * - High-Speed mode + * - Disable LCD voltage options + */ + + /** + * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! + * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. + * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 + * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode + * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. + * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. + */ + //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE + + /** + * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. + * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 + * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) + * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. + */ + //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET + + /** + * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. + * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. + * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function + * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. + */ + //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE + + // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. + //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU + +#endif // BLTOUCH + +// @section extras + +/** + * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment + * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. + */ +//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN +#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) + // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3 [, Z4]] + // If not defined, probe limits will be used. + // Override with 'M422 S<index> X<pos> Y<pos>' + //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } + + /** + * Orientation for the automatically-calculated probe positions. + * Override Z stepper align points with 'M422 S<index> X<pos> Y<pos>' + * + * 2 Steppers: (0) (1) + * | | 2 | + * | 1 2 | | + * | | 1 | + * + * 3 Steppers: (0) (1) (2) (3) + * | 3 | 1 | 2 1 | 2 | + * | | 3 | | 3 | + * | 1 2 | 2 | 3 | 1 | + * + * 4 Steppers: (0) (1) (2) (3) + * | 4 3 | 1 4 | 2 1 | 3 2 | + * | | | | | + * | 1 2 | 2 3 | 3 4 | 4 1 | + */ + #ifndef Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY + //#define Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION 0 + #endif + + // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. + // Requires triple stepper drivers (i.e., set NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS to 3) + //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS + #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) + // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to + // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. + // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } + #else + // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down in case + // the stepper (spindle) position is farther out than the test point. + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 // Use a value > 1.0 NOTE: This may cause instability! + #endif + + // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm + #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline that G34 will handle + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 5 // Number of iterations to apply during alignment + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 // Stop iterating early if the accuracy is better than this + #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 // Restore leveling after G34 is done? + // After G34, re-home Z (G28 Z) or just calculate it from the last probe heights? + // Re-homing might be more precise in reproducing the actual 'G28 Z' homing height, especially on an uneven bed. + #define HOME_AFTER_G34 +#endif + +// +// Add the G35 command to read bed corners to help adjust screws. Requires a bed probe. +// +//#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING +#if ENABLED(ASSISTED_TRAMMING) + + // Define positions for probe points. + #define TRAMMING_POINT_XY { { 20, 20 }, { 180, 20 }, { 180, 180 }, { 20, 180 } } + + // Define position names for probe points. + #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_1 "Front-Left" + #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_2 "Front-Right" + #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_3 "Back-Right" + #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_4 "Back-Left" + + #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G35 // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation + //#define REPORT_TRAMMING_MM // Report Z deviation (mm) for each point relative to the first + + //#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING_WIZARD // Add a Tramming Wizard to the LCD menu + + //#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING_WAIT_POSITION { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER, 30 } // Move the nozzle out of the way for adjustment + + /** + * Screw thread: + * M3: 30 = Clockwise, 31 = Counter-Clockwise + * M4: 40 = Clockwise, 41 = Counter-Clockwise + * M5: 50 = Clockwise, 51 = Counter-Clockwise + */ + #define TRAMMING_SCREW_THREAD 30 + +#endif + +// @section motion + +#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } + +// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles +//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION + +// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. +#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false +#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false +#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false +#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false + +/** + * Idle Stepper Shutdown + * Set DISABLE_INACTIVE_? 'true' to shut down axis steppers after an idle period. + * The Deactive Time can be overridden with M18 and M84. Set to 0 for No Timeout. + */ +#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set 'false' if the nozzle could fall onto your printed part! +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true + +// If the Nozzle or Bed falls when the Z stepper is disabled, set its resting position here. +//#define Z_AFTER_DEACTIVATE Z_HOME_POS + +// Default Minimum Feedrates for printing and travel moves +#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // (mm/s) Minimum feedrate. Set with M205 S. +#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 // (mm/s) Minimum travel feedrate. Set with M205 T. + +// Minimum time that a segment needs to take as the buffer gets emptied +#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (µs) Set with M205 B. + +// Slow down the machine if the lookahead buffer is (by default) half full. +// Increase the slowdown divisor for larger buffer sizes. +#define SLOWDOWN +#if ENABLED(SLOWDOWN) + #define SLOWDOWN_DIVISOR 2 +#endif + +/** + * XY Frequency limit + * Reduce resonance by limiting the frequency of small zigzag infill moves. + * See https://hydraraptor.blogspot.com/2010/12/frequency-limit.html + * Use M201 F<freq> G<min%> to change limits at runtime. + */ +//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 10 // (Hz) Maximum frequency of small zigzag infill moves. Set with M201 F<hertz>. +#ifdef XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT + #define XY_FREQUENCY_MIN_PERCENT 5 // (percent) Minimum FR percentage to apply. Set with M201 G<min%>. +#endif + +// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end +// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed +// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. +#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) + +// +// Backlash Compensation +// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. +// +//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION +#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) + // Define values for backlash distance and correction. + // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. + #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) + #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction + + // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments + // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) + //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) + + // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) + //#define BACKLASH_GCODE + + #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) + // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" + #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING + + #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) + // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT + // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION + // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. + #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) + #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) + #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/min) + #endif + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration + * + * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- + * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. + * + * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object + * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash + * and hotend offsets. + * + * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within + * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. + */ +//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE +#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) + + //#define CALIBRATION_SCRIPT_PRE "M117 Starting Auto-Calibration\nT0\nG28\nG12\nM117 Calibrating..." + //#define CALIBRATION_SCRIPT_POST "M500\nM117 Calibration data saved" + + #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm + + #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/min + #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/min + #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/min + + // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. + #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm + #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm + + // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). + //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING + + // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. + #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm + #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm + + // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best + // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. + #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT + #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT + #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT + #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK + + // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If + // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. + //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES + + // Define the pin to read during calibration + #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN + //#define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Define here to override the default pin + #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the custom pin + //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN + #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies + * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible + * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the + * lowest stepping frequencies. + */ +//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING + +/** + * Custom Microstepping + * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. + */ +//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW +//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW +//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW +//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW +//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH +//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH + +// Microstep settings (Requires a board with pins named X_MS1, X_MS2, etc.) +#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] + +/** + * @section stepper motor current + * + * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. + * + * The power on motor currents are set by: + * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 + * known compatible chips: A4982 + * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H + * known compatible chips: AD5206 + * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 + * known compatible chips: MCP4728 + * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE + * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 + * + * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. + * M907 - applies to all. + * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H + * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 + */ +//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps +//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) +//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis + +/** + * I2C-based DIGIPOTs (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) + */ +//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires https://github.com/felias-fogg/SlowSoftI2CMaster +//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4451 +#if EITHER(DIGIPOT_MCP4018, DIGIPOT_MCP4451) + #define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT:4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO:8 MKS_SBASE:5 MIGHTYBOARD_REVE:5 + + // Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. + // These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. + #define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO + + //#define DIGIPOT_USE_RAW_VALUES // Use DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT raw wiper values (instead of A4988 motor currents) + + /** + * Common slave addresses: + * + * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC + * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 + * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 + * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 + * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 + * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 + */ + //#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // Unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT + //#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // Unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT +#endif + +//=========================================================================== +//=============================Additional Features=========================== +//=========================================================================== + +// @section lcd + +#if EITHER(IS_ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) + #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60 } // (mm/min) Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel + #define FINE_MANUAL_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual move (< 0.1mm) applying to Z on most machines + #if IS_ULTIPANEL + #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" + #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen + #endif +#endif + +// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster +#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER +#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) + #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed + #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed +#endif + +// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen +//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE +#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) + #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 + #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 +#endif + +#if HAS_LCD_MENU + + // Add Probe Z Offset calibration to the Z Probe Offsets menu + #if HAS_BED_PROBE + //#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD + #if ENABLED(PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD) + // + // Enable to init the Probe Z-Offset when starting the Wizard. + // Use a height slightly above the estimated nozzle-to-probe Z offset. + // For example, with an offset of -5, consider a starting height of -4. + // + //#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD_START_Z -4.0 + + // Set a convenient position to do the calibration (probing point and nozzle/bed-distance) + //#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD_XY_POS { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER } + #endif + #endif + + // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu + //#define LCD_INFO_MENU + #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) + //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages + #endif + + // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top + //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM + + // Add a mute option to the LCD menu + //#define SOUND_MENU_ITEM + + /** + * LED Control Menu + * Add LED Control to the LCD menu + */ + //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU + #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) + #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option + //#define NEO2_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable a second NeoPixel Preset Color menu option + #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) + #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity + //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup + #endif + #if ENABLED(NEO2_COLOR_PRESETS) + #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value + #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value + #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value + #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value + #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity + //#define NEO2_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup for the second strip + #endif + #endif + +#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU + +#if HAS_DISPLAY + // The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus + //#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 + + #if ENABLED(SHOW_BOOTSCREEN) + #define BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 4000 // (ms) Total Duration to display the boot screen(s) + #if EITHER(HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB, TFT_COLOR_UI) + #define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving lots of flash) + #endif + #endif + + // Scroll a longer status message into view + //#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING + + // On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible + //#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY + + // Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage + //#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY + + // Show the E position (filament used) during printing + //#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL +#endif + +#if EITHER(SDSUPPORT, LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY) && ANY(HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB, HAS_MARLINUI_HD44780, IS_TFTGLCD_PANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) + //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion + #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) + //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation + //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time + #endif + + #if EITHER(HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB, EXTENSIBLE_UI) + //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits + #endif + + #if EITHER(HAS_MARLINUI_HD44780, IS_TFTGLCD_PANEL) + //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing + #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) + #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar + #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message + #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) + //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it + //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar + #endif + #endif +#endif + +#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + /** + * SD Card SPI Speed + * May be required to resolve "volume init" errors. + * + * Enable and set to SPI_HALF_SPEED, SPI_QUARTER_SPEED, or SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED + * otherwise full speed will be applied. + * + * :['SPI_HALF_SPEED', 'SPI_QUARTER_SPEED', 'SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED'] + */ + //#define SD_SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED + + // The standard SD detect circuit reads LOW when media is inserted and HIGH when empty. + // Enable this option and set to HIGH if your SD cards are incorrectly detected. + //#define SD_DETECT_STATE HIGH + + //#define SD_IGNORE_AT_STARTUP // Don't mount the SD card when starting up + //#define SDCARD_READONLY // Read-only SD card (to save over 2K of flash) + + //#define GCODE_REPEAT_MARKERS // Enable G-code M808 to set repeat markers and do looping + + #define SD_PROCEDURE_DEPTH 1 // Increase if you need more nested M32 calls + + #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished + #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84" // Use "M84XYE" to keep Z enabled so your bed stays in place + + // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. + // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. + #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST + + #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing + + //#define NO_SD_AUTOSTART // Remove auto#.g file support completely to save some Flash, SRAM + //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files + + //#define BROWSE_MEDIA_ON_INSERT // Open the file browser when media is inserted + + #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_ABORT "G28XY" // G-code to run on SD Abort Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") + + #if ENABLED(PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS) + #define PE_LEDS_COMPLETED_TIME (30*60) // (seconds) Time to keep the LED "done" color before restoring normal illumination + #endif + + /** + * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) + * + * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer + * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present + * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known + * point in the file. + */ + #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + #define PLR_ENABLED_DEFAULT true // Power Loss Recovery enabled by default. (Set with 'M413 Sn' & M500) + //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss + //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVER_ZHOME // Z homing is needed for proper recovery. 99.9% of the time this should be disabled! + //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 20 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) + //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN PC4 // Pin to detect power loss. Set to -1 to disable default pin on boards without module. + //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss + //#define POWER_LOSS_PULLUP // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate for your sensor + //#define POWER_LOSS_PULLDOWN + //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume + //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. + + // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, + // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. + #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data + #endif + + /** + * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. + * + * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted + * by name for easier navigation. + * + * By default... + * + * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. + * - Folders are sorted to the top. + * - The sort key is statically allocated. + * - No added G-code (M34) support. + * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) + * + * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the + * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM + * limit is exceeded. + * + * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. + * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. + * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) + * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) + */ + //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA + + // SD Card Sorting options + #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) + #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. + #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below + #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 G-code. + #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. + #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) + #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. + #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! + #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. + // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. + #endif + + // Allow international symbols in long filenames. To display correctly, the + // LCD's font must contain the characters. Check your selected LCD language. + //#define UTF_FILENAME_SUPPORT + + // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 + #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT + + // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu + //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES + + // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) + //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN + + /** + * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. + * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. + * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. + */ + //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT + + /** + * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. + * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. + * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. + */ + //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE + + /** + * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S<seconds> + */ + //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS + + /** + * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or + * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear + * to Marlin as an SD card. + * + * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with + * the following pin mapping: + * + * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO + * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] + * SS --> SDSS + * + * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. + */ + //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT + #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) + /** + * USB Host Shield Library + * + * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested + * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. + * + * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it + * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. + * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. + */ + //#define USE_UHS2_USB + //#define USE_UHS3_USB + + /** + * Native USB Host supported by some boards (USB OTG) + */ + #define USE_OTG_USB_HOST + + #if DISABLED(USE_OTG_USB_HOST) + #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS + #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN + #endif + #endif + + /** + * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, + * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. + * + * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) + * + * Tested with this bootloader: + * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 + */ + //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE + #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) + #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF + #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 + #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF + #endif + + // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' + //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER + + /** + * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): + * + * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. + * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. + * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). + * + * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] + */ + //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD + + // Enable if SD detect is rendered useless (e.g., by using an SD extender) + //#define NO_SD_DETECT + +#endif // SDSUPPORT + +/** + * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- + * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. + */ +//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). + +/** + * Additional options for Graphical Displays + * + * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, + * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, + * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing + * on DELTA and SCARA machines. + * + * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind + * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable + * printing performance versus fast display updates. + */ +#if HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB + // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar + //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT + + // Save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame or no frame on the Info Screen + //#define XYZ_NO_FRAME + #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME + + // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens + #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME + + // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. + // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. + //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT + + // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2434 bytes of PROGMEM. + // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. + //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT + + // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay + //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE + + /** + * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using + * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. + * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. + * + * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status + * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the + * length of time to display the status message before clearing. + * + * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. + * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. + */ + #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) + // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. + // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. + //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 + + //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI + #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) + #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 + #endif + #endif + + /** + * Status (Info) Screen customizations + * These options may affect code size and screen render time. + * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. + */ + //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones + //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) + #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) + #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating + #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating + #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating + //#define STATUS_CUTTER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate spindle / laser active + //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap + //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap + //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames + //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar + //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. + + // Frivolous Game Options + //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT + //#define MARLIN_INVADERS + //#define MARLIN_SNAKE + //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu + +#endif // HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB + +// +// Additional options for DGUS / DWIN displays +// +#if HAS_DGUS_LCD + #define LCD_SERIAL_PORT 3 + #define LCD_BAUDRATE 115200 + + #define DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE 128 + #define DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE 48 + //#define SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS // Fix Rx overrun situation (Currently only for AVR) + + #define DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS 500 // (ms) Interval between automatic screen updates + + #if EITHER(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC, DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY) + #define DGUS_PRINT_FILENAME // Display the filename during printing + #define DGUS_PREHEAT_UI // Display a preheat screen during heatup + + #if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC) + //#define DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Disabled by default for UI_FYSETC + #else + #define DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Enabled by default for UI_HIPRECY + #endif + + #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD + #if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD) + #define DGUS_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH 10 + #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOAD_LENGTH_PER_TIME 0.5 // (mm) Adjust in proportion to DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS + #endif + + #define DGUS_UI_WAITING // Show a "waiting" screen between some screens + #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING) + #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS 10 + #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS_PERIOD 8 // Increase to slower waiting status looping + #endif + #endif +#endif // HAS_DGUS_LCD + +// +// Specify additional languages for the UI. Default specified by LCD_LANGUAGE. +// +#if EITHER(DOGLCD, TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) + //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr + //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de + //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es + //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it + #ifdef LCD_LANGUAGE_2 + //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_AUTO_SAVE // Automatically save language to EEPROM on change + #endif +#endif + +// +// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) +// +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) + // Display board used + //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) + //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) + //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) + //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) + //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI + //#define LCD_FYSETC_TFT81050 // FYSETC with 5" (800x480) + + // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. + //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 + //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 + //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 + + // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector + //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping + //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping + //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping + //#define S6_TFT_PINMAP // FYSETC S6 pin mapping + //#define F6_TFT_PINMAP // FYSETC F6 pin mapping + + //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below + #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) + // Pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen + #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 + #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 + + // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO + //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI + #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) + #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 + #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 + #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 + #endif + #endif + + // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display + // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support + // portrait and mirrored orientations. + //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED + //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT + //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED + + // UTF8 processing and rendering. + // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. + //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 + #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) + // Western accents support. These accented characters use + // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. + #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET + #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) + // Additional character groups. These characters require + // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ + #endif + + // Cyrillic character set, costs about 27KiB of flash + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CYRILLIC_CHARSET + #endif + + // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons + #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT + + // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. + // (recommended for smaller displays) + //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE + + // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events + //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG + + // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) + //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU +#endif + +// +// Classic UI Options +// +#if TFT_SCALED_DOGLCD + //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White + //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black + //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black + //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red + //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow + //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan +#endif + +// +// ADC Button Debounce +// +#if HAS_ADC_BUTTONS + #define ADC_BUTTON_DEBOUNCE_DELAY 16 // Increase if buttons bounce or repeat too fast +#endif + +// @section safety + +/** + * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs + * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. + * + * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, + * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. + * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while + * interrupts are enabled. + */ +#define USE_WATCHDOG +#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) + //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL +#endif + +// @section lcd + +/** + * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing + * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z + * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. + * + * Warning: Does not respect endstops! + */ +#define BABYSTEPPING +#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) + //#define INTEGRATED_BABYSTEPPING // EXPERIMENTAL integration of babystepping into the Stepper ISR + //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING + //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). + //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! + #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way + //#define BABYSTEP_MILLIMETER_UNITS // Specify BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_(XY|Z) in mm instead of micro-steps + #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // (steps or mm) Steps or millimeter distance for each Z babystep + #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 // (steps or mm) Steps or millimeter distance for each XY babystep + + //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. + #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) + #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. + // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. + //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. + #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) + #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. + #endif + #endif + + //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 + + #if HAS_BED_PROBE + #define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping + #endif + #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) + //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets + //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor + #endif +#endif + +// @section extruder + +/** + * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 + * + * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) + * K=0 means advance disabled. + * + * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! + * + * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. + * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. + * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) + * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. + * + * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. + */ +//#define LIN_ADVANCE +#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) + //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants + #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed + //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. + //#define EXPERIMENTAL_SCURVE // Enable this option to permit S-Curve Acceleration +#endif + +// @section leveling + +/** + * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. + * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. + */ +#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 + //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 + //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 + //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 + //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 + //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 +#endif + +/** + * Probing Margins + * + * Override PROBING_MARGIN for each side of the build plate + * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or + * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific + * sides of the bed. With NOZZLE_AS_PROBE negative values are + * allowed, to permit probing outside the bed. + * + * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, + * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over + * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as + * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) + * + * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however + * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the + * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing + * the probe to be unable to reach any points. + */ +#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC + #define PROBING_MARGIN_LEFT PROBING_MARGIN + #define PROBING_MARGIN_RIGHT PROBING_MARGIN + #define PROBING_MARGIN_FRONT PROBING_MARGIN + #define PROBING_MARGIN_BACK PROBING_MARGIN +#endif + +#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large + //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET + //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET + //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) + //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) +#endif + +#if BOTH(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL, EEPROM_SETTINGS) + //#define OPTIMIZED_MESH_STORAGE // Store mesh with less precision to save EEPROM space +#endif + +/** + * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. + * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. + */ +//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER +#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) + #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 + #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE + /** + * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, + * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. + */ + #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." + #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" + #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" + +#endif + +/** + * Thermal Probe Compensation + * Probe measurements are adjusted to compensate for temperature distortion. + * Use G76 to calibrate this feature. Use M871 to set values manually. + * For a more detailed explanation of the process see G76_M871.cpp. + */ +#if HAS_BED_PROBE && TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE && TEMP_SENSOR_BED + // Enable thermal first layer compensation using bed and probe temperatures + #define PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION + + // Add additional compensation depending on hotend temperature + // Note: this values cannot be calibrated and have to be set manually + #if ENABLED(PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) + // Park position to wait for probe cooldown + #define PTC_PARK_POS { 0, 0, 100 } + + // Probe position to probe and wait for probe to reach target temperature + #define PTC_PROBE_POS { 90, 100 } + + // Enable additional compensation using hotend temperature + // Note: this values cannot be calibrated automatically but have to be set manually + //#define USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION + + // Probe temperature calibration generates a table of values starting at PTC_SAMPLE_START + // (e.g. 30), in steps of PTC_SAMPLE_RES (e.g. 5) with PTC_SAMPLE_COUNT (e.g. 10) samples. + + //#define PTC_SAMPLE_START 30.0f + //#define PTC_SAMPLE_RES 5.0f + //#define PTC_SAMPLE_COUNT 10U + + // Bed temperature calibration builds a similar table. + + //#define BTC_SAMPLE_START 60.0f + //#define BTC_SAMPLE_RES 5.0f + //#define BTC_SAMPLE_COUNT 10U + + // The temperature the probe should be at while taking measurements during bed temperature + // calibration. + //#define BTC_PROBE_TEMP 30.0f + + // Height above Z=0.0f to raise the nozzle. Lowering this can help the probe to heat faster. + // Note: the Z=0.0f offset is determined by the probe offset which can be set using M851. + //#define PTC_PROBE_HEATING_OFFSET 0.5f + + // Height to raise the Z-probe between heating and taking the next measurement. Some probes + // may fail to untrigger if they have been triggered for a long time, which can be solved by + // increasing the height the probe is raised to. + //#define PTC_PROBE_RAISE 15U + + // If the probe is outside of the defined range, use linear extrapolation using the closest + // point and the PTC_LINEAR_EXTRAPOLATION'th next point. E.g. if set to 4 it will use data[0] + // and data[4] to perform linear extrapolation for values below PTC_SAMPLE_START. + //#define PTC_LINEAR_EXTRAPOLATION 4 + #endif +#endif + +// @section extras + +// +// G60/G61 Position Save and Return +// +//#define SAVED_POSITIONS 1 // Each saved position slot costs 12 bytes + +// +// G2/G3 Arc Support +// +#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes +#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) + #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // (mm) Length (or minimum length) of each arc segment + //#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_R 1 // Max segment length, MM_PER = Min + #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle + //#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_SEC 50 // Use feedrate to choose segment length (with MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT as the minimum) + #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections + //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles + //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes + //#define SF_ARC_FIX // Enable only if using SkeinForge with "Arc Point" fillet procedure +#endif + +// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. +//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT + +/** + * Direct Stepping + * + * Comparable to the method used by Klipper, G6 direct stepping significantly + * reduces motion calculations, increases top printing speeds, and results in + * less step aliasing by calculating all motions in advance. + * Preparing your G-code: https://github.com/colinrgodsey/step-daemon + */ +//#define DIRECT_STEPPING + +/** + * G38 Probe Target + * + * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) + * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). + * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. + */ +//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET +#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) + //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target + #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. +#endif + +// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move +#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 + +/** + * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) + * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) + * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers + * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers + * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers + * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers + * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. + */ +//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 +//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 + +/** + * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) + * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers + * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h + * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers + * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers + * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers + * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. + */ +//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 + +/** + * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows + * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) + * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers + * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver + * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver + * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver + * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver + * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. + */ +//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 + +// @section temperature + +// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. +//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL + +//=========================================================================== +//================================= Buffers ================================= +//=========================================================================== + +// @section motion + +// The number of linear moves that can be in the planner at once. +// The value of BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE must be a power of 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) +#if BOTH(SDSUPPORT, DIRECT_STEPPING) + #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 8 +#elif ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 +#else + #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 +#endif + +// @section serial + +// The ASCII buffer for serial input +#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 +#define BUFSIZE 4 + +// Transmission to Host Buffer Size +// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. +// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. +// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. +// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. +// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. +// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] +#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 + +// Host Receive Buffer Size +// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. +// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. +// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] +//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 + +#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 + // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to + // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. + //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF +#endif + +// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate +//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE + +#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum + // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. + //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED + + // Enable this option to collect and display the number + // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. + //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX +#endif + +/** + * Emergency Command Parser + * + * Add a low-level parser to intercept certain commands as they + * enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. + * Currently handles M108, M112, M410, M876 + * NOTE: Not yet implemented for all platforms. + */ +//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER + +// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' +// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. +// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. +// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. +//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds + +// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. +//#define ADVANCED_OK + +// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. +// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. +#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION + +// For serial echo, the number of digits after the decimal point +//#define SERIAL_FLOAT_PRECISION 4 + +// @section extras + +/** + * Extra Fan Speed + * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. + * 'M106 P<fan> T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for <fan> + * 'M106 P<fan> T2' : Use the set secondary speed + * 'M106 P<fan> T1' : Restore the previous fan speed + */ +//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED + +/** + * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract + * + * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. + * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. + * + * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. + * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range + * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. + * + * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. + * + * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. + */ +//#define FWRETRACT +#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) + #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions + #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) + #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length + #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length + #endif + #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) + #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) + #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting + #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction + #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) + //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Universal tool change settings. + * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. + */ +#if HAS_MULTI_EXTRUDER + // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders + #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) + //#define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE_BEFORE_RETRACT // Apply raise before swap retraction (if enabled) + //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to previous position on tool-change + #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN) + //#define EVENT_GCODE_AFTER_TOOLCHANGE "G12X" // Extra G-code to run after tool-change + #endif + + /** + * Retract and prime filament on tool-change to reduce + * ooze and stringing and to get cleaner transitions. + */ + //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP + #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) + // Load / Unload + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_LENGTH 12 // (mm) Load / Unload length + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_EXTRA_RESUME_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Extra length for better restart, fine tune by LCD/Gcode) + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_RETRACT_SPEED (50*60) // (mm/min) (Unloading) + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_UNRETRACT_SPEED (25*60) // (mm/min) (On SINGLENOZZLE or Bowden loading must be slowed down) + + // Longer prime to clean out a SINGLENOZZLE + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_EXTRA_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra priming length + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_SPEED (4.6*60) // (mm/min) Extra priming feedrate + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_WIPE_RETRACT 0 // (mm/min) Retract before cooling for less stringing, better wipe, etc. + + // Cool after prime to reduce stringing + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN -1 // Fan index or -1 to skip + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN_SPEED 255 // 0-255 + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN_TIME 10 // (seconds) + + // Swap uninitialized extruder with TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_SPEED for all lengths (recover + prime) + // (May break filament if not retracted beforehand.) + //#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_INIT_BEFORE_SWAP + + // Prime on the first T0 (If other, TOOLCHANGE_FS_INIT_BEFORE_SWAP applied) + // Enable it (M217 V[0/1]) before printing, to avoid unwanted priming on host connect + //#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_FIRST_USED + + /** + * Tool Change Migration + * This feature provides G-code and LCD options to switch tools mid-print. + * All applicable tool properties are migrated so the print can continue. + * Tools must be closely matching and other restrictions may apply. + * Useful to: + * - Change filament color without interruption + * - Switch spools automatically on filament runout + * - Switch to a different nozzle on an extruder jam + */ + #define TOOLCHANGE_MIGRATION_FEATURE + + #endif + + /** + * Position to park head during tool change. + * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER + */ + //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK + #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) + #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } + #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/min) + //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_X_ONLY // X axis only move + //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_Y_ONLY // Y axis only move + #endif +#endif // HAS_MULTI_EXTRUDER + +/** + * Advanced Pause + * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. + * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. + * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. + * + * Requires an LCD display. + * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. + * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. + */ +//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE +#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) + #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. + #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. + // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. + // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. + // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. + // Set to 0 for manual unloading. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. + // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. + // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. + // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. + //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. + #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. + #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. + // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. + // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu + // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. + #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. + //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. + + // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_FEEDRATE 25 // (mm/s) feedrate to purge before unload + + #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. + #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. + + //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. + //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // If needed, home before parking for filament change + + //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. + //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) +#endif + +// @section tmc + +/** + * TMC26X Stepper Driver options + * + * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. + * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper + */ +#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) + #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) + #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) + #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) + #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) + #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) + #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) + #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) + #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) + #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z4(TMC26X) + #define Z4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Z4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Z4_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) + #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) + #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) + #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) + #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) + #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) + #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E6(TMC26X) + #define E6_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E6_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E6_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E7(TMC26X) + #define E7_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E7_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E7_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + +#endif // TMC26X + +// @section tmc_smart + +/** + * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode + * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define + * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 + * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). + * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. + * + * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN + * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. + * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without + * a resistor. + * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. + * + * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. + * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper + */ +#if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG + + #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current + + /** + * Interpolate microsteps to 256 + * Override for each driver with <driver>_INTERPOLATE settings below + */ + #define INTERPOLATE true + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) + #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. + #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing + #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 + #define X_RSENSE 0.11 + #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // -1..0: Not chained. 1: MCU MOSI connected. 2: Next in chain, ... + //#define X_INTERPOLATE true // Enable to override 'INTERPOLATE' for the X axis + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) + #define X2_CURRENT 800 + #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT + #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 + #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define X2_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) + #define Y_CURRENT 800 + #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT + #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define Y_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) + #define Y2_CURRENT 800 + #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT + #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define Y2_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) + #define Z_CURRENT 800 + #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT + #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define Z_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) + #define Z2_CURRENT 800 + #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT + #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define Z2_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) + #define Z3_CURRENT 800 + #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT + #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define Z3_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + #define Z4_CURRENT 800 + #define Z4_CURRENT_HOME Z4_CURRENT + #define Z4_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z4_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Z4_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define Z4_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) + #define E0_CURRENT 800 + #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E0_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) + #define E1_CURRENT 800 + #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E1_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) + #define E2_CURRENT 800 + #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E2_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) + #define E3_CURRENT 800 + #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E3_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) + #define E4_CURRENT 800 + #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E4_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) + #define E5_CURRENT 800 + #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E5_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E6) + #define E6_CURRENT 800 + #define E6_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E6_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E6_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E6_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E7) + #define E7_CURRENT 800 + #define E7_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E7_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E7_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E7_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + /** + * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. + * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. + */ + //#define X_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 + //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E6_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E7_CS_PIN -1 + + /** + * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). + * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, + * but you can override or define them here. + */ + //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI + //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 + //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 + //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 + + /** + * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. + * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. + * Address | MS1 | MS2 + * 0 | LOW | LOW + * 1 | HIGH | LOW + * 2 | LOW | HIGH + * 3 | HIGH | HIGH + * + * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers + * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. + */ + //#define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define Z4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E6_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E7_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + + /** + * Software enable + * + * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same + * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. + */ + //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE + + /** + * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only + * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. + * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. + */ + #define STEALTHCHOP_XY + #define STEALTHCHOP_Z + #define STEALTHCHOP_E + + /** + * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets + * or with the help of an example included in the library. + * Provided parameter sets are + * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V + * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V + * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V + * CHOPPER_09STEP_24V // 0.9 degree steppers (24V) + * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Průša firmware for MK3 (24V) + * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 + * + * Define your own with: + * { <off_time[1..15]>, <hysteresis_end[-3..12]>, hysteresis_start[1..8] } + */ + #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V // All axes (override below) + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_X CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V // For X Axes (override below) + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_X2 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Y CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V // For Y Axes (override below) + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Y2 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V // For Z Axes (override below) + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z2 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z3 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z4 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V // For Extruders (override below) + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E1 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E2 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E3 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E4 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E5 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E6 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E7 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + + /** + * Monitor Trinamic drivers + * for error conditions like overtemperature and short to ground. + * To manage over-temp Marlin can decrease the driver current until the error condition clears. + * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. + * Relevant G-codes: + * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. + * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. + * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. + * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) + */ + //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS + + #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) + #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] + #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE + #define STOP_ON_ERROR + #endif + + /** + * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only + * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. + * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. + * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. + * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting + */ + //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD + + #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] + #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 + #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 + #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 + #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define Z4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E6_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E7_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + + /** + * Use StallGuard to home / probe X, Y, Z. + * + * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only + * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. + * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. + * + * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. + * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: + * + * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others + * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) + * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) + * + * It is recommended to set HOMING_BUMP_MM to { 0, 0, 0 }. + * + * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** + * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. + * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. + * + * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when + * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. + * + * Comment *_STALL_SENSITIVITY to disable sensorless homing for that axis. + */ + //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only + + #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) + // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 + #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 100 + #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY + #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 100 + #define Y2_STALL_SENSITIVITY Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY + //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 + //#define Z2_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY + //#define Z3_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY + //#define Z4_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY + //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only + //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY + #endif + + /** + * TMC Homing stepper phase. + * + * Improve homing repeatability by homing to stepper coil's nearest absolute + * phase position. Trinamic drivers use a stepper phase table with 1024 values + * spanning 4 full steps with 256 positions each (ergo, 1024 positions). + * Full step positions (128, 384, 640, 896) have the highest holding torque. + * + * Values from 0..1023, -1 to disable homing phase for that axis. + */ + //#define TMC_HOME_PHASE { 896, 896, 896 } + + /** + * Beta feature! + * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. + */ + //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING + + /** + * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. + * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. + */ + //#define TMC_DEBUG + + /** + * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. + * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page + * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper + * + * Example: + * #define TMC_ADV() { \ + * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ + * stepperY.intpol(0); \ + * } + */ + #define TMC_ADV() { } + +#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG + +// @section L64XX + +/** + * L64XX Stepper Driver options + * + * Arduino-L6470 library (0.8.0 or higher) is required. + * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 + * + * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file + * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN + * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN + * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN + * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN + * ENABLE_RESET_L64XX_CHIPS(Q) where Q is 1 to enable and 0 to reset + */ + +#if HAS_L64XX + + //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) + #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - L6474 max is 16 + #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current + // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down + // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 1000 x (1 - 32) - 32A max - rounds down + #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) + // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down + // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 200 x (1 - 32) - 6.4A max - rounds down + // L6474 - STALLCURRENT setting is used to set the nominal (TVAL) current + #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - not used by L6474 + #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI + #define X_SLEW_RATE 1 // 0-3, Slew 0 is slowest, 3 is fastest + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) + #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define X2_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) + #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Y_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) + #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Y2_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) + #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Z_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) + #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Z2_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) + #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Z3_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z4) + #define Z4_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Z4_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Z4_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Z4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Z4_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Z4_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) + #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E0_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) + #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E1_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) + #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E2_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) + #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E3_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) + #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E4_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) + #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E5_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E6) + #define E6_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E6_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E6_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E6_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E6_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E6_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E7) + #define E7_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E7_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E7_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E7_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E7_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E7_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + /** + * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. + * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. + * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. + * Relevant G-codes: + * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. + * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 + * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 + * I3 - Z3 or E3 + * I4 - Z4 or E4 + * I5 - E5 + * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning + * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds + * M918 - Increase speed until max or error + * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters + */ + //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS + + #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) + #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 + //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR + #endif + +#endif // HAS_L64XX + +// @section i2cbus + +// +// I2C Master ID for LPC176x LCD and Digital Current control +// Does not apply to other peripherals based on the Wire library. +// +//#define I2C_MASTER_ID 1 // Set a value from 0 to 2 + +/** + * TWI/I2C BUS + * + * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production + * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave + * devices on the bus. + * + * ; Example #1 + * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) + * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B<base 10> arg + * M260 A99 ; Target slave address + * M260 B77 ; M + * M260 B97 ; a + * M260 B114 ; r + * M260 B108 ; l + * M260 B105 ; i + * M260 B110 ; n + * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer + * + * ; Example #2 + * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) + * M261 A99 B5 + * + * ; Example #3 + * ; Example serial output of a M261 request + * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello + */ + +//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS +#if ENABLED(EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS) + #define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave +#endif + +// @section extras + +/** + * Photo G-code + * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. + * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. + */ +//#define PHOTO_GCODE +#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) + // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo + //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) + //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) + //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) + + // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger + // Data from: https://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ + //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 + + // Canon Hack Development Kit + // https://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ + //#define CHDK_PIN 4 + + // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter + //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) + + // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high + //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) + + /** + * PHOTO_PULSES_US may need adjustment depending on board and camera model. + * Pin must be running at 48.4kHz. + * Be sure to use a PHOTOGRAPH_PIN which can rise and fall quick enough. + * (e.g., MKS SBase temp sensor pin was too slow, so used P1.23 on J8.) + * + * Example pulse data for Nikon: https://bit.ly/2FKD0Aq + * IR Wiring: https://git.io/JvJf7 + */ + //#define PHOTO_PULSES_US { 2000, 27850, 400, 1580, 400, 3580, 400 } // (µs) Durations for each 48.4kHz oscillation + #ifdef PHOTO_PULSES_US + #define PHOTO_PULSE_DELAY_US 13 // (µs) Approximate duration of each HIGH and LOW pulse in the oscillation + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Spindle & Laser control + * + * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and + * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. + * + * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. + * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set + * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. + * + * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V + * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. + * + * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. + */ +//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE +//#define LASER_FEATURE +#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) + #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_STATE LOW // Set to "HIGH" if the on/off function is active HIGH + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT false // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower + + #define SPINDLE_LASER_FREQUENCY 2500 // (Hz) Spindle/laser frequency (only on supported HALs: AVR and LPC) + + //#define SPINDLE_SERVO // A servo converting an angle to spindle power + #ifdef SPINDLE_SERVO + #define SPINDLE_SERVO_NR 0 // Index of servo used for spindle control + #define SPINDLE_SERVO_MIN 10 // Minimum angle for servo spindle + #endif + + /** + * Speed / Power can be set ('M3 S') and displayed in terms of: + * - PWM255 (S0 - S255) + * - PERCENT (S0 - S100) + * - RPM (S0 - S50000) Best for use with a spindle + * - SERVO (S0 - S180) + */ + #define CUTTER_POWER_UNIT PWM255 + + /** + * Relative Cutter Power + * Normally, 'M3 O<power>' sets + * OCR power is relative to the range SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX. + * so input powers of 0...255 correspond to SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX + * instead of normal range (0 to SPEED_POWER_MAX). + * Best used with (e.g.) SuperPID router controller: S0 = 5,000 RPM and S255 = 30,000 RPM + */ + //#define CUTTER_POWER_RELATIVE // Set speed proportional to [SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX] + + #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) + //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction + #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction + #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed + + #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power + #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop + + /** + * M3/M4 Power Equation + * + * Each tool uses different value ranges for speed / power control. + * These parameters are used to convert between tool power units and PWM. + * + * Speed/Power = (PWMDC / 255 * 100 - SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT) / SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + * PWMDC = (spdpwr - SPEED_POWER_MIN) / (SPEED_POWER_MAX - SPEED_POWER_MIN) / SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + */ + #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 // (%) 0-100 i.e., Minimum power percentage + #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 // (RPM) + #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // (RPM) SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM + #define SPEED_POWER_STARTUP 25000 // (RPM) M3/M4 speed/power default (with no arguments) + + #else + + #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 // (%) 0-100 i.e., Minimum power percentage + #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 0 // (%) 0-100 + #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // (%) 0-100 + #define SPEED_POWER_STARTUP 80 // (%) M3/M4 speed/power default (with no arguments) + + // Define the minimum and maximum test pulse time values for a laser test fire function + #define LASER_TEST_PULSE_MIN 1 // Used with Laser Control Menu + #define LASER_TEST_PULSE_MAX 999 // Caution: Menu may not show more than 3 characters + + /** + * Enable inline laser power to be handled in the planner / stepper routines. + * Inline power is specified by the I (inline) flag in an M3 command (e.g., M3 S20 I) + * or by the 'S' parameter in G0/G1/G2/G3 moves (see LASER_MOVE_POWER). + * + * This allows the laser to keep in perfect sync with the planner and removes + * the powerup/down delay since lasers require negligible time. + */ + //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE + + #if ENABLED(LASER_POWER_INLINE) + /** + * Scale the laser's power in proportion to the movement rate. + * + * - Sets the entry power proportional to the entry speed over the nominal speed. + * - Ramps the power up every N steps to approximate the speed trapezoid. + * - Due to the limited power resolution this is only approximate. + */ + #define LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID + + /** + * Continuously calculate the current power (nominal_power * current_rate / nominal_rate). + * Required for accurate power with non-trapezoidal acceleration (e.g., S_CURVE_ACCELERATION). + * This is a costly calculation so this option is discouraged on 8-bit AVR boards. + * + * LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT_PER defines how many step cycles there are between power updates. If your + * board isn't able to generate steps fast enough (and you are using LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT), increase this. + * Note that when this is zero it means it occurs every cycle; 1 means a delay wait one cycle then run, etc. + */ + //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT + + /** + * Stepper iterations between power updates. Increase this value if the board + * can't keep up with the processing demands of LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT. + * Disable (or set to 0) to recalculate power on every stepper iteration. + */ + //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT_PER 10 + + /** + * Include laser power in G0/G1/G2/G3/G5 commands with the 'S' parameter + */ + //#define LASER_MOVE_POWER + + #if ENABLED(LASER_MOVE_POWER) + // Turn off the laser on G0 moves with no power parameter. + // If a power parameter is provided, use that instead. + //#define LASER_MOVE_G0_OFF + + // Turn off the laser on G28 homing. + //#define LASER_MOVE_G28_OFF + #endif + + /** + * Inline flag inverted + * + * WARNING: M5 will NOT turn off the laser unless another move + * is done (so G-code files must end with 'M5 I'). + */ + //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE_INVERT + + /** + * Continuously apply inline power. ('M3 S3' == 'G1 S3' == 'M3 S3 I') + * + * The laser might do some weird things, so only enable this + * feature if you understand the implications. + */ + //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE_CONTINUOUS + + #else + + #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 50 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power + #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 50 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop + + #endif + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Coolant Control + * + * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. + * + * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. + */ +//#define COOLANT_CONTROL +#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) + #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present + #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present + #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed + #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed +#endif + +/** + * Filament Width Sensor + * + * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts + * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. + * + * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the + * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the + * volume. + * + * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. + * + * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector + * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) + * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 + * + * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. + */ +//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR + +#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) + #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] + #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber + + #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it + #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. + + #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially + + // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. + //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY +#endif + +/** + * Power Monitor + * Monitor voltage (V) and/or current (A), and -when possible- power (W) + * + * Read and configure with M430 + * + * The current sensor feeds DC voltage (relative to the measured current) to an analog pin + * The voltage sensor feeds DC voltage (relative to the measured voltage) to an analog pin + */ +//#define POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT // Monitor the system current +//#define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE // Monitor the system voltage +#if EITHER(POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT, POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE) + #define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTS_PER_AMP 0.05000 // Input voltage to the MCU analog pin per amp - DO NOT apply more than ADC_VREF! + #define POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT_OFFSET -1 // Offset value for current sensors with linear function output + #define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTS_PER_VOLT 0.11786 // Input voltage to the MCU analog pin per volt - DO NOT apply more than ADC_VREF! + #define POWER_MONITOR_FIXED_VOLTAGE 13.6 // Voltage for a current sensor with no voltage sensor (for power display) +#endif + +/** + * CNC Coordinate Systems + * + * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems + * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. + */ +//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS + +/** + * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S<seconds> + */ +#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES + +/** + * Include capabilities in M115 output + */ +#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT +#if ENABLED(EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT) + //#define M115_GEOMETRY_REPORT +#endif + +/** + * Expected Printer Check + * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. + * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. + */ +//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK + +/** + * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options + */ +//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS + +#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) + /** + * Volumetric extrusion default state + * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, + * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. + * + * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter (and enable volumetric). + * M200 S0/S1 to disable/enable volumetric extrusion. + */ + //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON + + //#define VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT + #if ENABLED(VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT) + /** + * Default volumetric extrusion limit in cubic mm per second (mm^3/sec). + * This factory setting applies to all extruders. + * Use 'M200 [T<extruder>] L<limit>' to override and 'M502' to reset. + * A non-zero value activates Volume-based Extrusion Limiting. + */ + #define DEFAULT_VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT 0.00 // (mm^3/sec) + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all + * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. + * + * - M206 and M428 are disabled. + * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. + */ +//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS + +// Extra options for the M114 "Current Position" report +//#define M114_DETAIL // Use 'M114` for details to check planner calculations +//#define M114_REALTIME // Real current position based on forward kinematics +//#define M114_LEGACY // M114 used to synchronize on every call. Enable if needed. + +//#define REPORT_FAN_CHANGE // Report the new fan speed when changed by M106 (and others) + +/** + * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. + * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. + * + * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. + * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. + */ +#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 + +/** + * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser + */ +#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER + +#if ENABLED(FASTER_GCODE_PARSER) + //#define GCODE_QUOTED_STRINGS // Support for quoted string parameters +#endif + +//#define MEATPACK // Support for MeatPack G-code compression (https://github.com/scottmudge/OctoPrint-MeatPack) + +//#define GCODE_CASE_INSENSITIVE // Accept G-code sent to the firmware in lowercase + +//#define REPETIER_GCODE_M360 // Add commands originally from Repetier FW + +/** + * CNC G-code options + * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. + * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). + * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. + */ +//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments +//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. + +// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves +//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/min) +#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE + //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode +#endif + +/** + * Startup commands + * + * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. + */ +//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" + +/** + * G-code Macros + * + * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. + * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. + */ +//#define GCODE_MACROS +#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) + #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used + #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro +#endif + +/** + * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode + */ +#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS +#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) + //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" + //#define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" + //#define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK + //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script + + #define USER_CMD_1_ENABLE + #define USER_DESC_1 "Bed" + #define USER_GCODE_1 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) + + #define USER_CMD_2_ENABLE + #define USER_DESC_2 PREHEAT_1_LABEL + #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) + + #define USER_CMD_3_ENABLE + #define USER_DESC_3 PREHEAT_2_LABEL + #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) + + #define USER_CMD_4_ENABLE + #define USER_DESC_4 "Cool" + #define USER_GCODE_4 "M108\nM106 255" + + //#define USER_CMD_5_ENABLE + //#define USER_DESC_5 "More1" + //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28" + + //#define USER_CMD_6_ENABLE + //#define USER_DESC_6 "More2" + //#define USER_GCODE_6 "G28" + + //#define USER_CMD_7_ENABLE + //#define USER_DESC_7 "More3" + //#define USER_GCODE_7 "G28" +#endif + +/** + * Host Action Commands + * + * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. + * + * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands + * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel + * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed + * + * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. + * + * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so + * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. + */ +//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS +#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) + //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT + //#define HOST_START_MENU_ITEM // Add a menu item that tells the host to start +#endif + +/** + * Cancel Objects + * + * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects + */ +//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS + +/** + * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. + * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. + * + * Wiki: https://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder + * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder + * + * Supplier: https://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module + * Alternative Supplier: https://reliabuild3d.com/ + * + * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. + */ + +//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS +#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) + + #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 + // encoders supported currently. + + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. <X|Y|Z|E>_AXIS. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- + // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for + // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, + // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. + //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper + // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) + //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the + // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors + // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of + // measurement noise / latency (filter). + + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 + //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) + //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 + + #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options + #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. + + #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. + #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS + + #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. + #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS + + // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. + #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR + #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 + #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) + #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE + #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 + + //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given + // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to + // disable abort behavior. + + #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault + // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder + // is trusted again. + + /** + * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, + * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with + * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. + */ + #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. + + // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. + #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE + +#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS + +/** + * Analog Joystick(s) + */ +//#define JOYSTICK +#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) + #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 + #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 + #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 + #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 + + //#define INVERT_JOY_X // Enable if X direction is reversed + //#define INVERT_JOY_Y // Enable if Y direction is reversed + //#define INVERT_JOY_Z // Enable if Z direction is reversed + + // Use M119 with JOYSTICK_DEBUG to find reasonable values after connecting: + #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max + #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } + #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } + //#define JOYSTICK_DEBUG +#endif + +/** + * Mechanical Gantry Calibration + * Modern replacement for the Prusa TMC_Z_CALIBRATION. + * Adds capability to work with any adjustable current drivers. + * Implemented as G34 because M915 is deprecated. + */ +//#define MECHANICAL_GANTRY_CALIBRATION +#if ENABLED(MECHANICAL_GANTRY_CALIBRATION) + #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_CURRENT 600 // Default calibration current in ma + #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_EXTRA_HEIGHT 15 // Extra distance in mm past Z_###_POS to move + #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE 500 // Feedrate for correction move + //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_TO_MIN // Enable to calibrate Z in the MIN direction + + //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_SAFE_POSITION XY_CENTER // Safe position for nozzle + //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_XY_PARK_FEEDRATE 3000 // XY Park Feedrate - MMM + //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_COMMANDS_PRE "" + #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_COMMANDS_POST "G28" // G28 highly recommended to ensure an accurate position +#endif + +/** + * MAX7219 Debug Matrix + * + * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. + * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. + */ +//#define MAX7219_DEBUG +#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) + #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 + #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 + #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 + + //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix + #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Test pattern at startup: 0=none, 1=sweep, 2=spiral + #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. + #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) + // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 + //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order + //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side + + /** + * Sample debug features + * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! + */ + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row + + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row + // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how + // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. +#endif + +/** + * NanoDLP Sync support + * + * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" + * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use + * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands + */ +//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC +#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) + //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. + // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. +#endif + +/** + * Ethernet. Use M552 to enable and set the IP address. + */ +#if HAS_ETHERNET + #define MAC_ADDRESS { 0xDE, 0xAD, 0xBE, 0xEF, 0xF0, 0x0D } // A MAC address unique to your network +#endif + +/** + * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) + */ +//#define WIFISUPPORT // Marlin embedded WiFi managenent +//#define ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT // ESP3D Library WiFi management (https://github.com/luc-github/ESP3DLib) + +#if EITHER(WIFISUPPORT, ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT) + //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver (which may include auto-discovery) + //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates + //#define WIFI_CUSTOM_COMMAND // Accept feature config commands (e.g., WiFi ESP3D) from the host + + /** + * To set a default WiFi SSID / Password, create a file called Configuration_Secure.h with + * the following defines, customized for your network. This specific file is excluded via + * .gitignore to prevent it from accidentally leaking to the public. + * + * #define WIFI_SSID "WiFi SSID" + * #define WIFI_PWD "WiFi Password" + */ + //#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with WiFi SSID / Password +#endif + +/** + * Průša Multi-Material Unit (MMU) + * Enable in Configuration.h + * + * These devices allow a single stepper driver on the board to drive + * multi-material feeders with any number of stepper motors. + */ +#if HAS_PRUSA_MMU1 + /** + * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. + * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. + * + * Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. + * Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. + */ + //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required + //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs + //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs +#elif HAS_PRUSA_MMU2 + // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. + #define MMU2_SERIAL_PORT 2 + + // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it + //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 + + // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) + //#define MMU2_MODE_12V + + // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout + #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" + + // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 + //#define MMU2_MENUS + #if EITHER(MMU2_MENUS, HAS_PRUSA_MMU2S) + // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. + // This is for Průša MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. + #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 + #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ + { 7.2, 1145 }, \ + { 14.4, 871 }, \ + { 36.0, 1393 }, \ + { 14.4, 871 }, \ + { 50.0, 198 } + + #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ + { 1.0, 1000 }, \ + { 1.0, 1500 }, \ + { 2.0, 2000 }, \ + { 1.5, 3000 }, \ + { 2.5, 4000 }, \ + { -15.0, 5000 }, \ + { -14.0, 1200 }, \ + { -6.0, 600 }, \ + { 10.0, 700 }, \ + { -10.0, 400 }, \ + { -50.0, 2000 } + #endif + + /** + * Using a sensor like the MMU2S + * This mode requires a MK3S extruder with a sensor at the extruder idler, like the MMU2S. + * See https://help.prusa3d.com/en/guide/3b-mk3s-mk2-5s-extruder-upgrade_41560, step 11 + */ + #if HAS_PRUSA_MMU2S + #define MMU2_C0_RETRY 5 // Number of retries (total time = timeout*retries) + + #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE 800 // (mm/min) + #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_SEQUENCE \ + { 0.1, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }, \ + { 60.0, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }, \ + { -52.0, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE } + + #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_RETRACT 6.0 // (mm) Keep under the distance between Load Sequence values + #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_DEVIATION 0.8 // (mm) Acceptable deviation + + #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT 0.2 // (mm) To reuse within MMU2 module + #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT_SEQUENCE \ + { -MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE } + + #else + + /** + * MMU1 Extruder Sensor + * + * Support for a Průša (or other) IR Sensor to detect filament near the extruder + * and make loading more reliable. Suitable for an extruder equipped with a filament + * sensor less than 38mm from the gears. + * + * During loading the extruder will stop when the sensor is triggered, then do a last + * move up to the gears. If no filament is detected, the MMU2 can make some more attempts. + * If all attempts fail, a filament runout will be triggered. + */ + //#define MMU_EXTRUDER_SENSOR + #if ENABLED(MMU_EXTRUDER_SENSOR) + #define MMU_LOADING_ATTEMPTS_NR 5 // max. number of attempts to load filament if first load fail + #endif + + #endif + + //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output + +#endif // HAS_PRUSA_MMU2 + +/** + * Advanced Print Counter settings + */ +#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) + #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 + // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs + //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" + //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours + //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" + //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours + //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" + //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours +#endif + +// @section develop + +// +// M100 Free Memory Watcher to debug memory usage +// +//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER + +// +// M42 - Set pin states +// +//#define DIRECT_PIN_CONTROL + +// +// M43 - display pin status, toggle pins, watch pins, watch endstops & toggle LED, test servo probe +// +//#define PINS_DEBUGGING + +// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands +//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/MKS Robin nano v3.0/Config example for suport sd card/Config example for Ender3(TMC2209+UART)/Configuration.h b/config/MKS Robin nano v3.0/Config example for suport sd card/Config example for Ender3(TMC2209+UART)/Configuration.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1331504 --- /dev/null +++ b/config/MKS Robin nano v3.0/Config example for suport sd card/Config example for Ender3(TMC2209+UART)/Configuration.h @@ -0,0 +1,2611 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * Configuration.h + * + * Basic settings such as: + * + * - Type of electronics + * - Type of temperature sensor + * - Printer geometry + * - Endstop configuration + * - LCD controller + * - Extra features + * + * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h + */ +#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020008 + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Getting Started ============================= +//=========================================================================== + +/** + * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: + * + * https://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration + * https://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk + * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz + * https://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide + * https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 + * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap + * https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 + */ + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== +//=========================================================================== +// For a Delta printer, start with one of the configuration files in the config/examples/delta directory +// from https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Configurations/branches/all and customize for your machine. +// + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== +//=========================================================================== +// For a SCARA printer, start with one of the configuration files in the config/examples/SCARA directory +// from https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Configurations/branches/all and customize for your machine. +// + +// @section info + +// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 +#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. +//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) + +/** + * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** + * + * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. + * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed + * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. + * + * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also + * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. + */ + +// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** +#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN + +// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. +//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN + +// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. +//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE + +// @section machine + +/** + * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. + * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. + * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. + * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. + * + * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] + */ +#define SERIAL_PORT -1 + +/** + * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. + * Currently Ethernet (-2) is only supported on Teensy 4.1 boards. + * :[-2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] + */ +//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 + +/** + * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. + * + * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if + * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. + * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. + * + * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] + */ +#define BAUDRATE 250000 + +// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices +//#define BLUETOOTH + +// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup +#ifndef MOTHERBOARD + #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_ROBIN_NANO_V3 +#endif + +// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu +//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" + +// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. +// Choose your own or use a service like https://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 +//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" + +// @section extruder + +// This defines the number of extruders +// :[0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8] +#define EXTRUDERS 1 + +// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. +#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 + +// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. +//#define SINGLENOZZLE + +// Save and restore temperature and fan speed on tool-change. +// Set standby for the unselected tool with M104/106/109 T... +#if ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE) + //#define SINGLENOZZLE_STANDBY_TEMP + //#define SINGLENOZZLE_STANDBY_FAN +#endif + +/** + * Multi-Material Unit + * Set to one of these predefined models: + * + * PRUSA_MMU1 : Průša MMU1 (The "multiplexer" version) + * PRUSA_MMU2 : Průša MMU2 + * PRUSA_MMU2S : Průša MMU2S (Requires MK3S extruder with motion sensor, EXTRUDERS = 5) + * SMUFF_EMU_MMU2 : Technik Gegg SMUFF (Průša MMU2 emulation mode) + * SMUFF_EMU_MMU2S : Technik Gegg SMUFF (Průša MMU2S emulation mode) + * + * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. + * See additional options in Configuration_adv.h. + */ +//#define MMU_MODEL PRUSA_MMU2 + +// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor +//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER +#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) + #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 + #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] + #if EXTRUDERS > 3 + #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 + #endif +#endif + +// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles +//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE +#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) + #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 + //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second + #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) +#endif + +/** + * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part + * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. + */ +//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER + +/** + * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part + * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid + * + * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 + * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k + * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE + */ +//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER + +#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) + + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 + + #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) + + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. + //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 + + #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) + + #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/min) Speed for travel before last distance point + #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/min) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple + #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point + #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling + + #endif + +#endif + +/** + * Switching Toolhead + * + * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as + * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. + */ +//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD + +/** + * Magnetic Switching Toolhead + * + * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic + * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. + */ +//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD + +/** + * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead + * + * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. + * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. + * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 + */ +//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD + +#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders + #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock + #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) + //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock + #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/min) Extruder prime feedrate + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/min) Extruder retract feedrate + #endif + #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching + #endif +#endif + +/** + * "Mixing Extruder" + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. + * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S<index>' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). + */ +//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER +#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) + #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder + #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 + //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif +#endif + +// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). +// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). +// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. +//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle +//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle +//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle + +// @section machine + +/** + * Power Supply Control + * + * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. + * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. + */ +//#define PSU_CONTROL +//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" + +#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) + #define PSU_ACTIVE_STATE LOW // Set 'LOW' for ATX, 'HIGH' for X-Box + + //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 + //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power + + //#define PSU_POWERUP_GCODE "M355 S1" // G-code to run after power-on (e.g., case light on) + //#define PSU_POWEROFF_GCODE "M355 S0" // G-code to run before power-off (e.g., case light off) + + //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin + #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) + #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power + #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS + #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN + #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN + //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU if any extruder is over this temperature + //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU if the chamber is over this temperature + #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 // (s) Turn off power if the machine is idle for this duration + //#define POWER_OFF_DELAY 60 // (s) Delay of poweroff after M81 command. Useful to let fans run for extra time. + #endif +#endif + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ +//=========================================================================== +// @section temperature + +/** + * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table + * + * Temperature sensors available: + * + * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) + * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) + * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) + * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 + * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 + * 0 : not used + * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) + * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table for MEGA) + * 332 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table for DUE) + * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) + * 202 : 200k thermistor - Copymaster 3D + * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) + * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! + * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan, J-Head, and E3D) (4.7k pullup) + * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor + * 502 : 100K Zonestar Thermistor used by hot bed in Zonestar Průša P802M + * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) + * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) + * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) + * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) + * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) + * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) + * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) + * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (Used in Keenovo AC silicone mats and most Wanhao i3 machines) (4.7k pullup) + * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) + * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" + * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend + * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 + * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x with mainboard ADC reference voltage = INA826 amplifier-board supply voltage. + * NOTES: (1) Must use an ADC input with no pullup. (2) Some INA826 amplifiers are unreliable at 3.3V so consider using sensor 147, 110, or 21. + * 21 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x with 3.3v ADC reference voltage (STM32, LPC176x....) and 5V INA826 amplifier board supply. + * NOTE: ADC pins are not 5V tolerant. Not recommended because it's possible to damage the CPU by going over 500°C. + * 22 : 100k (hotend) with 4.7k pullup to 3.3V and 220R to analog input (as in GTM32 Pro vB) + * 23 : 100k (bed) with 4.7k pullup to 3.3v and 220R to analog input (as in GTM32 Pro vB) + * 30 : Kis3d Silicone heating mat 200W/300W with 6mm precision cast plate (EN AW 5083) NTC100K / B3950 (4.7k pullup) + * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x + * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 + * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup + * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design + * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering + * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 + * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor + * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) + * + * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. + * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) + * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) + * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) + * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) + * + * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup (E3D) + * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) + * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup + * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) + * + * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h + * + * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. + * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. + * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. + */ +#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_6 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_7 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 + +// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 +#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 +#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 + +// Resistor values when using MAX31865 sensors (-5) on TEMP_SENSOR_0 / 1 +//#define MAX31865_SENSOR_OHMS_0 100 // (Ω) Typically 100 or 1000 (PT100 or PT1000) +//#define MAX31865_CALIBRATION_OHMS_0 430 // (Ω) Typically 430 for AdaFruit PT100; 4300 for AdaFruit PT1000 +//#define MAX31865_SENSOR_OHMS_1 100 +//#define MAX31865_CALIBRATION_OHMS_1 430 + +// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings +// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. +//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT +#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 + +#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 4 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 +#define TEMP_WINDOW 4 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer +#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 4 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target + +#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 4 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 +#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 4 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer +#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 4 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target + +// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off +// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. +#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_6_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_7_MINTEMP 5 +#define BED_MINTEMP 5 + +// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. +// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. +// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) +#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_6_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_7_MAXTEMP 275 +#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= PID Settings ================================ +//=========================================================================== +// PID Tuning Guide here: https://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning + +// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. +#define PIDTEMP +#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current +#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current +#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop + +#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) + //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) + //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) + // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] + + #if ENABLED(PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND) + // Specify between 1 and HOTENDS values per array. + // If fewer than EXTRUDER values are provided, the last element will be repeated. + #define DEFAULT_Kp_LIST { 22.20, 22.20 } + #define DEFAULT_Ki_LIST { 1.08, 1.08 } + #define DEFAULT_Kd_LIST { 114.00, 114.00 } + #else + #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.20 + #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 + #define DEFAULT_Kd 114.00 + #endif +#endif // PIDTEMP + +//=========================================================================== +//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== +//=========================================================================== + +/** + * PID Bed Heating + * + * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. + * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. + * + * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. + * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, + * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly + * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W + * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand + * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. + */ +//#define PIDTEMPBED + +//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING + +/** + * Max Bed Power + * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). + * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider + * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) + */ +#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current + +#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) + //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 + //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. + + // 120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) + // from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) + #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 + #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 + #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 + + // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. +#endif // PIDTEMPBED + +#if EITHER(PIDTEMP, PIDTEMPBED) + //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. Use 'M303 D' to toggle activation. + //#define PID_OPENLOOP // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX + //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay + #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature + // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. +#endif + +// @section extruder + +/** + * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. + * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn + * cold extrusion prevention on and off. + * + * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** + */ +#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION +#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 + +/** + * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. + * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. + */ +#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE +#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 600 + +//=========================================================================== +//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= +//=========================================================================== + +/** + * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage + * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which + * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. + * + * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower + * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep + * the heater on. + * + * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the + * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h + */ + +#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders +#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed +#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= +//=========================================================================== + +// @section machine + +// Enable one of the options below for CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics, +// either in the usual order or reversed +//#define COREXY +//#define COREXZ +//#define COREYZ +//#define COREYX +//#define COREZX +//#define COREZY +//#define MARKFORGED_XY // MarkForged. See https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?152,504042 + +//=========================================================================== +//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== +//=========================================================================== + +// @section homing + +// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. +// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the +// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. +#define USE_XMIN_PLUG +#define USE_YMIN_PLUG +#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG +//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG +//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG +//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG + +// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state +#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS +#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) + // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE +#endif + +// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state +//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS +#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) + // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE +#endif + +// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). +#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. + +/** + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. + * + * Use TMC2208/TMC2208_STANDALONE for TMC2225 drivers and TMC2209/TMC2209_STANDALONE for TMC2226 drivers. + * + * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, L6474, POWERSTEP01, + * TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, + * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, + * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, + * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, + * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE + * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'L6474', 'POWERSTEP01', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] + */ +#define X_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 +#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 +#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E6_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E7_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 + +// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. +// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. +//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE + +/** + * Endstop Noise Threshold + * + * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. + * + * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. + * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor in parallel with the switch. + * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs + * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. + * + * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] + */ +//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 + +// Check for stuck or disconnected endstops during homing moves. +//#define DETECT_BROKEN_ENDSTOP + +//============================================================================= +//============================== Movement Settings ============================ +//============================================================================= +// @section motion + +/** + * Default Settings + * + * These settings can be reset by M502 + * + * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. + */ + +/** + * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the + * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the + * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. + */ +//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS + +/** + * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) + * Override with M92 + * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] + */ +#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 133 } + +/** + * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) + * Override with M203 + * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] + */ +#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } + +//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 +#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) + #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits +#endif + +/** + * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s + * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) + * Override with M201 + * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] + */ +#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } + +//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 +#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) + #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits +#endif + +/** + * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s + * Override with M204 + * + * M204 P Acceleration + * M204 R Retract Acceleration + * M204 T Travel Acceleration + */ +#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves +#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts +#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves + +/** + * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) + * Override with M205 X Y Z E + * + * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. + * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the + * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. + */ +//#define CLASSIC_JERK +#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) + #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 + #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 + #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 + + //#define TRAVEL_EXTRA_XYJERK 0.0 // Additional jerk allowance for all travel moves + + //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 + #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) + #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits + #endif +#endif + +#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance + +/** + * Junction Deviation Factor + * + * See: + * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 + * https://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html + */ +#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) + #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge + #define JD_HANDLE_SMALL_SEGMENTS // Use curvature estimation instead of just the junction angle + // for small segments (< 1mm) with large junction angles (> 135°). +#endif + +/** + * S-Curve Acceleration + * + * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier + * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. + * + * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained + */ +//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= +//=========================================================================== +// @section probes + +// +// See https://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html +// + +/** + * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z-MIN pin. + * The probe replaces the Z-MIN endstop and is used for Z homing. + * (Automatically enables USE_PROBE_FOR_Z_HOMING.) + */ +//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN + +// Force the use of the probe for Z-axis homing +//#define USE_PROBE_FOR_Z_HOMING + +/** + * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN + * + * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. + * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD + * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. + * + * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. + * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. + * + * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: + * - For simple switches connect... + * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. + * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. + */ +//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN PC4 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default + +/** + * Probe Type + * + * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. + * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. + */ + +/** + * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. + * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands + * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. + */ +//#define PROBE_MANUALLY +//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 + +/** + * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. + * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) + */ +//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE + +/** + * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive + * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. + */ +//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE + +/** + * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. + */ +//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. +//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles + +/** + * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. + */ +//#define BLTOUCH + +/** + * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr + * + * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. + * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is + * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. + * + * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, + * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. + */ +//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) + #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts + //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed + //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) +#endif + +// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) +//#define SOLENOID_PROBE + +// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. +//#define Z_PROBE_SLED +//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. + +// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. +//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE +#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) + #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS + #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS +#endif + +// Duet Smart Effector (for delta printers) - https://bit.ly/2ul5U7J +// When the pin is defined you can use M672 to set/reset the probe sensivity. +//#define DUET_SMART_EFFECTOR +#if ENABLED(DUET_SMART_EFFECTOR) + #define SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN -1 // Connect a GPIO pin to the Smart Effector MOD pin +#endif + +/** + * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. + * Requires stallGuard-capable Trinamic stepper drivers. + * CAUTION: This can damage machines with Z lead screws. + * Take extreme care when setting up this feature. + */ +//#define SENSORLESS_PROBING + +// +// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. +// + +/** + * Nozzle-to-Probe offsets { X, Y, Z } + * + * X and Y offset + * Use a caliper or ruler to measure the distance from the tip of + * the Nozzle to the center-point of the Probe in the X and Y axes. + * + * Z offset + * - For the Z offset use your best known value and adjust at runtime. + * - Common probes trigger below the nozzle and have negative values for Z offset. + * - Probes triggering above the nozzle height are uncommon but do exist. When using + * probes such as this, carefully set Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE and Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES + * to avoid collisions during probing. + * + * Tune and Adjust + * - Probe Offsets can be tuned at runtime with 'M851', LCD menus, babystepping, etc. + * - PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD (configuration_adv.h) can be used for setting the Z offset. + * + * Assuming the typical work area orientation: + * - Probe to RIGHT of the Nozzle has a Positive X offset + * - Probe to LEFT of the Nozzle has a Negative X offset + * - Probe in BACK of the Nozzle has a Positive Y offset + * - Probe in FRONT of the Nozzle has a Negative Y offset + * + * Some examples: + * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, -1 } // Example "1" + * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET {-10, 5, -1 } // Example "2" + * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 5, -5, -1 } // Example "3" + * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET {-15,-10, -1 } // Example "4" + * + * +-- BACK ---+ + * | [+] | + * L | 1 | R <-- Example "1" (right+, back+) + * E | 2 | I <-- Example "2" ( left-, back+) + * F |[-] N [+]| G <-- Nozzle + * T | 3 | H <-- Example "3" (right+, front-) + * | 4 | T <-- Example "4" ( left-, front-) + * | [-] | + * O-- FRONT --+ + */ +#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -40, -14, -2 } + +// Most probes should stay away from the edges of the bed, but +// with NOZZLE_AS_PROBE this can be negative for a wider probing area. +#define PROBING_MARGIN 30 + +// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/min) between probes +#define XY_PROBE_SPEED (133*60) + +// Feedrate (mm/min) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) +#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST (4*60) + +// Feedrate (mm/min) for the "accurate" probe of each point +#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) + +/** + * Probe Activation Switch + * A switch indicating proper deployment, or an optical + * switch triggered when the carriage is near the bed. + */ +//#define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH +#if ENABLED(PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH) + #define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH_STATE LOW // State indicating probe is active + //#define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH_PIN PC6 // Override default pin +#endif + +/** + * Tare Probe (determine zero-point) prior to each probe. + * Useful for a strain gauge or piezo sensor that needs to factor out + * elements such as cables pulling on the carriage. + */ +//#define PROBE_TARE +#if ENABLED(PROBE_TARE) + #define PROBE_TARE_TIME 200 // (ms) Time to hold tare pin + #define PROBE_TARE_DELAY 200 // (ms) Delay after tare before + #define PROBE_TARE_STATE HIGH // State to write pin for tare + //#define PROBE_TARE_PIN PA5 // Override default pin + #if ENABLED(PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH) + //#define PROBE_TARE_ONLY_WHILE_INACTIVE // Fail to tare/probe if PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH is active + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Multiple Probing + * + * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. + * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. + * + * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. + * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. + */ +//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 +//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 + +/** + * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between + * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. + * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. + * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. + * + * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or + * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) + * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. + * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. + * + * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. + * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. + */ +#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow +#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points +#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes +//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done + +#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping + +// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset +#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 +#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 + +// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy +//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST + +// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation +//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW +#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) + //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe +#endif + +/** + * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. + * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical + * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. + * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve + * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. + */ +//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing +#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) + //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) +#endif +//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing +//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing +//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors + +// Require minimum nozzle and/or bed temperature for probing +//#define PREHEAT_BEFORE_PROBING +#if ENABLED(PREHEAT_BEFORE_PROBING) + #define PROBING_NOZZLE_TEMP 120 // (°C) Only applies to E0 at this time + #define PROBING_BED_TEMP 50 +#endif + +// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 +// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } +#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 +#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 +#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 +#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders + +// Disable axis steppers immediately when they're not being stepped. +// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! +#define DISABLE_X false +#define DISABLE_Y false +#define DISABLE_Z false + +// Turn off the display blinking that warns about possible accuracy reduction +//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING + +// @section extruder + +#define DISABLE_E false // Disable the extruder when not stepping +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled + +// @section machine + +// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. +#define INVERT_X_DIR true +#define INVERT_Y_DIR true +#define INVERT_Z_DIR false + +// @section extruder + +// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. +#define INVERT_E0_DIR true +#define INVERT_E1_DIR false +#define INVERT_E2_DIR false +#define INVERT_E3_DIR false +#define INVERT_E4_DIR false +#define INVERT_E5_DIR false +#define INVERT_E6_DIR false +#define INVERT_E7_DIR false + +// @section homing + +//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed. Also enable HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE for extra safety. +//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated. Also enable NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING for extra safety. +//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. + +//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... + // Be sure to have this much clearance over your Z_MAX_POS to prevent grinding. + +//#define Z_AFTER_HOMING 10 // (mm) Height to move to after homing Z + +// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN +// :[-1,1] +#define X_HOME_DIR -1 +#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 +#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 + +// @section machine + +// The size of the print bed +#define X_BED_SIZE 220 +#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 + +// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. +#define X_MIN_POS 0 +#define Y_MIN_POS 0 +#define Z_MIN_POS 0 +#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE +#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE +#define Z_MAX_POS 250 + +/** + * Software Endstops + * + * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. + * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. + * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. + * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state + */ + +// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds +#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS +#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) + #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X + #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y + #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z +#endif + +// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds +#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS +#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) + #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X + #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y + #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z +#endif + +#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) + //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD +#endif + +/** + * Filament Runout Sensors + * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. + * + * IMPORTANT: Runout will only trigger if Marlin is aware that a print job is running. + * Marlin knows a print job is running when: + * 1. Running a print job from media started with M24. + * 2. The Print Job Timer has been started with M75. + * 3. The heaters were turned on and PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART is enabled. + * + * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. + * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. + */ +//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR +#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) + #define FIL_RUNOUT_ENABLED_DEFAULT true // Enable the sensor on startup. Override with M412 followed by M500. + #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. + + #define FIL_RUNOUT_STATE LOW // Pin state indicating that filament is NOT present. + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. + //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. + + // Override individually if the runout sensors vary + //#define FIL_RUNOUT1_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT1_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT1_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT3_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT3_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT3_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT4_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT4_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT4_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT5_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT5_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT5_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT6_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT6_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT6_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT7_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT7_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT7_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT8_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT8_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT8_PULLDOWN + + // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. + // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) + #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" + + // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament + // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of + // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. + //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 + + #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM + // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin + // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM + // large enough to avoid false positives.) + //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR + #endif +#endif + +//=========================================================================== +//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== +//=========================================================================== +// @section calibrate + +/** + * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters + * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. + * + * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! + * + * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT + * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) + * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. + * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. + * + * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR + * Probe several points in a grid. + * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. + * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. + * + * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR + * Probe several points in a grid. + * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. + * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. + * + * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) + * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits + * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh + * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. + * + * - MESH_BED_LEVELING + * Probe a grid manually + * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) + * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform + * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. + * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. + */ +//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT +//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR +//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR +//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL +//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING + +/** + * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable one of + * these options to restore the prior leveling state or to always enable + * leveling immediately after G28. + */ +//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 +//#define ENABLE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 + +/** + * Auto-leveling needs preheating + */ +//#define PREHEAT_BEFORE_LEVELING +#if ENABLED(PREHEAT_BEFORE_LEVELING) + #define LEVELING_NOZZLE_TEMP 120 // (°C) Only applies to E0 at this time + #define LEVELING_BED_TEMP 50 +#endif + +/** + * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. + * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. + * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! + */ +//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE + +#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, + // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. + // The height can be set with M420 Z<height> + #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT + #if ENABLED(ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT) + #define DEFAULT_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT 10.0 // (mm) Default fade height. + #endif + + // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, + // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the + // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. + #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES + #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) + + /** + * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. + */ + //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION + #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) + #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. + #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for G26. + #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for G26. + #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for G26. + #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for G26 XY moves. + #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 100 // (mm/s) Feedrate for G26 XY travel moves. + #define G26_RETRACT_MULTIPLIER 1.0 // G26 Q (retraction) used by default between mesh test elements. + #endif + +#endif + +#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) + + // Set the number of grid points per dimension. + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X + + // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column + //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST + + #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) + + // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? + // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. + //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID + + // + // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. + // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. + // + //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION + #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) + // Number of subdivisions between probe points + #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 + #endif + + #endif + +#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + + //=========================================================================== + //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ + //=========================================================================== + + //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh + + #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X + + #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle + #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 + + //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used + // as the Z-Height correction value. + +#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) + + //=========================================================================== + //=================================== Mesh ================================== + //=========================================================================== + + #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X + + //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS + +#endif // BED_LEVELING + +/** + * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. + * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. + */ +//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING + +#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) + #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. + #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment + //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points +#endif + +// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment +//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS + +#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET_LFRB { 30, 30, 30, 30 } // (mm) Left, Front, Right, Back insets + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle between leveling points + //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner + //#define LEVEL_CORNERS_USE_PROBE + #if ENABLED(LEVEL_CORNERS_USE_PROBE) + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_PROBE_TOLERANCE 0.1 + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_VERIFY_RAISED // After adjustment triggers the probe, re-probe to verify + //#define LEVEL_CORNERS_AUDIO_FEEDBACK + #endif + + /** + * Corner Leveling Order + * + * Set 2 or 4 points. When 2 points are given, the 3rd is the center of the opposite edge. + * + * LF Left-Front RF Right-Front + * LB Left-Back RB Right-Back + * + * Examples: + * + * Default {LF,RB,LB,RF} {LF,RF} {LB,LF} + * LB --------- RB LB --------- RB LB --------- RB LB --------- RB + * | 4 3 | | 3 2 | | <3> | | 1 | + * | | | | | | | <3>| + * | 1 2 | | 1 4 | | 1 2 | | 2 | + * LF --------- RF LF --------- RF LF --------- RF LF --------- RF + */ + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_LEVELING_ORDER { LF, RF, RB, LB } +#endif + +/** + * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. + * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. + */ +//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" + +// @section homing + +// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) +//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 + +// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. +// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. +//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 +//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 +//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 + +// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. +// +// With this feature enabled: +// +// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. +// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. +// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing. +// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. +// +//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING + +#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) + #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT X_CENTER // X point for Z homing + #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT Y_CENTER // Y point for Z homing +#endif + +// Homing speeds (mm/min) +#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_MM_M { (50*60), (50*60), (4*60) } + +// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves +#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS + +// @section calibrate + +/** + * Bed Skew Compensation + * + * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. + * + * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: + * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) + * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C + * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D + * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D + * + * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. + * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: + * + * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 + * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) + * + * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. + * Use these diagrams for reference: + * + * Y Z Z + * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C + * | / / | / / | / / + * | / / | / / | / / + * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D + * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y + * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR + */ +//#define SKEW_CORRECTION + +#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) + // Input all length measurements here: + #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 + #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 + #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 + + // Or, set the default skew factors directly here + // to override the above measurements: + #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 + + //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z + #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) + #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 + #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 + #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 + #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 + #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 + #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 + #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 + #endif + + // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime + //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE +#endif + +//============================================================================= +//============================= Additional Features =========================== +//============================================================================= + +// @section extras + +/** + * EEPROM + * + * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. + * + * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. + * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) + * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) + */ +#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 +//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! +#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. +//#define EEPROM_BOOT_SILENT // Keep M503 quiet and only give errors during first load +#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) + #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. +#endif + +// +// Host Keepalive +// +// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host +// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. +// +#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages +#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. +#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating + +// +// G20/G21 Inch mode support +// +//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT + +// +// M149 Set temperature units support +// +//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT + +// @section temperature + +// Preheat Constants +#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" +#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 +#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 +#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 + +#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" +#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 +#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 +#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 + +/** + * Nozzle Park + * + * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. + * + * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: + * + * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. + * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. + * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. + */ +//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE + +#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) + // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } + #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } + //#define NOZZLE_PARK_X_ONLY // X move only is required to park + //#define NOZZLE_PARK_Y_ONLY // Y move only is required to park + #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_RAISE_MIN 2 // (mm) Always raise Z by at least this distance + #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) + #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) +#endif + +/** + * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL + * + * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. + * + * Parameters: + * P Pattern + * S Strokes / Repetitions + * T Triangles (P1 only) + * + * Patterns: + * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material + * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) + * between the start / end points. + * + * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the + * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. + * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. + * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: + * + * -- + * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) + * | | / \ / \ / \ | + * A | | / \ / \ / \ | + * | | / \ / \ / \ | + * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) + * -- +--------------------------------+ + * |________|_________|_________| + * T1 T2 T3 + * + * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. + * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. + * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. + * + * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. + * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. + */ +//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE + +#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) + // Default number of pattern repetitions + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 + + // Default number of triangles + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 + + // Specify positions for each tool as { { X, Y, Z }, { X, Y, Z } } + // Dual hotend system may use { { -20, (Y_BED_SIZE / 2), (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }, { 420, (Y_BED_SIZE / 2), (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }} + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } } + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } } + + // Circular pattern radius + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 + // Circular pattern circle fragments number + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 + // Middle point of circle + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT + + // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK + + // For a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) + //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z + + // For a purge/clean station mounted on the X axis + //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Y + + // Require a minimum hotend temperature for cleaning + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_MIN_TEMP 170 + //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_HEATUP // Heat up the nozzle instead of skipping wipe + + // Explicit wipe G-code script applies to a G12 with no arguments. + //#define WIPE_SEQUENCE_COMMANDS "G1 X-17 Y25 Z10 F4000\nG1 Z1\nM114\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 Z15\nM400\nG0 X-10.0 Y-9.0" + +#endif + +/** + * Print Job Timer + * + * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. + * + * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer + * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer + * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none + * + * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: + * + * M75 - Start the print job timer + * M76 - Pause the print job timer + * M77 - Stop the print job timer + */ +#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART + +/** + * Print Counter + * + * Track statistical data such as: + * + * - Total print jobs + * - Total successful print jobs + * - Total failed print jobs + * - Total time printing + * + * View the current statistics with M78. + */ +//#define PRINTCOUNTER +#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) + #define PRINTCOUNTER_SAVE_INTERVAL 60 // (minutes) EEPROM save interval during print +#endif + +/** + * Password + * + * Set a numerical password for the printer which can be requested: + * + * - When the printer boots up + * - Upon opening the 'Print from Media' Menu + * - When SD printing is completed or aborted + * + * The following G-codes can be used: + * + * M510 - Lock Printer. Blocks all commands except M511. + * M511 - Unlock Printer. + * M512 - Set, Change and Remove Password. + * + * If you forget the password and get locked out you'll need to re-flash + * the firmware with the feature disabled, reset EEPROM, and (optionally) + * re-flash the firmware again with this feature enabled. + */ +//#define PASSWORD_FEATURE +#if ENABLED(PASSWORD_FEATURE) + #define PASSWORD_LENGTH 4 // (#) Number of digits (1-9). 3 or 4 is recommended + #define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP + #define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack. + #define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>. + //#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running + //#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END + //#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT + //#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE +#endif + +//============================================================================= +//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ +//============================================================================= + +// @section lcd + +/** + * LCD LANGUAGE + * + * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: + * + * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, hu, it, + * jp_kana, ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ro, ru, sk, sv, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW + * + * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'hu':'Hungarian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ro':'Romanian', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'sv':'Swedish', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)' } + */ +#define LCD_LANGUAGE en + +/** + * LCD Character Set + * + * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. + * + * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these + * language extensions: + * + * - JAPANESE ... the most common + * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters + * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language + * + * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: + * + * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' + * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu + * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text + * + * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html + * + * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] + */ +#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE + +/** + * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Průša) + * + * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Průša'] + */ +#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 + +/** + * SD CARD + * + * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, + * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. + */ +#define SDSUPPORT + +/** + * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC + * + * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. + */ +//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY + +/** + * LCD Menu Items + * + * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or + * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. + */ +//#define NO_LCD_MENUS +//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS + +// +// ENCODER SETTINGS +// +// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to +// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. +// +//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 + +// +// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to +// move between next/prev menu items. +// +//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 + +/** + * Encoder Direction Options + * + * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. + * + * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. + * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. + * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. + */ + +// +// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. +// +// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE +// +//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION + +// +// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. +// +// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. +// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. +// +//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION + +// +// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. +// +// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. +// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. +// +//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION + +// +// Individual Axis Homing +// +// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. +// +//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU + +// +// SPEAKER/BUZZER +// +// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. +// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. +// +//#define SPEAKER + +// +// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. +// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. +// +// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: +// M300 S<frequency Hz> P<duration ms> +// +//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 +//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 + +//============================================================================= +//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= +//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= +//============================================================================= + +// +// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. +// https://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller +// +// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. +// +//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER + +// +// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader +// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ +// +//#define RADDS_DISPLAY + +// +// ULTIMAKER Controller. +// +//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER + +// +// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. +// +//#define ULTIPANEL + +// +// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) +// https://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne +// +//#define PANEL_ONE + +// +// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller +// https://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel +// +// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. +// +//#define G3D_PANEL + +// +// RigidBot Panel V1.0 +// http://www.inventapart.com/ +// +//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL + +// +// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller +// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html +// +//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 + +// +// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller +// +//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. + // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference + // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. + // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. + +// +// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. +// +//#define ULTRA_LCD + +//============================================================================= +//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= +//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== +//============================================================================= + +// +// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C +// +// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C +// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C +// + +// +// Elefu RA Board Control Panel +// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 +// +//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL + +// +// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays +// +// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library +// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home +// +//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 +//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 + +// +// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter +// +//#define LCM1602 + +// +// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, +// separate encoder and click inputs. +// +// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. +// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 +// +// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to +// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). +// +//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 + +// +// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, +// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. +// +//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI + +// +// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels +// + +// +// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH +// LCD configuration: https://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD +// +//#define SAV_3DLCD + +// +// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 +// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD +// Uses the code directly from Sailfish +// +//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD + +// +// TFT GLCD Panel with Marlin UI +// Panel connected to main board by SPI or I2C interface. +// See https://github.com/Serhiy-K/TFTGLCDAdapter +// +//#define TFTGLCD_PANEL_SPI +//#define TFTGLCD_PANEL_I2C + +//============================================================================= +//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= +//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== +//============================================================================= + +// +// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) +// +// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! +// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino +// +// NOTE: If the LCD is unresponsive you may need to reverse the plugs. +// + +// +// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller +// https://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller +// +//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER + +// +// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD +// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 +// +//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD + +// +// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices +// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD +// https://www.panucatt.com +// +//#define VIKI2 +//#define miniVIKI + +// +// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic +// controller and SD support - https://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel +// +//#define MINIPANEL + +// +// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. +// https://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel +// +//#define MAKRPANEL + +// +// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. +// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ +// +//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER + +// +// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by +// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. +// +//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER + +// +// Cartesio UI +// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface +// +//#define CARTESIO_UI + +// +// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD +// +//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI + +// +// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder +// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) +// +//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER + +// +// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support +// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 +// +//#define MKS_MINI_12864 + +// +// MKS LCD12864A/B with graphic controller and SD support. Follows MKS_MINI_12864 pinout. +// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/33018110072.html +// +//#define MKS_LCD12864 + +// +// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support +// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ +// +//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default +//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) +//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight +//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. NeoPixel RGB Backlight +//#define FYSETC_GENERIC_12864_1_1 // Larger display with basic ON/OFF backlight. + +// +// Factory display for Creality CR-10 +// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html +// +// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. +// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) +// +//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY + +// +// Ender-2 OEM display, a variant of the MKS_MINI_12864 +// +//#define ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY + +// +// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller +// +// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 +// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with +// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). Enable one of these. +// +//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD +//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD_ALT_WIRING + +// +// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD +// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html +// +//#define AZSMZ_12864 + +// +// Silvergate GLCD controller +// https://github.com/android444/Silvergate +// +//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER + +//============================================================================= +//============================== OLED Displays ============================== +//============================================================================= + +// +// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display +// +//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 + +// +// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules +// +//#define SAV_3DGLCD +#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) + #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 + //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 +#endif + +// +// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel +// +//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 + +// +// MKS OLED 1.3" 128×64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER +// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED +// +// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display +// +//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) +//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller + +// +// Zonestar OLED 128×64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER +// +//#define ZONESTAR_12864LCD // Graphical (DOGM) with ST7920 controller +//#define ZONESTAR_12864OLED // 1.3" OLED with SH1106 controller (default) +//#define ZONESTAR_12864OLED_SSD1306 // 0.96" OLED with SSD1306 controller + +// +// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 +// +//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART + +// +// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs +// +//#define OVERLORD_OLED + +// +// FYSETC OLED 2.42" 128×64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER with WS2812 RGB +// Where to find : https://www.aliexpress.com/item/4000345255731.html +//#define FYSETC_242_OLED_12864 // Uses the SSD1309 controller + +//============================================================================= +//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== +//============================================================================= + +// +// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS. (Choose one.) +// ORIGIN : https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32993409517.html +// FYSETC : https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32961471929.html +// +//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_ORIGIN +//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC +//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY + +// +// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200/M300 printers +// +//#define MALYAN_LCD +#if ENABLED(MALYAN_LCD) + #define LCD_SERIAL_PORT 1 // Default is 1 for Malyan M200 +#endif + +// +// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays +// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. +// +//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE + +// +// Touch-screen LCD for Anycubic printers +// +//#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_I3MEGA +//#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_CHIRON +#if EITHER(ANYCUBIC_LCD_I3MEGA, ANYCUBIC_LCD_CHIRON) + #define LCD_SERIAL_PORT 3 // Default is 3 for Anycubic + //#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_DEBUG +#endif + +// +// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. +// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extui'. +// +//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI + +#if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + //#define EXTUI_LOCAL_BEEPER // Enables use of local Beeper pin with external display +#endif + +//============================================================================= +//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== +//============================================================================= + +/** + * Specific TFT Model Presets. Enable one of the following options + * or enable TFT_GENERIC and set sub-options. + */ + +// +// 480x320, 3.5", SPI Display From MKS +// Normally used in MKS Robin Nano V2 +// +#define MKS_TS35_V2_0 + +// +// 320x240, 2.4", FSMC Display From MKS +// Normally used in MKS Robin Nano V1.2 +// +//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT24 + +// +// 320x240, 2.8", FSMC Display From MKS +// Normally used in MKS Robin Nano V1.2 +// +//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT28 + +// +// 320x240, 3.2", FSMC Display From MKS +// Normally used in MKS Robin Nano V1.2 +// +//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT32 + +// +// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Display From MKS +// Normally used in MKS Robin Nano V1.2 +// +//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT35 + +// +// 480x272, 4.3", FSMC Display From MKS +// +//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT43 + +// +// 320x240, 3.2", FSMC Display From MKS +// Normally used in MKS Robin +// +//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT_V1_1R + +// +// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Stock Display from TronxXY +// +//#define TFT_TRONXY_X5SA + +// +// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Stock Display from AnyCubic +// +//#define ANYCUBIC_TFT35 + +// +// 320x240, 2.8", FSMC Stock Display from Longer/Alfawise +// +//#define LONGER_LK_TFT28 + +// +// 320x240, 2.8", FSMC Stock Display from ET4 +// +//#define ANET_ET4_TFT28 + +// +// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Stock Display from ET5 +// +//#define ANET_ET5_TFT35 + +// +// Generic TFT with detailed options +// +//#define TFT_GENERIC +#if ENABLED(TFT_GENERIC) + // :[ 'AUTO', 'ST7735', 'ST7789', 'ST7796', 'R61505', 'ILI9328', 'ILI9341', 'ILI9488' ] + #define TFT_DRIVER AUTO + + // Interface. Enable one of the following options: + //#define TFT_INTERFACE_FSMC + //#define TFT_INTERFACE_SPI + + // TFT Resolution. Enable one of the following options: + //#define TFT_RES_320x240 + //#define TFT_RES_480x272 + //#define TFT_RES_480x320 +#endif + +/** + * TFT UI - User Interface Selection. Enable one of the following options: + * + * TFT_CLASSIC_UI - Emulated DOGM - 128x64 Upscaled + * TFT_COLOR_UI - Marlin Default Menus, Touch Friendly, using full TFT capabilities + * TFT_LVGL_UI - A Modern UI using LVGL + * + * For LVGL_UI also copy the 'assets' folder from the build directory to the + * root of your SD card, together with the compiled firmware. + */ +//#define TFT_CLASSIC_UI +//#define TFT_COLOR_UI +#define TFT_LVGL_UI + +#if ENABLED(TFT_LVGL_UI) + #define MKS_WIFI_MODULE // MKS WiFi module +#endif + +/** + * TFT Rotation. Set to one of the following values: + * + * TFT_ROTATE_90, TFT_ROTATE_90_MIRROR_X, TFT_ROTATE_90_MIRROR_Y, + * TFT_ROTATE_180, TFT_ROTATE_180_MIRROR_X, TFT_ROTATE_180_MIRROR_Y, + * TFT_ROTATE_270, TFT_ROTATE_270_MIRROR_X, TFT_ROTATE_270_MIRROR_Y, + * TFT_MIRROR_X, TFT_MIRROR_Y, TFT_NO_ROTATION + */ +//#define TFT_ROTATION TFT_NO_ROTATION + +//============================================================================= +//============================ Other Controllers ============================ +//============================================================================= + +// +// Ender-3 v2 OEM display. A DWIN display with Rotary Encoder. +// +//#define DWIN_CREALITY_LCD + +// +// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 +// +#define TOUCH_SCREEN +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_SCREEN) + #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens + #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus + + #define TOUCH_SCREEN_CALIBRATION + + //#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_X 12316 + //#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_Y -8981 + //#define TOUCH_OFFSET_X -43 + //#define TOUCH_OFFSET_Y 257 + //#define TOUCH_ORIENTATION TOUCH_LANDSCAPE + + #if ENABLED(TFT_COLOR_UI) + //#define SINGLE_TOUCH_NAVIGATION + #endif +#endif + +// +// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 +// https://reprapworld.com/products/electronics/ramps/keypad_v1_0_fully_assembled/ +// +//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD +//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press + +//============================================================================= +//=============================== Extra Features ============================== +//============================================================================= + +// @section extras + +// Set number of user-controlled fans. Disable to use all board-defined fans. +// :[1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8] +//#define NUM_M106_FANS 1 + +// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino +//#define FAST_PWM_FAN + +// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency +// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency +// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. +//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM + +// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, +// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. +// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; +// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. +// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] +#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 + +// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can +// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, +// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired +// duty cycle is attained. +//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER + +// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. +// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C +// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) +//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS + +// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder +//#define BARICUDA + +// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb +//#define BLINKM + +// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver +//#define PCA9632 + +// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver +//#define PCA9533 + +/** + * RGB LED / LED Strip Control + * + * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or + * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. + * + * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. + * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of + * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. + * For NeoPixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. + * + * *** CAUTION *** + * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, + * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. + * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! + * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The NeoPixel LED needs + * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. + * *** CAUTION *** + * + * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. + */ +//#define RGB_LED +//#define RGBW_LED + +#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) + //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 + //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 + //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 + //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 +#endif + +// Support for Adafruit NeoPixel LED driver +//#define NEOPIXEL_LED +#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) + #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) + #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin + //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE + //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 + #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip. (Longest strip when NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE is disabled.) + #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. + #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) + //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup + + // Support for second Adafruit NeoPixel LED driver controlled with M150 S1 ... + //#define NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE + #if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE) + #define NEOPIXEL2_PIXELS 15 // Number of LEDs in the second strip + #define NEOPIXEL2_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) + #define NEOPIXEL2_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup + #else + //#define NEOPIXEL2_INSERIES // Default behavior is NeoPixel 2 in parallel + #endif + + // Use a single NeoPixel LED for static (background) lighting + //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use + //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W +#endif + +/** + * Printer Event LEDs + * + * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: + * + * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp + * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature + * - Change to white to illuminate work surface + * - Change to green once print has finished + * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button + */ +#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) + #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS +#endif + +/** + * Number of servos + * + * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. + * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. + * Set to 0 to turn off servo support. + */ +#define NUM_SERVOS 1 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command + +// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. +// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. +// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. +#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } + +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter +//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE + +// Edit servo angles with M281 and save to EEPROM with M500 +//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/MKS Robin nano v3.0/Config example for suport sd card/Config example for Ender3(TMC2209+UART)/Configuration_adv.h b/config/MKS Robin nano v3.0/Config example for suport sd card/Config example for Ender3(TMC2209+UART)/Configuration_adv.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e5f6d8d --- /dev/null +++ b/config/MKS Robin nano v3.0/Config example for suport sd card/Config example for Ender3(TMC2209+UART)/Configuration_adv.h @@ -0,0 +1,3742 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * Configuration_adv.h + * + * Advanced settings. + * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. + * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! + * + * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h + */ +#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020008 + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ +//=========================================================================== +// @section temperature + +/** + * Thermocouple sensors are quite sensitive to noise. Any noise induced in + * the sensor wires, such as by stepper motor wires run in parallel to them, + * may result in the thermocouple sensor reporting spurious errors. This + * value is the number of errors which can occur in a row before the error + * is reported. This allows us to ignore intermittent error conditions while + * still detecting an actual failure, which should result in a continuous + * stream of errors from the sensor. + * + * Set this value to 0 to fail on the first error to occur. + */ +#define THERMOCOUPLE_MAX_ERRORS 15 + +// +// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters +// +#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 + #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 + #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 + #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 + #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 + #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 + #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_6 == 1000 + #define HOTEND6_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND6_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND6_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_7 == 1000 + #define HOTEND7_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND7_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND7_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 + #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 + #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +// +// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. +// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 +// +//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT +#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) + #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED + #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 + #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true +#endif + +// +// Heated Bed Bang-Bang options +// +#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) + #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // (ms) Interval between checks in bang-bang control + #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) + #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // (°C) Only set the relevant heater state when ABS(T-target) > BED_HYSTERESIS + #endif +#endif + +// +// Heated Chamber options +// +#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER + #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 + #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 + #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target + //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING + //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin + //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false + + //#define CHAMBER_FAN // Enable a fan on the chamber + #if ENABLED(CHAMBER_FAN) + #define CHAMBER_FAN_MODE 2 // Fan control mode: 0=Static; 1=Linear increase when temp is higher than target; 2=V-shaped curve. + #if CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 0 + #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 255 // Chamber fan PWM (0-255) + #elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 1 + #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 128 // Base chamber fan PWM (0-255); turns on when chamber temperature is above the target + #define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C above target + #elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 2 + #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 128 // Minimum chamber fan PWM (0-255) + #define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C difference from target + #endif + #endif + + //#define CHAMBER_VENT // Enable a servo-controlled vent on the chamber + #if ENABLED(CHAMBER_VENT) + #define CHAMBER_VENT_SERVO_NR 1 // Index of the vent servo + #define HIGH_EXCESS_HEAT_LIMIT 5 // How much above target temp to consider there is excess heat in the chamber + #define LOW_EXCESS_HEAT_LIMIT 3 + #define MIN_COOLING_SLOPE_TIME_CHAMBER_VENT 20 + #define MIN_COOLING_SLOPE_DEG_CHAMBER_VENT 1.5 + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage + * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which + * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. + * + * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower + * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep + * the heater on. + * + * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. + * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too + * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. + * + * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase + * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD + */ +#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius + + //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops + #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) + //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 + #endif + + /** + * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the + * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature + * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and + * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only + * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable + * test. + * + * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD + * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set + * below 2. + */ + #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 40 // Seconds + #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius +#endif + +/** + * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. + */ +#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 40 // Seconds + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius + + /** + * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). + */ + #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds + #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius +#endif + +/** + * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. + */ +#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius + + /** + * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). + */ + #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds + #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius +#endif + +#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. + // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. + //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING + #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) + #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) // heating power = Kc * e_speed + #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 + #endif + + /** + * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. + * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. + * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value + * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. + * + * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) + * --------------------------------------------------------------------- + * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: + * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 + * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. + * + * Example: + * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 + * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 + * + * Fan-speed dependent compensation + * -------------------------------- + * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). + * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. + * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature + * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. + * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% + * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. + * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. + * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in + * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED + */ + //#define PID_FAN_SCALING + #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) + //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION + #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) + // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. + // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. + // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. + + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING + + #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 + + #else + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) + #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING + #endif + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Automatic Temperature Mode + * + * Dynamically adjust the hotend target temperature based on planned E moves. + * + * (Contrast with PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING, which tracks E movement and adjusts PID + * behavior using an additional kC value.) + * + * Autotemp is calculated by (mintemp + factor * mm_per_sec), capped to maxtemp. + * + * Enable Autotemp Mode with M104/M109 F<factor> S<mintemp> B<maxtemp>. + * Disable by sending M104/M109 with no F parameter (or F0 with AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL). + */ +#define AUTOTEMP +#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) + #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 + // Turn on AUTOTEMP on M104/M109 by default using proportions set here + //#define AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL + #if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL) + #define AUTOTEMP_MIN_P 0 // (°C) Added to the target temperature + #define AUTOTEMP_MAX_P 5 // (°C) Added to the target temperature + #define AUTOTEMP_FACTOR_P 1 // Apply this F parameter by default (overridden by M104/M109 F) + #endif +#endif + +// Show Temperature ADC value +// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. +//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES + +/** + * High Temperature Thermistor Support + * + * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting + * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP + * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the + * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure + * and force stop everything. + * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, + * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle + * aberrant readings. + * + * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) + * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below + */ + +// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur +// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) +//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 + +// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check +// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the +// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach +// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. +// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) +//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 + +// @section extruder + +// Extruder runout prevention. +// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP +// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. +//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT +#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/min) + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) +#endif + +/** + * Hotend Idle Timeout + * Prevent filament in the nozzle from charring and causing a critical jam. + */ +//#define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT +#if ENABLED(HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT) + #define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT_SEC (5*60) // (seconds) Time without extruder movement to trigger protection + #define HOTEND_IDLE_MIN_TRIGGER 180 // (°C) Minimum temperature to enable hotend protection + #define HOTEND_IDLE_NOZZLE_TARGET 0 // (°C) Safe temperature for the nozzle after timeout + #define HOTEND_IDLE_BED_TARGET 0 // (°C) Safe temperature for the bed after timeout +#endif + +// @section temperature + +// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. +// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 + +/** + * Controller Fan + * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. + * + * The fan turns on automatically whenever any driver is enabled and turns + * off (or reduces to idle speed) shortly after drivers are turned off. + */ +//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN +#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) + //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan + //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_USE_Z_ONLY // With this option only the Z axis is considered + //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_IGNORE_Z // Ignore Z stepper. Useful when stepper timeout is disabled. + #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_MIN 0 // (0-255) Minimum speed. (If set below this value the fan is turned off.) + #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_ACTIVE 255 // (0-255) Active speed, used when any motor is enabled + #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_IDLE 0 // (0-255) Idle speed, used when motors are disabled + #define CONTROLLERFAN_IDLE_TIME 60 // (seconds) Extra time to keep the fan running after disabling motors + //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE // Enable M710 configurable settings + #if ENABLED(CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE) + #define CONTROLLER_FAN_MENU // Enable the Controller Fan submenu + #endif +#endif + +// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the +// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably +// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) +//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 + +// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. +//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 + +/** + * PWM Fan Scaling + * + * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). + * + * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset + * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower + * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) + * Value 0 always turns off the fan. + * + * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. + */ +//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 +//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 + +/** + * FAST PWM FAN Settings + * + * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) + * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a + * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. + * + * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] + * Set this to your desired frequency. + * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) + * i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers. + * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required + * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. + * + * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] + * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: + * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] + * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] + * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of + * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) + * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. + */ +#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) + //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 + //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP +#endif + +// @section extruder + +/** + * Extruder cooling fans + * + * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' + * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. + * + * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here + * or set to -1 to disable completely. + * + * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case + * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. + */ +#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 + +#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 +#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed +#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 +#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 + +/** + * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer + * + * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. + * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. + * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. + */ +#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 +#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 +#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 + +/** + * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness + */ +//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE +#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) + //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed + #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW + #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on + #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) + //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm + //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu + //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. + //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use NeoPixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. + #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) + #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } + #endif +#endif + +// @section homing + +// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing +// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. +//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT + +// @section extras + +//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. + +// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. +//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER +#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) + //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 + //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 +#endif + +/** + * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops + * + * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. + * + * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to + * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop + * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug + * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. + * + * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors + * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error + * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X<offset> Y<offset> Z<offset>'. + */ + +//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS +#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + //#define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR // Enable if X2 direction signal is opposite to X + //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ + #define X2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif +#endif + +//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS +#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + //#define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR // Enable if Y2 direction signal is opposite to Y + //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ + #define Y2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif +#endif + +// +// For Z set the number of stepper drivers +// +#define NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS 1 // (1-4) Z options change based on how many + +#if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS > 1 + // Enable if Z motor direction signals are the opposite of Z1 + //#define INVERT_Z2_VS_Z_DIR + //#define INVERT_Z3_VS_Z_DIR + //#define INVERT_Z4_VS_Z_DIR + + //#define Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) + #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ + #define Z2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 + #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ + #define Z3_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + #define Z4_USE_ENDSTOP _ZMAX_ + #define Z4_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + * + * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>: + * + * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel + * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) + * + * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so + * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) + * + * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with + * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. + * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and + * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. + * + * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates + * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. + * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and + * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. + */ +//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE +#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage + #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed + #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position + #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. + // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software + // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops + // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). + // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. + + // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. + #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE + + // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) + #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 + + // Default action to execute following M605 mode change commands. Typically G28X to apply new mode. + //#define EVENT_GCODE_IDEX_AFTER_MODECHANGE "G28X" +#endif + +// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. +// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. +//#define EXT_SOLENOID + +// @section homing + +/** + * Homing Procedure + * Homing (G28) does an indefinite move towards the endstops to establish + * the position of the toolhead relative to the workspace. + */ + +//#define SENSORLESS_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2 } // (mm) Backoff from endstops before sensorless homing + +#define HOMING_BUMP_MM { 5, 5, 2 } // (mm) Backoff from endstops after first bump +#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) + +//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_POST_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Backoff from endstops after homing + +//#define QUICK_HOME // If G28 contains XY do a diagonal move first +//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X // If G28 contains XY home Y before X +//#define HOME_Z_FIRST // Home Z first. Requires a Z-MIN endstop (not a probe). +//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING // If X/Y can't home without homing Y/X first + +// @section bltouch + +#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) + /** + * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES + * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand + * advanced commands. + * + * Note: If the probe is not deploying, do a "Reset" and "Self-Test" and then check the + * wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. + * + * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often + * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" + * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. + * + * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: + */ + + // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. + // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. + //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 + + /** + * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: + */ + + // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful + // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. + //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE + + /** + * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 + * Summary: + * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes + * - High-Speed mode + * - Disable LCD voltage options + */ + + /** + * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! + * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. + * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 + * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode + * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. + * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. + */ + //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE + + /** + * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. + * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 + * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) + * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. + */ + //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET + + /** + * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. + * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. + * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function + * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. + */ + //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE + + // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. + //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU + +#endif // BLTOUCH + +// @section extras + +/** + * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment + * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. + */ +//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN +#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) + // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3 [, Z4]] + // If not defined, probe limits will be used. + // Override with 'M422 S<index> X<pos> Y<pos>' + //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } + + /** + * Orientation for the automatically-calculated probe positions. + * Override Z stepper align points with 'M422 S<index> X<pos> Y<pos>' + * + * 2 Steppers: (0) (1) + * | | 2 | + * | 1 2 | | + * | | 1 | + * + * 3 Steppers: (0) (1) (2) (3) + * | 3 | 1 | 2 1 | 2 | + * | | 3 | | 3 | + * | 1 2 | 2 | 3 | 1 | + * + * 4 Steppers: (0) (1) (2) (3) + * | 4 3 | 1 4 | 2 1 | 3 2 | + * | | | | | + * | 1 2 | 2 3 | 3 4 | 4 1 | + */ + #ifndef Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY + //#define Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION 0 + #endif + + // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. + // Requires triple stepper drivers (i.e., set NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS to 3) + //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS + #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) + // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to + // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. + // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } + #else + // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down in case + // the stepper (spindle) position is farther out than the test point. + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 // Use a value > 1.0 NOTE: This may cause instability! + #endif + + // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm + #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline that G34 will handle + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 5 // Number of iterations to apply during alignment + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 // Stop iterating early if the accuracy is better than this + #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 // Restore leveling after G34 is done? + // After G34, re-home Z (G28 Z) or just calculate it from the last probe heights? + // Re-homing might be more precise in reproducing the actual 'G28 Z' homing height, especially on an uneven bed. + #define HOME_AFTER_G34 +#endif + +// +// Add the G35 command to read bed corners to help adjust screws. Requires a bed probe. +// +//#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING +#if ENABLED(ASSISTED_TRAMMING) + + // Define positions for probe points. + #define TRAMMING_POINT_XY { { 20, 20 }, { 180, 20 }, { 180, 180 }, { 20, 180 } } + + // Define position names for probe points. + #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_1 "Front-Left" + #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_2 "Front-Right" + #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_3 "Back-Right" + #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_4 "Back-Left" + + #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G35 // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation + //#define REPORT_TRAMMING_MM // Report Z deviation (mm) for each point relative to the first + + //#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING_WIZARD // Add a Tramming Wizard to the LCD menu + + //#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING_WAIT_POSITION { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER, 30 } // Move the nozzle out of the way for adjustment + + /** + * Screw thread: + * M3: 30 = Clockwise, 31 = Counter-Clockwise + * M4: 40 = Clockwise, 41 = Counter-Clockwise + * M5: 50 = Clockwise, 51 = Counter-Clockwise + */ + #define TRAMMING_SCREW_THREAD 30 + +#endif + +// @section motion + +#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } + +// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles +//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION + +// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. +#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false +#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false +#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false +#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false + +/** + * Idle Stepper Shutdown + * Set DISABLE_INACTIVE_? 'true' to shut down axis steppers after an idle period. + * The Deactive Time can be overridden with M18 and M84. Set to 0 for No Timeout. + */ +#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set 'false' if the nozzle could fall onto your printed part! +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true + +// If the Nozzle or Bed falls when the Z stepper is disabled, set its resting position here. +//#define Z_AFTER_DEACTIVATE Z_HOME_POS + +// Default Minimum Feedrates for printing and travel moves +#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // (mm/s) Minimum feedrate. Set with M205 S. +#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 // (mm/s) Minimum travel feedrate. Set with M205 T. + +// Minimum time that a segment needs to take as the buffer gets emptied +#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (µs) Set with M205 B. + +// Slow down the machine if the lookahead buffer is (by default) half full. +// Increase the slowdown divisor for larger buffer sizes. +#define SLOWDOWN +#if ENABLED(SLOWDOWN) + #define SLOWDOWN_DIVISOR 2 +#endif + +/** + * XY Frequency limit + * Reduce resonance by limiting the frequency of small zigzag infill moves. + * See https://hydraraptor.blogspot.com/2010/12/frequency-limit.html + * Use M201 F<freq> G<min%> to change limits at runtime. + */ +//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 10 // (Hz) Maximum frequency of small zigzag infill moves. Set with M201 F<hertz>. +#ifdef XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT + #define XY_FREQUENCY_MIN_PERCENT 5 // (percent) Minimum FR percentage to apply. Set with M201 G<min%>. +#endif + +// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end +// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed +// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. +#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) + +// +// Backlash Compensation +// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. +// +//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION +#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) + // Define values for backlash distance and correction. + // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. + #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) + #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction + + // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments + // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) + //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) + + // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) + //#define BACKLASH_GCODE + + #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) + // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" + #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING + + #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) + // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT + // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION + // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. + #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) + #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) + #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/min) + #endif + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration + * + * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- + * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. + * + * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object + * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash + * and hotend offsets. + * + * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within + * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. + */ +//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE +#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) + + //#define CALIBRATION_SCRIPT_PRE "M117 Starting Auto-Calibration\nT0\nG28\nG12\nM117 Calibrating..." + //#define CALIBRATION_SCRIPT_POST "M500\nM117 Calibration data saved" + + #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm + + #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/min + #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/min + #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/min + + // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. + #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm + #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm + + // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). + //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING + + // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. + #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm + #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm + + // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best + // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. + #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT + #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT + #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT + #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK + + // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If + // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. + //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES + + // Define the pin to read during calibration + #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN + //#define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Define here to override the default pin + #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the custom pin + //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN + #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies + * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible + * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the + * lowest stepping frequencies. + */ +//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING + +/** + * Custom Microstepping + * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. + */ +//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW +//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW +//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW +//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW +//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH +//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH + +// Microstep settings (Requires a board with pins named X_MS1, X_MS2, etc.) +#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] + +/** + * @section stepper motor current + * + * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. + * + * The power on motor currents are set by: + * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 + * known compatible chips: A4982 + * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H + * known compatible chips: AD5206 + * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 + * known compatible chips: MCP4728 + * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE + * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 + * + * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. + * M907 - applies to all. + * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H + * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 + */ +//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps +//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) +//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis + +/** + * I2C-based DIGIPOTs (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) + */ +//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires https://github.com/felias-fogg/SlowSoftI2CMaster +//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4451 +#if EITHER(DIGIPOT_MCP4018, DIGIPOT_MCP4451) + #define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT:4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO:8 MKS_SBASE:5 MIGHTYBOARD_REVE:5 + + // Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. + // These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. + #define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO + + //#define DIGIPOT_USE_RAW_VALUES // Use DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT raw wiper values (instead of A4988 motor currents) + + /** + * Common slave addresses: + * + * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC + * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 + * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 + * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 + * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 + * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 + */ + //#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // Unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT + //#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // Unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT +#endif + +//=========================================================================== +//=============================Additional Features=========================== +//=========================================================================== + +// @section lcd + +#if EITHER(IS_ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) + #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60 } // (mm/min) Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel + #define FINE_MANUAL_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual move (< 0.1mm) applying to Z on most machines + #if IS_ULTIPANEL + #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" + #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen + #endif +#endif + +// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster +#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER +#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) + #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed + #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed +#endif + +// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen +//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE +#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) + #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 + #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 +#endif + +#if HAS_LCD_MENU + + // Add Probe Z Offset calibration to the Z Probe Offsets menu + #if HAS_BED_PROBE + //#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD + #if ENABLED(PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD) + // + // Enable to init the Probe Z-Offset when starting the Wizard. + // Use a height slightly above the estimated nozzle-to-probe Z offset. + // For example, with an offset of -5, consider a starting height of -4. + // + //#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD_START_Z -4.0 + + // Set a convenient position to do the calibration (probing point and nozzle/bed-distance) + //#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD_XY_POS { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER } + #endif + #endif + + // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu + //#define LCD_INFO_MENU + #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) + //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages + #endif + + // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top + //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM + + // Add a mute option to the LCD menu + //#define SOUND_MENU_ITEM + + /** + * LED Control Menu + * Add LED Control to the LCD menu + */ + //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU + #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) + #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option + //#define NEO2_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable a second NeoPixel Preset Color menu option + #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) + #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity + //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup + #endif + #if ENABLED(NEO2_COLOR_PRESETS) + #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value + #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value + #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value + #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value + #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity + //#define NEO2_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup for the second strip + #endif + #endif + +#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU + +#if HAS_DISPLAY + // The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus + //#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 + + #if ENABLED(SHOW_BOOTSCREEN) + #define BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 4000 // (ms) Total Duration to display the boot screen(s) + #if EITHER(HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB, TFT_COLOR_UI) + #define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving lots of flash) + #endif + #endif + + // Scroll a longer status message into view + //#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING + + // On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible + //#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY + + // Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage + //#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY + + // Show the E position (filament used) during printing + //#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL +#endif + +#if EITHER(SDSUPPORT, LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY) && ANY(HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB, HAS_MARLINUI_HD44780, IS_TFTGLCD_PANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) + //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion + #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) + //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation + //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time + #endif + + #if EITHER(HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB, EXTENSIBLE_UI) + //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits + #endif + + #if EITHER(HAS_MARLINUI_HD44780, IS_TFTGLCD_PANEL) + //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing + #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) + #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar + #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message + #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) + //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it + //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar + #endif + #endif +#endif + +#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + /** + * SD Card SPI Speed + * May be required to resolve "volume init" errors. + * + * Enable and set to SPI_HALF_SPEED, SPI_QUARTER_SPEED, or SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED + * otherwise full speed will be applied. + * + * :['SPI_HALF_SPEED', 'SPI_QUARTER_SPEED', 'SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED'] + */ + //#define SD_SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED + + // The standard SD detect circuit reads LOW when media is inserted and HIGH when empty. + // Enable this option and set to HIGH if your SD cards are incorrectly detected. + //#define SD_DETECT_STATE HIGH + + //#define SD_IGNORE_AT_STARTUP // Don't mount the SD card when starting up + //#define SDCARD_READONLY // Read-only SD card (to save over 2K of flash) + + //#define GCODE_REPEAT_MARKERS // Enable G-code M808 to set repeat markers and do looping + + #define SD_PROCEDURE_DEPTH 1 // Increase if you need more nested M32 calls + + #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished + #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84" // Use "M84XYE" to keep Z enabled so your bed stays in place + + // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. + // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. + #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST + + #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing + + //#define NO_SD_AUTOSTART // Remove auto#.g file support completely to save some Flash, SRAM + //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files + + //#define BROWSE_MEDIA_ON_INSERT // Open the file browser when media is inserted + + #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_ABORT "G28XY" // G-code to run on SD Abort Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") + + #if ENABLED(PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS) + #define PE_LEDS_COMPLETED_TIME (30*60) // (seconds) Time to keep the LED "done" color before restoring normal illumination + #endif + + /** + * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) + * + * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer + * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present + * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known + * point in the file. + */ + #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + #define PLR_ENABLED_DEFAULT true // Power Loss Recovery enabled by default. (Set with 'M413 Sn' & M500) + //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss + //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVER_ZHOME // Z homing is needed for proper recovery. 99.9% of the time this should be disabled! + //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 20 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) + //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN PC4 // Pin to detect power loss. Set to -1 to disable default pin on boards without module. + //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss + //#define POWER_LOSS_PULLUP // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate for your sensor + //#define POWER_LOSS_PULLDOWN + //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume + //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. + + // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, + // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. + #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data + #endif + + /** + * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. + * + * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted + * by name for easier navigation. + * + * By default... + * + * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. + * - Folders are sorted to the top. + * - The sort key is statically allocated. + * - No added G-code (M34) support. + * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) + * + * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the + * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM + * limit is exceeded. + * + * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. + * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. + * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) + * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) + */ + //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA + + // SD Card Sorting options + #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) + #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. + #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below + #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 G-code. + #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. + #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) + #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. + #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! + #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. + // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. + #endif + + // Allow international symbols in long filenames. To display correctly, the + // LCD's font must contain the characters. Check your selected LCD language. + //#define UTF_FILENAME_SUPPORT + + // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 + #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT + + // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu + //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES + + // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) + //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN + + /** + * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. + * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. + * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. + */ + //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT + + /** + * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. + * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. + * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. + */ + //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE + + /** + * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S<seconds> + */ + //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS + + /** + * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or + * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear + * to Marlin as an SD card. + * + * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with + * the following pin mapping: + * + * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO + * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] + * SS --> SDSS + * + * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. + */ + //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT + #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) + /** + * USB Host Shield Library + * + * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested + * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. + * + * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it + * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. + * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. + */ + //#define USE_UHS2_USB + //#define USE_UHS3_USB + + /** + * Native USB Host supported by some boards (USB OTG) + */ + #define USE_OTG_USB_HOST + + #if DISABLED(USE_OTG_USB_HOST) + #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS + #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN + #endif + #endif + + /** + * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, + * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. + * + * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) + * + * Tested with this bootloader: + * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 + */ + //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE + #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) + #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF + #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 + #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF + #endif + + // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' + //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER + + /** + * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): + * + * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. + * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. + * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). + * + * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] + */ + //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD + + // Enable if SD detect is rendered useless (e.g., by using an SD extender) + //#define NO_SD_DETECT + +#endif // SDSUPPORT + +/** + * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- + * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. + */ +//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). + +/** + * Additional options for Graphical Displays + * + * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, + * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, + * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing + * on DELTA and SCARA machines. + * + * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind + * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable + * printing performance versus fast display updates. + */ +#if HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB + // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar + //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT + + // Save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame or no frame on the Info Screen + //#define XYZ_NO_FRAME + #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME + + // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens + #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME + + // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. + // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. + //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT + + // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2434 bytes of PROGMEM. + // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. + //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT + + // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay + //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE + + /** + * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using + * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. + * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. + * + * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status + * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the + * length of time to display the status message before clearing. + * + * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. + * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. + */ + #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) + // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. + // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. + //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 + + //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI + #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) + #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 + #endif + #endif + + /** + * Status (Info) Screen customizations + * These options may affect code size and screen render time. + * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. + */ + //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones + //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) + #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) + #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating + #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating + #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating + //#define STATUS_CUTTER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate spindle / laser active + //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap + //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap + //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames + //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar + //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. + + // Frivolous Game Options + //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT + //#define MARLIN_INVADERS + //#define MARLIN_SNAKE + //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu + +#endif // HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB + +// +// Additional options for DGUS / DWIN displays +// +#if HAS_DGUS_LCD + #define LCD_SERIAL_PORT 3 + #define LCD_BAUDRATE 115200 + + #define DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE 128 + #define DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE 48 + //#define SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS // Fix Rx overrun situation (Currently only for AVR) + + #define DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS 500 // (ms) Interval between automatic screen updates + + #if EITHER(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC, DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY) + #define DGUS_PRINT_FILENAME // Display the filename during printing + #define DGUS_PREHEAT_UI // Display a preheat screen during heatup + + #if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC) + //#define DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Disabled by default for UI_FYSETC + #else + #define DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Enabled by default for UI_HIPRECY + #endif + + #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD + #if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD) + #define DGUS_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH 10 + #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOAD_LENGTH_PER_TIME 0.5 // (mm) Adjust in proportion to DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS + #endif + + #define DGUS_UI_WAITING // Show a "waiting" screen between some screens + #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING) + #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS 10 + #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS_PERIOD 8 // Increase to slower waiting status looping + #endif + #endif +#endif // HAS_DGUS_LCD + +// +// Specify additional languages for the UI. Default specified by LCD_LANGUAGE. +// +#if EITHER(DOGLCD, TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) + //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr + //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de + //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es + //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it + #ifdef LCD_LANGUAGE_2 + //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_AUTO_SAVE // Automatically save language to EEPROM on change + #endif +#endif + +// +// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) +// +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) + // Display board used + //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) + //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) + //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) + //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) + //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI + //#define LCD_FYSETC_TFT81050 // FYSETC with 5" (800x480) + + // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. + //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 + //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 + //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 + + // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector + //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping + //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping + //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping + //#define S6_TFT_PINMAP // FYSETC S6 pin mapping + //#define F6_TFT_PINMAP // FYSETC F6 pin mapping + + //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below + #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) + // Pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen + #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 + #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 + + // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO + //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI + #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) + #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 + #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 + #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 + #endif + #endif + + // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display + // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support + // portrait and mirrored orientations. + //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED + //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT + //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED + + // UTF8 processing and rendering. + // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. + //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 + #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) + // Western accents support. These accented characters use + // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. + #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET + #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) + // Additional character groups. These characters require + // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ + #endif + + // Cyrillic character set, costs about 27KiB of flash + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CYRILLIC_CHARSET + #endif + + // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons + #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT + + // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. + // (recommended for smaller displays) + //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE + + // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events + //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG + + // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) + //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU +#endif + +// +// Classic UI Options +// +#if TFT_SCALED_DOGLCD + //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White + //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black + //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black + //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red + //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow + //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan +#endif + +// +// ADC Button Debounce +// +#if HAS_ADC_BUTTONS + #define ADC_BUTTON_DEBOUNCE_DELAY 16 // Increase if buttons bounce or repeat too fast +#endif + +// @section safety + +/** + * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs + * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. + * + * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, + * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. + * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while + * interrupts are enabled. + */ +#define USE_WATCHDOG +#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) + //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL +#endif + +// @section lcd + +/** + * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing + * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z + * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. + * + * Warning: Does not respect endstops! + */ +#define BABYSTEPPING +#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) + //#define INTEGRATED_BABYSTEPPING // EXPERIMENTAL integration of babystepping into the Stepper ISR + //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING + //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). + //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! + #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way + //#define BABYSTEP_MILLIMETER_UNITS // Specify BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_(XY|Z) in mm instead of micro-steps + #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // (steps or mm) Steps or millimeter distance for each Z babystep + #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 // (steps or mm) Steps or millimeter distance for each XY babystep + + //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. + #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) + #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. + // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. + //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. + #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) + #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. + #endif + #endif + + //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 + + #if HAS_BED_PROBE + #define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping + #endif + #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) + //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets + //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor + #endif +#endif + +// @section extruder + +/** + * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 + * + * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) + * K=0 means advance disabled. + * + * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! + * + * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. + * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. + * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) + * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. + * + * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. + */ +//#define LIN_ADVANCE +#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) + //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants + #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed + //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. + //#define EXPERIMENTAL_SCURVE // Enable this option to permit S-Curve Acceleration +#endif + +// @section leveling + +/** + * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. + * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. + */ +#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 + //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 + //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 + //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 + //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 + //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 +#endif + +/** + * Probing Margins + * + * Override PROBING_MARGIN for each side of the build plate + * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or + * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific + * sides of the bed. With NOZZLE_AS_PROBE negative values are + * allowed, to permit probing outside the bed. + * + * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, + * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over + * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as + * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) + * + * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however + * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the + * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing + * the probe to be unable to reach any points. + */ +#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC + #define PROBING_MARGIN_LEFT PROBING_MARGIN + #define PROBING_MARGIN_RIGHT PROBING_MARGIN + #define PROBING_MARGIN_FRONT PROBING_MARGIN + #define PROBING_MARGIN_BACK PROBING_MARGIN +#endif + +#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large + //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET + //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET + //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) + //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) +#endif + +#if BOTH(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL, EEPROM_SETTINGS) + //#define OPTIMIZED_MESH_STORAGE // Store mesh with less precision to save EEPROM space +#endif + +/** + * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. + * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. + */ +//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER +#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) + #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 + #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE + /** + * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, + * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. + */ + #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." + #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" + #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" + +#endif + +/** + * Thermal Probe Compensation + * Probe measurements are adjusted to compensate for temperature distortion. + * Use G76 to calibrate this feature. Use M871 to set values manually. + * For a more detailed explanation of the process see G76_M871.cpp. + */ +#if HAS_BED_PROBE && TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE && TEMP_SENSOR_BED + // Enable thermal first layer compensation using bed and probe temperatures + #define PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION + + // Add additional compensation depending on hotend temperature + // Note: this values cannot be calibrated and have to be set manually + #if ENABLED(PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) + // Park position to wait for probe cooldown + #define PTC_PARK_POS { 0, 0, 100 } + + // Probe position to probe and wait for probe to reach target temperature + #define PTC_PROBE_POS { 90, 100 } + + // Enable additional compensation using hotend temperature + // Note: this values cannot be calibrated automatically but have to be set manually + //#define USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION + + // Probe temperature calibration generates a table of values starting at PTC_SAMPLE_START + // (e.g. 30), in steps of PTC_SAMPLE_RES (e.g. 5) with PTC_SAMPLE_COUNT (e.g. 10) samples. + + //#define PTC_SAMPLE_START 30.0f + //#define PTC_SAMPLE_RES 5.0f + //#define PTC_SAMPLE_COUNT 10U + + // Bed temperature calibration builds a similar table. + + //#define BTC_SAMPLE_START 60.0f + //#define BTC_SAMPLE_RES 5.0f + //#define BTC_SAMPLE_COUNT 10U + + // The temperature the probe should be at while taking measurements during bed temperature + // calibration. + //#define BTC_PROBE_TEMP 30.0f + + // Height above Z=0.0f to raise the nozzle. Lowering this can help the probe to heat faster. + // Note: the Z=0.0f offset is determined by the probe offset which can be set using M851. + //#define PTC_PROBE_HEATING_OFFSET 0.5f + + // Height to raise the Z-probe between heating and taking the next measurement. Some probes + // may fail to untrigger if they have been triggered for a long time, which can be solved by + // increasing the height the probe is raised to. + //#define PTC_PROBE_RAISE 15U + + // If the probe is outside of the defined range, use linear extrapolation using the closest + // point and the PTC_LINEAR_EXTRAPOLATION'th next point. E.g. if set to 4 it will use data[0] + // and data[4] to perform linear extrapolation for values below PTC_SAMPLE_START. + //#define PTC_LINEAR_EXTRAPOLATION 4 + #endif +#endif + +// @section extras + +// +// G60/G61 Position Save and Return +// +//#define SAVED_POSITIONS 1 // Each saved position slot costs 12 bytes + +// +// G2/G3 Arc Support +// +#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes +#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) + #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // (mm) Length (or minimum length) of each arc segment + //#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_R 1 // Max segment length, MM_PER = Min + #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle + //#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_SEC 50 // Use feedrate to choose segment length (with MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT as the minimum) + #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections + //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles + //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes + //#define SF_ARC_FIX // Enable only if using SkeinForge with "Arc Point" fillet procedure +#endif + +// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. +//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT + +/** + * Direct Stepping + * + * Comparable to the method used by Klipper, G6 direct stepping significantly + * reduces motion calculations, increases top printing speeds, and results in + * less step aliasing by calculating all motions in advance. + * Preparing your G-code: https://github.com/colinrgodsey/step-daemon + */ +//#define DIRECT_STEPPING + +/** + * G38 Probe Target + * + * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) + * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). + * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. + */ +//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET +#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) + //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target + #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. +#endif + +// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move +#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 + +/** + * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) + * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) + * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers + * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers + * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers + * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers + * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. + */ +//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 +//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 + +/** + * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) + * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers + * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h + * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers + * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers + * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers + * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. + */ +//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 + +/** + * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows + * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) + * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers + * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver + * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver + * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver + * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver + * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. + */ +//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 + +// @section temperature + +// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. +//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL + +//=========================================================================== +//================================= Buffers ================================= +//=========================================================================== + +// @section motion + +// The number of linear moves that can be in the planner at once. +// The value of BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE must be a power of 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) +#if BOTH(SDSUPPORT, DIRECT_STEPPING) + #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 8 +#elif ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 +#else + #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 +#endif + +// @section serial + +// The ASCII buffer for serial input +#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 +#define BUFSIZE 4 + +// Transmission to Host Buffer Size +// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. +// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. +// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. +// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. +// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. +// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] +#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 + +// Host Receive Buffer Size +// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. +// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. +// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] +//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 + +#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 + // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to + // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. + //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF +#endif + +// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate +//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE + +#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum + // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. + //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED + + // Enable this option to collect and display the number + // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. + //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX +#endif + +/** + * Emergency Command Parser + * + * Add a low-level parser to intercept certain commands as they + * enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. + * Currently handles M108, M112, M410, M876 + * NOTE: Not yet implemented for all platforms. + */ +//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER + +// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' +// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. +// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. +// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. +//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds + +// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. +//#define ADVANCED_OK + +// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. +// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. +#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION + +// For serial echo, the number of digits after the decimal point +//#define SERIAL_FLOAT_PRECISION 4 + +// @section extras + +/** + * Extra Fan Speed + * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. + * 'M106 P<fan> T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for <fan> + * 'M106 P<fan> T2' : Use the set secondary speed + * 'M106 P<fan> T1' : Restore the previous fan speed + */ +//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED + +/** + * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract + * + * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. + * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. + * + * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. + * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range + * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. + * + * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. + * + * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. + */ +//#define FWRETRACT +#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) + #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions + #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) + #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length + #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length + #endif + #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) + #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) + #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting + #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction + #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) + //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Universal tool change settings. + * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. + */ +#if HAS_MULTI_EXTRUDER + // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders + #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) + //#define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE_BEFORE_RETRACT // Apply raise before swap retraction (if enabled) + //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to previous position on tool-change + #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN) + //#define EVENT_GCODE_AFTER_TOOLCHANGE "G12X" // Extra G-code to run after tool-change + #endif + + /** + * Retract and prime filament on tool-change to reduce + * ooze and stringing and to get cleaner transitions. + */ + //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP + #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) + // Load / Unload + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_LENGTH 12 // (mm) Load / Unload length + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_EXTRA_RESUME_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Extra length for better restart, fine tune by LCD/Gcode) + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_RETRACT_SPEED (50*60) // (mm/min) (Unloading) + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_UNRETRACT_SPEED (25*60) // (mm/min) (On SINGLENOZZLE or Bowden loading must be slowed down) + + // Longer prime to clean out a SINGLENOZZLE + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_EXTRA_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra priming length + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_SPEED (4.6*60) // (mm/min) Extra priming feedrate + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_WIPE_RETRACT 0 // (mm/min) Retract before cooling for less stringing, better wipe, etc. + + // Cool after prime to reduce stringing + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN -1 // Fan index or -1 to skip + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN_SPEED 255 // 0-255 + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN_TIME 10 // (seconds) + + // Swap uninitialized extruder with TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_SPEED for all lengths (recover + prime) + // (May break filament if not retracted beforehand.) + //#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_INIT_BEFORE_SWAP + + // Prime on the first T0 (If other, TOOLCHANGE_FS_INIT_BEFORE_SWAP applied) + // Enable it (M217 V[0/1]) before printing, to avoid unwanted priming on host connect + //#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_FIRST_USED + + /** + * Tool Change Migration + * This feature provides G-code and LCD options to switch tools mid-print. + * All applicable tool properties are migrated so the print can continue. + * Tools must be closely matching and other restrictions may apply. + * Useful to: + * - Change filament color without interruption + * - Switch spools automatically on filament runout + * - Switch to a different nozzle on an extruder jam + */ + #define TOOLCHANGE_MIGRATION_FEATURE + + #endif + + /** + * Position to park head during tool change. + * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER + */ + //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK + #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) + #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } + #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/min) + //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_X_ONLY // X axis only move + //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_Y_ONLY // Y axis only move + #endif +#endif // HAS_MULTI_EXTRUDER + +/** + * Advanced Pause + * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. + * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. + * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. + * + * Requires an LCD display. + * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. + * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. + */ +//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE +#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) + #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. + #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. + // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. + // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. + // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. + // Set to 0 for manual unloading. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. + // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. + // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. + // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. + //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. + #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. + #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. + // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. + // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu + // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. + #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. + //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. + + // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_FEEDRATE 25 // (mm/s) feedrate to purge before unload + + #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. + #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. + + //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. + //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // If needed, home before parking for filament change + + //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. + //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) +#endif + +// @section tmc + +/** + * TMC26X Stepper Driver options + * + * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. + * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper + */ +#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) + #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) + #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) + #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) + #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) + #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) + #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) + #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) + #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) + #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z4(TMC26X) + #define Z4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Z4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Z4_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) + #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) + #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) + #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) + #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) + #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) + #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E6(TMC26X) + #define E6_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E6_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E6_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E7(TMC26X) + #define E7_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E7_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E7_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + +#endif // TMC26X + +// @section tmc_smart + +/** + * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode + * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define + * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 + * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). + * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. + * + * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN + * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. + * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without + * a resistor. + * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. + * + * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. + * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper + */ +#if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG + + #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current + + /** + * Interpolate microsteps to 256 + * Override for each driver with <driver>_INTERPOLATE settings below + */ + #define INTERPOLATE true + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) + #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. + #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing + #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 + #define X_RSENSE 0.11 + #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // -1..0: Not chained. 1: MCU MOSI connected. 2: Next in chain, ... + //#define X_INTERPOLATE true // Enable to override 'INTERPOLATE' for the X axis + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) + #define X2_CURRENT 800 + #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT + #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 + #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define X2_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) + #define Y_CURRENT 800 + #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT + #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define Y_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) + #define Y2_CURRENT 800 + #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT + #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define Y2_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) + #define Z_CURRENT 800 + #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT + #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define Z_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) + #define Z2_CURRENT 800 + #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT + #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define Z2_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) + #define Z3_CURRENT 800 + #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT + #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define Z3_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + #define Z4_CURRENT 800 + #define Z4_CURRENT_HOME Z4_CURRENT + #define Z4_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z4_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Z4_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define Z4_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) + #define E0_CURRENT 800 + #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E0_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) + #define E1_CURRENT 800 + #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E1_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) + #define E2_CURRENT 800 + #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E2_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) + #define E3_CURRENT 800 + #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E3_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) + #define E4_CURRENT 800 + #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E4_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) + #define E5_CURRENT 800 + #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E5_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E6) + #define E6_CURRENT 800 + #define E6_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E6_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E6_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E6_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E7) + #define E7_CURRENT 800 + #define E7_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E7_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E7_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E7_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + /** + * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. + * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. + */ + //#define X_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 + //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E6_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E7_CS_PIN -1 + + /** + * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). + * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, + * but you can override or define them here. + */ + //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI + //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 + //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 + //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 + + /** + * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. + * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. + * Address | MS1 | MS2 + * 0 | LOW | LOW + * 1 | HIGH | LOW + * 2 | LOW | HIGH + * 3 | HIGH | HIGH + * + * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers + * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. + */ + //#define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define Z4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E6_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E7_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + + /** + * Software enable + * + * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same + * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. + */ + //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE + + /** + * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only + * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. + * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. + */ + #define STEALTHCHOP_XY + #define STEALTHCHOP_Z + #define STEALTHCHOP_E + + /** + * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets + * or with the help of an example included in the library. + * Provided parameter sets are + * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V + * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V + * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V + * CHOPPER_09STEP_24V // 0.9 degree steppers (24V) + * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Průša firmware for MK3 (24V) + * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 + * + * Define your own with: + * { <off_time[1..15]>, <hysteresis_end[-3..12]>, hysteresis_start[1..8] } + */ + #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V // All axes (override below) + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_X CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V // For X Axes (override below) + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_X2 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Y CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V // For Y Axes (override below) + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Y2 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V // For Z Axes (override below) + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z2 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z3 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z4 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V // For Extruders (override below) + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E1 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E2 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E3 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E4 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E5 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E6 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E7 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + + /** + * Monitor Trinamic drivers + * for error conditions like overtemperature and short to ground. + * To manage over-temp Marlin can decrease the driver current until the error condition clears. + * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. + * Relevant G-codes: + * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. + * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. + * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. + * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) + */ + //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS + + #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) + #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] + #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE + #define STOP_ON_ERROR + #endif + + /** + * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only + * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. + * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. + * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. + * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting + */ + //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD + + #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] + #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 + #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 + #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 + #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define Z4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E6_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E7_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + + /** + * Use StallGuard to home / probe X, Y, Z. + * + * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only + * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. + * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. + * + * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. + * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: + * + * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others + * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) + * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) + * + * It is recommended to set HOMING_BUMP_MM to { 0, 0, 0 }. + * + * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** + * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. + * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. + * + * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when + * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. + * + * Comment *_STALL_SENSITIVITY to disable sensorless homing for that axis. + */ + //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only + + #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) + // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 + #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 100 + #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY + #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 100 + #define Y2_STALL_SENSITIVITY Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY + //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 + //#define Z2_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY + //#define Z3_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY + //#define Z4_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY + //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only + //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY + #endif + + /** + * TMC Homing stepper phase. + * + * Improve homing repeatability by homing to stepper coil's nearest absolute + * phase position. Trinamic drivers use a stepper phase table with 1024 values + * spanning 4 full steps with 256 positions each (ergo, 1024 positions). + * Full step positions (128, 384, 640, 896) have the highest holding torque. + * + * Values from 0..1023, -1 to disable homing phase for that axis. + */ + //#define TMC_HOME_PHASE { 896, 896, 896 } + + /** + * Beta feature! + * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. + */ + //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING + + /** + * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. + * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. + */ + //#define TMC_DEBUG + + /** + * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. + * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page + * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper + * + * Example: + * #define TMC_ADV() { \ + * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ + * stepperY.intpol(0); \ + * } + */ + #define TMC_ADV() { } + +#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG + +// @section L64XX + +/** + * L64XX Stepper Driver options + * + * Arduino-L6470 library (0.8.0 or higher) is required. + * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 + * + * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file + * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN + * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN + * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN + * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN + * ENABLE_RESET_L64XX_CHIPS(Q) where Q is 1 to enable and 0 to reset + */ + +#if HAS_L64XX + + //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) + #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - L6474 max is 16 + #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current + // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down + // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 1000 x (1 - 32) - 32A max - rounds down + #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) + // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down + // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 200 x (1 - 32) - 6.4A max - rounds down + // L6474 - STALLCURRENT setting is used to set the nominal (TVAL) current + #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - not used by L6474 + #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI + #define X_SLEW_RATE 1 // 0-3, Slew 0 is slowest, 3 is fastest + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) + #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define X2_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) + #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Y_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) + #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Y2_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) + #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Z_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) + #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Z2_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) + #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Z3_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z4) + #define Z4_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Z4_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Z4_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Z4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Z4_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Z4_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) + #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E0_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) + #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E1_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) + #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E2_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) + #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E3_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) + #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E4_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) + #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E5_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E6) + #define E6_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E6_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E6_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E6_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E6_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E6_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E7) + #define E7_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E7_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E7_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E7_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E7_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E7_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + /** + * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. + * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. + * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. + * Relevant G-codes: + * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. + * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 + * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 + * I3 - Z3 or E3 + * I4 - Z4 or E4 + * I5 - E5 + * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning + * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds + * M918 - Increase speed until max or error + * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters + */ + //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS + + #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) + #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 + //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR + #endif + +#endif // HAS_L64XX + +// @section i2cbus + +// +// I2C Master ID for LPC176x LCD and Digital Current control +// Does not apply to other peripherals based on the Wire library. +// +//#define I2C_MASTER_ID 1 // Set a value from 0 to 2 + +/** + * TWI/I2C BUS + * + * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production + * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave + * devices on the bus. + * + * ; Example #1 + * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) + * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B<base 10> arg + * M260 A99 ; Target slave address + * M260 B77 ; M + * M260 B97 ; a + * M260 B114 ; r + * M260 B108 ; l + * M260 B105 ; i + * M260 B110 ; n + * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer + * + * ; Example #2 + * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) + * M261 A99 B5 + * + * ; Example #3 + * ; Example serial output of a M261 request + * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello + */ + +//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS +#if ENABLED(EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS) + #define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave +#endif + +// @section extras + +/** + * Photo G-code + * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. + * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. + */ +//#define PHOTO_GCODE +#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) + // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo + //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) + //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) + //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) + + // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger + // Data from: https://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ + //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 + + // Canon Hack Development Kit + // https://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ + //#define CHDK_PIN 4 + + // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter + //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) + + // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high + //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) + + /** + * PHOTO_PULSES_US may need adjustment depending on board and camera model. + * Pin must be running at 48.4kHz. + * Be sure to use a PHOTOGRAPH_PIN which can rise and fall quick enough. + * (e.g., MKS SBase temp sensor pin was too slow, so used P1.23 on J8.) + * + * Example pulse data for Nikon: https://bit.ly/2FKD0Aq + * IR Wiring: https://git.io/JvJf7 + */ + //#define PHOTO_PULSES_US { 2000, 27850, 400, 1580, 400, 3580, 400 } // (µs) Durations for each 48.4kHz oscillation + #ifdef PHOTO_PULSES_US + #define PHOTO_PULSE_DELAY_US 13 // (µs) Approximate duration of each HIGH and LOW pulse in the oscillation + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Spindle & Laser control + * + * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and + * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. + * + * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. + * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set + * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. + * + * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V + * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. + * + * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. + */ +//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE +//#define LASER_FEATURE +#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) + #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_STATE LOW // Set to "HIGH" if the on/off function is active HIGH + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT false // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower + + #define SPINDLE_LASER_FREQUENCY 2500 // (Hz) Spindle/laser frequency (only on supported HALs: AVR and LPC) + + //#define SPINDLE_SERVO // A servo converting an angle to spindle power + #ifdef SPINDLE_SERVO + #define SPINDLE_SERVO_NR 0 // Index of servo used for spindle control + #define SPINDLE_SERVO_MIN 10 // Minimum angle for servo spindle + #endif + + /** + * Speed / Power can be set ('M3 S') and displayed in terms of: + * - PWM255 (S0 - S255) + * - PERCENT (S0 - S100) + * - RPM (S0 - S50000) Best for use with a spindle + * - SERVO (S0 - S180) + */ + #define CUTTER_POWER_UNIT PWM255 + + /** + * Relative Cutter Power + * Normally, 'M3 O<power>' sets + * OCR power is relative to the range SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX. + * so input powers of 0...255 correspond to SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX + * instead of normal range (0 to SPEED_POWER_MAX). + * Best used with (e.g.) SuperPID router controller: S0 = 5,000 RPM and S255 = 30,000 RPM + */ + //#define CUTTER_POWER_RELATIVE // Set speed proportional to [SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX] + + #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) + //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction + #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction + #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed + + #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power + #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop + + /** + * M3/M4 Power Equation + * + * Each tool uses different value ranges for speed / power control. + * These parameters are used to convert between tool power units and PWM. + * + * Speed/Power = (PWMDC / 255 * 100 - SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT) / SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + * PWMDC = (spdpwr - SPEED_POWER_MIN) / (SPEED_POWER_MAX - SPEED_POWER_MIN) / SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + */ + #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 // (%) 0-100 i.e., Minimum power percentage + #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 // (RPM) + #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // (RPM) SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM + #define SPEED_POWER_STARTUP 25000 // (RPM) M3/M4 speed/power default (with no arguments) + + #else + + #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 // (%) 0-100 i.e., Minimum power percentage + #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 0 // (%) 0-100 + #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // (%) 0-100 + #define SPEED_POWER_STARTUP 80 // (%) M3/M4 speed/power default (with no arguments) + + // Define the minimum and maximum test pulse time values for a laser test fire function + #define LASER_TEST_PULSE_MIN 1 // Used with Laser Control Menu + #define LASER_TEST_PULSE_MAX 999 // Caution: Menu may not show more than 3 characters + + /** + * Enable inline laser power to be handled in the planner / stepper routines. + * Inline power is specified by the I (inline) flag in an M3 command (e.g., M3 S20 I) + * or by the 'S' parameter in G0/G1/G2/G3 moves (see LASER_MOVE_POWER). + * + * This allows the laser to keep in perfect sync with the planner and removes + * the powerup/down delay since lasers require negligible time. + */ + //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE + + #if ENABLED(LASER_POWER_INLINE) + /** + * Scale the laser's power in proportion to the movement rate. + * + * - Sets the entry power proportional to the entry speed over the nominal speed. + * - Ramps the power up every N steps to approximate the speed trapezoid. + * - Due to the limited power resolution this is only approximate. + */ + #define LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID + + /** + * Continuously calculate the current power (nominal_power * current_rate / nominal_rate). + * Required for accurate power with non-trapezoidal acceleration (e.g., S_CURVE_ACCELERATION). + * This is a costly calculation so this option is discouraged on 8-bit AVR boards. + * + * LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT_PER defines how many step cycles there are between power updates. If your + * board isn't able to generate steps fast enough (and you are using LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT), increase this. + * Note that when this is zero it means it occurs every cycle; 1 means a delay wait one cycle then run, etc. + */ + //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT + + /** + * Stepper iterations between power updates. Increase this value if the board + * can't keep up with the processing demands of LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT. + * Disable (or set to 0) to recalculate power on every stepper iteration. + */ + //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT_PER 10 + + /** + * Include laser power in G0/G1/G2/G3/G5 commands with the 'S' parameter + */ + //#define LASER_MOVE_POWER + + #if ENABLED(LASER_MOVE_POWER) + // Turn off the laser on G0 moves with no power parameter. + // If a power parameter is provided, use that instead. + //#define LASER_MOVE_G0_OFF + + // Turn off the laser on G28 homing. + //#define LASER_MOVE_G28_OFF + #endif + + /** + * Inline flag inverted + * + * WARNING: M5 will NOT turn off the laser unless another move + * is done (so G-code files must end with 'M5 I'). + */ + //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE_INVERT + + /** + * Continuously apply inline power. ('M3 S3' == 'G1 S3' == 'M3 S3 I') + * + * The laser might do some weird things, so only enable this + * feature if you understand the implications. + */ + //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE_CONTINUOUS + + #else + + #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 50 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power + #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 50 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop + + #endif + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Coolant Control + * + * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. + * + * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. + */ +//#define COOLANT_CONTROL +#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) + #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present + #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present + #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed + #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed +#endif + +/** + * Filament Width Sensor + * + * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts + * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. + * + * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the + * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the + * volume. + * + * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. + * + * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector + * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) + * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 + * + * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. + */ +//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR + +#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) + #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] + #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber + + #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it + #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. + + #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially + + // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. + //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY +#endif + +/** + * Power Monitor + * Monitor voltage (V) and/or current (A), and -when possible- power (W) + * + * Read and configure with M430 + * + * The current sensor feeds DC voltage (relative to the measured current) to an analog pin + * The voltage sensor feeds DC voltage (relative to the measured voltage) to an analog pin + */ +//#define POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT // Monitor the system current +//#define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE // Monitor the system voltage +#if EITHER(POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT, POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE) + #define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTS_PER_AMP 0.05000 // Input voltage to the MCU analog pin per amp - DO NOT apply more than ADC_VREF! + #define POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT_OFFSET -1 // Offset value for current sensors with linear function output + #define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTS_PER_VOLT 0.11786 // Input voltage to the MCU analog pin per volt - DO NOT apply more than ADC_VREF! + #define POWER_MONITOR_FIXED_VOLTAGE 13.6 // Voltage for a current sensor with no voltage sensor (for power display) +#endif + +/** + * CNC Coordinate Systems + * + * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems + * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. + */ +//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS + +/** + * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S<seconds> + */ +#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES + +/** + * Include capabilities in M115 output + */ +#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT +#if ENABLED(EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT) + //#define M115_GEOMETRY_REPORT +#endif + +/** + * Expected Printer Check + * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. + * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. + */ +//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK + +/** + * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options + */ +//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS + +#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) + /** + * Volumetric extrusion default state + * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, + * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. + * + * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter (and enable volumetric). + * M200 S0/S1 to disable/enable volumetric extrusion. + */ + //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON + + //#define VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT + #if ENABLED(VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT) + /** + * Default volumetric extrusion limit in cubic mm per second (mm^3/sec). + * This factory setting applies to all extruders. + * Use 'M200 [T<extruder>] L<limit>' to override and 'M502' to reset. + * A non-zero value activates Volume-based Extrusion Limiting. + */ + #define DEFAULT_VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT 0.00 // (mm^3/sec) + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all + * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. + * + * - M206 and M428 are disabled. + * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. + */ +//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS + +// Extra options for the M114 "Current Position" report +//#define M114_DETAIL // Use 'M114` for details to check planner calculations +//#define M114_REALTIME // Real current position based on forward kinematics +//#define M114_LEGACY // M114 used to synchronize on every call. Enable if needed. + +//#define REPORT_FAN_CHANGE // Report the new fan speed when changed by M106 (and others) + +/** + * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. + * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. + * + * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. + * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. + */ +#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 + +/** + * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser + */ +#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER + +#if ENABLED(FASTER_GCODE_PARSER) + //#define GCODE_QUOTED_STRINGS // Support for quoted string parameters +#endif + +//#define MEATPACK // Support for MeatPack G-code compression (https://github.com/scottmudge/OctoPrint-MeatPack) + +//#define GCODE_CASE_INSENSITIVE // Accept G-code sent to the firmware in lowercase + +//#define REPETIER_GCODE_M360 // Add commands originally from Repetier FW + +/** + * CNC G-code options + * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. + * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). + * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. + */ +//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments +//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. + +// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves +//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/min) +#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE + //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode +#endif + +/** + * Startup commands + * + * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. + */ +//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" + +/** + * G-code Macros + * + * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. + * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. + */ +//#define GCODE_MACROS +#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) + #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used + #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro +#endif + +/** + * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode + */ +#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS +#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) + //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" + //#define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" + //#define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK + //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script + + #define USER_CMD_1_ENABLE + #define USER_DESC_1 "Bed" + #define USER_GCODE_1 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) + + #define USER_CMD_2_ENABLE + #define USER_DESC_2 PREHEAT_1_LABEL + #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) + + #define USER_CMD_3_ENABLE + #define USER_DESC_3 PREHEAT_2_LABEL + #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) + + #define USER_CMD_4_ENABLE + #define USER_DESC_4 "Cool" + #define USER_GCODE_4 "M108\nM106 255" + + //#define USER_CMD_5_ENABLE + //#define USER_DESC_5 "More1" + //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28" + + //#define USER_CMD_6_ENABLE + //#define USER_DESC_6 "More2" + //#define USER_GCODE_6 "G28" + + //#define USER_CMD_7_ENABLE + //#define USER_DESC_7 "More3" + //#define USER_GCODE_7 "G28" +#endif + +/** + * Host Action Commands + * + * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. + * + * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands + * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel + * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed + * + * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. + * + * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so + * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. + */ +//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS +#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) + //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT + //#define HOST_START_MENU_ITEM // Add a menu item that tells the host to start +#endif + +/** + * Cancel Objects + * + * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects + */ +//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS + +/** + * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. + * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. + * + * Wiki: https://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder + * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder + * + * Supplier: https://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module + * Alternative Supplier: https://reliabuild3d.com/ + * + * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. + */ + +//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS +#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) + + #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 + // encoders supported currently. + + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. <X|Y|Z|E>_AXIS. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- + // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for + // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, + // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. + //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper + // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) + //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the + // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors + // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of + // measurement noise / latency (filter). + + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 + //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) + //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 + + #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options + #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. + + #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. + #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS + + #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. + #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS + + // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. + #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR + #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 + #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) + #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE + #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 + + //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given + // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to + // disable abort behavior. + + #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault + // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder + // is trusted again. + + /** + * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, + * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with + * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. + */ + #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. + + // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. + #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE + +#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS + +/** + * Analog Joystick(s) + */ +//#define JOYSTICK +#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) + #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 + #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 + #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 + #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 + + //#define INVERT_JOY_X // Enable if X direction is reversed + //#define INVERT_JOY_Y // Enable if Y direction is reversed + //#define INVERT_JOY_Z // Enable if Z direction is reversed + + // Use M119 with JOYSTICK_DEBUG to find reasonable values after connecting: + #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max + #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } + #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } + //#define JOYSTICK_DEBUG +#endif + +/** + * Mechanical Gantry Calibration + * Modern replacement for the Prusa TMC_Z_CALIBRATION. + * Adds capability to work with any adjustable current drivers. + * Implemented as G34 because M915 is deprecated. + */ +//#define MECHANICAL_GANTRY_CALIBRATION +#if ENABLED(MECHANICAL_GANTRY_CALIBRATION) + #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_CURRENT 600 // Default calibration current in ma + #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_EXTRA_HEIGHT 15 // Extra distance in mm past Z_###_POS to move + #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE 500 // Feedrate for correction move + //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_TO_MIN // Enable to calibrate Z in the MIN direction + + //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_SAFE_POSITION XY_CENTER // Safe position for nozzle + //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_XY_PARK_FEEDRATE 3000 // XY Park Feedrate - MMM + //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_COMMANDS_PRE "" + #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_COMMANDS_POST "G28" // G28 highly recommended to ensure an accurate position +#endif + +/** + * MAX7219 Debug Matrix + * + * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. + * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. + */ +//#define MAX7219_DEBUG +#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) + #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 + #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 + #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 + + //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix + #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Test pattern at startup: 0=none, 1=sweep, 2=spiral + #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. + #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) + // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 + //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order + //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side + + /** + * Sample debug features + * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! + */ + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row + + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row + // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how + // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. +#endif + +/** + * NanoDLP Sync support + * + * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" + * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use + * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands + */ +//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC +#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) + //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. + // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. +#endif + +/** + * Ethernet. Use M552 to enable and set the IP address. + */ +#if HAS_ETHERNET + #define MAC_ADDRESS { 0xDE, 0xAD, 0xBE, 0xEF, 0xF0, 0x0D } // A MAC address unique to your network +#endif + +/** + * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) + */ +//#define WIFISUPPORT // Marlin embedded WiFi managenent +//#define ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT // ESP3D Library WiFi management (https://github.com/luc-github/ESP3DLib) + +#if EITHER(WIFISUPPORT, ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT) + //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver (which may include auto-discovery) + //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates + //#define WIFI_CUSTOM_COMMAND // Accept feature config commands (e.g., WiFi ESP3D) from the host + + /** + * To set a default WiFi SSID / Password, create a file called Configuration_Secure.h with + * the following defines, customized for your network. This specific file is excluded via + * .gitignore to prevent it from accidentally leaking to the public. + * + * #define WIFI_SSID "WiFi SSID" + * #define WIFI_PWD "WiFi Password" + */ + //#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with WiFi SSID / Password +#endif + +/** + * Průša Multi-Material Unit (MMU) + * Enable in Configuration.h + * + * These devices allow a single stepper driver on the board to drive + * multi-material feeders with any number of stepper motors. + */ +#if HAS_PRUSA_MMU1 + /** + * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. + * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. + * + * Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. + * Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. + */ + //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required + //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs + //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs +#elif HAS_PRUSA_MMU2 + // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. + #define MMU2_SERIAL_PORT 2 + + // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it + //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 + + // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) + //#define MMU2_MODE_12V + + // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout + #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" + + // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 + //#define MMU2_MENUS + #if EITHER(MMU2_MENUS, HAS_PRUSA_MMU2S) + // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. + // This is for Průša MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. + #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 + #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ + { 7.2, 1145 }, \ + { 14.4, 871 }, \ + { 36.0, 1393 }, \ + { 14.4, 871 }, \ + { 50.0, 198 } + + #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ + { 1.0, 1000 }, \ + { 1.0, 1500 }, \ + { 2.0, 2000 }, \ + { 1.5, 3000 }, \ + { 2.5, 4000 }, \ + { -15.0, 5000 }, \ + { -14.0, 1200 }, \ + { -6.0, 600 }, \ + { 10.0, 700 }, \ + { -10.0, 400 }, \ + { -50.0, 2000 } + #endif + + /** + * Using a sensor like the MMU2S + * This mode requires a MK3S extruder with a sensor at the extruder idler, like the MMU2S. + * See https://help.prusa3d.com/en/guide/3b-mk3s-mk2-5s-extruder-upgrade_41560, step 11 + */ + #if HAS_PRUSA_MMU2S + #define MMU2_C0_RETRY 5 // Number of retries (total time = timeout*retries) + + #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE 800 // (mm/min) + #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_SEQUENCE \ + { 0.1, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }, \ + { 60.0, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }, \ + { -52.0, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE } + + #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_RETRACT 6.0 // (mm) Keep under the distance between Load Sequence values + #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_DEVIATION 0.8 // (mm) Acceptable deviation + + #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT 0.2 // (mm) To reuse within MMU2 module + #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT_SEQUENCE \ + { -MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE } + + #else + + /** + * MMU1 Extruder Sensor + * + * Support for a Průša (or other) IR Sensor to detect filament near the extruder + * and make loading more reliable. Suitable for an extruder equipped with a filament + * sensor less than 38mm from the gears. + * + * During loading the extruder will stop when the sensor is triggered, then do a last + * move up to the gears. If no filament is detected, the MMU2 can make some more attempts. + * If all attempts fail, a filament runout will be triggered. + */ + //#define MMU_EXTRUDER_SENSOR + #if ENABLED(MMU_EXTRUDER_SENSOR) + #define MMU_LOADING_ATTEMPTS_NR 5 // max. number of attempts to load filament if first load fail + #endif + + #endif + + //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output + +#endif // HAS_PRUSA_MMU2 + +/** + * Advanced Print Counter settings + */ +#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) + #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 + // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs + //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" + //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours + //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" + //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours + //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" + //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours +#endif + +// @section develop + +// +// M100 Free Memory Watcher to debug memory usage +// +//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER + +// +// M42 - Set pin states +// +//#define DIRECT_PIN_CONTROL + +// +// M43 - display pin status, toggle pins, watch pins, watch endstops & toggle LED, test servo probe +// +//#define PINS_DEBUGGING + +// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands +//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/MKS Robin nano v3.0/Config example for suport sd card/Config example for Ender3(TMC2209+UART+BLTOUCH)/Configuration.h b/config/MKS Robin nano v3.0/Config example for suport sd card/Config example for Ender3(TMC2209+UART+BLTOUCH)/Configuration.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5671d2f --- /dev/null +++ b/config/MKS Robin nano v3.0/Config example for suport sd card/Config example for Ender3(TMC2209+UART+BLTOUCH)/Configuration.h @@ -0,0 +1,2611 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * Configuration.h + * + * Basic settings such as: + * + * - Type of electronics + * - Type of temperature sensor + * - Printer geometry + * - Endstop configuration + * - LCD controller + * - Extra features + * + * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h + */ +#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020008 + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Getting Started ============================= +//=========================================================================== + +/** + * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: + * + * https://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration + * https://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk + * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz + * https://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide + * https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 + * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap + * https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 + */ + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== +//=========================================================================== +// For a Delta printer, start with one of the configuration files in the config/examples/delta directory +// from https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Configurations/branches/all and customize for your machine. +// + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== +//=========================================================================== +// For a SCARA printer, start with one of the configuration files in the config/examples/SCARA directory +// from https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Configurations/branches/all and customize for your machine. +// + +// @section info + +// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 +#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. +//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) + +/** + * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** + * + * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. + * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed + * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. + * + * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also + * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. + */ + +// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** +#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN + +// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. +//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN + +// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. +//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE + +// @section machine + +/** + * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. + * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. + * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. + * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. + * + * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] + */ +#define SERIAL_PORT -1 + +/** + * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. + * Currently Ethernet (-2) is only supported on Teensy 4.1 boards. + * :[-2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] + */ +//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 + +/** + * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. + * + * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if + * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. + * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. + * + * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] + */ +#define BAUDRATE 250000 + +// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices +//#define BLUETOOTH + +// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup +#ifndef MOTHERBOARD + #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_ROBIN_NANO_V3 +#endif + +// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu +//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" + +// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. +// Choose your own or use a service like https://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 +//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" + +// @section extruder + +// This defines the number of extruders +// :[0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8] +#define EXTRUDERS 1 + +// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. +#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 + +// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. +//#define SINGLENOZZLE + +// Save and restore temperature and fan speed on tool-change. +// Set standby for the unselected tool with M104/106/109 T... +#if ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE) + //#define SINGLENOZZLE_STANDBY_TEMP + //#define SINGLENOZZLE_STANDBY_FAN +#endif + +/** + * Multi-Material Unit + * Set to one of these predefined models: + * + * PRUSA_MMU1 : Průša MMU1 (The "multiplexer" version) + * PRUSA_MMU2 : Průša MMU2 + * PRUSA_MMU2S : Průša MMU2S (Requires MK3S extruder with motion sensor, EXTRUDERS = 5) + * SMUFF_EMU_MMU2 : Technik Gegg SMUFF (Průša MMU2 emulation mode) + * SMUFF_EMU_MMU2S : Technik Gegg SMUFF (Průša MMU2S emulation mode) + * + * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. + * See additional options in Configuration_adv.h. + */ +//#define MMU_MODEL PRUSA_MMU2 + +// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor +//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER +#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) + #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 + #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] + #if EXTRUDERS > 3 + #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 + #endif +#endif + +// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles +//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE +#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) + #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 + //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second + #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) +#endif + +/** + * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part + * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. + */ +//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER + +/** + * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part + * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid + * + * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 + * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k + * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE + */ +//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER + +#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) + + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 + + #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) + + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. + //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 + + #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) + + #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/min) Speed for travel before last distance point + #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/min) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple + #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point + #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling + + #endif + +#endif + +/** + * Switching Toolhead + * + * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as + * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. + */ +//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD + +/** + * Magnetic Switching Toolhead + * + * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic + * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. + */ +//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD + +/** + * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead + * + * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. + * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. + * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 + */ +//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD + +#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders + #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock + #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) + //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock + #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/min) Extruder prime feedrate + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/min) Extruder retract feedrate + #endif + #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching + #endif +#endif + +/** + * "Mixing Extruder" + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. + * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S<index>' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). + */ +//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER +#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) + #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder + #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 + //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif +#endif + +// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). +// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). +// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. +//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle +//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle +//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle + +// @section machine + +/** + * Power Supply Control + * + * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. + * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. + */ +//#define PSU_CONTROL +//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" + +#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) + #define PSU_ACTIVE_STATE LOW // Set 'LOW' for ATX, 'HIGH' for X-Box + + //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 + //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power + + //#define PSU_POWERUP_GCODE "M355 S1" // G-code to run after power-on (e.g., case light on) + //#define PSU_POWEROFF_GCODE "M355 S0" // G-code to run before power-off (e.g., case light off) + + //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin + #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) + #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power + #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS + #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN + #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN + //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU if any extruder is over this temperature + //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU if the chamber is over this temperature + #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 // (s) Turn off power if the machine is idle for this duration + //#define POWER_OFF_DELAY 60 // (s) Delay of poweroff after M81 command. Useful to let fans run for extra time. + #endif +#endif + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ +//=========================================================================== +// @section temperature + +/** + * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table + * + * Temperature sensors available: + * + * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) + * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) + * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) + * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 + * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 + * 0 : not used + * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) + * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table for MEGA) + * 332 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table for DUE) + * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) + * 202 : 200k thermistor - Copymaster 3D + * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) + * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! + * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan, J-Head, and E3D) (4.7k pullup) + * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor + * 502 : 100K Zonestar Thermistor used by hot bed in Zonestar Průša P802M + * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) + * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) + * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) + * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) + * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) + * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) + * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) + * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (Used in Keenovo AC silicone mats and most Wanhao i3 machines) (4.7k pullup) + * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) + * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" + * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend + * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 + * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x with mainboard ADC reference voltage = INA826 amplifier-board supply voltage. + * NOTES: (1) Must use an ADC input with no pullup. (2) Some INA826 amplifiers are unreliable at 3.3V so consider using sensor 147, 110, or 21. + * 21 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x with 3.3v ADC reference voltage (STM32, LPC176x....) and 5V INA826 amplifier board supply. + * NOTE: ADC pins are not 5V tolerant. Not recommended because it's possible to damage the CPU by going over 500°C. + * 22 : 100k (hotend) with 4.7k pullup to 3.3V and 220R to analog input (as in GTM32 Pro vB) + * 23 : 100k (bed) with 4.7k pullup to 3.3v and 220R to analog input (as in GTM32 Pro vB) + * 30 : Kis3d Silicone heating mat 200W/300W with 6mm precision cast plate (EN AW 5083) NTC100K / B3950 (4.7k pullup) + * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x + * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 + * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup + * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design + * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering + * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 + * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor + * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) + * + * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. + * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) + * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) + * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) + * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) + * + * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup (E3D) + * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) + * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup + * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) + * + * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h + * + * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. + * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. + * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. + */ +#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_6 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_7 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 + +// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 +#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 +#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 + +// Resistor values when using MAX31865 sensors (-5) on TEMP_SENSOR_0 / 1 +//#define MAX31865_SENSOR_OHMS_0 100 // (Ω) Typically 100 or 1000 (PT100 or PT1000) +//#define MAX31865_CALIBRATION_OHMS_0 430 // (Ω) Typically 430 for AdaFruit PT100; 4300 for AdaFruit PT1000 +//#define MAX31865_SENSOR_OHMS_1 100 +//#define MAX31865_CALIBRATION_OHMS_1 430 + +// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings +// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. +//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT +#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 + +#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 4 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 +#define TEMP_WINDOW 4 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer +#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 4 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target + +#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 4 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 +#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 4 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer +#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 4 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target + +// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off +// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. +#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_6_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_7_MINTEMP 5 +#define BED_MINTEMP 5 + +// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. +// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. +// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) +#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_6_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_7_MAXTEMP 275 +#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= PID Settings ================================ +//=========================================================================== +// PID Tuning Guide here: https://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning + +// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. +#define PIDTEMP +#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current +#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current +#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop + +#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) + //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) + //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) + // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] + + #if ENABLED(PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND) + // Specify between 1 and HOTENDS values per array. + // If fewer than EXTRUDER values are provided, the last element will be repeated. + #define DEFAULT_Kp_LIST { 22.20, 22.20 } + #define DEFAULT_Ki_LIST { 1.08, 1.08 } + #define DEFAULT_Kd_LIST { 114.00, 114.00 } + #else + #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.20 + #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 + #define DEFAULT_Kd 114.00 + #endif +#endif // PIDTEMP + +//=========================================================================== +//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== +//=========================================================================== + +/** + * PID Bed Heating + * + * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. + * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. + * + * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. + * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, + * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly + * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W + * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand + * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. + */ +//#define PIDTEMPBED + +//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING + +/** + * Max Bed Power + * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). + * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider + * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) + */ +#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current + +#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) + //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 + //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. + + // 120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) + // from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) + #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 + #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 + #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 + + // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. +#endif // PIDTEMPBED + +#if EITHER(PIDTEMP, PIDTEMPBED) + //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. Use 'M303 D' to toggle activation. + //#define PID_OPENLOOP // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX + //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay + #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature + // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. +#endif + +// @section extruder + +/** + * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. + * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn + * cold extrusion prevention on and off. + * + * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** + */ +#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION +#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 + +/** + * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. + * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. + */ +#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE +#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 600 + +//=========================================================================== +//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= +//=========================================================================== + +/** + * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage + * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which + * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. + * + * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower + * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep + * the heater on. + * + * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the + * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h + */ + +#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders +#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed +#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= +//=========================================================================== + +// @section machine + +// Enable one of the options below for CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics, +// either in the usual order or reversed +//#define COREXY +//#define COREXZ +//#define COREYZ +//#define COREYX +//#define COREZX +//#define COREZY +//#define MARKFORGED_XY // MarkForged. See https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?152,504042 + +//=========================================================================== +//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== +//=========================================================================== + +// @section homing + +// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. +// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the +// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. +#define USE_XMIN_PLUG +#define USE_YMIN_PLUG +#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG +//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG +//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG +#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG + +// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state +#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS +#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) + // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE +#endif + +// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state +//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS +#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) + // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE +#endif + +// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). +#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. + +/** + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. + * + * Use TMC2208/TMC2208_STANDALONE for TMC2225 drivers and TMC2209/TMC2209_STANDALONE for TMC2226 drivers. + * + * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, L6474, POWERSTEP01, + * TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, + * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, + * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, + * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, + * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE + * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'L6474', 'POWERSTEP01', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] + */ +#define X_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 +#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 +#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E6_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E7_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 + +// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. +// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. +//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE + +/** + * Endstop Noise Threshold + * + * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. + * + * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. + * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor in parallel with the switch. + * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs + * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. + * + * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] + */ +//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 + +// Check for stuck or disconnected endstops during homing moves. +//#define DETECT_BROKEN_ENDSTOP + +//============================================================================= +//============================== Movement Settings ============================ +//============================================================================= +// @section motion + +/** + * Default Settings + * + * These settings can be reset by M502 + * + * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. + */ + +/** + * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the + * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the + * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. + */ +//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS + +/** + * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) + * Override with M92 + * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] + */ +#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 133 } + +/** + * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) + * Override with M203 + * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] + */ +#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } + +//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 +#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) + #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits +#endif + +/** + * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s + * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) + * Override with M201 + * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] + */ +#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } + +//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 +#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) + #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits +#endif + +/** + * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s + * Override with M204 + * + * M204 P Acceleration + * M204 R Retract Acceleration + * M204 T Travel Acceleration + */ +#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves +#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts +#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves + +/** + * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) + * Override with M205 X Y Z E + * + * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. + * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the + * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. + */ +//#define CLASSIC_JERK +#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) + #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 + #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 + #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 + + //#define TRAVEL_EXTRA_XYJERK 0.0 // Additional jerk allowance for all travel moves + + //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 + #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) + #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits + #endif +#endif + +#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance + +/** + * Junction Deviation Factor + * + * See: + * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 + * https://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html + */ +#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) + #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge + #define JD_HANDLE_SMALL_SEGMENTS // Use curvature estimation instead of just the junction angle + // for small segments (< 1mm) with large junction angles (> 135°). +#endif + +/** + * S-Curve Acceleration + * + * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier + * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. + * + * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained + */ +//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= +//=========================================================================== +// @section probes + +// +// See https://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html +// + +/** + * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z-MIN pin. + * The probe replaces the Z-MIN endstop and is used for Z homing. + * (Automatically enables USE_PROBE_FOR_Z_HOMING.) + */ +//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN + +// Force the use of the probe for Z-axis homing +//#define USE_PROBE_FOR_Z_HOMING + +/** + * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN + * + * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. + * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD + * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. + * + * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. + * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. + * + * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: + * - For simple switches connect... + * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. + * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. + */ +#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN PC4 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default + +/** + * Probe Type + * + * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. + * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. + */ + +/** + * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. + * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands + * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. + */ +//#define PROBE_MANUALLY +//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 + +/** + * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. + * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) + */ +//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE + +/** + * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive + * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. + */ +//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE + +/** + * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. + */ +//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. +//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles + +/** + * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. + */ +#define BLTOUCH + +/** + * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr + * + * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. + * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is + * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. + * + * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, + * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. + */ +//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) + #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts + //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed + //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) +#endif + +// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) +//#define SOLENOID_PROBE + +// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. +//#define Z_PROBE_SLED +//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. + +// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. +//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE +#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) + #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS + #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS +#endif + +// Duet Smart Effector (for delta printers) - https://bit.ly/2ul5U7J +// When the pin is defined you can use M672 to set/reset the probe sensivity. +//#define DUET_SMART_EFFECTOR +#if ENABLED(DUET_SMART_EFFECTOR) + #define SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN -1 // Connect a GPIO pin to the Smart Effector MOD pin +#endif + +/** + * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. + * Requires stallGuard-capable Trinamic stepper drivers. + * CAUTION: This can damage machines with Z lead screws. + * Take extreme care when setting up this feature. + */ +//#define SENSORLESS_PROBING + +// +// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. +// + +/** + * Nozzle-to-Probe offsets { X, Y, Z } + * + * X and Y offset + * Use a caliper or ruler to measure the distance from the tip of + * the Nozzle to the center-point of the Probe in the X and Y axes. + * + * Z offset + * - For the Z offset use your best known value and adjust at runtime. + * - Common probes trigger below the nozzle and have negative values for Z offset. + * - Probes triggering above the nozzle height are uncommon but do exist. When using + * probes such as this, carefully set Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE and Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES + * to avoid collisions during probing. + * + * Tune and Adjust + * - Probe Offsets can be tuned at runtime with 'M851', LCD menus, babystepping, etc. + * - PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD (configuration_adv.h) can be used for setting the Z offset. + * + * Assuming the typical work area orientation: + * - Probe to RIGHT of the Nozzle has a Positive X offset + * - Probe to LEFT of the Nozzle has a Negative X offset + * - Probe in BACK of the Nozzle has a Positive Y offset + * - Probe in FRONT of the Nozzle has a Negative Y offset + * + * Some examples: + * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, -1 } // Example "1" + * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET {-10, 5, -1 } // Example "2" + * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 5, -5, -1 } // Example "3" + * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET {-15,-10, -1 } // Example "4" + * + * +-- BACK ---+ + * | [+] | + * L | 1 | R <-- Example "1" (right+, back+) + * E | 2 | I <-- Example "2" ( left-, back+) + * F |[-] N [+]| G <-- Nozzle + * T | 3 | H <-- Example "3" (right+, front-) + * | 4 | T <-- Example "4" ( left-, front-) + * | [-] | + * O-- FRONT --+ + */ +#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -40, -14, -2 } + +// Most probes should stay away from the edges of the bed, but +// with NOZZLE_AS_PROBE this can be negative for a wider probing area. +#define PROBING_MARGIN 30 + +// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/min) between probes +#define XY_PROBE_SPEED (133*60) + +// Feedrate (mm/min) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) +#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST (4*60) + +// Feedrate (mm/min) for the "accurate" probe of each point +#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) + +/** + * Probe Activation Switch + * A switch indicating proper deployment, or an optical + * switch triggered when the carriage is near the bed. + */ +//#define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH +#if ENABLED(PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH) + #define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH_STATE LOW // State indicating probe is active + //#define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH_PIN PC6 // Override default pin +#endif + +/** + * Tare Probe (determine zero-point) prior to each probe. + * Useful for a strain gauge or piezo sensor that needs to factor out + * elements such as cables pulling on the carriage. + */ +//#define PROBE_TARE +#if ENABLED(PROBE_TARE) + #define PROBE_TARE_TIME 200 // (ms) Time to hold tare pin + #define PROBE_TARE_DELAY 200 // (ms) Delay after tare before + #define PROBE_TARE_STATE HIGH // State to write pin for tare + //#define PROBE_TARE_PIN PA5 // Override default pin + #if ENABLED(PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH) + //#define PROBE_TARE_ONLY_WHILE_INACTIVE // Fail to tare/probe if PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH is active + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Multiple Probing + * + * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. + * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. + * + * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. + * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. + */ +//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 +//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 + +/** + * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between + * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. + * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. + * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. + * + * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or + * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) + * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. + * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. + * + * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. + * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. + */ +#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow +#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points +#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes +//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done + +#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping + +// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset +#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 +#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 + +// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy +//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST + +// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation +//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW +#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) + //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe +#endif + +/** + * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. + * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical + * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. + * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve + * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. + */ +//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing +#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) + //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) +#endif +//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing +//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing +//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors + +// Require minimum nozzle and/or bed temperature for probing +//#define PREHEAT_BEFORE_PROBING +#if ENABLED(PREHEAT_BEFORE_PROBING) + #define PROBING_NOZZLE_TEMP 120 // (°C) Only applies to E0 at this time + #define PROBING_BED_TEMP 50 +#endif + +// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 +// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } +#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 +#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 +#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 +#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders + +// Disable axis steppers immediately when they're not being stepped. +// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! +#define DISABLE_X false +#define DISABLE_Y false +#define DISABLE_Z false + +// Turn off the display blinking that warns about possible accuracy reduction +//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING + +// @section extruder + +#define DISABLE_E false // Disable the extruder when not stepping +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled + +// @section machine + +// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. +#define INVERT_X_DIR true +#define INVERT_Y_DIR true +#define INVERT_Z_DIR false + +// @section extruder + +// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. +#define INVERT_E0_DIR true +#define INVERT_E1_DIR false +#define INVERT_E2_DIR false +#define INVERT_E3_DIR false +#define INVERT_E4_DIR false +#define INVERT_E5_DIR false +#define INVERT_E6_DIR false +#define INVERT_E7_DIR false + +// @section homing + +//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed. Also enable HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE for extra safety. +//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated. Also enable NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING for extra safety. +//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. + +//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... + // Be sure to have this much clearance over your Z_MAX_POS to prevent grinding. + +//#define Z_AFTER_HOMING 10 // (mm) Height to move to after homing Z + +// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN +// :[-1,1] +#define X_HOME_DIR -1 +#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 +#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 + +// @section machine + +// The size of the print bed +#define X_BED_SIZE 220 +#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 + +// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. +#define X_MIN_POS 0 +#define Y_MIN_POS 0 +#define Z_MIN_POS 0 +#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE +#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE +#define Z_MAX_POS 250 + +/** + * Software Endstops + * + * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. + * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. + * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. + * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state + */ + +// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds +#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS +#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) + #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X + #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y + #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z +#endif + +// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds +#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS +#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) + #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X + #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y + #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z +#endif + +#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) + //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD +#endif + +/** + * Filament Runout Sensors + * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. + * + * IMPORTANT: Runout will only trigger if Marlin is aware that a print job is running. + * Marlin knows a print job is running when: + * 1. Running a print job from media started with M24. + * 2. The Print Job Timer has been started with M75. + * 3. The heaters were turned on and PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART is enabled. + * + * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. + * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. + */ +//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR +#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) + #define FIL_RUNOUT_ENABLED_DEFAULT true // Enable the sensor on startup. Override with M412 followed by M500. + #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. + + #define FIL_RUNOUT_STATE LOW // Pin state indicating that filament is NOT present. + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. + //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. + + // Override individually if the runout sensors vary + //#define FIL_RUNOUT1_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT1_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT1_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT3_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT3_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT3_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT4_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT4_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT4_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT5_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT5_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT5_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT6_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT6_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT6_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT7_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT7_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT7_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT8_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT8_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT8_PULLDOWN + + // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. + // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) + #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" + + // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament + // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of + // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. + //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 + + #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM + // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin + // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM + // large enough to avoid false positives.) + //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR + #endif +#endif + +//=========================================================================== +//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== +//=========================================================================== +// @section calibrate + +/** + * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters + * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. + * + * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! + * + * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT + * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) + * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. + * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. + * + * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR + * Probe several points in a grid. + * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. + * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. + * + * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR + * Probe several points in a grid. + * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. + * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. + * + * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) + * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits + * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh + * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. + * + * - MESH_BED_LEVELING + * Probe a grid manually + * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) + * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform + * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. + * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. + */ +//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT +//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR +#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR +//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL +//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING + +/** + * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable one of + * these options to restore the prior leveling state or to always enable + * leveling immediately after G28. + */ +//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 +//#define ENABLE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 + +/** + * Auto-leveling needs preheating + */ +//#define PREHEAT_BEFORE_LEVELING +#if ENABLED(PREHEAT_BEFORE_LEVELING) + #define LEVELING_NOZZLE_TEMP 120 // (°C) Only applies to E0 at this time + #define LEVELING_BED_TEMP 50 +#endif + +/** + * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. + * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. + * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! + */ +//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE + +#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, + // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. + // The height can be set with M420 Z<height> + #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT + #if ENABLED(ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT) + #define DEFAULT_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT 10.0 // (mm) Default fade height. + #endif + + // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, + // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the + // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. + #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES + #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) + + /** + * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. + */ + //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION + #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) + #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. + #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for G26. + #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for G26. + #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for G26. + #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for G26 XY moves. + #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 100 // (mm/s) Feedrate for G26 XY travel moves. + #define G26_RETRACT_MULTIPLIER 1.0 // G26 Q (retraction) used by default between mesh test elements. + #endif + +#endif + +#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) + + // Set the number of grid points per dimension. + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X + + // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column + //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST + + #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) + + // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? + // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. + //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID + + // + // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. + // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. + // + //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION + #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) + // Number of subdivisions between probe points + #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 + #endif + + #endif + +#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + + //=========================================================================== + //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ + //=========================================================================== + + //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh + + #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X + + #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle + #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 + + //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used + // as the Z-Height correction value. + +#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) + + //=========================================================================== + //=================================== Mesh ================================== + //=========================================================================== + + #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X + + //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS + +#endif // BED_LEVELING + +/** + * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. + * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. + */ +//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING + +#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) + #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. + #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment + //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points +#endif + +// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment +//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS + +#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET_LFRB { 30, 30, 30, 30 } // (mm) Left, Front, Right, Back insets + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle between leveling points + //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner + //#define LEVEL_CORNERS_USE_PROBE + #if ENABLED(LEVEL_CORNERS_USE_PROBE) + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_PROBE_TOLERANCE 0.1 + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_VERIFY_RAISED // After adjustment triggers the probe, re-probe to verify + //#define LEVEL_CORNERS_AUDIO_FEEDBACK + #endif + + /** + * Corner Leveling Order + * + * Set 2 or 4 points. When 2 points are given, the 3rd is the center of the opposite edge. + * + * LF Left-Front RF Right-Front + * LB Left-Back RB Right-Back + * + * Examples: + * + * Default {LF,RB,LB,RF} {LF,RF} {LB,LF} + * LB --------- RB LB --------- RB LB --------- RB LB --------- RB + * | 4 3 | | 3 2 | | <3> | | 1 | + * | | | | | | | <3>| + * | 1 2 | | 1 4 | | 1 2 | | 2 | + * LF --------- RF LF --------- RF LF --------- RF LF --------- RF + */ + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_LEVELING_ORDER { LF, RF, RB, LB } +#endif + +/** + * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. + * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. + */ +//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" + +// @section homing + +// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) +//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 + +// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. +// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. +//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 +//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 +//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 + +// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. +// +// With this feature enabled: +// +// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. +// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. +// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing. +// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. +// +//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING + +#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) + #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT X_CENTER // X point for Z homing + #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT Y_CENTER // Y point for Z homing +#endif + +// Homing speeds (mm/min) +#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_MM_M { (50*60), (50*60), (4*60) } + +// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves +#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS + +// @section calibrate + +/** + * Bed Skew Compensation + * + * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. + * + * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: + * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) + * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C + * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D + * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D + * + * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. + * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: + * + * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 + * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) + * + * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. + * Use these diagrams for reference: + * + * Y Z Z + * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C + * | / / | / / | / / + * | / / | / / | / / + * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D + * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y + * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR + */ +//#define SKEW_CORRECTION + +#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) + // Input all length measurements here: + #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 + #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 + #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 + + // Or, set the default skew factors directly here + // to override the above measurements: + #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 + + //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z + #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) + #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 + #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 + #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 + #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 + #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 + #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 + #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 + #endif + + // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime + //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE +#endif + +//============================================================================= +//============================= Additional Features =========================== +//============================================================================= + +// @section extras + +/** + * EEPROM + * + * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. + * + * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. + * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) + * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) + */ +#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 +//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! +#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. +//#define EEPROM_BOOT_SILENT // Keep M503 quiet and only give errors during first load +#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) + #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. +#endif + +// +// Host Keepalive +// +// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host +// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. +// +#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages +#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. +#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating + +// +// G20/G21 Inch mode support +// +//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT + +// +// M149 Set temperature units support +// +//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT + +// @section temperature + +// Preheat Constants +#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" +#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 +#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 +#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 + +#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" +#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 +#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 +#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 + +/** + * Nozzle Park + * + * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. + * + * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: + * + * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. + * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. + * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. + */ +//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE + +#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) + // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } + #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } + //#define NOZZLE_PARK_X_ONLY // X move only is required to park + //#define NOZZLE_PARK_Y_ONLY // Y move only is required to park + #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_RAISE_MIN 2 // (mm) Always raise Z by at least this distance + #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) + #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) +#endif + +/** + * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL + * + * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. + * + * Parameters: + * P Pattern + * S Strokes / Repetitions + * T Triangles (P1 only) + * + * Patterns: + * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material + * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) + * between the start / end points. + * + * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the + * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. + * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. + * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: + * + * -- + * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) + * | | / \ / \ / \ | + * A | | / \ / \ / \ | + * | | / \ / \ / \ | + * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) + * -- +--------------------------------+ + * |________|_________|_________| + * T1 T2 T3 + * + * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. + * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. + * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. + * + * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. + * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. + */ +//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE + +#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) + // Default number of pattern repetitions + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 + + // Default number of triangles + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 + + // Specify positions for each tool as { { X, Y, Z }, { X, Y, Z } } + // Dual hotend system may use { { -20, (Y_BED_SIZE / 2), (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }, { 420, (Y_BED_SIZE / 2), (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }} + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } } + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } } + + // Circular pattern radius + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 + // Circular pattern circle fragments number + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 + // Middle point of circle + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT + + // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK + + // For a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) + //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z + + // For a purge/clean station mounted on the X axis + //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Y + + // Require a minimum hotend temperature for cleaning + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_MIN_TEMP 170 + //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_HEATUP // Heat up the nozzle instead of skipping wipe + + // Explicit wipe G-code script applies to a G12 with no arguments. + //#define WIPE_SEQUENCE_COMMANDS "G1 X-17 Y25 Z10 F4000\nG1 Z1\nM114\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 Z15\nM400\nG0 X-10.0 Y-9.0" + +#endif + +/** + * Print Job Timer + * + * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. + * + * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer + * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer + * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none + * + * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: + * + * M75 - Start the print job timer + * M76 - Pause the print job timer + * M77 - Stop the print job timer + */ +#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART + +/** + * Print Counter + * + * Track statistical data such as: + * + * - Total print jobs + * - Total successful print jobs + * - Total failed print jobs + * - Total time printing + * + * View the current statistics with M78. + */ +//#define PRINTCOUNTER +#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) + #define PRINTCOUNTER_SAVE_INTERVAL 60 // (minutes) EEPROM save interval during print +#endif + +/** + * Password + * + * Set a numerical password for the printer which can be requested: + * + * - When the printer boots up + * - Upon opening the 'Print from Media' Menu + * - When SD printing is completed or aborted + * + * The following G-codes can be used: + * + * M510 - Lock Printer. Blocks all commands except M511. + * M511 - Unlock Printer. + * M512 - Set, Change and Remove Password. + * + * If you forget the password and get locked out you'll need to re-flash + * the firmware with the feature disabled, reset EEPROM, and (optionally) + * re-flash the firmware again with this feature enabled. + */ +//#define PASSWORD_FEATURE +#if ENABLED(PASSWORD_FEATURE) + #define PASSWORD_LENGTH 4 // (#) Number of digits (1-9). 3 or 4 is recommended + #define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP + #define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack. + #define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>. + //#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running + //#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END + //#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT + //#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE +#endif + +//============================================================================= +//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ +//============================================================================= + +// @section lcd + +/** + * LCD LANGUAGE + * + * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: + * + * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, hu, it, + * jp_kana, ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ro, ru, sk, sv, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW + * + * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'hu':'Hungarian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ro':'Romanian', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'sv':'Swedish', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)' } + */ +#define LCD_LANGUAGE en + +/** + * LCD Character Set + * + * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. + * + * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these + * language extensions: + * + * - JAPANESE ... the most common + * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters + * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language + * + * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: + * + * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' + * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu + * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text + * + * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html + * + * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] + */ +#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE + +/** + * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Průša) + * + * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Průša'] + */ +#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 + +/** + * SD CARD + * + * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, + * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. + */ +#define SDSUPPORT + +/** + * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC + * + * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. + */ +//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY + +/** + * LCD Menu Items + * + * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or + * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. + */ +//#define NO_LCD_MENUS +//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS + +// +// ENCODER SETTINGS +// +// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to +// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. +// +//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 + +// +// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to +// move between next/prev menu items. +// +//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 + +/** + * Encoder Direction Options + * + * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. + * + * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. + * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. + * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. + */ + +// +// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. +// +// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE +// +//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION + +// +// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. +// +// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. +// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. +// +//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION + +// +// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. +// +// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. +// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. +// +//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION + +// +// Individual Axis Homing +// +// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. +// +//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU + +// +// SPEAKER/BUZZER +// +// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. +// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. +// +//#define SPEAKER + +// +// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. +// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. +// +// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: +// M300 S<frequency Hz> P<duration ms> +// +//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 +//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 + +//============================================================================= +//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= +//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= +//============================================================================= + +// +// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. +// https://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller +// +// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. +// +//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER + +// +// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader +// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ +// +//#define RADDS_DISPLAY + +// +// ULTIMAKER Controller. +// +//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER + +// +// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. +// +//#define ULTIPANEL + +// +// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) +// https://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne +// +//#define PANEL_ONE + +// +// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller +// https://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel +// +// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. +// +//#define G3D_PANEL + +// +// RigidBot Panel V1.0 +// http://www.inventapart.com/ +// +//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL + +// +// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller +// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html +// +//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 + +// +// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller +// +//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. + // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference + // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. + // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. + +// +// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. +// +//#define ULTRA_LCD + +//============================================================================= +//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= +//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== +//============================================================================= + +// +// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C +// +// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C +// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C +// + +// +// Elefu RA Board Control Panel +// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 +// +//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL + +// +// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays +// +// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library +// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home +// +//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 +//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 + +// +// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter +// +//#define LCM1602 + +// +// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, +// separate encoder and click inputs. +// +// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. +// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 +// +// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to +// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). +// +//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 + +// +// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, +// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. +// +//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI + +// +// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels +// + +// +// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH +// LCD configuration: https://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD +// +//#define SAV_3DLCD + +// +// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 +// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD +// Uses the code directly from Sailfish +// +//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD + +// +// TFT GLCD Panel with Marlin UI +// Panel connected to main board by SPI or I2C interface. +// See https://github.com/Serhiy-K/TFTGLCDAdapter +// +//#define TFTGLCD_PANEL_SPI +//#define TFTGLCD_PANEL_I2C + +//============================================================================= +//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= +//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== +//============================================================================= + +// +// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) +// +// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! +// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino +// +// NOTE: If the LCD is unresponsive you may need to reverse the plugs. +// + +// +// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller +// https://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller +// +//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER + +// +// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD +// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 +// +//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD + +// +// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices +// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD +// https://www.panucatt.com +// +//#define VIKI2 +//#define miniVIKI + +// +// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic +// controller and SD support - https://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel +// +//#define MINIPANEL + +// +// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. +// https://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel +// +//#define MAKRPANEL + +// +// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. +// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ +// +//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER + +// +// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by +// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. +// +//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER + +// +// Cartesio UI +// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface +// +//#define CARTESIO_UI + +// +// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD +// +//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI + +// +// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder +// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) +// +//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER + +// +// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support +// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 +// +//#define MKS_MINI_12864 + +// +// MKS LCD12864A/B with graphic controller and SD support. Follows MKS_MINI_12864 pinout. +// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/33018110072.html +// +//#define MKS_LCD12864 + +// +// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support +// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ +// +//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default +//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) +//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight +//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. NeoPixel RGB Backlight +//#define FYSETC_GENERIC_12864_1_1 // Larger display with basic ON/OFF backlight. + +// +// Factory display for Creality CR-10 +// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html +// +// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. +// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) +// +//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY + +// +// Ender-2 OEM display, a variant of the MKS_MINI_12864 +// +//#define ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY + +// +// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller +// +// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 +// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with +// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). Enable one of these. +// +//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD +//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD_ALT_WIRING + +// +// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD +// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html +// +//#define AZSMZ_12864 + +// +// Silvergate GLCD controller +// https://github.com/android444/Silvergate +// +//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER + +//============================================================================= +//============================== OLED Displays ============================== +//============================================================================= + +// +// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display +// +//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 + +// +// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules +// +//#define SAV_3DGLCD +#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) + #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 + //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 +#endif + +// +// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel +// +//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 + +// +// MKS OLED 1.3" 128×64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER +// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED +// +// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display +// +//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) +//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller + +// +// Zonestar OLED 128×64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER +// +//#define ZONESTAR_12864LCD // Graphical (DOGM) with ST7920 controller +//#define ZONESTAR_12864OLED // 1.3" OLED with SH1106 controller (default) +//#define ZONESTAR_12864OLED_SSD1306 // 0.96" OLED with SSD1306 controller + +// +// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 +// +//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART + +// +// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs +// +//#define OVERLORD_OLED + +// +// FYSETC OLED 2.42" 128×64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER with WS2812 RGB +// Where to find : https://www.aliexpress.com/item/4000345255731.html +//#define FYSETC_242_OLED_12864 // Uses the SSD1309 controller + +//============================================================================= +//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== +//============================================================================= + +// +// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS. (Choose one.) +// ORIGIN : https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32993409517.html +// FYSETC : https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32961471929.html +// +//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_ORIGIN +//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC +//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY + +// +// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200/M300 printers +// +//#define MALYAN_LCD +#if ENABLED(MALYAN_LCD) + #define LCD_SERIAL_PORT 1 // Default is 1 for Malyan M200 +#endif + +// +// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays +// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. +// +//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE + +// +// Touch-screen LCD for Anycubic printers +// +//#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_I3MEGA +//#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_CHIRON +#if EITHER(ANYCUBIC_LCD_I3MEGA, ANYCUBIC_LCD_CHIRON) + #define LCD_SERIAL_PORT 3 // Default is 3 for Anycubic + //#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_DEBUG +#endif + +// +// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. +// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extui'. +// +//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI + +#if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + //#define EXTUI_LOCAL_BEEPER // Enables use of local Beeper pin with external display +#endif + +//============================================================================= +//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== +//============================================================================= + +/** + * Specific TFT Model Presets. Enable one of the following options + * or enable TFT_GENERIC and set sub-options. + */ + +// +// 480x320, 3.5", SPI Display From MKS +// Normally used in MKS Robin Nano V2 +// +#define MKS_TS35_V2_0 + +// +// 320x240, 2.4", FSMC Display From MKS +// Normally used in MKS Robin Nano V1.2 +// +//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT24 + +// +// 320x240, 2.8", FSMC Display From MKS +// Normally used in MKS Robin Nano V1.2 +// +//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT28 + +// +// 320x240, 3.2", FSMC Display From MKS +// Normally used in MKS Robin Nano V1.2 +// +//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT32 + +// +// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Display From MKS +// Normally used in MKS Robin Nano V1.2 +// +//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT35 + +// +// 480x272, 4.3", FSMC Display From MKS +// +//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT43 + +// +// 320x240, 3.2", FSMC Display From MKS +// Normally used in MKS Robin +// +//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT_V1_1R + +// +// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Stock Display from TronxXY +// +//#define TFT_TRONXY_X5SA + +// +// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Stock Display from AnyCubic +// +//#define ANYCUBIC_TFT35 + +// +// 320x240, 2.8", FSMC Stock Display from Longer/Alfawise +// +//#define LONGER_LK_TFT28 + +// +// 320x240, 2.8", FSMC Stock Display from ET4 +// +//#define ANET_ET4_TFT28 + +// +// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Stock Display from ET5 +// +//#define ANET_ET5_TFT35 + +// +// Generic TFT with detailed options +// +//#define TFT_GENERIC +#if ENABLED(TFT_GENERIC) + // :[ 'AUTO', 'ST7735', 'ST7789', 'ST7796', 'R61505', 'ILI9328', 'ILI9341', 'ILI9488' ] + #define TFT_DRIVER AUTO + + // Interface. Enable one of the following options: + //#define TFT_INTERFACE_FSMC + //#define TFT_INTERFACE_SPI + + // TFT Resolution. Enable one of the following options: + //#define TFT_RES_320x240 + //#define TFT_RES_480x272 + //#define TFT_RES_480x320 +#endif + +/** + * TFT UI - User Interface Selection. Enable one of the following options: + * + * TFT_CLASSIC_UI - Emulated DOGM - 128x64 Upscaled + * TFT_COLOR_UI - Marlin Default Menus, Touch Friendly, using full TFT capabilities + * TFT_LVGL_UI - A Modern UI using LVGL + * + * For LVGL_UI also copy the 'assets' folder from the build directory to the + * root of your SD card, together with the compiled firmware. + */ +//#define TFT_CLASSIC_UI +//#define TFT_COLOR_UI +#define TFT_LVGL_UI + +#if ENABLED(TFT_LVGL_UI) + #define MKS_WIFI_MODULE // MKS WiFi module +#endif + +/** + * TFT Rotation. Set to one of the following values: + * + * TFT_ROTATE_90, TFT_ROTATE_90_MIRROR_X, TFT_ROTATE_90_MIRROR_Y, + * TFT_ROTATE_180, TFT_ROTATE_180_MIRROR_X, TFT_ROTATE_180_MIRROR_Y, + * TFT_ROTATE_270, TFT_ROTATE_270_MIRROR_X, TFT_ROTATE_270_MIRROR_Y, + * TFT_MIRROR_X, TFT_MIRROR_Y, TFT_NO_ROTATION + */ +//#define TFT_ROTATION TFT_NO_ROTATION + +//============================================================================= +//============================ Other Controllers ============================ +//============================================================================= + +// +// Ender-3 v2 OEM display. A DWIN display with Rotary Encoder. +// +//#define DWIN_CREALITY_LCD + +// +// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 +// +#define TOUCH_SCREEN +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_SCREEN) + #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens + #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus + + #define TOUCH_SCREEN_CALIBRATION + + //#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_X 12316 + //#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_Y -8981 + //#define TOUCH_OFFSET_X -43 + //#define TOUCH_OFFSET_Y 257 + //#define TOUCH_ORIENTATION TOUCH_LANDSCAPE + + #if ENABLED(TFT_COLOR_UI) + //#define SINGLE_TOUCH_NAVIGATION + #endif +#endif + +// +// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 +// https://reprapworld.com/products/electronics/ramps/keypad_v1_0_fully_assembled/ +// +//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD +//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press + +//============================================================================= +//=============================== Extra Features ============================== +//============================================================================= + +// @section extras + +// Set number of user-controlled fans. Disable to use all board-defined fans. +// :[1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8] +//#define NUM_M106_FANS 1 + +// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino +//#define FAST_PWM_FAN + +// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency +// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency +// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. +//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM + +// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, +// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. +// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; +// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. +// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] +#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 + +// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can +// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, +// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired +// duty cycle is attained. +//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER + +// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. +// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C +// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) +//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS + +// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder +//#define BARICUDA + +// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb +//#define BLINKM + +// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver +//#define PCA9632 + +// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver +//#define PCA9533 + +/** + * RGB LED / LED Strip Control + * + * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or + * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. + * + * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. + * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of + * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. + * For NeoPixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. + * + * *** CAUTION *** + * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, + * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. + * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! + * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The NeoPixel LED needs + * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. + * *** CAUTION *** + * + * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. + */ +//#define RGB_LED +//#define RGBW_LED + +#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) + //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 + //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 + //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 + //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 +#endif + +// Support for Adafruit NeoPixel LED driver +//#define NEOPIXEL_LED +#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) + #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) + #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin + //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE + //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 + #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip. (Longest strip when NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE is disabled.) + #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. + #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) + //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup + + // Support for second Adafruit NeoPixel LED driver controlled with M150 S1 ... + //#define NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE + #if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE) + #define NEOPIXEL2_PIXELS 15 // Number of LEDs in the second strip + #define NEOPIXEL2_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) + #define NEOPIXEL2_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup + #else + //#define NEOPIXEL2_INSERIES // Default behavior is NeoPixel 2 in parallel + #endif + + // Use a single NeoPixel LED for static (background) lighting + //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use + //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W +#endif + +/** + * Printer Event LEDs + * + * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: + * + * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp + * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature + * - Change to white to illuminate work surface + * - Change to green once print has finished + * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button + */ +#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) + #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS +#endif + +/** + * Number of servos + * + * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. + * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. + * Set to 0 to turn off servo support. + */ +#define NUM_SERVOS 1 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command + +// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. +// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. +// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. +#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } + +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter +//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE + +// Edit servo angles with M281 and save to EEPROM with M500 +//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/MKS Robin nano v3.0/Config example for suport sd card/Config example for Ender3(TMC2209+UART+BLTOUCH)/Configuration_adv.h b/config/MKS Robin nano v3.0/Config example for suport sd card/Config example for Ender3(TMC2209+UART+BLTOUCH)/Configuration_adv.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e5f6d8d --- /dev/null +++ b/config/MKS Robin nano v3.0/Config example for suport sd card/Config example for Ender3(TMC2209+UART+BLTOUCH)/Configuration_adv.h @@ -0,0 +1,3742 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * Configuration_adv.h + * + * Advanced settings. + * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. + * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! + * + * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h + */ +#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020008 + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ +//=========================================================================== +// @section temperature + +/** + * Thermocouple sensors are quite sensitive to noise. Any noise induced in + * the sensor wires, such as by stepper motor wires run in parallel to them, + * may result in the thermocouple sensor reporting spurious errors. This + * value is the number of errors which can occur in a row before the error + * is reported. This allows us to ignore intermittent error conditions while + * still detecting an actual failure, which should result in a continuous + * stream of errors from the sensor. + * + * Set this value to 0 to fail on the first error to occur. + */ +#define THERMOCOUPLE_MAX_ERRORS 15 + +// +// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters +// +#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 + #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 + #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 + #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 + #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 + #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 + #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_6 == 1000 + #define HOTEND6_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND6_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND6_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_7 == 1000 + #define HOTEND7_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND7_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND7_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 + #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 + #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +// +// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. +// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 +// +//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT +#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) + #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED + #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 + #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true +#endif + +// +// Heated Bed Bang-Bang options +// +#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) + #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // (ms) Interval between checks in bang-bang control + #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) + #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // (°C) Only set the relevant heater state when ABS(T-target) > BED_HYSTERESIS + #endif +#endif + +// +// Heated Chamber options +// +#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER + #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 + #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 + #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target + //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING + //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin + //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false + + //#define CHAMBER_FAN // Enable a fan on the chamber + #if ENABLED(CHAMBER_FAN) + #define CHAMBER_FAN_MODE 2 // Fan control mode: 0=Static; 1=Linear increase when temp is higher than target; 2=V-shaped curve. + #if CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 0 + #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 255 // Chamber fan PWM (0-255) + #elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 1 + #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 128 // Base chamber fan PWM (0-255); turns on when chamber temperature is above the target + #define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C above target + #elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 2 + #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 128 // Minimum chamber fan PWM (0-255) + #define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C difference from target + #endif + #endif + + //#define CHAMBER_VENT // Enable a servo-controlled vent on the chamber + #if ENABLED(CHAMBER_VENT) + #define CHAMBER_VENT_SERVO_NR 1 // Index of the vent servo + #define HIGH_EXCESS_HEAT_LIMIT 5 // How much above target temp to consider there is excess heat in the chamber + #define LOW_EXCESS_HEAT_LIMIT 3 + #define MIN_COOLING_SLOPE_TIME_CHAMBER_VENT 20 + #define MIN_COOLING_SLOPE_DEG_CHAMBER_VENT 1.5 + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage + * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which + * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. + * + * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower + * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep + * the heater on. + * + * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. + * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too + * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. + * + * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase + * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD + */ +#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius + + //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops + #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) + //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 + #endif + + /** + * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the + * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature + * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and + * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only + * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable + * test. + * + * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD + * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set + * below 2. + */ + #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 40 // Seconds + #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius +#endif + +/** + * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. + */ +#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 40 // Seconds + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius + + /** + * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). + */ + #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds + #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius +#endif + +/** + * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. + */ +#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius + + /** + * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). + */ + #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds + #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius +#endif + +#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. + // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. + //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING + #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) + #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) // heating power = Kc * e_speed + #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 + #endif + + /** + * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. + * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. + * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value + * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. + * + * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) + * --------------------------------------------------------------------- + * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: + * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 + * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. + * + * Example: + * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 + * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 + * + * Fan-speed dependent compensation + * -------------------------------- + * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). + * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. + * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature + * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. + * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% + * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. + * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. + * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in + * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED + */ + //#define PID_FAN_SCALING + #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) + //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION + #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) + // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. + // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. + // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. + + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING + + #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 + + #else + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) + #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING + #endif + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Automatic Temperature Mode + * + * Dynamically adjust the hotend target temperature based on planned E moves. + * + * (Contrast with PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING, which tracks E movement and adjusts PID + * behavior using an additional kC value.) + * + * Autotemp is calculated by (mintemp + factor * mm_per_sec), capped to maxtemp. + * + * Enable Autotemp Mode with M104/M109 F<factor> S<mintemp> B<maxtemp>. + * Disable by sending M104/M109 with no F parameter (or F0 with AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL). + */ +#define AUTOTEMP +#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) + #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 + // Turn on AUTOTEMP on M104/M109 by default using proportions set here + //#define AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL + #if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL) + #define AUTOTEMP_MIN_P 0 // (°C) Added to the target temperature + #define AUTOTEMP_MAX_P 5 // (°C) Added to the target temperature + #define AUTOTEMP_FACTOR_P 1 // Apply this F parameter by default (overridden by M104/M109 F) + #endif +#endif + +// Show Temperature ADC value +// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. +//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES + +/** + * High Temperature Thermistor Support + * + * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting + * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP + * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the + * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure + * and force stop everything. + * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, + * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle + * aberrant readings. + * + * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) + * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below + */ + +// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur +// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) +//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 + +// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check +// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the +// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach +// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. +// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) +//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 + +// @section extruder + +// Extruder runout prevention. +// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP +// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. +//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT +#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/min) + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) +#endif + +/** + * Hotend Idle Timeout + * Prevent filament in the nozzle from charring and causing a critical jam. + */ +//#define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT +#if ENABLED(HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT) + #define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT_SEC (5*60) // (seconds) Time without extruder movement to trigger protection + #define HOTEND_IDLE_MIN_TRIGGER 180 // (°C) Minimum temperature to enable hotend protection + #define HOTEND_IDLE_NOZZLE_TARGET 0 // (°C) Safe temperature for the nozzle after timeout + #define HOTEND_IDLE_BED_TARGET 0 // (°C) Safe temperature for the bed after timeout +#endif + +// @section temperature + +// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. +// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 + +/** + * Controller Fan + * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. + * + * The fan turns on automatically whenever any driver is enabled and turns + * off (or reduces to idle speed) shortly after drivers are turned off. + */ +//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN +#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) + //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan + //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_USE_Z_ONLY // With this option only the Z axis is considered + //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_IGNORE_Z // Ignore Z stepper. Useful when stepper timeout is disabled. + #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_MIN 0 // (0-255) Minimum speed. (If set below this value the fan is turned off.) + #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_ACTIVE 255 // (0-255) Active speed, used when any motor is enabled + #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_IDLE 0 // (0-255) Idle speed, used when motors are disabled + #define CONTROLLERFAN_IDLE_TIME 60 // (seconds) Extra time to keep the fan running after disabling motors + //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE // Enable M710 configurable settings + #if ENABLED(CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE) + #define CONTROLLER_FAN_MENU // Enable the Controller Fan submenu + #endif +#endif + +// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the +// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably +// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) +//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 + +// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. +//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 + +/** + * PWM Fan Scaling + * + * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). + * + * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset + * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower + * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) + * Value 0 always turns off the fan. + * + * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. + */ +//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 +//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 + +/** + * FAST PWM FAN Settings + * + * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) + * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a + * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. + * + * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] + * Set this to your desired frequency. + * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) + * i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers. + * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required + * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. + * + * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] + * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: + * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] + * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] + * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of + * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) + * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. + */ +#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) + //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 + //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP +#endif + +// @section extruder + +/** + * Extruder cooling fans + * + * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' + * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. + * + * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here + * or set to -1 to disable completely. + * + * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case + * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. + */ +#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 + +#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 +#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed +#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 +#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 + +/** + * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer + * + * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. + * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. + * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. + */ +#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 +#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 +#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 + +/** + * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness + */ +//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE +#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) + //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed + #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW + #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on + #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) + //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm + //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu + //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. + //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use NeoPixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. + #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) + #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } + #endif +#endif + +// @section homing + +// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing +// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. +//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT + +// @section extras + +//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. + +// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. +//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER +#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) + //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 + //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 +#endif + +/** + * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops + * + * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. + * + * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to + * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop + * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug + * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. + * + * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors + * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error + * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X<offset> Y<offset> Z<offset>'. + */ + +//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS +#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + //#define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR // Enable if X2 direction signal is opposite to X + //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ + #define X2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif +#endif + +//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS +#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + //#define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR // Enable if Y2 direction signal is opposite to Y + //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ + #define Y2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif +#endif + +// +// For Z set the number of stepper drivers +// +#define NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS 1 // (1-4) Z options change based on how many + +#if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS > 1 + // Enable if Z motor direction signals are the opposite of Z1 + //#define INVERT_Z2_VS_Z_DIR + //#define INVERT_Z3_VS_Z_DIR + //#define INVERT_Z4_VS_Z_DIR + + //#define Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) + #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ + #define Z2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 + #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ + #define Z3_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + #define Z4_USE_ENDSTOP _ZMAX_ + #define Z4_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + * + * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>: + * + * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel + * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) + * + * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so + * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) + * + * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with + * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. + * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and + * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. + * + * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates + * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. + * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and + * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. + */ +//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE +#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage + #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed + #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position + #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. + // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software + // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops + // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). + // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. + + // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. + #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE + + // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) + #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 + + // Default action to execute following M605 mode change commands. Typically G28X to apply new mode. + //#define EVENT_GCODE_IDEX_AFTER_MODECHANGE "G28X" +#endif + +// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. +// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. +//#define EXT_SOLENOID + +// @section homing + +/** + * Homing Procedure + * Homing (G28) does an indefinite move towards the endstops to establish + * the position of the toolhead relative to the workspace. + */ + +//#define SENSORLESS_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2 } // (mm) Backoff from endstops before sensorless homing + +#define HOMING_BUMP_MM { 5, 5, 2 } // (mm) Backoff from endstops after first bump +#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) + +//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_POST_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Backoff from endstops after homing + +//#define QUICK_HOME // If G28 contains XY do a diagonal move first +//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X // If G28 contains XY home Y before X +//#define HOME_Z_FIRST // Home Z first. Requires a Z-MIN endstop (not a probe). +//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING // If X/Y can't home without homing Y/X first + +// @section bltouch + +#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) + /** + * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES + * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand + * advanced commands. + * + * Note: If the probe is not deploying, do a "Reset" and "Self-Test" and then check the + * wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. + * + * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often + * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" + * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. + * + * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: + */ + + // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. + // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. + //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 + + /** + * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: + */ + + // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful + // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. + //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE + + /** + * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 + * Summary: + * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes + * - High-Speed mode + * - Disable LCD voltage options + */ + + /** + * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! + * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. + * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 + * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode + * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. + * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. + */ + //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE + + /** + * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. + * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 + * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) + * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. + */ + //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET + + /** + * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. + * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. + * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function + * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. + */ + //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE + + // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. + //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU + +#endif // BLTOUCH + +// @section extras + +/** + * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment + * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. + */ +//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN +#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) + // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3 [, Z4]] + // If not defined, probe limits will be used. + // Override with 'M422 S<index> X<pos> Y<pos>' + //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } + + /** + * Orientation for the automatically-calculated probe positions. + * Override Z stepper align points with 'M422 S<index> X<pos> Y<pos>' + * + * 2 Steppers: (0) (1) + * | | 2 | + * | 1 2 | | + * | | 1 | + * + * 3 Steppers: (0) (1) (2) (3) + * | 3 | 1 | 2 1 | 2 | + * | | 3 | | 3 | + * | 1 2 | 2 | 3 | 1 | + * + * 4 Steppers: (0) (1) (2) (3) + * | 4 3 | 1 4 | 2 1 | 3 2 | + * | | | | | + * | 1 2 | 2 3 | 3 4 | 4 1 | + */ + #ifndef Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY + //#define Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION 0 + #endif + + // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. + // Requires triple stepper drivers (i.e., set NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS to 3) + //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS + #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) + // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to + // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. + // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } + #else + // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down in case + // the stepper (spindle) position is farther out than the test point. + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 // Use a value > 1.0 NOTE: This may cause instability! + #endif + + // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm + #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline that G34 will handle + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 5 // Number of iterations to apply during alignment + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 // Stop iterating early if the accuracy is better than this + #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 // Restore leveling after G34 is done? + // After G34, re-home Z (G28 Z) or just calculate it from the last probe heights? + // Re-homing might be more precise in reproducing the actual 'G28 Z' homing height, especially on an uneven bed. + #define HOME_AFTER_G34 +#endif + +// +// Add the G35 command to read bed corners to help adjust screws. Requires a bed probe. +// +//#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING +#if ENABLED(ASSISTED_TRAMMING) + + // Define positions for probe points. + #define TRAMMING_POINT_XY { { 20, 20 }, { 180, 20 }, { 180, 180 }, { 20, 180 } } + + // Define position names for probe points. + #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_1 "Front-Left" + #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_2 "Front-Right" + #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_3 "Back-Right" + #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_4 "Back-Left" + + #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G35 // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation + //#define REPORT_TRAMMING_MM // Report Z deviation (mm) for each point relative to the first + + //#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING_WIZARD // Add a Tramming Wizard to the LCD menu + + //#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING_WAIT_POSITION { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER, 30 } // Move the nozzle out of the way for adjustment + + /** + * Screw thread: + * M3: 30 = Clockwise, 31 = Counter-Clockwise + * M4: 40 = Clockwise, 41 = Counter-Clockwise + * M5: 50 = Clockwise, 51 = Counter-Clockwise + */ + #define TRAMMING_SCREW_THREAD 30 + +#endif + +// @section motion + +#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } + +// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles +//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION + +// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. +#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false +#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false +#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false +#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false + +/** + * Idle Stepper Shutdown + * Set DISABLE_INACTIVE_? 'true' to shut down axis steppers after an idle period. + * The Deactive Time can be overridden with M18 and M84. Set to 0 for No Timeout. + */ +#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set 'false' if the nozzle could fall onto your printed part! +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true + +// If the Nozzle or Bed falls when the Z stepper is disabled, set its resting position here. +//#define Z_AFTER_DEACTIVATE Z_HOME_POS + +// Default Minimum Feedrates for printing and travel moves +#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // (mm/s) Minimum feedrate. Set with M205 S. +#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 // (mm/s) Minimum travel feedrate. Set with M205 T. + +// Minimum time that a segment needs to take as the buffer gets emptied +#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (µs) Set with M205 B. + +// Slow down the machine if the lookahead buffer is (by default) half full. +// Increase the slowdown divisor for larger buffer sizes. +#define SLOWDOWN +#if ENABLED(SLOWDOWN) + #define SLOWDOWN_DIVISOR 2 +#endif + +/** + * XY Frequency limit + * Reduce resonance by limiting the frequency of small zigzag infill moves. + * See https://hydraraptor.blogspot.com/2010/12/frequency-limit.html + * Use M201 F<freq> G<min%> to change limits at runtime. + */ +//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 10 // (Hz) Maximum frequency of small zigzag infill moves. Set with M201 F<hertz>. +#ifdef XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT + #define XY_FREQUENCY_MIN_PERCENT 5 // (percent) Minimum FR percentage to apply. Set with M201 G<min%>. +#endif + +// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end +// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed +// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. +#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) + +// +// Backlash Compensation +// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. +// +//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION +#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) + // Define values for backlash distance and correction. + // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. + #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) + #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction + + // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments + // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) + //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) + + // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) + //#define BACKLASH_GCODE + + #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) + // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" + #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING + + #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) + // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT + // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION + // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. + #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) + #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) + #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/min) + #endif + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration + * + * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- + * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. + * + * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object + * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash + * and hotend offsets. + * + * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within + * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. + */ +//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE +#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) + + //#define CALIBRATION_SCRIPT_PRE "M117 Starting Auto-Calibration\nT0\nG28\nG12\nM117 Calibrating..." + //#define CALIBRATION_SCRIPT_POST "M500\nM117 Calibration data saved" + + #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm + + #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/min + #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/min + #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/min + + // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. + #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm + #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm + + // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). + //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING + + // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. + #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm + #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm + + // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best + // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. + #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT + #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT + #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT + #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK + + // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If + // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. + //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES + + // Define the pin to read during calibration + #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN + //#define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Define here to override the default pin + #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the custom pin + //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN + #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies + * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible + * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the + * lowest stepping frequencies. + */ +//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING + +/** + * Custom Microstepping + * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. + */ +//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW +//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW +//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW +//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW +//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH +//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH + +// Microstep settings (Requires a board with pins named X_MS1, X_MS2, etc.) +#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] + +/** + * @section stepper motor current + * + * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. + * + * The power on motor currents are set by: + * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 + * known compatible chips: A4982 + * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H + * known compatible chips: AD5206 + * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 + * known compatible chips: MCP4728 + * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE + * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 + * + * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. + * M907 - applies to all. + * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H + * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 + */ +//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps +//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) +//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis + +/** + * I2C-based DIGIPOTs (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) + */ +//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires https://github.com/felias-fogg/SlowSoftI2CMaster +//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4451 +#if EITHER(DIGIPOT_MCP4018, DIGIPOT_MCP4451) + #define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT:4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO:8 MKS_SBASE:5 MIGHTYBOARD_REVE:5 + + // Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. + // These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. + #define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO + + //#define DIGIPOT_USE_RAW_VALUES // Use DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT raw wiper values (instead of A4988 motor currents) + + /** + * Common slave addresses: + * + * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC + * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 + * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 + * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 + * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 + * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 + */ + //#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // Unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT + //#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // Unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT +#endif + +//=========================================================================== +//=============================Additional Features=========================== +//=========================================================================== + +// @section lcd + +#if EITHER(IS_ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) + #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60 } // (mm/min) Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel + #define FINE_MANUAL_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual move (< 0.1mm) applying to Z on most machines + #if IS_ULTIPANEL + #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" + #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen + #endif +#endif + +// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster +#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER +#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) + #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed + #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed +#endif + +// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen +//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE +#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) + #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 + #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 +#endif + +#if HAS_LCD_MENU + + // Add Probe Z Offset calibration to the Z Probe Offsets menu + #if HAS_BED_PROBE + //#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD + #if ENABLED(PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD) + // + // Enable to init the Probe Z-Offset when starting the Wizard. + // Use a height slightly above the estimated nozzle-to-probe Z offset. + // For example, with an offset of -5, consider a starting height of -4. + // + //#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD_START_Z -4.0 + + // Set a convenient position to do the calibration (probing point and nozzle/bed-distance) + //#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD_XY_POS { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER } + #endif + #endif + + // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu + //#define LCD_INFO_MENU + #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) + //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages + #endif + + // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top + //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM + + // Add a mute option to the LCD menu + //#define SOUND_MENU_ITEM + + /** + * LED Control Menu + * Add LED Control to the LCD menu + */ + //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU + #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) + #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option + //#define NEO2_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable a second NeoPixel Preset Color menu option + #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) + #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity + //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup + #endif + #if ENABLED(NEO2_COLOR_PRESETS) + #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value + #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value + #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value + #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value + #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity + //#define NEO2_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup for the second strip + #endif + #endif + +#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU + +#if HAS_DISPLAY + // The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus + //#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 + + #if ENABLED(SHOW_BOOTSCREEN) + #define BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 4000 // (ms) Total Duration to display the boot screen(s) + #if EITHER(HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB, TFT_COLOR_UI) + #define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving lots of flash) + #endif + #endif + + // Scroll a longer status message into view + //#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING + + // On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible + //#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY + + // Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage + //#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY + + // Show the E position (filament used) during printing + //#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL +#endif + +#if EITHER(SDSUPPORT, LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY) && ANY(HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB, HAS_MARLINUI_HD44780, IS_TFTGLCD_PANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) + //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion + #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) + //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation + //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time + #endif + + #if EITHER(HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB, EXTENSIBLE_UI) + //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits + #endif + + #if EITHER(HAS_MARLINUI_HD44780, IS_TFTGLCD_PANEL) + //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing + #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) + #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar + #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message + #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) + //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it + //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar + #endif + #endif +#endif + +#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + /** + * SD Card SPI Speed + * May be required to resolve "volume init" errors. + * + * Enable and set to SPI_HALF_SPEED, SPI_QUARTER_SPEED, or SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED + * otherwise full speed will be applied. + * + * :['SPI_HALF_SPEED', 'SPI_QUARTER_SPEED', 'SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED'] + */ + //#define SD_SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED + + // The standard SD detect circuit reads LOW when media is inserted and HIGH when empty. + // Enable this option and set to HIGH if your SD cards are incorrectly detected. + //#define SD_DETECT_STATE HIGH + + //#define SD_IGNORE_AT_STARTUP // Don't mount the SD card when starting up + //#define SDCARD_READONLY // Read-only SD card (to save over 2K of flash) + + //#define GCODE_REPEAT_MARKERS // Enable G-code M808 to set repeat markers and do looping + + #define SD_PROCEDURE_DEPTH 1 // Increase if you need more nested M32 calls + + #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished + #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84" // Use "M84XYE" to keep Z enabled so your bed stays in place + + // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. + // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. + #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST + + #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing + + //#define NO_SD_AUTOSTART // Remove auto#.g file support completely to save some Flash, SRAM + //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files + + //#define BROWSE_MEDIA_ON_INSERT // Open the file browser when media is inserted + + #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_ABORT "G28XY" // G-code to run on SD Abort Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") + + #if ENABLED(PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS) + #define PE_LEDS_COMPLETED_TIME (30*60) // (seconds) Time to keep the LED "done" color before restoring normal illumination + #endif + + /** + * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) + * + * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer + * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present + * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known + * point in the file. + */ + #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + #define PLR_ENABLED_DEFAULT true // Power Loss Recovery enabled by default. (Set with 'M413 Sn' & M500) + //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss + //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVER_ZHOME // Z homing is needed for proper recovery. 99.9% of the time this should be disabled! + //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 20 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) + //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN PC4 // Pin to detect power loss. Set to -1 to disable default pin on boards without module. + //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss + //#define POWER_LOSS_PULLUP // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate for your sensor + //#define POWER_LOSS_PULLDOWN + //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume + //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. + + // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, + // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. + #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data + #endif + + /** + * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. + * + * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted + * by name for easier navigation. + * + * By default... + * + * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. + * - Folders are sorted to the top. + * - The sort key is statically allocated. + * - No added G-code (M34) support. + * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) + * + * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the + * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM + * limit is exceeded. + * + * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. + * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. + * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) + * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) + */ + //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA + + // SD Card Sorting options + #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) + #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. + #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below + #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 G-code. + #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. + #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) + #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. + #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! + #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. + // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. + #endif + + // Allow international symbols in long filenames. To display correctly, the + // LCD's font must contain the characters. Check your selected LCD language. + //#define UTF_FILENAME_SUPPORT + + // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 + #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT + + // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu + //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES + + // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) + //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN + + /** + * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. + * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. + * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. + */ + //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT + + /** + * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. + * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. + * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. + */ + //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE + + /** + * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S<seconds> + */ + //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS + + /** + * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or + * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear + * to Marlin as an SD card. + * + * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with + * the following pin mapping: + * + * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO + * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] + * SS --> SDSS + * + * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. + */ + //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT + #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) + /** + * USB Host Shield Library + * + * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested + * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. + * + * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it + * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. + * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. + */ + //#define USE_UHS2_USB + //#define USE_UHS3_USB + + /** + * Native USB Host supported by some boards (USB OTG) + */ + #define USE_OTG_USB_HOST + + #if DISABLED(USE_OTG_USB_HOST) + #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS + #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN + #endif + #endif + + /** + * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, + * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. + * + * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) + * + * Tested with this bootloader: + * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 + */ + //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE + #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) + #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF + #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 + #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF + #endif + + // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' + //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER + + /** + * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): + * + * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. + * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. + * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). + * + * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] + */ + //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD + + // Enable if SD detect is rendered useless (e.g., by using an SD extender) + //#define NO_SD_DETECT + +#endif // SDSUPPORT + +/** + * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- + * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. + */ +//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). + +/** + * Additional options for Graphical Displays + * + * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, + * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, + * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing + * on DELTA and SCARA machines. + * + * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind + * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable + * printing performance versus fast display updates. + */ +#if HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB + // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar + //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT + + // Save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame or no frame on the Info Screen + //#define XYZ_NO_FRAME + #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME + + // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens + #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME + + // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. + // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. + //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT + + // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2434 bytes of PROGMEM. + // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. + //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT + + // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay + //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE + + /** + * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using + * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. + * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. + * + * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status + * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the + * length of time to display the status message before clearing. + * + * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. + * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. + */ + #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) + // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. + // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. + //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 + + //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI + #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) + #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 + #endif + #endif + + /** + * Status (Info) Screen customizations + * These options may affect code size and screen render time. + * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. + */ + //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones + //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) + #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) + #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating + #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating + #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating + //#define STATUS_CUTTER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate spindle / laser active + //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap + //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap + //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames + //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar + //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. + + // Frivolous Game Options + //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT + //#define MARLIN_INVADERS + //#define MARLIN_SNAKE + //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu + +#endif // HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB + +// +// Additional options for DGUS / DWIN displays +// +#if HAS_DGUS_LCD + #define LCD_SERIAL_PORT 3 + #define LCD_BAUDRATE 115200 + + #define DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE 128 + #define DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE 48 + //#define SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS // Fix Rx overrun situation (Currently only for AVR) + + #define DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS 500 // (ms) Interval between automatic screen updates + + #if EITHER(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC, DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY) + #define DGUS_PRINT_FILENAME // Display the filename during printing + #define DGUS_PREHEAT_UI // Display a preheat screen during heatup + + #if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC) + //#define DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Disabled by default for UI_FYSETC + #else + #define DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Enabled by default for UI_HIPRECY + #endif + + #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD + #if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD) + #define DGUS_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH 10 + #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOAD_LENGTH_PER_TIME 0.5 // (mm) Adjust in proportion to DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS + #endif + + #define DGUS_UI_WAITING // Show a "waiting" screen between some screens + #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING) + #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS 10 + #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS_PERIOD 8 // Increase to slower waiting status looping + #endif + #endif +#endif // HAS_DGUS_LCD + +// +// Specify additional languages for the UI. Default specified by LCD_LANGUAGE. +// +#if EITHER(DOGLCD, TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) + //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr + //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de + //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es + //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it + #ifdef LCD_LANGUAGE_2 + //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_AUTO_SAVE // Automatically save language to EEPROM on change + #endif +#endif + +// +// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) +// +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) + // Display board used + //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) + //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) + //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) + //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) + //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI + //#define LCD_FYSETC_TFT81050 // FYSETC with 5" (800x480) + + // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. + //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 + //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 + //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 + + // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector + //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping + //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping + //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping + //#define S6_TFT_PINMAP // FYSETC S6 pin mapping + //#define F6_TFT_PINMAP // FYSETC F6 pin mapping + + //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below + #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) + // Pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen + #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 + #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 + + // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO + //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI + #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) + #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 + #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 + #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 + #endif + #endif + + // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display + // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support + // portrait and mirrored orientations. + //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED + //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT + //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED + + // UTF8 processing and rendering. + // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. + //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 + #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) + // Western accents support. These accented characters use + // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. + #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET + #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) + // Additional character groups. These characters require + // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ + #endif + + // Cyrillic character set, costs about 27KiB of flash + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CYRILLIC_CHARSET + #endif + + // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons + #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT + + // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. + // (recommended for smaller displays) + //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE + + // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events + //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG + + // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) + //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU +#endif + +// +// Classic UI Options +// +#if TFT_SCALED_DOGLCD + //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White + //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black + //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black + //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red + //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow + //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan +#endif + +// +// ADC Button Debounce +// +#if HAS_ADC_BUTTONS + #define ADC_BUTTON_DEBOUNCE_DELAY 16 // Increase if buttons bounce or repeat too fast +#endif + +// @section safety + +/** + * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs + * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. + * + * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, + * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. + * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while + * interrupts are enabled. + */ +#define USE_WATCHDOG +#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) + //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL +#endif + +// @section lcd + +/** + * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing + * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z + * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. + * + * Warning: Does not respect endstops! + */ +#define BABYSTEPPING +#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) + //#define INTEGRATED_BABYSTEPPING // EXPERIMENTAL integration of babystepping into the Stepper ISR + //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING + //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). + //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! + #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way + //#define BABYSTEP_MILLIMETER_UNITS // Specify BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_(XY|Z) in mm instead of micro-steps + #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // (steps or mm) Steps or millimeter distance for each Z babystep + #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 // (steps or mm) Steps or millimeter distance for each XY babystep + + //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. + #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) + #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. + // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. + //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. + #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) + #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. + #endif + #endif + + //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 + + #if HAS_BED_PROBE + #define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping + #endif + #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) + //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets + //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor + #endif +#endif + +// @section extruder + +/** + * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 + * + * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) + * K=0 means advance disabled. + * + * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! + * + * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. + * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. + * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) + * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. + * + * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. + */ +//#define LIN_ADVANCE +#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) + //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants + #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed + //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. + //#define EXPERIMENTAL_SCURVE // Enable this option to permit S-Curve Acceleration +#endif + +// @section leveling + +/** + * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. + * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. + */ +#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 + //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 + //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 + //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 + //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 + //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 +#endif + +/** + * Probing Margins + * + * Override PROBING_MARGIN for each side of the build plate + * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or + * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific + * sides of the bed. With NOZZLE_AS_PROBE negative values are + * allowed, to permit probing outside the bed. + * + * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, + * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over + * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as + * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) + * + * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however + * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the + * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing + * the probe to be unable to reach any points. + */ +#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC + #define PROBING_MARGIN_LEFT PROBING_MARGIN + #define PROBING_MARGIN_RIGHT PROBING_MARGIN + #define PROBING_MARGIN_FRONT PROBING_MARGIN + #define PROBING_MARGIN_BACK PROBING_MARGIN +#endif + +#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large + //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET + //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET + //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) + //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) +#endif + +#if BOTH(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL, EEPROM_SETTINGS) + //#define OPTIMIZED_MESH_STORAGE // Store mesh with less precision to save EEPROM space +#endif + +/** + * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. + * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. + */ +//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER +#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) + #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 + #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE + /** + * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, + * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. + */ + #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." + #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" + #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" + +#endif + +/** + * Thermal Probe Compensation + * Probe measurements are adjusted to compensate for temperature distortion. + * Use G76 to calibrate this feature. Use M871 to set values manually. + * For a more detailed explanation of the process see G76_M871.cpp. + */ +#if HAS_BED_PROBE && TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE && TEMP_SENSOR_BED + // Enable thermal first layer compensation using bed and probe temperatures + #define PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION + + // Add additional compensation depending on hotend temperature + // Note: this values cannot be calibrated and have to be set manually + #if ENABLED(PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) + // Park position to wait for probe cooldown + #define PTC_PARK_POS { 0, 0, 100 } + + // Probe position to probe and wait for probe to reach target temperature + #define PTC_PROBE_POS { 90, 100 } + + // Enable additional compensation using hotend temperature + // Note: this values cannot be calibrated automatically but have to be set manually + //#define USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION + + // Probe temperature calibration generates a table of values starting at PTC_SAMPLE_START + // (e.g. 30), in steps of PTC_SAMPLE_RES (e.g. 5) with PTC_SAMPLE_COUNT (e.g. 10) samples. + + //#define PTC_SAMPLE_START 30.0f + //#define PTC_SAMPLE_RES 5.0f + //#define PTC_SAMPLE_COUNT 10U + + // Bed temperature calibration builds a similar table. + + //#define BTC_SAMPLE_START 60.0f + //#define BTC_SAMPLE_RES 5.0f + //#define BTC_SAMPLE_COUNT 10U + + // The temperature the probe should be at while taking measurements during bed temperature + // calibration. + //#define BTC_PROBE_TEMP 30.0f + + // Height above Z=0.0f to raise the nozzle. Lowering this can help the probe to heat faster. + // Note: the Z=0.0f offset is determined by the probe offset which can be set using M851. + //#define PTC_PROBE_HEATING_OFFSET 0.5f + + // Height to raise the Z-probe between heating and taking the next measurement. Some probes + // may fail to untrigger if they have been triggered for a long time, which can be solved by + // increasing the height the probe is raised to. + //#define PTC_PROBE_RAISE 15U + + // If the probe is outside of the defined range, use linear extrapolation using the closest + // point and the PTC_LINEAR_EXTRAPOLATION'th next point. E.g. if set to 4 it will use data[0] + // and data[4] to perform linear extrapolation for values below PTC_SAMPLE_START. + //#define PTC_LINEAR_EXTRAPOLATION 4 + #endif +#endif + +// @section extras + +// +// G60/G61 Position Save and Return +// +//#define SAVED_POSITIONS 1 // Each saved position slot costs 12 bytes + +// +// G2/G3 Arc Support +// +#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes +#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) + #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // (mm) Length (or minimum length) of each arc segment + //#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_R 1 // Max segment length, MM_PER = Min + #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle + //#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_SEC 50 // Use feedrate to choose segment length (with MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT as the minimum) + #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections + //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles + //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes + //#define SF_ARC_FIX // Enable only if using SkeinForge with "Arc Point" fillet procedure +#endif + +// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. +//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT + +/** + * Direct Stepping + * + * Comparable to the method used by Klipper, G6 direct stepping significantly + * reduces motion calculations, increases top printing speeds, and results in + * less step aliasing by calculating all motions in advance. + * Preparing your G-code: https://github.com/colinrgodsey/step-daemon + */ +//#define DIRECT_STEPPING + +/** + * G38 Probe Target + * + * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) + * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). + * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. + */ +//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET +#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) + //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target + #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. +#endif + +// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move +#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 + +/** + * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) + * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) + * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers + * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers + * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers + * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers + * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. + */ +//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 +//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 + +/** + * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) + * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers + * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h + * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers + * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers + * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers + * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. + */ +//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 + +/** + * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows + * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) + * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers + * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver + * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver + * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver + * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver + * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. + */ +//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 + +// @section temperature + +// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. +//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL + +//=========================================================================== +//================================= Buffers ================================= +//=========================================================================== + +// @section motion + +// The number of linear moves that can be in the planner at once. +// The value of BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE must be a power of 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) +#if BOTH(SDSUPPORT, DIRECT_STEPPING) + #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 8 +#elif ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 +#else + #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 +#endif + +// @section serial + +// The ASCII buffer for serial input +#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 +#define BUFSIZE 4 + +// Transmission to Host Buffer Size +// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. +// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. +// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. +// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. +// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. +// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] +#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 + +// Host Receive Buffer Size +// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. +// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. +// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] +//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 + +#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 + // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to + // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. + //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF +#endif + +// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate +//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE + +#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum + // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. + //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED + + // Enable this option to collect and display the number + // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. + //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX +#endif + +/** + * Emergency Command Parser + * + * Add a low-level parser to intercept certain commands as they + * enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. + * Currently handles M108, M112, M410, M876 + * NOTE: Not yet implemented for all platforms. + */ +//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER + +// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' +// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. +// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. +// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. +//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds + +// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. +//#define ADVANCED_OK + +// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. +// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. +#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION + +// For serial echo, the number of digits after the decimal point +//#define SERIAL_FLOAT_PRECISION 4 + +// @section extras + +/** + * Extra Fan Speed + * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. + * 'M106 P<fan> T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for <fan> + * 'M106 P<fan> T2' : Use the set secondary speed + * 'M106 P<fan> T1' : Restore the previous fan speed + */ +//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED + +/** + * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract + * + * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. + * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. + * + * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. + * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range + * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. + * + * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. + * + * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. + */ +//#define FWRETRACT +#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) + #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions + #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) + #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length + #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length + #endif + #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) + #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) + #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting + #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction + #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) + //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Universal tool change settings. + * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. + */ +#if HAS_MULTI_EXTRUDER + // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders + #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) + //#define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE_BEFORE_RETRACT // Apply raise before swap retraction (if enabled) + //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to previous position on tool-change + #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN) + //#define EVENT_GCODE_AFTER_TOOLCHANGE "G12X" // Extra G-code to run after tool-change + #endif + + /** + * Retract and prime filament on tool-change to reduce + * ooze and stringing and to get cleaner transitions. + */ + //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP + #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) + // Load / Unload + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_LENGTH 12 // (mm) Load / Unload length + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_EXTRA_RESUME_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Extra length for better restart, fine tune by LCD/Gcode) + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_RETRACT_SPEED (50*60) // (mm/min) (Unloading) + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_UNRETRACT_SPEED (25*60) // (mm/min) (On SINGLENOZZLE or Bowden loading must be slowed down) + + // Longer prime to clean out a SINGLENOZZLE + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_EXTRA_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra priming length + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_SPEED (4.6*60) // (mm/min) Extra priming feedrate + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_WIPE_RETRACT 0 // (mm/min) Retract before cooling for less stringing, better wipe, etc. + + // Cool after prime to reduce stringing + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN -1 // Fan index or -1 to skip + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN_SPEED 255 // 0-255 + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN_TIME 10 // (seconds) + + // Swap uninitialized extruder with TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_SPEED for all lengths (recover + prime) + // (May break filament if not retracted beforehand.) + //#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_INIT_BEFORE_SWAP + + // Prime on the first T0 (If other, TOOLCHANGE_FS_INIT_BEFORE_SWAP applied) + // Enable it (M217 V[0/1]) before printing, to avoid unwanted priming on host connect + //#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_FIRST_USED + + /** + * Tool Change Migration + * This feature provides G-code and LCD options to switch tools mid-print. + * All applicable tool properties are migrated so the print can continue. + * Tools must be closely matching and other restrictions may apply. + * Useful to: + * - Change filament color without interruption + * - Switch spools automatically on filament runout + * - Switch to a different nozzle on an extruder jam + */ + #define TOOLCHANGE_MIGRATION_FEATURE + + #endif + + /** + * Position to park head during tool change. + * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER + */ + //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK + #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) + #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } + #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/min) + //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_X_ONLY // X axis only move + //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_Y_ONLY // Y axis only move + #endif +#endif // HAS_MULTI_EXTRUDER + +/** + * Advanced Pause + * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. + * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. + * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. + * + * Requires an LCD display. + * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. + * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. + */ +//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE +#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) + #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. + #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. + // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. + // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. + // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. + // Set to 0 for manual unloading. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. + // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. + // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. + // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. + //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. + #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. + #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. + // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. + // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu + // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. + #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. + //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. + + // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_FEEDRATE 25 // (mm/s) feedrate to purge before unload + + #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. + #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. + + //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. + //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // If needed, home before parking for filament change + + //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. + //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) +#endif + +// @section tmc + +/** + * TMC26X Stepper Driver options + * + * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. + * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper + */ +#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) + #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) + #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) + #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) + #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) + #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) + #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) + #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) + #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) + #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z4(TMC26X) + #define Z4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Z4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Z4_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) + #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) + #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) + #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) + #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) + #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) + #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E6(TMC26X) + #define E6_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E6_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E6_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E7(TMC26X) + #define E7_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E7_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E7_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + +#endif // TMC26X + +// @section tmc_smart + +/** + * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode + * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define + * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 + * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). + * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. + * + * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN + * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. + * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without + * a resistor. + * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. + * + * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. + * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper + */ +#if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG + + #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current + + /** + * Interpolate microsteps to 256 + * Override for each driver with <driver>_INTERPOLATE settings below + */ + #define INTERPOLATE true + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) + #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. + #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing + #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 + #define X_RSENSE 0.11 + #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // -1..0: Not chained. 1: MCU MOSI connected. 2: Next in chain, ... + //#define X_INTERPOLATE true // Enable to override 'INTERPOLATE' for the X axis + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) + #define X2_CURRENT 800 + #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT + #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 + #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define X2_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) + #define Y_CURRENT 800 + #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT + #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define Y_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) + #define Y2_CURRENT 800 + #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT + #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define Y2_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) + #define Z_CURRENT 800 + #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT + #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define Z_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) + #define Z2_CURRENT 800 + #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT + #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define Z2_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) + #define Z3_CURRENT 800 + #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT + #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define Z3_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + #define Z4_CURRENT 800 + #define Z4_CURRENT_HOME Z4_CURRENT + #define Z4_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z4_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Z4_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define Z4_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) + #define E0_CURRENT 800 + #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E0_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) + #define E1_CURRENT 800 + #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E1_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) + #define E2_CURRENT 800 + #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E2_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) + #define E3_CURRENT 800 + #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E3_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) + #define E4_CURRENT 800 + #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E4_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) + #define E5_CURRENT 800 + #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E5_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E6) + #define E6_CURRENT 800 + #define E6_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E6_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E6_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E6_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E7) + #define E7_CURRENT 800 + #define E7_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E7_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E7_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E7_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + /** + * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. + * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. + */ + //#define X_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 + //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E6_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E7_CS_PIN -1 + + /** + * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). + * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, + * but you can override or define them here. + */ + //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI + //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 + //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 + //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 + + /** + * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. + * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. + * Address | MS1 | MS2 + * 0 | LOW | LOW + * 1 | HIGH | LOW + * 2 | LOW | HIGH + * 3 | HIGH | HIGH + * + * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers + * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. + */ + //#define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define Z4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E6_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E7_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + + /** + * Software enable + * + * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same + * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. + */ + //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE + + /** + * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only + * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. + * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. + */ + #define STEALTHCHOP_XY + #define STEALTHCHOP_Z + #define STEALTHCHOP_E + + /** + * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets + * or with the help of an example included in the library. + * Provided parameter sets are + * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V + * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V + * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V + * CHOPPER_09STEP_24V // 0.9 degree steppers (24V) + * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Průša firmware for MK3 (24V) + * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 + * + * Define your own with: + * { <off_time[1..15]>, <hysteresis_end[-3..12]>, hysteresis_start[1..8] } + */ + #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V // All axes (override below) + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_X CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V // For X Axes (override below) + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_X2 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Y CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V // For Y Axes (override below) + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Y2 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V // For Z Axes (override below) + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z2 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z3 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z4 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V // For Extruders (override below) + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E1 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E2 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E3 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E4 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E5 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E6 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E7 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + + /** + * Monitor Trinamic drivers + * for error conditions like overtemperature and short to ground. + * To manage over-temp Marlin can decrease the driver current until the error condition clears. + * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. + * Relevant G-codes: + * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. + * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. + * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. + * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) + */ + //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS + + #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) + #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] + #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE + #define STOP_ON_ERROR + #endif + + /** + * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only + * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. + * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. + * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. + * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting + */ + //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD + + #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] + #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 + #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 + #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 + #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define Z4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E6_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E7_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + + /** + * Use StallGuard to home / probe X, Y, Z. + * + * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only + * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. + * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. + * + * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. + * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: + * + * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others + * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) + * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) + * + * It is recommended to set HOMING_BUMP_MM to { 0, 0, 0 }. + * + * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** + * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. + * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. + * + * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when + * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. + * + * Comment *_STALL_SENSITIVITY to disable sensorless homing for that axis. + */ + //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only + + #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) + // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 + #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 100 + #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY + #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 100 + #define Y2_STALL_SENSITIVITY Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY + //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 + //#define Z2_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY + //#define Z3_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY + //#define Z4_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY + //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only + //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY + #endif + + /** + * TMC Homing stepper phase. + * + * Improve homing repeatability by homing to stepper coil's nearest absolute + * phase position. Trinamic drivers use a stepper phase table with 1024 values + * spanning 4 full steps with 256 positions each (ergo, 1024 positions). + * Full step positions (128, 384, 640, 896) have the highest holding torque. + * + * Values from 0..1023, -1 to disable homing phase for that axis. + */ + //#define TMC_HOME_PHASE { 896, 896, 896 } + + /** + * Beta feature! + * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. + */ + //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING + + /** + * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. + * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. + */ + //#define TMC_DEBUG + + /** + * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. + * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page + * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper + * + * Example: + * #define TMC_ADV() { \ + * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ + * stepperY.intpol(0); \ + * } + */ + #define TMC_ADV() { } + +#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG + +// @section L64XX + +/** + * L64XX Stepper Driver options + * + * Arduino-L6470 library (0.8.0 or higher) is required. + * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 + * + * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file + * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN + * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN + * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN + * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN + * ENABLE_RESET_L64XX_CHIPS(Q) where Q is 1 to enable and 0 to reset + */ + +#if HAS_L64XX + + //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) + #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - L6474 max is 16 + #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current + // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down + // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 1000 x (1 - 32) - 32A max - rounds down + #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) + // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down + // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 200 x (1 - 32) - 6.4A max - rounds down + // L6474 - STALLCURRENT setting is used to set the nominal (TVAL) current + #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - not used by L6474 + #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI + #define X_SLEW_RATE 1 // 0-3, Slew 0 is slowest, 3 is fastest + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) + #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define X2_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) + #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Y_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) + #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Y2_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) + #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Z_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) + #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Z2_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) + #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Z3_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z4) + #define Z4_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Z4_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Z4_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Z4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Z4_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Z4_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) + #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E0_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) + #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E1_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) + #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E2_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) + #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E3_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) + #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E4_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) + #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E5_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E6) + #define E6_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E6_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E6_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E6_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E6_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E6_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E7) + #define E7_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E7_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E7_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E7_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E7_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E7_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + /** + * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. + * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. + * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. + * Relevant G-codes: + * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. + * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 + * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 + * I3 - Z3 or E3 + * I4 - Z4 or E4 + * I5 - E5 + * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning + * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds + * M918 - Increase speed until max or error + * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters + */ + //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS + + #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) + #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 + //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR + #endif + +#endif // HAS_L64XX + +// @section i2cbus + +// +// I2C Master ID for LPC176x LCD and Digital Current control +// Does not apply to other peripherals based on the Wire library. +// +//#define I2C_MASTER_ID 1 // Set a value from 0 to 2 + +/** + * TWI/I2C BUS + * + * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production + * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave + * devices on the bus. + * + * ; Example #1 + * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) + * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B<base 10> arg + * M260 A99 ; Target slave address + * M260 B77 ; M + * M260 B97 ; a + * M260 B114 ; r + * M260 B108 ; l + * M260 B105 ; i + * M260 B110 ; n + * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer + * + * ; Example #2 + * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) + * M261 A99 B5 + * + * ; Example #3 + * ; Example serial output of a M261 request + * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello + */ + +//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS +#if ENABLED(EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS) + #define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave +#endif + +// @section extras + +/** + * Photo G-code + * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. + * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. + */ +//#define PHOTO_GCODE +#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) + // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo + //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) + //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) + //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) + + // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger + // Data from: https://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ + //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 + + // Canon Hack Development Kit + // https://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ + //#define CHDK_PIN 4 + + // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter + //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) + + // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high + //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) + + /** + * PHOTO_PULSES_US may need adjustment depending on board and camera model. + * Pin must be running at 48.4kHz. + * Be sure to use a PHOTOGRAPH_PIN which can rise and fall quick enough. + * (e.g., MKS SBase temp sensor pin was too slow, so used P1.23 on J8.) + * + * Example pulse data for Nikon: https://bit.ly/2FKD0Aq + * IR Wiring: https://git.io/JvJf7 + */ + //#define PHOTO_PULSES_US { 2000, 27850, 400, 1580, 400, 3580, 400 } // (µs) Durations for each 48.4kHz oscillation + #ifdef PHOTO_PULSES_US + #define PHOTO_PULSE_DELAY_US 13 // (µs) Approximate duration of each HIGH and LOW pulse in the oscillation + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Spindle & Laser control + * + * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and + * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. + * + * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. + * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set + * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. + * + * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V + * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. + * + * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. + */ +//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE +//#define LASER_FEATURE +#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) + #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_STATE LOW // Set to "HIGH" if the on/off function is active HIGH + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT false // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower + + #define SPINDLE_LASER_FREQUENCY 2500 // (Hz) Spindle/laser frequency (only on supported HALs: AVR and LPC) + + //#define SPINDLE_SERVO // A servo converting an angle to spindle power + #ifdef SPINDLE_SERVO + #define SPINDLE_SERVO_NR 0 // Index of servo used for spindle control + #define SPINDLE_SERVO_MIN 10 // Minimum angle for servo spindle + #endif + + /** + * Speed / Power can be set ('M3 S') and displayed in terms of: + * - PWM255 (S0 - S255) + * - PERCENT (S0 - S100) + * - RPM (S0 - S50000) Best for use with a spindle + * - SERVO (S0 - S180) + */ + #define CUTTER_POWER_UNIT PWM255 + + /** + * Relative Cutter Power + * Normally, 'M3 O<power>' sets + * OCR power is relative to the range SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX. + * so input powers of 0...255 correspond to SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX + * instead of normal range (0 to SPEED_POWER_MAX). + * Best used with (e.g.) SuperPID router controller: S0 = 5,000 RPM and S255 = 30,000 RPM + */ + //#define CUTTER_POWER_RELATIVE // Set speed proportional to [SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX] + + #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) + //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction + #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction + #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed + + #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power + #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop + + /** + * M3/M4 Power Equation + * + * Each tool uses different value ranges for speed / power control. + * These parameters are used to convert between tool power units and PWM. + * + * Speed/Power = (PWMDC / 255 * 100 - SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT) / SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + * PWMDC = (spdpwr - SPEED_POWER_MIN) / (SPEED_POWER_MAX - SPEED_POWER_MIN) / SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + */ + #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 // (%) 0-100 i.e., Minimum power percentage + #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 // (RPM) + #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // (RPM) SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM + #define SPEED_POWER_STARTUP 25000 // (RPM) M3/M4 speed/power default (with no arguments) + + #else + + #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 // (%) 0-100 i.e., Minimum power percentage + #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 0 // (%) 0-100 + #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // (%) 0-100 + #define SPEED_POWER_STARTUP 80 // (%) M3/M4 speed/power default (with no arguments) + + // Define the minimum and maximum test pulse time values for a laser test fire function + #define LASER_TEST_PULSE_MIN 1 // Used with Laser Control Menu + #define LASER_TEST_PULSE_MAX 999 // Caution: Menu may not show more than 3 characters + + /** + * Enable inline laser power to be handled in the planner / stepper routines. + * Inline power is specified by the I (inline) flag in an M3 command (e.g., M3 S20 I) + * or by the 'S' parameter in G0/G1/G2/G3 moves (see LASER_MOVE_POWER). + * + * This allows the laser to keep in perfect sync with the planner and removes + * the powerup/down delay since lasers require negligible time. + */ + //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE + + #if ENABLED(LASER_POWER_INLINE) + /** + * Scale the laser's power in proportion to the movement rate. + * + * - Sets the entry power proportional to the entry speed over the nominal speed. + * - Ramps the power up every N steps to approximate the speed trapezoid. + * - Due to the limited power resolution this is only approximate. + */ + #define LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID + + /** + * Continuously calculate the current power (nominal_power * current_rate / nominal_rate). + * Required for accurate power with non-trapezoidal acceleration (e.g., S_CURVE_ACCELERATION). + * This is a costly calculation so this option is discouraged on 8-bit AVR boards. + * + * LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT_PER defines how many step cycles there are between power updates. If your + * board isn't able to generate steps fast enough (and you are using LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT), increase this. + * Note that when this is zero it means it occurs every cycle; 1 means a delay wait one cycle then run, etc. + */ + //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT + + /** + * Stepper iterations between power updates. Increase this value if the board + * can't keep up with the processing demands of LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT. + * Disable (or set to 0) to recalculate power on every stepper iteration. + */ + //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT_PER 10 + + /** + * Include laser power in G0/G1/G2/G3/G5 commands with the 'S' parameter + */ + //#define LASER_MOVE_POWER + + #if ENABLED(LASER_MOVE_POWER) + // Turn off the laser on G0 moves with no power parameter. + // If a power parameter is provided, use that instead. + //#define LASER_MOVE_G0_OFF + + // Turn off the laser on G28 homing. + //#define LASER_MOVE_G28_OFF + #endif + + /** + * Inline flag inverted + * + * WARNING: M5 will NOT turn off the laser unless another move + * is done (so G-code files must end with 'M5 I'). + */ + //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE_INVERT + + /** + * Continuously apply inline power. ('M3 S3' == 'G1 S3' == 'M3 S3 I') + * + * The laser might do some weird things, so only enable this + * feature if you understand the implications. + */ + //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE_CONTINUOUS + + #else + + #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 50 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power + #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 50 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop + + #endif + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Coolant Control + * + * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. + * + * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. + */ +//#define COOLANT_CONTROL +#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) + #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present + #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present + #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed + #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed +#endif + +/** + * Filament Width Sensor + * + * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts + * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. + * + * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the + * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the + * volume. + * + * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. + * + * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector + * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) + * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 + * + * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. + */ +//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR + +#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) + #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] + #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber + + #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it + #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. + + #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially + + // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. + //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY +#endif + +/** + * Power Monitor + * Monitor voltage (V) and/or current (A), and -when possible- power (W) + * + * Read and configure with M430 + * + * The current sensor feeds DC voltage (relative to the measured current) to an analog pin + * The voltage sensor feeds DC voltage (relative to the measured voltage) to an analog pin + */ +//#define POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT // Monitor the system current +//#define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE // Monitor the system voltage +#if EITHER(POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT, POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE) + #define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTS_PER_AMP 0.05000 // Input voltage to the MCU analog pin per amp - DO NOT apply more than ADC_VREF! + #define POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT_OFFSET -1 // Offset value for current sensors with linear function output + #define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTS_PER_VOLT 0.11786 // Input voltage to the MCU analog pin per volt - DO NOT apply more than ADC_VREF! + #define POWER_MONITOR_FIXED_VOLTAGE 13.6 // Voltage for a current sensor with no voltage sensor (for power display) +#endif + +/** + * CNC Coordinate Systems + * + * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems + * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. + */ +//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS + +/** + * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S<seconds> + */ +#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES + +/** + * Include capabilities in M115 output + */ +#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT +#if ENABLED(EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT) + //#define M115_GEOMETRY_REPORT +#endif + +/** + * Expected Printer Check + * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. + * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. + */ +//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK + +/** + * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options + */ +//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS + +#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) + /** + * Volumetric extrusion default state + * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, + * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. + * + * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter (and enable volumetric). + * M200 S0/S1 to disable/enable volumetric extrusion. + */ + //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON + + //#define VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT + #if ENABLED(VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT) + /** + * Default volumetric extrusion limit in cubic mm per second (mm^3/sec). + * This factory setting applies to all extruders. + * Use 'M200 [T<extruder>] L<limit>' to override and 'M502' to reset. + * A non-zero value activates Volume-based Extrusion Limiting. + */ + #define DEFAULT_VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT 0.00 // (mm^3/sec) + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all + * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. + * + * - M206 and M428 are disabled. + * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. + */ +//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS + +// Extra options for the M114 "Current Position" report +//#define M114_DETAIL // Use 'M114` for details to check planner calculations +//#define M114_REALTIME // Real current position based on forward kinematics +//#define M114_LEGACY // M114 used to synchronize on every call. Enable if needed. + +//#define REPORT_FAN_CHANGE // Report the new fan speed when changed by M106 (and others) + +/** + * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. + * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. + * + * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. + * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. + */ +#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 + +/** + * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser + */ +#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER + +#if ENABLED(FASTER_GCODE_PARSER) + //#define GCODE_QUOTED_STRINGS // Support for quoted string parameters +#endif + +//#define MEATPACK // Support for MeatPack G-code compression (https://github.com/scottmudge/OctoPrint-MeatPack) + +//#define GCODE_CASE_INSENSITIVE // Accept G-code sent to the firmware in lowercase + +//#define REPETIER_GCODE_M360 // Add commands originally from Repetier FW + +/** + * CNC G-code options + * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. + * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). + * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. + */ +//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments +//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. + +// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves +//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/min) +#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE + //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode +#endif + +/** + * Startup commands + * + * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. + */ +//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" + +/** + * G-code Macros + * + * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. + * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. + */ +//#define GCODE_MACROS +#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) + #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used + #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro +#endif + +/** + * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode + */ +#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS +#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) + //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" + //#define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" + //#define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK + //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script + + #define USER_CMD_1_ENABLE + #define USER_DESC_1 "Bed" + #define USER_GCODE_1 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) + + #define USER_CMD_2_ENABLE + #define USER_DESC_2 PREHEAT_1_LABEL + #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) + + #define USER_CMD_3_ENABLE + #define USER_DESC_3 PREHEAT_2_LABEL + #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) + + #define USER_CMD_4_ENABLE + #define USER_DESC_4 "Cool" + #define USER_GCODE_4 "M108\nM106 255" + + //#define USER_CMD_5_ENABLE + //#define USER_DESC_5 "More1" + //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28" + + //#define USER_CMD_6_ENABLE + //#define USER_DESC_6 "More2" + //#define USER_GCODE_6 "G28" + + //#define USER_CMD_7_ENABLE + //#define USER_DESC_7 "More3" + //#define USER_GCODE_7 "G28" +#endif + +/** + * Host Action Commands + * + * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. + * + * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands + * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel + * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed + * + * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. + * + * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so + * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. + */ +//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS +#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) + //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT + //#define HOST_START_MENU_ITEM // Add a menu item that tells the host to start +#endif + +/** + * Cancel Objects + * + * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects + */ +//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS + +/** + * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. + * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. + * + * Wiki: https://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder + * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder + * + * Supplier: https://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module + * Alternative Supplier: https://reliabuild3d.com/ + * + * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. + */ + +//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS +#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) + + #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 + // encoders supported currently. + + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. <X|Y|Z|E>_AXIS. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- + // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for + // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, + // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. + //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper + // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) + //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the + // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors + // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of + // measurement noise / latency (filter). + + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 + //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) + //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 + + #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options + #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. + + #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. + #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS + + #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. + #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS + + // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. + #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR + #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 + #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) + #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE + #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 + + //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given + // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to + // disable abort behavior. + + #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault + // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder + // is trusted again. + + /** + * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, + * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with + * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. + */ + #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. + + // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. + #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE + +#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS + +/** + * Analog Joystick(s) + */ +//#define JOYSTICK +#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) + #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 + #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 + #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 + #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 + + //#define INVERT_JOY_X // Enable if X direction is reversed + //#define INVERT_JOY_Y // Enable if Y direction is reversed + //#define INVERT_JOY_Z // Enable if Z direction is reversed + + // Use M119 with JOYSTICK_DEBUG to find reasonable values after connecting: + #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max + #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } + #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } + //#define JOYSTICK_DEBUG +#endif + +/** + * Mechanical Gantry Calibration + * Modern replacement for the Prusa TMC_Z_CALIBRATION. + * Adds capability to work with any adjustable current drivers. + * Implemented as G34 because M915 is deprecated. + */ +//#define MECHANICAL_GANTRY_CALIBRATION +#if ENABLED(MECHANICAL_GANTRY_CALIBRATION) + #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_CURRENT 600 // Default calibration current in ma + #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_EXTRA_HEIGHT 15 // Extra distance in mm past Z_###_POS to move + #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE 500 // Feedrate for correction move + //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_TO_MIN // Enable to calibrate Z in the MIN direction + + //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_SAFE_POSITION XY_CENTER // Safe position for nozzle + //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_XY_PARK_FEEDRATE 3000 // XY Park Feedrate - MMM + //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_COMMANDS_PRE "" + #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_COMMANDS_POST "G28" // G28 highly recommended to ensure an accurate position +#endif + +/** + * MAX7219 Debug Matrix + * + * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. + * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. + */ +//#define MAX7219_DEBUG +#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) + #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 + #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 + #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 + + //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix + #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Test pattern at startup: 0=none, 1=sweep, 2=spiral + #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. + #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) + // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 + //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order + //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side + + /** + * Sample debug features + * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! + */ + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row + + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row + // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how + // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. +#endif + +/** + * NanoDLP Sync support + * + * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" + * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use + * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands + */ +//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC +#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) + //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. + // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. +#endif + +/** + * Ethernet. Use M552 to enable and set the IP address. + */ +#if HAS_ETHERNET + #define MAC_ADDRESS { 0xDE, 0xAD, 0xBE, 0xEF, 0xF0, 0x0D } // A MAC address unique to your network +#endif + +/** + * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) + */ +//#define WIFISUPPORT // Marlin embedded WiFi managenent +//#define ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT // ESP3D Library WiFi management (https://github.com/luc-github/ESP3DLib) + +#if EITHER(WIFISUPPORT, ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT) + //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver (which may include auto-discovery) + //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates + //#define WIFI_CUSTOM_COMMAND // Accept feature config commands (e.g., WiFi ESP3D) from the host + + /** + * To set a default WiFi SSID / Password, create a file called Configuration_Secure.h with + * the following defines, customized for your network. This specific file is excluded via + * .gitignore to prevent it from accidentally leaking to the public. + * + * #define WIFI_SSID "WiFi SSID" + * #define WIFI_PWD "WiFi Password" + */ + //#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with WiFi SSID / Password +#endif + +/** + * Průša Multi-Material Unit (MMU) + * Enable in Configuration.h + * + * These devices allow a single stepper driver on the board to drive + * multi-material feeders with any number of stepper motors. + */ +#if HAS_PRUSA_MMU1 + /** + * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. + * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. + * + * Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. + * Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. + */ + //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required + //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs + //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs +#elif HAS_PRUSA_MMU2 + // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. + #define MMU2_SERIAL_PORT 2 + + // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it + //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 + + // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) + //#define MMU2_MODE_12V + + // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout + #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" + + // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 + //#define MMU2_MENUS + #if EITHER(MMU2_MENUS, HAS_PRUSA_MMU2S) + // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. + // This is for Průša MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. + #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 + #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ + { 7.2, 1145 }, \ + { 14.4, 871 }, \ + { 36.0, 1393 }, \ + { 14.4, 871 }, \ + { 50.0, 198 } + + #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ + { 1.0, 1000 }, \ + { 1.0, 1500 }, \ + { 2.0, 2000 }, \ + { 1.5, 3000 }, \ + { 2.5, 4000 }, \ + { -15.0, 5000 }, \ + { -14.0, 1200 }, \ + { -6.0, 600 }, \ + { 10.0, 700 }, \ + { -10.0, 400 }, \ + { -50.0, 2000 } + #endif + + /** + * Using a sensor like the MMU2S + * This mode requires a MK3S extruder with a sensor at the extruder idler, like the MMU2S. + * See https://help.prusa3d.com/en/guide/3b-mk3s-mk2-5s-extruder-upgrade_41560, step 11 + */ + #if HAS_PRUSA_MMU2S + #define MMU2_C0_RETRY 5 // Number of retries (total time = timeout*retries) + + #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE 800 // (mm/min) + #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_SEQUENCE \ + { 0.1, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }, \ + { 60.0, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }, \ + { -52.0, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE } + + #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_RETRACT 6.0 // (mm) Keep under the distance between Load Sequence values + #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_DEVIATION 0.8 // (mm) Acceptable deviation + + #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT 0.2 // (mm) To reuse within MMU2 module + #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT_SEQUENCE \ + { -MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE } + + #else + + /** + * MMU1 Extruder Sensor + * + * Support for a Průša (or other) IR Sensor to detect filament near the extruder + * and make loading more reliable. Suitable for an extruder equipped with a filament + * sensor less than 38mm from the gears. + * + * During loading the extruder will stop when the sensor is triggered, then do a last + * move up to the gears. If no filament is detected, the MMU2 can make some more attempts. + * If all attempts fail, a filament runout will be triggered. + */ + //#define MMU_EXTRUDER_SENSOR + #if ENABLED(MMU_EXTRUDER_SENSOR) + #define MMU_LOADING_ATTEMPTS_NR 5 // max. number of attempts to load filament if first load fail + #endif + + #endif + + //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output + +#endif // HAS_PRUSA_MMU2 + +/** + * Advanced Print Counter settings + */ +#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) + #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 + // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs + //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" + //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours + //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" + //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours + //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" + //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours +#endif + +// @section develop + +// +// M100 Free Memory Watcher to debug memory usage +// +//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER + +// +// M42 - Set pin states +// +//#define DIRECT_PIN_CONTROL + +// +// M43 - display pin status, toggle pins, watch pins, watch endstops & toggle LED, test servo probe +// +//#define PINS_DEBUGGING + +// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands +//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/MKS Robin nano v3.0/Config example for suport sd card/Config example for Sapphire pro(4988)/Configuration.h b/config/MKS Robin nano v3.0/Config example for suport sd card/Config example for Sapphire pro(4988)/Configuration.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b77d9c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/config/MKS Robin nano v3.0/Config example for suport sd card/Config example for Sapphire pro(4988)/Configuration.h @@ -0,0 +1,2611 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * Configuration.h + * + * Basic settings such as: + * + * - Type of electronics + * - Type of temperature sensor + * - Printer geometry + * - Endstop configuration + * - LCD controller + * - Extra features + * + * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h + */ +#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020008 + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Getting Started ============================= +//=========================================================================== + +/** + * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: + * + * https://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration + * https://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk + * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz + * https://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide + * https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 + * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap + * https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 + */ + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== +//=========================================================================== +// For a Delta printer, start with one of the configuration files in the config/examples/delta directory +// from https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Configurations/branches/all and customize for your machine. +// + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== +//=========================================================================== +// For a SCARA printer, start with one of the configuration files in the config/examples/SCARA directory +// from https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Configurations/branches/all and customize for your machine. +// + +// @section info + +// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 +#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. +//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) + +/** + * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** + * + * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. + * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed + * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. + * + * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also + * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. + */ + +// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** +#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN + +// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. +//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN + +// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. +//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE + +// @section machine + +/** + * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. + * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. + * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. + * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. + * + * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] + */ +#define SERIAL_PORT -1 + +/** + * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. + * Currently Ethernet (-2) is only supported on Teensy 4.1 boards. + * :[-2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] + */ +//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 + +/** + * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. + * + * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if + * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. + * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. + * + * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] + */ +#define BAUDRATE 250000 + +// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices +//#define BLUETOOTH + +// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup +#ifndef MOTHERBOARD + #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_ROBIN_NANO_V3 +#endif + +// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu +//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" + +// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. +// Choose your own or use a service like https://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 +//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" + +// @section extruder + +// This defines the number of extruders +// :[0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8] +#define EXTRUDERS 1 + +// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. +#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 + +// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. +//#define SINGLENOZZLE + +// Save and restore temperature and fan speed on tool-change. +// Set standby for the unselected tool with M104/106/109 T... +#if ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE) + //#define SINGLENOZZLE_STANDBY_TEMP + //#define SINGLENOZZLE_STANDBY_FAN +#endif + +/** + * Multi-Material Unit + * Set to one of these predefined models: + * + * PRUSA_MMU1 : Průša MMU1 (The "multiplexer" version) + * PRUSA_MMU2 : Průša MMU2 + * PRUSA_MMU2S : Průša MMU2S (Requires MK3S extruder with motion sensor, EXTRUDERS = 5) + * SMUFF_EMU_MMU2 : Technik Gegg SMUFF (Průša MMU2 emulation mode) + * SMUFF_EMU_MMU2S : Technik Gegg SMUFF (Průša MMU2S emulation mode) + * + * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. + * See additional options in Configuration_adv.h. + */ +//#define MMU_MODEL PRUSA_MMU2 + +// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor +//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER +#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) + #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 + #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] + #if EXTRUDERS > 3 + #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 + #endif +#endif + +// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles +//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE +#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) + #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 + //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second + #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) +#endif + +/** + * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part + * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. + */ +//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER + +/** + * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part + * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid + * + * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 + * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k + * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE + */ +//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER + +#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) + + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 + + #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) + + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. + //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 + + #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) + + #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/min) Speed for travel before last distance point + #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/min) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple + #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point + #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling + + #endif + +#endif + +/** + * Switching Toolhead + * + * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as + * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. + */ +//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD + +/** + * Magnetic Switching Toolhead + * + * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic + * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. + */ +//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD + +/** + * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead + * + * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. + * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. + * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 + */ +//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD + +#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders + #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock + #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) + //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock + #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/min) Extruder prime feedrate + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/min) Extruder retract feedrate + #endif + #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching + #endif +#endif + +/** + * "Mixing Extruder" + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. + * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S<index>' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). + */ +//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER +#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) + #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder + #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 + //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif +#endif + +// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). +// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). +// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. +//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle +//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle +//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle + +// @section machine + +/** + * Power Supply Control + * + * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. + * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. + */ +//#define PSU_CONTROL +//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" + +#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) + #define PSU_ACTIVE_STATE LOW // Set 'LOW' for ATX, 'HIGH' for X-Box + + //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 + //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power + + //#define PSU_POWERUP_GCODE "M355 S1" // G-code to run after power-on (e.g., case light on) + //#define PSU_POWEROFF_GCODE "M355 S0" // G-code to run before power-off (e.g., case light off) + + //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin + #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) + #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power + #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS + #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN + #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN + //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU if any extruder is over this temperature + //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU if the chamber is over this temperature + #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 // (s) Turn off power if the machine is idle for this duration + //#define POWER_OFF_DELAY 60 // (s) Delay of poweroff after M81 command. Useful to let fans run for extra time. + #endif +#endif + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ +//=========================================================================== +// @section temperature + +/** + * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table + * + * Temperature sensors available: + * + * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) + * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) + * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) + * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 + * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 + * 0 : not used + * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) + * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table for MEGA) + * 332 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table for DUE) + * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) + * 202 : 200k thermistor - Copymaster 3D + * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) + * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! + * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan, J-Head, and E3D) (4.7k pullup) + * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor + * 502 : 100K Zonestar Thermistor used by hot bed in Zonestar Průša P802M + * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) + * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) + * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) + * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) + * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) + * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) + * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) + * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (Used in Keenovo AC silicone mats and most Wanhao i3 machines) (4.7k pullup) + * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) + * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" + * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend + * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 + * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x with mainboard ADC reference voltage = INA826 amplifier-board supply voltage. + * NOTES: (1) Must use an ADC input with no pullup. (2) Some INA826 amplifiers are unreliable at 3.3V so consider using sensor 147, 110, or 21. + * 21 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x with 3.3v ADC reference voltage (STM32, LPC176x....) and 5V INA826 amplifier board supply. + * NOTE: ADC pins are not 5V tolerant. Not recommended because it's possible to damage the CPU by going over 500°C. + * 22 : 100k (hotend) with 4.7k pullup to 3.3V and 220R to analog input (as in GTM32 Pro vB) + * 23 : 100k (bed) with 4.7k pullup to 3.3v and 220R to analog input (as in GTM32 Pro vB) + * 30 : Kis3d Silicone heating mat 200W/300W with 6mm precision cast plate (EN AW 5083) NTC100K / B3950 (4.7k pullup) + * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x + * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 + * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup + * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design + * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering + * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 + * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor + * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) + * + * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. + * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) + * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) + * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) + * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) + * + * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup (E3D) + * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) + * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup + * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) + * + * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h + * + * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. + * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. + * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. + */ +#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_6 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_7 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 + +// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 +#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 +#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 + +// Resistor values when using MAX31865 sensors (-5) on TEMP_SENSOR_0 / 1 +//#define MAX31865_SENSOR_OHMS_0 100 // (Ω) Typically 100 or 1000 (PT100 or PT1000) +//#define MAX31865_CALIBRATION_OHMS_0 430 // (Ω) Typically 430 for AdaFruit PT100; 4300 for AdaFruit PT1000 +//#define MAX31865_SENSOR_OHMS_1 100 +//#define MAX31865_CALIBRATION_OHMS_1 430 + +// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings +// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. +//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT +#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 + +#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 4 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 +#define TEMP_WINDOW 4 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer +#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 4 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target + +#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 4 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 +#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 4 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer +#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 4 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target + +// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off +// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. +#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_6_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_7_MINTEMP 5 +#define BED_MINTEMP 5 + +// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. +// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. +// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) +#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_6_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_7_MAXTEMP 275 +#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= PID Settings ================================ +//=========================================================================== +// PID Tuning Guide here: https://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning + +// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. +#define PIDTEMP +#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current +#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current +#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop + +#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) + //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) + //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) + // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] + + #if ENABLED(PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND) + // Specify between 1 and HOTENDS values per array. + // If fewer than EXTRUDER values are provided, the last element will be repeated. + #define DEFAULT_Kp_LIST { 22.20, 22.20 } + #define DEFAULT_Ki_LIST { 1.08, 1.08 } + #define DEFAULT_Kd_LIST { 114.00, 114.00 } + #else + #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.20 + #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 + #define DEFAULT_Kd 114.00 + #endif +#endif // PIDTEMP + +//=========================================================================== +//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== +//=========================================================================== + +/** + * PID Bed Heating + * + * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. + * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. + * + * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. + * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, + * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly + * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W + * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand + * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. + */ +//#define PIDTEMPBED + +//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING + +/** + * Max Bed Power + * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). + * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider + * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) + */ +#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current + +#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) + //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 + //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. + + // 120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) + // from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) + #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 + #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 + #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 + + // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. +#endif // PIDTEMPBED + +#if EITHER(PIDTEMP, PIDTEMPBED) + //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. Use 'M303 D' to toggle activation. + //#define PID_OPENLOOP // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX + //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay + #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature + // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. +#endif + +// @section extruder + +/** + * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. + * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn + * cold extrusion prevention on and off. + * + * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** + */ +#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION +#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 + +/** + * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. + * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. + */ +#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE +#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 600 + +//=========================================================================== +//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= +//=========================================================================== + +/** + * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage + * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which + * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. + * + * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower + * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep + * the heater on. + * + * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the + * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h + */ + +#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders +#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed +#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= +//=========================================================================== + +// @section machine + +// Enable one of the options below for CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics, +// either in the usual order or reversed +#define COREXY +//#define COREXZ +//#define COREYZ +//#define COREYX +//#define COREZX +//#define COREZY +//#define MARKFORGED_XY // MarkForged. See https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?152,504042 + +//=========================================================================== +//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== +//=========================================================================== + +// @section homing + +// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. +// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the +// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. +#define USE_XMIN_PLUG +//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG +#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG +//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG +#define USE_YMAX_PLUG +//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG + +// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state +#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS +#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) + // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE +#endif + +// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state +//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS +#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) + // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE +#endif + +// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). +#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. + +/** + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. + * + * Use TMC2208/TMC2208_STANDALONE for TMC2225 drivers and TMC2209/TMC2209_STANDALONE for TMC2226 drivers. + * + * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, L6474, POWERSTEP01, + * TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, + * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, + * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, + * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, + * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE + * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'L6474', 'POWERSTEP01', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] + */ +#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E6_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E7_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 + +// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. +// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. +//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE + +/** + * Endstop Noise Threshold + * + * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. + * + * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. + * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor in parallel with the switch. + * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs + * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. + * + * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] + */ +//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 + +// Check for stuck or disconnected endstops during homing moves. +//#define DETECT_BROKEN_ENDSTOP + +//============================================================================= +//============================== Movement Settings ============================ +//============================================================================= +// @section motion + +/** + * Default Settings + * + * These settings can be reset by M502 + * + * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. + */ + +/** + * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the + * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the + * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. + */ +//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS + +/** + * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) + * Override with M92 + * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] + */ +#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 1600, 412 } + +/** + * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) + * Override with M203 + * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] + */ +#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } + +//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 +#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) + #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits +#endif + +/** + * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s + * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) + * Override with M201 + * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] + */ +#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } + +//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 +#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) + #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits +#endif + +/** + * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s + * Override with M204 + * + * M204 P Acceleration + * M204 R Retract Acceleration + * M204 T Travel Acceleration + */ +#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves +#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts +#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves + +/** + * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) + * Override with M205 X Y Z E + * + * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. + * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the + * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. + */ +//#define CLASSIC_JERK +#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) + #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 + #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 + #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 + + //#define TRAVEL_EXTRA_XYJERK 0.0 // Additional jerk allowance for all travel moves + + //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 + #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) + #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits + #endif +#endif + +#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance + +/** + * Junction Deviation Factor + * + * See: + * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 + * https://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html + */ +#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) + #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge + #define JD_HANDLE_SMALL_SEGMENTS // Use curvature estimation instead of just the junction angle + // for small segments (< 1mm) with large junction angles (> 135°). +#endif + +/** + * S-Curve Acceleration + * + * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier + * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. + * + * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained + */ +//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= +//=========================================================================== +// @section probes + +// +// See https://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html +// + +/** + * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z-MIN pin. + * The probe replaces the Z-MIN endstop and is used for Z homing. + * (Automatically enables USE_PROBE_FOR_Z_HOMING.) + */ +//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN + +// Force the use of the probe for Z-axis homing +//#define USE_PROBE_FOR_Z_HOMING + +/** + * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN + * + * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. + * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD + * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. + * + * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. + * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. + * + * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: + * - For simple switches connect... + * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. + * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. + */ +//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN PC4 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default + +/** + * Probe Type + * + * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. + * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. + */ + +/** + * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. + * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands + * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. + */ +//#define PROBE_MANUALLY +//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 + +/** + * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. + * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) + */ +//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE + +/** + * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive + * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. + */ +//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE + +/** + * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. + */ +//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. +//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles + +/** + * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. + */ +//#define BLTOUCH + +/** + * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr + * + * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. + * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is + * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. + * + * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, + * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. + */ +//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) + #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts + //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed + //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) +#endif + +// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) +//#define SOLENOID_PROBE + +// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. +//#define Z_PROBE_SLED +//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. + +// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. +//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE +#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) + #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS + #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS +#endif + +// Duet Smart Effector (for delta printers) - https://bit.ly/2ul5U7J +// When the pin is defined you can use M672 to set/reset the probe sensivity. +//#define DUET_SMART_EFFECTOR +#if ENABLED(DUET_SMART_EFFECTOR) + #define SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN -1 // Connect a GPIO pin to the Smart Effector MOD pin +#endif + +/** + * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. + * Requires stallGuard-capable Trinamic stepper drivers. + * CAUTION: This can damage machines with Z lead screws. + * Take extreme care when setting up this feature. + */ +//#define SENSORLESS_PROBING + +// +// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. +// + +/** + * Nozzle-to-Probe offsets { X, Y, Z } + * + * X and Y offset + * Use a caliper or ruler to measure the distance from the tip of + * the Nozzle to the center-point of the Probe in the X and Y axes. + * + * Z offset + * - For the Z offset use your best known value and adjust at runtime. + * - Common probes trigger below the nozzle and have negative values for Z offset. + * - Probes triggering above the nozzle height are uncommon but do exist. When using + * probes such as this, carefully set Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE and Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES + * to avoid collisions during probing. + * + * Tune and Adjust + * - Probe Offsets can be tuned at runtime with 'M851', LCD menus, babystepping, etc. + * - PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD (configuration_adv.h) can be used for setting the Z offset. + * + * Assuming the typical work area orientation: + * - Probe to RIGHT of the Nozzle has a Positive X offset + * - Probe to LEFT of the Nozzle has a Negative X offset + * - Probe in BACK of the Nozzle has a Positive Y offset + * - Probe in FRONT of the Nozzle has a Negative Y offset + * + * Some examples: + * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, -1 } // Example "1" + * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET {-10, 5, -1 } // Example "2" + * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 5, -5, -1 } // Example "3" + * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET {-15,-10, -1 } // Example "4" + * + * +-- BACK ---+ + * | [+] | + * L | 1 | R <-- Example "1" (right+, back+) + * E | 2 | I <-- Example "2" ( left-, back+) + * F |[-] N [+]| G <-- Nozzle + * T | 3 | H <-- Example "3" (right+, front-) + * | 4 | T <-- Example "4" ( left-, front-) + * | [-] | + * O-- FRONT --+ + */ +#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -40, -14, -2 } + +// Most probes should stay away from the edges of the bed, but +// with NOZZLE_AS_PROBE this can be negative for a wider probing area. +#define PROBING_MARGIN 30 + +// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/min) between probes +#define XY_PROBE_SPEED (133*60) + +// Feedrate (mm/min) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) +#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST (4*60) + +// Feedrate (mm/min) for the "accurate" probe of each point +#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) + +/** + * Probe Activation Switch + * A switch indicating proper deployment, or an optical + * switch triggered when the carriage is near the bed. + */ +//#define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH +#if ENABLED(PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH) + #define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH_STATE LOW // State indicating probe is active + //#define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH_PIN PC6 // Override default pin +#endif + +/** + * Tare Probe (determine zero-point) prior to each probe. + * Useful for a strain gauge or piezo sensor that needs to factor out + * elements such as cables pulling on the carriage. + */ +//#define PROBE_TARE +#if ENABLED(PROBE_TARE) + #define PROBE_TARE_TIME 200 // (ms) Time to hold tare pin + #define PROBE_TARE_DELAY 200 // (ms) Delay after tare before + #define PROBE_TARE_STATE HIGH // State to write pin for tare + //#define PROBE_TARE_PIN PA5 // Override default pin + #if ENABLED(PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH) + //#define PROBE_TARE_ONLY_WHILE_INACTIVE // Fail to tare/probe if PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH is active + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Multiple Probing + * + * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. + * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. + * + * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. + * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. + */ +//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 +//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 + +/** + * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between + * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. + * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. + * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. + * + * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or + * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) + * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. + * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. + * + * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. + * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. + */ +#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow +#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points +#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes +//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done + +#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping + +// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset +#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 +#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 + +// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy +//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST + +// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation +//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW +#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) + //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe +#endif + +/** + * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. + * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical + * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. + * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve + * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. + */ +//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing +#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) + //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) +#endif +//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing +//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing +//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors + +// Require minimum nozzle and/or bed temperature for probing +//#define PREHEAT_BEFORE_PROBING +#if ENABLED(PREHEAT_BEFORE_PROBING) + #define PROBING_NOZZLE_TEMP 120 // (°C) Only applies to E0 at this time + #define PROBING_BED_TEMP 50 +#endif + +// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 +// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } +#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 +#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 +#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 +#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders + +// Disable axis steppers immediately when they're not being stepped. +// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! +#define DISABLE_X false +#define DISABLE_Y false +#define DISABLE_Z false + +// Turn off the display blinking that warns about possible accuracy reduction +//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING + +// @section extruder + +#define DISABLE_E false // Disable the extruder when not stepping +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled + +// @section machine + +// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. +#define INVERT_X_DIR false +#define INVERT_Y_DIR false +#define INVERT_Z_DIR false + +// @section extruder + +// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. +#define INVERT_E0_DIR false +#define INVERT_E1_DIR false +#define INVERT_E2_DIR false +#define INVERT_E3_DIR false +#define INVERT_E4_DIR false +#define INVERT_E5_DIR false +#define INVERT_E6_DIR false +#define INVERT_E7_DIR false + +// @section homing + +//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed. Also enable HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE for extra safety. +//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated. Also enable NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING for extra safety. +//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. + +//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... + // Be sure to have this much clearance over your Z_MAX_POS to prevent grinding. + +//#define Z_AFTER_HOMING 10 // (mm) Height to move to after homing Z + +// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN +// :[-1,1] +#define X_HOME_DIR -1 +#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 +#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 + +// @section machine + +// The size of the print bed +#define X_BED_SIZE 220 +#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 + +// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. +#define X_MIN_POS 0 +#define Y_MIN_POS 0 +#define Z_MIN_POS 0 +#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE +#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE +#define Z_MAX_POS 220 + +/** + * Software Endstops + * + * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. + * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. + * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. + * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state + */ + +// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds +#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS +#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) + #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X + #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y + #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z +#endif + +// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds +#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS +#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) + #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X + #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y + #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z +#endif + +#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) + //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD +#endif + +/** + * Filament Runout Sensors + * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. + * + * IMPORTANT: Runout will only trigger if Marlin is aware that a print job is running. + * Marlin knows a print job is running when: + * 1. Running a print job from media started with M24. + * 2. The Print Job Timer has been started with M75. + * 3. The heaters were turned on and PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART is enabled. + * + * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. + * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. + */ +//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR +#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) + #define FIL_RUNOUT_ENABLED_DEFAULT true // Enable the sensor on startup. Override with M412 followed by M500. + #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. + + #define FIL_RUNOUT_STATE LOW // Pin state indicating that filament is NOT present. + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. + //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. + + // Override individually if the runout sensors vary + //#define FIL_RUNOUT1_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT1_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT1_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT3_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT3_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT3_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT4_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT4_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT4_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT5_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT5_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT5_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT6_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT6_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT6_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT7_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT7_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT7_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT8_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT8_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT8_PULLDOWN + + // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. + // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) + #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" + + // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament + // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of + // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. + //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 + + #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM + // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin + // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM + // large enough to avoid false positives.) + //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR + #endif +#endif + +//=========================================================================== +//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== +//=========================================================================== +// @section calibrate + +/** + * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters + * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. + * + * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! + * + * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT + * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) + * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. + * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. + * + * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR + * Probe several points in a grid. + * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. + * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. + * + * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR + * Probe several points in a grid. + * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. + * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. + * + * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) + * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits + * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh + * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. + * + * - MESH_BED_LEVELING + * Probe a grid manually + * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) + * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform + * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. + * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. + */ +//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT +//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR +//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR +//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL +//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING + +/** + * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable one of + * these options to restore the prior leveling state or to always enable + * leveling immediately after G28. + */ +//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 +//#define ENABLE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 + +/** + * Auto-leveling needs preheating + */ +//#define PREHEAT_BEFORE_LEVELING +#if ENABLED(PREHEAT_BEFORE_LEVELING) + #define LEVELING_NOZZLE_TEMP 120 // (°C) Only applies to E0 at this time + #define LEVELING_BED_TEMP 50 +#endif + +/** + * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. + * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. + * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! + */ +//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE + +#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, + // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. + // The height can be set with M420 Z<height> + #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT + #if ENABLED(ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT) + #define DEFAULT_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT 10.0 // (mm) Default fade height. + #endif + + // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, + // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the + // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. + #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES + #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) + + /** + * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. + */ + //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION + #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) + #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. + #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for G26. + #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for G26. + #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for G26. + #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for G26 XY moves. + #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 100 // (mm/s) Feedrate for G26 XY travel moves. + #define G26_RETRACT_MULTIPLIER 1.0 // G26 Q (retraction) used by default between mesh test elements. + #endif + +#endif + +#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) + + // Set the number of grid points per dimension. + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X + + // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column + //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST + + #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) + + // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? + // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. + //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID + + // + // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. + // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. + // + //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION + #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) + // Number of subdivisions between probe points + #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 + #endif + + #endif + +#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + + //=========================================================================== + //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ + //=========================================================================== + + //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh + + #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X + + #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle + #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 + + //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used + // as the Z-Height correction value. + +#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) + + //=========================================================================== + //=================================== Mesh ================================== + //=========================================================================== + + #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X + + //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS + +#endif // BED_LEVELING + +/** + * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. + * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. + */ +//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING + +#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) + #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. + #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment + //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points +#endif + +// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment +//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS + +#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET_LFRB { 30, 30, 30, 30 } // (mm) Left, Front, Right, Back insets + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle between leveling points + //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner + //#define LEVEL_CORNERS_USE_PROBE + #if ENABLED(LEVEL_CORNERS_USE_PROBE) + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_PROBE_TOLERANCE 0.1 + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_VERIFY_RAISED // After adjustment triggers the probe, re-probe to verify + //#define LEVEL_CORNERS_AUDIO_FEEDBACK + #endif + + /** + * Corner Leveling Order + * + * Set 2 or 4 points. When 2 points are given, the 3rd is the center of the opposite edge. + * + * LF Left-Front RF Right-Front + * LB Left-Back RB Right-Back + * + * Examples: + * + * Default {LF,RB,LB,RF} {LF,RF} {LB,LF} + * LB --------- RB LB --------- RB LB --------- RB LB --------- RB + * | 4 3 | | 3 2 | | <3> | | 1 | + * | | | | | | | <3>| + * | 1 2 | | 1 4 | | 1 2 | | 2 | + * LF --------- RF LF --------- RF LF --------- RF LF --------- RF + */ + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_LEVELING_ORDER { LF, RF, RB, LB } +#endif + +/** + * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. + * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. + */ +//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" + +// @section homing + +// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) +//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 + +// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. +// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. +//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 +//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 +//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 + +// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. +// +// With this feature enabled: +// +// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. +// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. +// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing. +// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. +// +//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING + +#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) + #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT X_CENTER // X point for Z homing + #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT Y_CENTER // Y point for Z homing +#endif + +// Homing speeds (mm/min) +#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_MM_M { (50*60), (50*60), (4*60) } + +// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves +#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS + +// @section calibrate + +/** + * Bed Skew Compensation + * + * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. + * + * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: + * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) + * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C + * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D + * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D + * + * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. + * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: + * + * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 + * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) + * + * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. + * Use these diagrams for reference: + * + * Y Z Z + * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C + * | / / | / / | / / + * | / / | / / | / / + * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D + * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y + * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR + */ +//#define SKEW_CORRECTION + +#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) + // Input all length measurements here: + #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 + #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 + #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 + + // Or, set the default skew factors directly here + // to override the above measurements: + #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 + + //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z + #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) + #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 + #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 + #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 + #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 + #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 + #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 + #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 + #endif + + // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime + //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE +#endif + +//============================================================================= +//============================= Additional Features =========================== +//============================================================================= + +// @section extras + +/** + * EEPROM + * + * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. + * + * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. + * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) + * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) + */ +#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 +//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! +#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. +//#define EEPROM_BOOT_SILENT // Keep M503 quiet and only give errors during first load +#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) + #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. +#endif + +// +// Host Keepalive +// +// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host +// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. +// +#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages +#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. +#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating + +// +// G20/G21 Inch mode support +// +//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT + +// +// M149 Set temperature units support +// +//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT + +// @section temperature + +// Preheat Constants +#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" +#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 +#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 +#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 + +#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" +#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 +#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 +#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 + +/** + * Nozzle Park + * + * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. + * + * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: + * + * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. + * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. + * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. + */ +//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE + +#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) + // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } + #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } + //#define NOZZLE_PARK_X_ONLY // X move only is required to park + //#define NOZZLE_PARK_Y_ONLY // Y move only is required to park + #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_RAISE_MIN 2 // (mm) Always raise Z by at least this distance + #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) + #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) +#endif + +/** + * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL + * + * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. + * + * Parameters: + * P Pattern + * S Strokes / Repetitions + * T Triangles (P1 only) + * + * Patterns: + * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material + * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) + * between the start / end points. + * + * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the + * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. + * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. + * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: + * + * -- + * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) + * | | / \ / \ / \ | + * A | | / \ / \ / \ | + * | | / \ / \ / \ | + * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) + * -- +--------------------------------+ + * |________|_________|_________| + * T1 T2 T3 + * + * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. + * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. + * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. + * + * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. + * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. + */ +//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE + +#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) + // Default number of pattern repetitions + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 + + // Default number of triangles + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 + + // Specify positions for each tool as { { X, Y, Z }, { X, Y, Z } } + // Dual hotend system may use { { -20, (Y_BED_SIZE / 2), (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }, { 420, (Y_BED_SIZE / 2), (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }} + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } } + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } } + + // Circular pattern radius + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 + // Circular pattern circle fragments number + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 + // Middle point of circle + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT + + // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK + + // For a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) + //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z + + // For a purge/clean station mounted on the X axis + //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Y + + // Require a minimum hotend temperature for cleaning + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_MIN_TEMP 170 + //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_HEATUP // Heat up the nozzle instead of skipping wipe + + // Explicit wipe G-code script applies to a G12 with no arguments. + //#define WIPE_SEQUENCE_COMMANDS "G1 X-17 Y25 Z10 F4000\nG1 Z1\nM114\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 Z15\nM400\nG0 X-10.0 Y-9.0" + +#endif + +/** + * Print Job Timer + * + * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. + * + * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer + * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer + * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none + * + * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: + * + * M75 - Start the print job timer + * M76 - Pause the print job timer + * M77 - Stop the print job timer + */ +#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART + +/** + * Print Counter + * + * Track statistical data such as: + * + * - Total print jobs + * - Total successful print jobs + * - Total failed print jobs + * - Total time printing + * + * View the current statistics with M78. + */ +//#define PRINTCOUNTER +#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) + #define PRINTCOUNTER_SAVE_INTERVAL 60 // (minutes) EEPROM save interval during print +#endif + +/** + * Password + * + * Set a numerical password for the printer which can be requested: + * + * - When the printer boots up + * - Upon opening the 'Print from Media' Menu + * - When SD printing is completed or aborted + * + * The following G-codes can be used: + * + * M510 - Lock Printer. Blocks all commands except M511. + * M511 - Unlock Printer. + * M512 - Set, Change and Remove Password. + * + * If you forget the password and get locked out you'll need to re-flash + * the firmware with the feature disabled, reset EEPROM, and (optionally) + * re-flash the firmware again with this feature enabled. + */ +//#define PASSWORD_FEATURE +#if ENABLED(PASSWORD_FEATURE) + #define PASSWORD_LENGTH 4 // (#) Number of digits (1-9). 3 or 4 is recommended + #define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP + #define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack. + #define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>. + //#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running + //#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END + //#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT + //#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE +#endif + +//============================================================================= +//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ +//============================================================================= + +// @section lcd + +/** + * LCD LANGUAGE + * + * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: + * + * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, hu, it, + * jp_kana, ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ro, ru, sk, sv, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW + * + * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'hu':'Hungarian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ro':'Romanian', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'sv':'Swedish', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)' } + */ +#define LCD_LANGUAGE en + +/** + * LCD Character Set + * + * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. + * + * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these + * language extensions: + * + * - JAPANESE ... the most common + * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters + * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language + * + * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: + * + * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' + * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu + * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text + * + * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html + * + * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] + */ +#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE + +/** + * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Průša) + * + * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Průša'] + */ +#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 + +/** + * SD CARD + * + * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, + * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. + */ +#define SDSUPPORT + +/** + * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC + * + * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. + */ +//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY + +/** + * LCD Menu Items + * + * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or + * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. + */ +//#define NO_LCD_MENUS +//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS + +// +// ENCODER SETTINGS +// +// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to +// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. +// +//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 + +// +// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to +// move between next/prev menu items. +// +//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 + +/** + * Encoder Direction Options + * + * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. + * + * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. + * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. + * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. + */ + +// +// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. +// +// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE +// +//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION + +// +// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. +// +// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. +// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. +// +//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION + +// +// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. +// +// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. +// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. +// +//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION + +// +// Individual Axis Homing +// +// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. +// +//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU + +// +// SPEAKER/BUZZER +// +// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. +// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. +// +//#define SPEAKER + +// +// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. +// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. +// +// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: +// M300 S<frequency Hz> P<duration ms> +// +//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 +//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 + +//============================================================================= +//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= +//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= +//============================================================================= + +// +// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. +// https://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller +// +// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. +// +//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER + +// +// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader +// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ +// +//#define RADDS_DISPLAY + +// +// ULTIMAKER Controller. +// +//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER + +// +// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. +// +//#define ULTIPANEL + +// +// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) +// https://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne +// +//#define PANEL_ONE + +// +// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller +// https://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel +// +// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. +// +//#define G3D_PANEL + +// +// RigidBot Panel V1.0 +// http://www.inventapart.com/ +// +//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL + +// +// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller +// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html +// +//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 + +// +// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller +// +//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. + // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference + // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. + // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. + +// +// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. +// +//#define ULTRA_LCD + +//============================================================================= +//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= +//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== +//============================================================================= + +// +// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C +// +// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C +// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C +// + +// +// Elefu RA Board Control Panel +// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 +// +//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL + +// +// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays +// +// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library +// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home +// +//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 +//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 + +// +// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter +// +//#define LCM1602 + +// +// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, +// separate encoder and click inputs. +// +// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. +// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 +// +// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to +// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). +// +//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 + +// +// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, +// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. +// +//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI + +// +// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels +// + +// +// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH +// LCD configuration: https://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD +// +//#define SAV_3DLCD + +// +// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 +// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD +// Uses the code directly from Sailfish +// +//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD + +// +// TFT GLCD Panel with Marlin UI +// Panel connected to main board by SPI or I2C interface. +// See https://github.com/Serhiy-K/TFTGLCDAdapter +// +//#define TFTGLCD_PANEL_SPI +//#define TFTGLCD_PANEL_I2C + +//============================================================================= +//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= +//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== +//============================================================================= + +// +// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) +// +// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! +// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino +// +// NOTE: If the LCD is unresponsive you may need to reverse the plugs. +// + +// +// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller +// https://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller +// +//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER + +// +// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD +// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 +// +//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD + +// +// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices +// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD +// https://www.panucatt.com +// +//#define VIKI2 +//#define miniVIKI + +// +// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic +// controller and SD support - https://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel +// +//#define MINIPANEL + +// +// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. +// https://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel +// +//#define MAKRPANEL + +// +// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. +// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ +// +//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER + +// +// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by +// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. +// +//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER + +// +// Cartesio UI +// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface +// +//#define CARTESIO_UI + +// +// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD +// +//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI + +// +// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder +// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) +// +//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER + +// +// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support +// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 +// +//#define MKS_MINI_12864 + +// +// MKS LCD12864A/B with graphic controller and SD support. Follows MKS_MINI_12864 pinout. +// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/33018110072.html +// +//#define MKS_LCD12864 + +// +// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support +// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ +// +//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default +//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) +//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight +//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. NeoPixel RGB Backlight +//#define FYSETC_GENERIC_12864_1_1 // Larger display with basic ON/OFF backlight. + +// +// Factory display for Creality CR-10 +// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html +// +// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. +// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) +// +//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY + +// +// Ender-2 OEM display, a variant of the MKS_MINI_12864 +// +//#define ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY + +// +// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller +// +// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 +// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with +// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). Enable one of these. +// +//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD +//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD_ALT_WIRING + +// +// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD +// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html +// +//#define AZSMZ_12864 + +// +// Silvergate GLCD controller +// https://github.com/android444/Silvergate +// +//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER + +//============================================================================= +//============================== OLED Displays ============================== +//============================================================================= + +// +// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display +// +//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 + +// +// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules +// +//#define SAV_3DGLCD +#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) + #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 + //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 +#endif + +// +// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel +// +//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 + +// +// MKS OLED 1.3" 128×64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER +// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED +// +// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display +// +//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) +//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller + +// +// Zonestar OLED 128×64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER +// +//#define ZONESTAR_12864LCD // Graphical (DOGM) with ST7920 controller +//#define ZONESTAR_12864OLED // 1.3" OLED with SH1106 controller (default) +//#define ZONESTAR_12864OLED_SSD1306 // 0.96" OLED with SSD1306 controller + +// +// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 +// +//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART + +// +// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs +// +//#define OVERLORD_OLED + +// +// FYSETC OLED 2.42" 128×64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER with WS2812 RGB +// Where to find : https://www.aliexpress.com/item/4000345255731.html +//#define FYSETC_242_OLED_12864 // Uses the SSD1309 controller + +//============================================================================= +//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== +//============================================================================= + +// +// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS. (Choose one.) +// ORIGIN : https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32993409517.html +// FYSETC : https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32961471929.html +// +//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_ORIGIN +//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC +//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY + +// +// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200/M300 printers +// +//#define MALYAN_LCD +#if ENABLED(MALYAN_LCD) + #define LCD_SERIAL_PORT 1 // Default is 1 for Malyan M200 +#endif + +// +// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays +// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. +// +//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE + +// +// Touch-screen LCD for Anycubic printers +// +//#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_I3MEGA +//#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_CHIRON +#if EITHER(ANYCUBIC_LCD_I3MEGA, ANYCUBIC_LCD_CHIRON) + #define LCD_SERIAL_PORT 3 // Default is 3 for Anycubic + //#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_DEBUG +#endif + +// +// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. +// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extui'. +// +//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI + +#if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + //#define EXTUI_LOCAL_BEEPER // Enables use of local Beeper pin with external display +#endif + +//============================================================================= +//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== +//============================================================================= + +/** + * Specific TFT Model Presets. Enable one of the following options + * or enable TFT_GENERIC and set sub-options. + */ + +// +// 480x320, 3.5", SPI Display From MKS +// Normally used in MKS Robin Nano V2 +// +#define MKS_TS35_V2_0 + +// +// 320x240, 2.4", FSMC Display From MKS +// Normally used in MKS Robin Nano V1.2 +// +//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT24 + +// +// 320x240, 2.8", FSMC Display From MKS +// Normally used in MKS Robin Nano V1.2 +// +//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT28 + +// +// 320x240, 3.2", FSMC Display From MKS +// Normally used in MKS Robin Nano V1.2 +// +//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT32 + +// +// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Display From MKS +// Normally used in MKS Robin Nano V1.2 +// +//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT35 + +// +// 480x272, 4.3", FSMC Display From MKS +// +//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT43 + +// +// 320x240, 3.2", FSMC Display From MKS +// Normally used in MKS Robin +// +//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT_V1_1R + +// +// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Stock Display from TronxXY +// +//#define TFT_TRONXY_X5SA + +// +// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Stock Display from AnyCubic +// +//#define ANYCUBIC_TFT35 + +// +// 320x240, 2.8", FSMC Stock Display from Longer/Alfawise +// +//#define LONGER_LK_TFT28 + +// +// 320x240, 2.8", FSMC Stock Display from ET4 +// +//#define ANET_ET4_TFT28 + +// +// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Stock Display from ET5 +// +//#define ANET_ET5_TFT35 + +// +// Generic TFT with detailed options +// +//#define TFT_GENERIC +#if ENABLED(TFT_GENERIC) + // :[ 'AUTO', 'ST7735', 'ST7789', 'ST7796', 'R61505', 'ILI9328', 'ILI9341', 'ILI9488' ] + #define TFT_DRIVER AUTO + + // Interface. Enable one of the following options: + //#define TFT_INTERFACE_FSMC + //#define TFT_INTERFACE_SPI + + // TFT Resolution. Enable one of the following options: + //#define TFT_RES_320x240 + //#define TFT_RES_480x272 + //#define TFT_RES_480x320 +#endif + +/** + * TFT UI - User Interface Selection. Enable one of the following options: + * + * TFT_CLASSIC_UI - Emulated DOGM - 128x64 Upscaled + * TFT_COLOR_UI - Marlin Default Menus, Touch Friendly, using full TFT capabilities + * TFT_LVGL_UI - A Modern UI using LVGL + * + * For LVGL_UI also copy the 'assets' folder from the build directory to the + * root of your SD card, together with the compiled firmware. + */ +//#define TFT_CLASSIC_UI +//#define TFT_COLOR_UI +#define TFT_LVGL_UI + +#if ENABLED(TFT_LVGL_UI) + #define MKS_WIFI_MODULE // MKS WiFi module +#endif + +/** + * TFT Rotation. Set to one of the following values: + * + * TFT_ROTATE_90, TFT_ROTATE_90_MIRROR_X, TFT_ROTATE_90_MIRROR_Y, + * TFT_ROTATE_180, TFT_ROTATE_180_MIRROR_X, TFT_ROTATE_180_MIRROR_Y, + * TFT_ROTATE_270, TFT_ROTATE_270_MIRROR_X, TFT_ROTATE_270_MIRROR_Y, + * TFT_MIRROR_X, TFT_MIRROR_Y, TFT_NO_ROTATION + */ +//#define TFT_ROTATION TFT_NO_ROTATION + +//============================================================================= +//============================ Other Controllers ============================ +//============================================================================= + +// +// Ender-3 v2 OEM display. A DWIN display with Rotary Encoder. +// +//#define DWIN_CREALITY_LCD + +// +// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 +// +#define TOUCH_SCREEN +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_SCREEN) + #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens + #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus + + #define TOUCH_SCREEN_CALIBRATION + + //#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_X 12316 + //#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_Y -8981 + //#define TOUCH_OFFSET_X -43 + //#define TOUCH_OFFSET_Y 257 + //#define TOUCH_ORIENTATION TOUCH_LANDSCAPE + + #if ENABLED(TFT_COLOR_UI) + //#define SINGLE_TOUCH_NAVIGATION + #endif +#endif + +// +// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 +// https://reprapworld.com/products/electronics/ramps/keypad_v1_0_fully_assembled/ +// +//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD +//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press + +//============================================================================= +//=============================== Extra Features ============================== +//============================================================================= + +// @section extras + +// Set number of user-controlled fans. Disable to use all board-defined fans. +// :[1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8] +//#define NUM_M106_FANS 1 + +// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino +//#define FAST_PWM_FAN + +// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency +// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency +// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. +//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM + +// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, +// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. +// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; +// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. +// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] +#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 + +// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can +// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, +// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired +// duty cycle is attained. +//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER + +// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. +// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C +// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) +//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS + +// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder +//#define BARICUDA + +// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb +//#define BLINKM + +// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver +//#define PCA9632 + +// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver +//#define PCA9533 + +/** + * RGB LED / LED Strip Control + * + * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or + * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. + * + * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. + * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of + * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. + * For NeoPixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. + * + * *** CAUTION *** + * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, + * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. + * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! + * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The NeoPixel LED needs + * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. + * *** CAUTION *** + * + * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. + */ +//#define RGB_LED +//#define RGBW_LED + +#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) + //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 + //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 + //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 + //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 +#endif + +// Support for Adafruit NeoPixel LED driver +//#define NEOPIXEL_LED +#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) + #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) + #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin + //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE + //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 + #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip. (Longest strip when NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE is disabled.) + #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. + #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) + //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup + + // Support for second Adafruit NeoPixel LED driver controlled with M150 S1 ... + //#define NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE + #if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE) + #define NEOPIXEL2_PIXELS 15 // Number of LEDs in the second strip + #define NEOPIXEL2_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) + #define NEOPIXEL2_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup + #else + //#define NEOPIXEL2_INSERIES // Default behavior is NeoPixel 2 in parallel + #endif + + // Use a single NeoPixel LED for static (background) lighting + //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use + //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W +#endif + +/** + * Printer Event LEDs + * + * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: + * + * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp + * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature + * - Change to white to illuminate work surface + * - Change to green once print has finished + * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button + */ +#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) + #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS +#endif + +/** + * Number of servos + * + * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. + * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. + * Set to 0 to turn off servo support. + */ +#define NUM_SERVOS 1 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command + +// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. +// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. +// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. +#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } + +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter +//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE + +// Edit servo angles with M281 and save to EEPROM with M500 +//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/MKS Robin nano v3.0/Config example for suport sd card/Config example for Sapphire pro(4988)/Configuration_adv.h b/config/MKS Robin nano v3.0/Config example for suport sd card/Config example for Sapphire pro(4988)/Configuration_adv.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e5f6d8d --- /dev/null +++ b/config/MKS Robin nano v3.0/Config example for suport sd card/Config example for Sapphire pro(4988)/Configuration_adv.h @@ -0,0 +1,3742 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * Configuration_adv.h + * + * Advanced settings. + * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. + * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! + * + * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h + */ +#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020008 + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ +//=========================================================================== +// @section temperature + +/** + * Thermocouple sensors are quite sensitive to noise. Any noise induced in + * the sensor wires, such as by stepper motor wires run in parallel to them, + * may result in the thermocouple sensor reporting spurious errors. This + * value is the number of errors which can occur in a row before the error + * is reported. This allows us to ignore intermittent error conditions while + * still detecting an actual failure, which should result in a continuous + * stream of errors from the sensor. + * + * Set this value to 0 to fail on the first error to occur. + */ +#define THERMOCOUPLE_MAX_ERRORS 15 + +// +// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters +// +#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 + #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 + #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 + #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 + #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 + #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 + #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_6 == 1000 + #define HOTEND6_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND6_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND6_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_7 == 1000 + #define HOTEND7_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND7_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND7_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 + #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 + #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +// +// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. +// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 +// +//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT +#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) + #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED + #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 + #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true +#endif + +// +// Heated Bed Bang-Bang options +// +#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) + #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // (ms) Interval between checks in bang-bang control + #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) + #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // (°C) Only set the relevant heater state when ABS(T-target) > BED_HYSTERESIS + #endif +#endif + +// +// Heated Chamber options +// +#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER + #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 + #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 + #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target + //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING + //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin + //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false + + //#define CHAMBER_FAN // Enable a fan on the chamber + #if ENABLED(CHAMBER_FAN) + #define CHAMBER_FAN_MODE 2 // Fan control mode: 0=Static; 1=Linear increase when temp is higher than target; 2=V-shaped curve. + #if CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 0 + #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 255 // Chamber fan PWM (0-255) + #elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 1 + #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 128 // Base chamber fan PWM (0-255); turns on when chamber temperature is above the target + #define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C above target + #elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 2 + #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 128 // Minimum chamber fan PWM (0-255) + #define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C difference from target + #endif + #endif + + //#define CHAMBER_VENT // Enable a servo-controlled vent on the chamber + #if ENABLED(CHAMBER_VENT) + #define CHAMBER_VENT_SERVO_NR 1 // Index of the vent servo + #define HIGH_EXCESS_HEAT_LIMIT 5 // How much above target temp to consider there is excess heat in the chamber + #define LOW_EXCESS_HEAT_LIMIT 3 + #define MIN_COOLING_SLOPE_TIME_CHAMBER_VENT 20 + #define MIN_COOLING_SLOPE_DEG_CHAMBER_VENT 1.5 + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage + * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which + * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. + * + * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower + * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep + * the heater on. + * + * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. + * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too + * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. + * + * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase + * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD + */ +#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius + + //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops + #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) + //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 + #endif + + /** + * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the + * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature + * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and + * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only + * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable + * test. + * + * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD + * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set + * below 2. + */ + #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 40 // Seconds + #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius +#endif + +/** + * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. + */ +#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 40 // Seconds + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius + + /** + * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). + */ + #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds + #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius +#endif + +/** + * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. + */ +#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius + + /** + * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). + */ + #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds + #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius +#endif + +#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. + // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. + //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING + #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) + #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) // heating power = Kc * e_speed + #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 + #endif + + /** + * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. + * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. + * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value + * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. + * + * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) + * --------------------------------------------------------------------- + * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: + * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 + * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. + * + * Example: + * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 + * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 + * + * Fan-speed dependent compensation + * -------------------------------- + * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). + * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. + * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature + * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. + * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% + * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. + * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. + * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in + * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED + */ + //#define PID_FAN_SCALING + #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) + //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION + #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) + // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. + // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. + // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. + + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING + + #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 + + #else + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) + #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING + #endif + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Automatic Temperature Mode + * + * Dynamically adjust the hotend target temperature based on planned E moves. + * + * (Contrast with PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING, which tracks E movement and adjusts PID + * behavior using an additional kC value.) + * + * Autotemp is calculated by (mintemp + factor * mm_per_sec), capped to maxtemp. + * + * Enable Autotemp Mode with M104/M109 F<factor> S<mintemp> B<maxtemp>. + * Disable by sending M104/M109 with no F parameter (or F0 with AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL). + */ +#define AUTOTEMP +#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) + #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 + // Turn on AUTOTEMP on M104/M109 by default using proportions set here + //#define AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL + #if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL) + #define AUTOTEMP_MIN_P 0 // (°C) Added to the target temperature + #define AUTOTEMP_MAX_P 5 // (°C) Added to the target temperature + #define AUTOTEMP_FACTOR_P 1 // Apply this F parameter by default (overridden by M104/M109 F) + #endif +#endif + +// Show Temperature ADC value +// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. +//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES + +/** + * High Temperature Thermistor Support + * + * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting + * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP + * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the + * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure + * and force stop everything. + * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, + * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle + * aberrant readings. + * + * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) + * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below + */ + +// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur +// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) +//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 + +// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check +// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the +// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach +// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. +// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) +//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 + +// @section extruder + +// Extruder runout prevention. +// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP +// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. +//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT +#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/min) + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) +#endif + +/** + * Hotend Idle Timeout + * Prevent filament in the nozzle from charring and causing a critical jam. + */ +//#define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT +#if ENABLED(HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT) + #define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT_SEC (5*60) // (seconds) Time without extruder movement to trigger protection + #define HOTEND_IDLE_MIN_TRIGGER 180 // (°C) Minimum temperature to enable hotend protection + #define HOTEND_IDLE_NOZZLE_TARGET 0 // (°C) Safe temperature for the nozzle after timeout + #define HOTEND_IDLE_BED_TARGET 0 // (°C) Safe temperature for the bed after timeout +#endif + +// @section temperature + +// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. +// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 + +/** + * Controller Fan + * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. + * + * The fan turns on automatically whenever any driver is enabled and turns + * off (or reduces to idle speed) shortly after drivers are turned off. + */ +//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN +#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) + //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan + //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_USE_Z_ONLY // With this option only the Z axis is considered + //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_IGNORE_Z // Ignore Z stepper. Useful when stepper timeout is disabled. + #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_MIN 0 // (0-255) Minimum speed. (If set below this value the fan is turned off.) + #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_ACTIVE 255 // (0-255) Active speed, used when any motor is enabled + #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_IDLE 0 // (0-255) Idle speed, used when motors are disabled + #define CONTROLLERFAN_IDLE_TIME 60 // (seconds) Extra time to keep the fan running after disabling motors + //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE // Enable M710 configurable settings + #if ENABLED(CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE) + #define CONTROLLER_FAN_MENU // Enable the Controller Fan submenu + #endif +#endif + +// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the +// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably +// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) +//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 + +// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. +//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 + +/** + * PWM Fan Scaling + * + * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). + * + * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset + * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower + * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) + * Value 0 always turns off the fan. + * + * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. + */ +//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 +//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 + +/** + * FAST PWM FAN Settings + * + * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) + * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a + * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. + * + * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] + * Set this to your desired frequency. + * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) + * i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers. + * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required + * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. + * + * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] + * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: + * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] + * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] + * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of + * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) + * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. + */ +#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) + //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 + //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP +#endif + +// @section extruder + +/** + * Extruder cooling fans + * + * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' + * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. + * + * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here + * or set to -1 to disable completely. + * + * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case + * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. + */ +#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 + +#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 +#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed +#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 +#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 + +/** + * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer + * + * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. + * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. + * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. + */ +#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 +#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 +#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 + +/** + * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness + */ +//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE +#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) + //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed + #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW + #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on + #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) + //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm + //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu + //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. + //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use NeoPixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. + #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) + #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } + #endif +#endif + +// @section homing + +// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing +// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. +//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT + +// @section extras + +//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. + +// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. +//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER +#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) + //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 + //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 +#endif + +/** + * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops + * + * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. + * + * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to + * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop + * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug + * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. + * + * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors + * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error + * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X<offset> Y<offset> Z<offset>'. + */ + +//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS +#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + //#define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR // Enable if X2 direction signal is opposite to X + //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ + #define X2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif +#endif + +//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS +#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + //#define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR // Enable if Y2 direction signal is opposite to Y + //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ + #define Y2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif +#endif + +// +// For Z set the number of stepper drivers +// +#define NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS 1 // (1-4) Z options change based on how many + +#if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS > 1 + // Enable if Z motor direction signals are the opposite of Z1 + //#define INVERT_Z2_VS_Z_DIR + //#define INVERT_Z3_VS_Z_DIR + //#define INVERT_Z4_VS_Z_DIR + + //#define Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) + #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ + #define Z2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 + #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ + #define Z3_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + #define Z4_USE_ENDSTOP _ZMAX_ + #define Z4_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + * + * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>: + * + * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel + * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) + * + * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so + * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) + * + * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with + * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. + * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and + * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. + * + * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates + * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. + * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and + * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. + */ +//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE +#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage + #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed + #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position + #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. + // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software + // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops + // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). + // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. + + // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. + #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE + + // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) + #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 + + // Default action to execute following M605 mode change commands. Typically G28X to apply new mode. + //#define EVENT_GCODE_IDEX_AFTER_MODECHANGE "G28X" +#endif + +// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. +// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. +//#define EXT_SOLENOID + +// @section homing + +/** + * Homing Procedure + * Homing (G28) does an indefinite move towards the endstops to establish + * the position of the toolhead relative to the workspace. + */ + +//#define SENSORLESS_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2 } // (mm) Backoff from endstops before sensorless homing + +#define HOMING_BUMP_MM { 5, 5, 2 } // (mm) Backoff from endstops after first bump +#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) + +//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_POST_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Backoff from endstops after homing + +//#define QUICK_HOME // If G28 contains XY do a diagonal move first +//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X // If G28 contains XY home Y before X +//#define HOME_Z_FIRST // Home Z first. Requires a Z-MIN endstop (not a probe). +//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING // If X/Y can't home without homing Y/X first + +// @section bltouch + +#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) + /** + * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES + * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand + * advanced commands. + * + * Note: If the probe is not deploying, do a "Reset" and "Self-Test" and then check the + * wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. + * + * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often + * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" + * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. + * + * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: + */ + + // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. + // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. + //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 + + /** + * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: + */ + + // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful + // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. + //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE + + /** + * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 + * Summary: + * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes + * - High-Speed mode + * - Disable LCD voltage options + */ + + /** + * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! + * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. + * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 + * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode + * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. + * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. + */ + //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE + + /** + * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. + * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 + * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) + * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. + */ + //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET + + /** + * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. + * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. + * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function + * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. + */ + //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE + + // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. + //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU + +#endif // BLTOUCH + +// @section extras + +/** + * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment + * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. + */ +//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN +#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) + // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3 [, Z4]] + // If not defined, probe limits will be used. + // Override with 'M422 S<index> X<pos> Y<pos>' + //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } + + /** + * Orientation for the automatically-calculated probe positions. + * Override Z stepper align points with 'M422 S<index> X<pos> Y<pos>' + * + * 2 Steppers: (0) (1) + * | | 2 | + * | 1 2 | | + * | | 1 | + * + * 3 Steppers: (0) (1) (2) (3) + * | 3 | 1 | 2 1 | 2 | + * | | 3 | | 3 | + * | 1 2 | 2 | 3 | 1 | + * + * 4 Steppers: (0) (1) (2) (3) + * | 4 3 | 1 4 | 2 1 | 3 2 | + * | | | | | + * | 1 2 | 2 3 | 3 4 | 4 1 | + */ + #ifndef Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY + //#define Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION 0 + #endif + + // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. + // Requires triple stepper drivers (i.e., set NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS to 3) + //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS + #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) + // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to + // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. + // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } + #else + // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down in case + // the stepper (spindle) position is farther out than the test point. + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 // Use a value > 1.0 NOTE: This may cause instability! + #endif + + // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm + #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline that G34 will handle + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 5 // Number of iterations to apply during alignment + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 // Stop iterating early if the accuracy is better than this + #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 // Restore leveling after G34 is done? + // After G34, re-home Z (G28 Z) or just calculate it from the last probe heights? + // Re-homing might be more precise in reproducing the actual 'G28 Z' homing height, especially on an uneven bed. + #define HOME_AFTER_G34 +#endif + +// +// Add the G35 command to read bed corners to help adjust screws. Requires a bed probe. +// +//#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING +#if ENABLED(ASSISTED_TRAMMING) + + // Define positions for probe points. + #define TRAMMING_POINT_XY { { 20, 20 }, { 180, 20 }, { 180, 180 }, { 20, 180 } } + + // Define position names for probe points. + #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_1 "Front-Left" + #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_2 "Front-Right" + #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_3 "Back-Right" + #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_4 "Back-Left" + + #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G35 // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation + //#define REPORT_TRAMMING_MM // Report Z deviation (mm) for each point relative to the first + + //#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING_WIZARD // Add a Tramming Wizard to the LCD menu + + //#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING_WAIT_POSITION { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER, 30 } // Move the nozzle out of the way for adjustment + + /** + * Screw thread: + * M3: 30 = Clockwise, 31 = Counter-Clockwise + * M4: 40 = Clockwise, 41 = Counter-Clockwise + * M5: 50 = Clockwise, 51 = Counter-Clockwise + */ + #define TRAMMING_SCREW_THREAD 30 + +#endif + +// @section motion + +#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } + +// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles +//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION + +// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. +#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false +#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false +#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false +#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false + +/** + * Idle Stepper Shutdown + * Set DISABLE_INACTIVE_? 'true' to shut down axis steppers after an idle period. + * The Deactive Time can be overridden with M18 and M84. Set to 0 for No Timeout. + */ +#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set 'false' if the nozzle could fall onto your printed part! +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true + +// If the Nozzle or Bed falls when the Z stepper is disabled, set its resting position here. +//#define Z_AFTER_DEACTIVATE Z_HOME_POS + +// Default Minimum Feedrates for printing and travel moves +#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // (mm/s) Minimum feedrate. Set with M205 S. +#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 // (mm/s) Minimum travel feedrate. Set with M205 T. + +// Minimum time that a segment needs to take as the buffer gets emptied +#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (µs) Set with M205 B. + +// Slow down the machine if the lookahead buffer is (by default) half full. +// Increase the slowdown divisor for larger buffer sizes. +#define SLOWDOWN +#if ENABLED(SLOWDOWN) + #define SLOWDOWN_DIVISOR 2 +#endif + +/** + * XY Frequency limit + * Reduce resonance by limiting the frequency of small zigzag infill moves. + * See https://hydraraptor.blogspot.com/2010/12/frequency-limit.html + * Use M201 F<freq> G<min%> to change limits at runtime. + */ +//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 10 // (Hz) Maximum frequency of small zigzag infill moves. Set with M201 F<hertz>. +#ifdef XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT + #define XY_FREQUENCY_MIN_PERCENT 5 // (percent) Minimum FR percentage to apply. Set with M201 G<min%>. +#endif + +// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end +// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed +// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. +#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) + +// +// Backlash Compensation +// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. +// +//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION +#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) + // Define values for backlash distance and correction. + // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. + #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) + #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction + + // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments + // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) + //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) + + // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) + //#define BACKLASH_GCODE + + #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) + // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" + #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING + + #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) + // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT + // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION + // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. + #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) + #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) + #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/min) + #endif + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration + * + * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- + * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. + * + * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object + * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash + * and hotend offsets. + * + * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within + * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. + */ +//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE +#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) + + //#define CALIBRATION_SCRIPT_PRE "M117 Starting Auto-Calibration\nT0\nG28\nG12\nM117 Calibrating..." + //#define CALIBRATION_SCRIPT_POST "M500\nM117 Calibration data saved" + + #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm + + #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/min + #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/min + #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/min + + // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. + #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm + #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm + + // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). + //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING + + // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. + #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm + #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm + + // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best + // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. + #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT + #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT + #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT + #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK + + // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If + // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. + //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES + + // Define the pin to read during calibration + #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN + //#define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Define here to override the default pin + #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the custom pin + //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN + #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies + * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible + * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the + * lowest stepping frequencies. + */ +//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING + +/** + * Custom Microstepping + * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. + */ +//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW +//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW +//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW +//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW +//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH +//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH + +// Microstep settings (Requires a board with pins named X_MS1, X_MS2, etc.) +#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] + +/** + * @section stepper motor current + * + * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. + * + * The power on motor currents are set by: + * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 + * known compatible chips: A4982 + * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H + * known compatible chips: AD5206 + * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 + * known compatible chips: MCP4728 + * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE + * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 + * + * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. + * M907 - applies to all. + * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H + * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 + */ +//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps +//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) +//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis + +/** + * I2C-based DIGIPOTs (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) + */ +//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires https://github.com/felias-fogg/SlowSoftI2CMaster +//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4451 +#if EITHER(DIGIPOT_MCP4018, DIGIPOT_MCP4451) + #define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT:4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO:8 MKS_SBASE:5 MIGHTYBOARD_REVE:5 + + // Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. + // These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. + #define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO + + //#define DIGIPOT_USE_RAW_VALUES // Use DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT raw wiper values (instead of A4988 motor currents) + + /** + * Common slave addresses: + * + * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC + * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 + * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 + * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 + * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 + * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 + */ + //#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // Unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT + //#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // Unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT +#endif + +//=========================================================================== +//=============================Additional Features=========================== +//=========================================================================== + +// @section lcd + +#if EITHER(IS_ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) + #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60 } // (mm/min) Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel + #define FINE_MANUAL_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual move (< 0.1mm) applying to Z on most machines + #if IS_ULTIPANEL + #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" + #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen + #endif +#endif + +// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster +#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER +#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) + #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed + #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed +#endif + +// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen +//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE +#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) + #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 + #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 +#endif + +#if HAS_LCD_MENU + + // Add Probe Z Offset calibration to the Z Probe Offsets menu + #if HAS_BED_PROBE + //#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD + #if ENABLED(PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD) + // + // Enable to init the Probe Z-Offset when starting the Wizard. + // Use a height slightly above the estimated nozzle-to-probe Z offset. + // For example, with an offset of -5, consider a starting height of -4. + // + //#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD_START_Z -4.0 + + // Set a convenient position to do the calibration (probing point and nozzle/bed-distance) + //#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD_XY_POS { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER } + #endif + #endif + + // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu + //#define LCD_INFO_MENU + #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) + //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages + #endif + + // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top + //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM + + // Add a mute option to the LCD menu + //#define SOUND_MENU_ITEM + + /** + * LED Control Menu + * Add LED Control to the LCD menu + */ + //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU + #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) + #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option + //#define NEO2_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable a second NeoPixel Preset Color menu option + #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) + #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity + //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup + #endif + #if ENABLED(NEO2_COLOR_PRESETS) + #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value + #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value + #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value + #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value + #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity + //#define NEO2_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup for the second strip + #endif + #endif + +#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU + +#if HAS_DISPLAY + // The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus + //#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 + + #if ENABLED(SHOW_BOOTSCREEN) + #define BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 4000 // (ms) Total Duration to display the boot screen(s) + #if EITHER(HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB, TFT_COLOR_UI) + #define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving lots of flash) + #endif + #endif + + // Scroll a longer status message into view + //#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING + + // On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible + //#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY + + // Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage + //#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY + + // Show the E position (filament used) during printing + //#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL +#endif + +#if EITHER(SDSUPPORT, LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY) && ANY(HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB, HAS_MARLINUI_HD44780, IS_TFTGLCD_PANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) + //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion + #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) + //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation + //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time + #endif + + #if EITHER(HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB, EXTENSIBLE_UI) + //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits + #endif + + #if EITHER(HAS_MARLINUI_HD44780, IS_TFTGLCD_PANEL) + //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing + #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) + #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar + #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message + #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) + //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it + //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar + #endif + #endif +#endif + +#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + /** + * SD Card SPI Speed + * May be required to resolve "volume init" errors. + * + * Enable and set to SPI_HALF_SPEED, SPI_QUARTER_SPEED, or SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED + * otherwise full speed will be applied. + * + * :['SPI_HALF_SPEED', 'SPI_QUARTER_SPEED', 'SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED'] + */ + //#define SD_SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED + + // The standard SD detect circuit reads LOW when media is inserted and HIGH when empty. + // Enable this option and set to HIGH if your SD cards are incorrectly detected. + //#define SD_DETECT_STATE HIGH + + //#define SD_IGNORE_AT_STARTUP // Don't mount the SD card when starting up + //#define SDCARD_READONLY // Read-only SD card (to save over 2K of flash) + + //#define GCODE_REPEAT_MARKERS // Enable G-code M808 to set repeat markers and do looping + + #define SD_PROCEDURE_DEPTH 1 // Increase if you need more nested M32 calls + + #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished + #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84" // Use "M84XYE" to keep Z enabled so your bed stays in place + + // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. + // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. + #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST + + #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing + + //#define NO_SD_AUTOSTART // Remove auto#.g file support completely to save some Flash, SRAM + //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files + + //#define BROWSE_MEDIA_ON_INSERT // Open the file browser when media is inserted + + #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_ABORT "G28XY" // G-code to run on SD Abort Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") + + #if ENABLED(PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS) + #define PE_LEDS_COMPLETED_TIME (30*60) // (seconds) Time to keep the LED "done" color before restoring normal illumination + #endif + + /** + * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) + * + * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer + * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present + * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known + * point in the file. + */ + #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + #define PLR_ENABLED_DEFAULT true // Power Loss Recovery enabled by default. (Set with 'M413 Sn' & M500) + //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss + //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVER_ZHOME // Z homing is needed for proper recovery. 99.9% of the time this should be disabled! + //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 20 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) + //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN PC4 // Pin to detect power loss. Set to -1 to disable default pin on boards without module. + //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss + //#define POWER_LOSS_PULLUP // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate for your sensor + //#define POWER_LOSS_PULLDOWN + //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume + //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. + + // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, + // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. + #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data + #endif + + /** + * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. + * + * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted + * by name for easier navigation. + * + * By default... + * + * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. + * - Folders are sorted to the top. + * - The sort key is statically allocated. + * - No added G-code (M34) support. + * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) + * + * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the + * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM + * limit is exceeded. + * + * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. + * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. + * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) + * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) + */ + //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA + + // SD Card Sorting options + #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) + #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. + #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below + #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 G-code. + #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. + #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) + #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. + #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! + #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. + // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. + #endif + + // Allow international symbols in long filenames. To display correctly, the + // LCD's font must contain the characters. Check your selected LCD language. + //#define UTF_FILENAME_SUPPORT + + // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 + #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT + + // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu + //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES + + // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) + //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN + + /** + * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. + * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. + * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. + */ + //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT + + /** + * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. + * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. + * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. + */ + //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE + + /** + * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S<seconds> + */ + //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS + + /** + * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or + * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear + * to Marlin as an SD card. + * + * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with + * the following pin mapping: + * + * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO + * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] + * SS --> SDSS + * + * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. + */ + //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT + #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) + /** + * USB Host Shield Library + * + * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested + * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. + * + * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it + * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. + * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. + */ + //#define USE_UHS2_USB + //#define USE_UHS3_USB + + /** + * Native USB Host supported by some boards (USB OTG) + */ + #define USE_OTG_USB_HOST + + #if DISABLED(USE_OTG_USB_HOST) + #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS + #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN + #endif + #endif + + /** + * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, + * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. + * + * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) + * + * Tested with this bootloader: + * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 + */ + //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE + #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) + #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF + #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 + #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF + #endif + + // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' + //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER + + /** + * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): + * + * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. + * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. + * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). + * + * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] + */ + //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD + + // Enable if SD detect is rendered useless (e.g., by using an SD extender) + //#define NO_SD_DETECT + +#endif // SDSUPPORT + +/** + * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- + * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. + */ +//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). + +/** + * Additional options for Graphical Displays + * + * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, + * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, + * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing + * on DELTA and SCARA machines. + * + * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind + * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable + * printing performance versus fast display updates. + */ +#if HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB + // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar + //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT + + // Save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame or no frame on the Info Screen + //#define XYZ_NO_FRAME + #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME + + // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens + #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME + + // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. + // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. + //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT + + // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2434 bytes of PROGMEM. + // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. + //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT + + // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay + //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE + + /** + * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using + * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. + * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. + * + * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status + * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the + * length of time to display the status message before clearing. + * + * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. + * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. + */ + #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) + // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. + // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. + //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 + + //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI + #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) + #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 + #endif + #endif + + /** + * Status (Info) Screen customizations + * These options may affect code size and screen render time. + * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. + */ + //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones + //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) + #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) + #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating + #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating + #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating + //#define STATUS_CUTTER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate spindle / laser active + //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap + //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap + //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames + //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar + //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. + + // Frivolous Game Options + //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT + //#define MARLIN_INVADERS + //#define MARLIN_SNAKE + //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu + +#endif // HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB + +// +// Additional options for DGUS / DWIN displays +// +#if HAS_DGUS_LCD + #define LCD_SERIAL_PORT 3 + #define LCD_BAUDRATE 115200 + + #define DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE 128 + #define DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE 48 + //#define SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS // Fix Rx overrun situation (Currently only for AVR) + + #define DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS 500 // (ms) Interval between automatic screen updates + + #if EITHER(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC, DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY) + #define DGUS_PRINT_FILENAME // Display the filename during printing + #define DGUS_PREHEAT_UI // Display a preheat screen during heatup + + #if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC) + //#define DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Disabled by default for UI_FYSETC + #else + #define DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Enabled by default for UI_HIPRECY + #endif + + #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD + #if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD) + #define DGUS_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH 10 + #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOAD_LENGTH_PER_TIME 0.5 // (mm) Adjust in proportion to DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS + #endif + + #define DGUS_UI_WAITING // Show a "waiting" screen between some screens + #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING) + #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS 10 + #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS_PERIOD 8 // Increase to slower waiting status looping + #endif + #endif +#endif // HAS_DGUS_LCD + +// +// Specify additional languages for the UI. Default specified by LCD_LANGUAGE. +// +#if EITHER(DOGLCD, TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) + //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr + //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de + //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es + //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it + #ifdef LCD_LANGUAGE_2 + //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_AUTO_SAVE // Automatically save language to EEPROM on change + #endif +#endif + +// +// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) +// +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) + // Display board used + //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) + //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) + //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) + //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) + //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI + //#define LCD_FYSETC_TFT81050 // FYSETC with 5" (800x480) + + // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. + //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 + //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 + //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 + + // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector + //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping + //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping + //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping + //#define S6_TFT_PINMAP // FYSETC S6 pin mapping + //#define F6_TFT_PINMAP // FYSETC F6 pin mapping + + //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below + #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) + // Pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen + #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 + #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 + + // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO + //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI + #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) + #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 + #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 + #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 + #endif + #endif + + // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display + // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support + // portrait and mirrored orientations. + //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED + //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT + //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED + + // UTF8 processing and rendering. + // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. + //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 + #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) + // Western accents support. These accented characters use + // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. + #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET + #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) + // Additional character groups. These characters require + // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ + #endif + + // Cyrillic character set, costs about 27KiB of flash + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CYRILLIC_CHARSET + #endif + + // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons + #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT + + // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. + // (recommended for smaller displays) + //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE + + // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events + //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG + + // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) + //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU +#endif + +// +// Classic UI Options +// +#if TFT_SCALED_DOGLCD + //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White + //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black + //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black + //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red + //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow + //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan +#endif + +// +// ADC Button Debounce +// +#if HAS_ADC_BUTTONS + #define ADC_BUTTON_DEBOUNCE_DELAY 16 // Increase if buttons bounce or repeat too fast +#endif + +// @section safety + +/** + * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs + * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. + * + * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, + * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. + * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while + * interrupts are enabled. + */ +#define USE_WATCHDOG +#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) + //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL +#endif + +// @section lcd + +/** + * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing + * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z + * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. + * + * Warning: Does not respect endstops! + */ +#define BABYSTEPPING +#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) + //#define INTEGRATED_BABYSTEPPING // EXPERIMENTAL integration of babystepping into the Stepper ISR + //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING + //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). + //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! + #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way + //#define BABYSTEP_MILLIMETER_UNITS // Specify BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_(XY|Z) in mm instead of micro-steps + #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // (steps or mm) Steps or millimeter distance for each Z babystep + #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 // (steps or mm) Steps or millimeter distance for each XY babystep + + //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. + #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) + #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. + // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. + //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. + #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) + #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. + #endif + #endif + + //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 + + #if HAS_BED_PROBE + #define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping + #endif + #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) + //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets + //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor + #endif +#endif + +// @section extruder + +/** + * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 + * + * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) + * K=0 means advance disabled. + * + * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! + * + * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. + * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. + * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) + * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. + * + * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. + */ +//#define LIN_ADVANCE +#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) + //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants + #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed + //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. + //#define EXPERIMENTAL_SCURVE // Enable this option to permit S-Curve Acceleration +#endif + +// @section leveling + +/** + * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. + * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. + */ +#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 + //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 + //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 + //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 + //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 + //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 +#endif + +/** + * Probing Margins + * + * Override PROBING_MARGIN for each side of the build plate + * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or + * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific + * sides of the bed. With NOZZLE_AS_PROBE negative values are + * allowed, to permit probing outside the bed. + * + * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, + * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over + * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as + * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) + * + * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however + * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the + * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing + * the probe to be unable to reach any points. + */ +#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC + #define PROBING_MARGIN_LEFT PROBING_MARGIN + #define PROBING_MARGIN_RIGHT PROBING_MARGIN + #define PROBING_MARGIN_FRONT PROBING_MARGIN + #define PROBING_MARGIN_BACK PROBING_MARGIN +#endif + +#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large + //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET + //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET + //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) + //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) +#endif + +#if BOTH(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL, EEPROM_SETTINGS) + //#define OPTIMIZED_MESH_STORAGE // Store mesh with less precision to save EEPROM space +#endif + +/** + * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. + * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. + */ +//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER +#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) + #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 + #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE + /** + * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, + * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. + */ + #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." + #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" + #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" + +#endif + +/** + * Thermal Probe Compensation + * Probe measurements are adjusted to compensate for temperature distortion. + * Use G76 to calibrate this feature. Use M871 to set values manually. + * For a more detailed explanation of the process see G76_M871.cpp. + */ +#if HAS_BED_PROBE && TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE && TEMP_SENSOR_BED + // Enable thermal first layer compensation using bed and probe temperatures + #define PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION + + // Add additional compensation depending on hotend temperature + // Note: this values cannot be calibrated and have to be set manually + #if ENABLED(PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) + // Park position to wait for probe cooldown + #define PTC_PARK_POS { 0, 0, 100 } + + // Probe position to probe and wait for probe to reach target temperature + #define PTC_PROBE_POS { 90, 100 } + + // Enable additional compensation using hotend temperature + // Note: this values cannot be calibrated automatically but have to be set manually + //#define USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION + + // Probe temperature calibration generates a table of values starting at PTC_SAMPLE_START + // (e.g. 30), in steps of PTC_SAMPLE_RES (e.g. 5) with PTC_SAMPLE_COUNT (e.g. 10) samples. + + //#define PTC_SAMPLE_START 30.0f + //#define PTC_SAMPLE_RES 5.0f + //#define PTC_SAMPLE_COUNT 10U + + // Bed temperature calibration builds a similar table. + + //#define BTC_SAMPLE_START 60.0f + //#define BTC_SAMPLE_RES 5.0f + //#define BTC_SAMPLE_COUNT 10U + + // The temperature the probe should be at while taking measurements during bed temperature + // calibration. + //#define BTC_PROBE_TEMP 30.0f + + // Height above Z=0.0f to raise the nozzle. Lowering this can help the probe to heat faster. + // Note: the Z=0.0f offset is determined by the probe offset which can be set using M851. + //#define PTC_PROBE_HEATING_OFFSET 0.5f + + // Height to raise the Z-probe between heating and taking the next measurement. Some probes + // may fail to untrigger if they have been triggered for a long time, which can be solved by + // increasing the height the probe is raised to. + //#define PTC_PROBE_RAISE 15U + + // If the probe is outside of the defined range, use linear extrapolation using the closest + // point and the PTC_LINEAR_EXTRAPOLATION'th next point. E.g. if set to 4 it will use data[0] + // and data[4] to perform linear extrapolation for values below PTC_SAMPLE_START. + //#define PTC_LINEAR_EXTRAPOLATION 4 + #endif +#endif + +// @section extras + +// +// G60/G61 Position Save and Return +// +//#define SAVED_POSITIONS 1 // Each saved position slot costs 12 bytes + +// +// G2/G3 Arc Support +// +#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes +#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) + #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // (mm) Length (or minimum length) of each arc segment + //#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_R 1 // Max segment length, MM_PER = Min + #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle + //#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_SEC 50 // Use feedrate to choose segment length (with MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT as the minimum) + #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections + //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles + //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes + //#define SF_ARC_FIX // Enable only if using SkeinForge with "Arc Point" fillet procedure +#endif + +// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. +//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT + +/** + * Direct Stepping + * + * Comparable to the method used by Klipper, G6 direct stepping significantly + * reduces motion calculations, increases top printing speeds, and results in + * less step aliasing by calculating all motions in advance. + * Preparing your G-code: https://github.com/colinrgodsey/step-daemon + */ +//#define DIRECT_STEPPING + +/** + * G38 Probe Target + * + * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) + * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). + * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. + */ +//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET +#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) + //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target + #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. +#endif + +// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move +#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 + +/** + * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) + * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) + * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers + * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers + * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers + * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers + * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. + */ +//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 +//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 + +/** + * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) + * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers + * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h + * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers + * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers + * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers + * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. + */ +//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 + +/** + * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows + * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) + * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers + * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver + * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver + * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver + * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver + * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. + */ +//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 + +// @section temperature + +// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. +//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL + +//=========================================================================== +//================================= Buffers ================================= +//=========================================================================== + +// @section motion + +// The number of linear moves that can be in the planner at once. +// The value of BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE must be a power of 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) +#if BOTH(SDSUPPORT, DIRECT_STEPPING) + #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 8 +#elif ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 +#else + #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 +#endif + +// @section serial + +// The ASCII buffer for serial input +#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 +#define BUFSIZE 4 + +// Transmission to Host Buffer Size +// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. +// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. +// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. +// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. +// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. +// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] +#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 + +// Host Receive Buffer Size +// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. +// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. +// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] +//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 + +#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 + // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to + // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. + //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF +#endif + +// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate +//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE + +#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum + // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. + //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED + + // Enable this option to collect and display the number + // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. + //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX +#endif + +/** + * Emergency Command Parser + * + * Add a low-level parser to intercept certain commands as they + * enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. + * Currently handles M108, M112, M410, M876 + * NOTE: Not yet implemented for all platforms. + */ +//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER + +// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' +// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. +// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. +// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. +//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds + +// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. +//#define ADVANCED_OK + +// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. +// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. +#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION + +// For serial echo, the number of digits after the decimal point +//#define SERIAL_FLOAT_PRECISION 4 + +// @section extras + +/** + * Extra Fan Speed + * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. + * 'M106 P<fan> T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for <fan> + * 'M106 P<fan> T2' : Use the set secondary speed + * 'M106 P<fan> T1' : Restore the previous fan speed + */ +//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED + +/** + * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract + * + * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. + * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. + * + * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. + * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range + * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. + * + * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. + * + * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. + */ +//#define FWRETRACT +#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) + #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions + #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) + #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length + #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length + #endif + #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) + #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) + #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting + #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction + #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) + //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Universal tool change settings. + * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. + */ +#if HAS_MULTI_EXTRUDER + // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders + #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) + //#define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE_BEFORE_RETRACT // Apply raise before swap retraction (if enabled) + //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to previous position on tool-change + #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN) + //#define EVENT_GCODE_AFTER_TOOLCHANGE "G12X" // Extra G-code to run after tool-change + #endif + + /** + * Retract and prime filament on tool-change to reduce + * ooze and stringing and to get cleaner transitions. + */ + //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP + #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) + // Load / Unload + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_LENGTH 12 // (mm) Load / Unload length + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_EXTRA_RESUME_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Extra length for better restart, fine tune by LCD/Gcode) + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_RETRACT_SPEED (50*60) // (mm/min) (Unloading) + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_UNRETRACT_SPEED (25*60) // (mm/min) (On SINGLENOZZLE or Bowden loading must be slowed down) + + // Longer prime to clean out a SINGLENOZZLE + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_EXTRA_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra priming length + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_SPEED (4.6*60) // (mm/min) Extra priming feedrate + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_WIPE_RETRACT 0 // (mm/min) Retract before cooling for less stringing, better wipe, etc. + + // Cool after prime to reduce stringing + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN -1 // Fan index or -1 to skip + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN_SPEED 255 // 0-255 + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN_TIME 10 // (seconds) + + // Swap uninitialized extruder with TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_SPEED for all lengths (recover + prime) + // (May break filament if not retracted beforehand.) + //#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_INIT_BEFORE_SWAP + + // Prime on the first T0 (If other, TOOLCHANGE_FS_INIT_BEFORE_SWAP applied) + // Enable it (M217 V[0/1]) before printing, to avoid unwanted priming on host connect + //#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_FIRST_USED + + /** + * Tool Change Migration + * This feature provides G-code and LCD options to switch tools mid-print. + * All applicable tool properties are migrated so the print can continue. + * Tools must be closely matching and other restrictions may apply. + * Useful to: + * - Change filament color without interruption + * - Switch spools automatically on filament runout + * - Switch to a different nozzle on an extruder jam + */ + #define TOOLCHANGE_MIGRATION_FEATURE + + #endif + + /** + * Position to park head during tool change. + * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER + */ + //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK + #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) + #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } + #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/min) + //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_X_ONLY // X axis only move + //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_Y_ONLY // Y axis only move + #endif +#endif // HAS_MULTI_EXTRUDER + +/** + * Advanced Pause + * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. + * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. + * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. + * + * Requires an LCD display. + * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. + * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. + */ +//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE +#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) + #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. + #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. + // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. + // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. + // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. + // Set to 0 for manual unloading. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. + // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. + // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. + // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. + //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. + #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. + #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. + // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. + // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu + // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. + #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. + //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. + + // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_FEEDRATE 25 // (mm/s) feedrate to purge before unload + + #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. + #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. + + //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. + //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // If needed, home before parking for filament change + + //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. + //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) +#endif + +// @section tmc + +/** + * TMC26X Stepper Driver options + * + * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. + * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper + */ +#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) + #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) + #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) + #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) + #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) + #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) + #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) + #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) + #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) + #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z4(TMC26X) + #define Z4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Z4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Z4_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) + #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) + #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) + #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) + #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) + #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) + #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E6(TMC26X) + #define E6_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E6_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E6_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E7(TMC26X) + #define E7_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E7_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E7_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + +#endif // TMC26X + +// @section tmc_smart + +/** + * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode + * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define + * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 + * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). + * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. + * + * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN + * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. + * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without + * a resistor. + * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. + * + * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. + * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper + */ +#if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG + + #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current + + /** + * Interpolate microsteps to 256 + * Override for each driver with <driver>_INTERPOLATE settings below + */ + #define INTERPOLATE true + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) + #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. + #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing + #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 + #define X_RSENSE 0.11 + #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // -1..0: Not chained. 1: MCU MOSI connected. 2: Next in chain, ... + //#define X_INTERPOLATE true // Enable to override 'INTERPOLATE' for the X axis + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) + #define X2_CURRENT 800 + #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT + #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 + #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define X2_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) + #define Y_CURRENT 800 + #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT + #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define Y_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) + #define Y2_CURRENT 800 + #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT + #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define Y2_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) + #define Z_CURRENT 800 + #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT + #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define Z_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) + #define Z2_CURRENT 800 + #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT + #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define Z2_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) + #define Z3_CURRENT 800 + #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT + #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define Z3_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + #define Z4_CURRENT 800 + #define Z4_CURRENT_HOME Z4_CURRENT + #define Z4_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z4_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Z4_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define Z4_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) + #define E0_CURRENT 800 + #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E0_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) + #define E1_CURRENT 800 + #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E1_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) + #define E2_CURRENT 800 + #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E2_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) + #define E3_CURRENT 800 + #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E3_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) + #define E4_CURRENT 800 + #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E4_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) + #define E5_CURRENT 800 + #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E5_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E6) + #define E6_CURRENT 800 + #define E6_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E6_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E6_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E6_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E7) + #define E7_CURRENT 800 + #define E7_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E7_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E7_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E7_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + /** + * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. + * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. + */ + //#define X_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 + //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E6_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E7_CS_PIN -1 + + /** + * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). + * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, + * but you can override or define them here. + */ + //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI + //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 + //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 + //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 + + /** + * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. + * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. + * Address | MS1 | MS2 + * 0 | LOW | LOW + * 1 | HIGH | LOW + * 2 | LOW | HIGH + * 3 | HIGH | HIGH + * + * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers + * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. + */ + //#define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define Z4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E6_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E7_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + + /** + * Software enable + * + * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same + * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. + */ + //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE + + /** + * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only + * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. + * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. + */ + #define STEALTHCHOP_XY + #define STEALTHCHOP_Z + #define STEALTHCHOP_E + + /** + * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets + * or with the help of an example included in the library. + * Provided parameter sets are + * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V + * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V + * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V + * CHOPPER_09STEP_24V // 0.9 degree steppers (24V) + * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Průša firmware for MK3 (24V) + * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 + * + * Define your own with: + * { <off_time[1..15]>, <hysteresis_end[-3..12]>, hysteresis_start[1..8] } + */ + #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V // All axes (override below) + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_X CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V // For X Axes (override below) + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_X2 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Y CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V // For Y Axes (override below) + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Y2 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V // For Z Axes (override below) + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z2 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z3 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z4 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V // For Extruders (override below) + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E1 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E2 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E3 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E4 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E5 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E6 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E7 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + + /** + * Monitor Trinamic drivers + * for error conditions like overtemperature and short to ground. + * To manage over-temp Marlin can decrease the driver current until the error condition clears. + * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. + * Relevant G-codes: + * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. + * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. + * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. + * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) + */ + //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS + + #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) + #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] + #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE + #define STOP_ON_ERROR + #endif + + /** + * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only + * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. + * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. + * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. + * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting + */ + //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD + + #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] + #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 + #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 + #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 + #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define Z4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E6_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E7_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + + /** + * Use StallGuard to home / probe X, Y, Z. + * + * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only + * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. + * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. + * + * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. + * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: + * + * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others + * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) + * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) + * + * It is recommended to set HOMING_BUMP_MM to { 0, 0, 0 }. + * + * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** + * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. + * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. + * + * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when + * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. + * + * Comment *_STALL_SENSITIVITY to disable sensorless homing for that axis. + */ + //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only + + #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) + // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 + #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 100 + #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY + #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 100 + #define Y2_STALL_SENSITIVITY Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY + //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 + //#define Z2_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY + //#define Z3_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY + //#define Z4_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY + //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only + //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY + #endif + + /** + * TMC Homing stepper phase. + * + * Improve homing repeatability by homing to stepper coil's nearest absolute + * phase position. Trinamic drivers use a stepper phase table with 1024 values + * spanning 4 full steps with 256 positions each (ergo, 1024 positions). + * Full step positions (128, 384, 640, 896) have the highest holding torque. + * + * Values from 0..1023, -1 to disable homing phase for that axis. + */ + //#define TMC_HOME_PHASE { 896, 896, 896 } + + /** + * Beta feature! + * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. + */ + //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING + + /** + * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. + * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. + */ + //#define TMC_DEBUG + + /** + * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. + * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page + * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper + * + * Example: + * #define TMC_ADV() { \ + * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ + * stepperY.intpol(0); \ + * } + */ + #define TMC_ADV() { } + +#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG + +// @section L64XX + +/** + * L64XX Stepper Driver options + * + * Arduino-L6470 library (0.8.0 or higher) is required. + * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 + * + * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file + * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN + * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN + * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN + * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN + * ENABLE_RESET_L64XX_CHIPS(Q) where Q is 1 to enable and 0 to reset + */ + +#if HAS_L64XX + + //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) + #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - L6474 max is 16 + #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current + // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down + // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 1000 x (1 - 32) - 32A max - rounds down + #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) + // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down + // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 200 x (1 - 32) - 6.4A max - rounds down + // L6474 - STALLCURRENT setting is used to set the nominal (TVAL) current + #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - not used by L6474 + #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI + #define X_SLEW_RATE 1 // 0-3, Slew 0 is slowest, 3 is fastest + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) + #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define X2_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) + #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Y_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) + #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Y2_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) + #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Z_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) + #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Z2_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) + #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Z3_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z4) + #define Z4_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Z4_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Z4_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Z4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Z4_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Z4_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) + #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E0_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) + #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E1_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) + #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E2_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) + #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E3_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) + #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E4_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) + #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E5_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E6) + #define E6_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E6_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E6_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E6_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E6_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E6_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E7) + #define E7_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E7_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E7_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E7_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E7_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E7_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + /** + * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. + * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. + * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. + * Relevant G-codes: + * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. + * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 + * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 + * I3 - Z3 or E3 + * I4 - Z4 or E4 + * I5 - E5 + * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning + * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds + * M918 - Increase speed until max or error + * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters + */ + //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS + + #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) + #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 + //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR + #endif + +#endif // HAS_L64XX + +// @section i2cbus + +// +// I2C Master ID for LPC176x LCD and Digital Current control +// Does not apply to other peripherals based on the Wire library. +// +//#define I2C_MASTER_ID 1 // Set a value from 0 to 2 + +/** + * TWI/I2C BUS + * + * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production + * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave + * devices on the bus. + * + * ; Example #1 + * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) + * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B<base 10> arg + * M260 A99 ; Target slave address + * M260 B77 ; M + * M260 B97 ; a + * M260 B114 ; r + * M260 B108 ; l + * M260 B105 ; i + * M260 B110 ; n + * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer + * + * ; Example #2 + * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) + * M261 A99 B5 + * + * ; Example #3 + * ; Example serial output of a M261 request + * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello + */ + +//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS +#if ENABLED(EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS) + #define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave +#endif + +// @section extras + +/** + * Photo G-code + * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. + * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. + */ +//#define PHOTO_GCODE +#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) + // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo + //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) + //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) + //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) + + // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger + // Data from: https://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ + //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 + + // Canon Hack Development Kit + // https://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ + //#define CHDK_PIN 4 + + // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter + //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) + + // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high + //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) + + /** + * PHOTO_PULSES_US may need adjustment depending on board and camera model. + * Pin must be running at 48.4kHz. + * Be sure to use a PHOTOGRAPH_PIN which can rise and fall quick enough. + * (e.g., MKS SBase temp sensor pin was too slow, so used P1.23 on J8.) + * + * Example pulse data for Nikon: https://bit.ly/2FKD0Aq + * IR Wiring: https://git.io/JvJf7 + */ + //#define PHOTO_PULSES_US { 2000, 27850, 400, 1580, 400, 3580, 400 } // (µs) Durations for each 48.4kHz oscillation + #ifdef PHOTO_PULSES_US + #define PHOTO_PULSE_DELAY_US 13 // (µs) Approximate duration of each HIGH and LOW pulse in the oscillation + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Spindle & Laser control + * + * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and + * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. + * + * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. + * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set + * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. + * + * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V + * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. + * + * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. + */ +//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE +//#define LASER_FEATURE +#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) + #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_STATE LOW // Set to "HIGH" if the on/off function is active HIGH + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT false // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower + + #define SPINDLE_LASER_FREQUENCY 2500 // (Hz) Spindle/laser frequency (only on supported HALs: AVR and LPC) + + //#define SPINDLE_SERVO // A servo converting an angle to spindle power + #ifdef SPINDLE_SERVO + #define SPINDLE_SERVO_NR 0 // Index of servo used for spindle control + #define SPINDLE_SERVO_MIN 10 // Minimum angle for servo spindle + #endif + + /** + * Speed / Power can be set ('M3 S') and displayed in terms of: + * - PWM255 (S0 - S255) + * - PERCENT (S0 - S100) + * - RPM (S0 - S50000) Best for use with a spindle + * - SERVO (S0 - S180) + */ + #define CUTTER_POWER_UNIT PWM255 + + /** + * Relative Cutter Power + * Normally, 'M3 O<power>' sets + * OCR power is relative to the range SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX. + * so input powers of 0...255 correspond to SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX + * instead of normal range (0 to SPEED_POWER_MAX). + * Best used with (e.g.) SuperPID router controller: S0 = 5,000 RPM and S255 = 30,000 RPM + */ + //#define CUTTER_POWER_RELATIVE // Set speed proportional to [SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX] + + #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) + //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction + #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction + #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed + + #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power + #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop + + /** + * M3/M4 Power Equation + * + * Each tool uses different value ranges for speed / power control. + * These parameters are used to convert between tool power units and PWM. + * + * Speed/Power = (PWMDC / 255 * 100 - SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT) / SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + * PWMDC = (spdpwr - SPEED_POWER_MIN) / (SPEED_POWER_MAX - SPEED_POWER_MIN) / SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + */ + #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 // (%) 0-100 i.e., Minimum power percentage + #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 // (RPM) + #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // (RPM) SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM + #define SPEED_POWER_STARTUP 25000 // (RPM) M3/M4 speed/power default (with no arguments) + + #else + + #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 // (%) 0-100 i.e., Minimum power percentage + #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 0 // (%) 0-100 + #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // (%) 0-100 + #define SPEED_POWER_STARTUP 80 // (%) M3/M4 speed/power default (with no arguments) + + // Define the minimum and maximum test pulse time values for a laser test fire function + #define LASER_TEST_PULSE_MIN 1 // Used with Laser Control Menu + #define LASER_TEST_PULSE_MAX 999 // Caution: Menu may not show more than 3 characters + + /** + * Enable inline laser power to be handled in the planner / stepper routines. + * Inline power is specified by the I (inline) flag in an M3 command (e.g., M3 S20 I) + * or by the 'S' parameter in G0/G1/G2/G3 moves (see LASER_MOVE_POWER). + * + * This allows the laser to keep in perfect sync with the planner and removes + * the powerup/down delay since lasers require negligible time. + */ + //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE + + #if ENABLED(LASER_POWER_INLINE) + /** + * Scale the laser's power in proportion to the movement rate. + * + * - Sets the entry power proportional to the entry speed over the nominal speed. + * - Ramps the power up every N steps to approximate the speed trapezoid. + * - Due to the limited power resolution this is only approximate. + */ + #define LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID + + /** + * Continuously calculate the current power (nominal_power * current_rate / nominal_rate). + * Required for accurate power with non-trapezoidal acceleration (e.g., S_CURVE_ACCELERATION). + * This is a costly calculation so this option is discouraged on 8-bit AVR boards. + * + * LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT_PER defines how many step cycles there are between power updates. If your + * board isn't able to generate steps fast enough (and you are using LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT), increase this. + * Note that when this is zero it means it occurs every cycle; 1 means a delay wait one cycle then run, etc. + */ + //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT + + /** + * Stepper iterations between power updates. Increase this value if the board + * can't keep up with the processing demands of LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT. + * Disable (or set to 0) to recalculate power on every stepper iteration. + */ + //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT_PER 10 + + /** + * Include laser power in G0/G1/G2/G3/G5 commands with the 'S' parameter + */ + //#define LASER_MOVE_POWER + + #if ENABLED(LASER_MOVE_POWER) + // Turn off the laser on G0 moves with no power parameter. + // If a power parameter is provided, use that instead. + //#define LASER_MOVE_G0_OFF + + // Turn off the laser on G28 homing. + //#define LASER_MOVE_G28_OFF + #endif + + /** + * Inline flag inverted + * + * WARNING: M5 will NOT turn off the laser unless another move + * is done (so G-code files must end with 'M5 I'). + */ + //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE_INVERT + + /** + * Continuously apply inline power. ('M3 S3' == 'G1 S3' == 'M3 S3 I') + * + * The laser might do some weird things, so only enable this + * feature if you understand the implications. + */ + //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE_CONTINUOUS + + #else + + #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 50 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power + #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 50 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop + + #endif + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Coolant Control + * + * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. + * + * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. + */ +//#define COOLANT_CONTROL +#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) + #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present + #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present + #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed + #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed +#endif + +/** + * Filament Width Sensor + * + * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts + * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. + * + * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the + * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the + * volume. + * + * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. + * + * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector + * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) + * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 + * + * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. + */ +//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR + +#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) + #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] + #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber + + #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it + #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. + + #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially + + // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. + //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY +#endif + +/** + * Power Monitor + * Monitor voltage (V) and/or current (A), and -when possible- power (W) + * + * Read and configure with M430 + * + * The current sensor feeds DC voltage (relative to the measured current) to an analog pin + * The voltage sensor feeds DC voltage (relative to the measured voltage) to an analog pin + */ +//#define POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT // Monitor the system current +//#define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE // Monitor the system voltage +#if EITHER(POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT, POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE) + #define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTS_PER_AMP 0.05000 // Input voltage to the MCU analog pin per amp - DO NOT apply more than ADC_VREF! + #define POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT_OFFSET -1 // Offset value for current sensors with linear function output + #define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTS_PER_VOLT 0.11786 // Input voltage to the MCU analog pin per volt - DO NOT apply more than ADC_VREF! + #define POWER_MONITOR_FIXED_VOLTAGE 13.6 // Voltage for a current sensor with no voltage sensor (for power display) +#endif + +/** + * CNC Coordinate Systems + * + * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems + * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. + */ +//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS + +/** + * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S<seconds> + */ +#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES + +/** + * Include capabilities in M115 output + */ +#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT +#if ENABLED(EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT) + //#define M115_GEOMETRY_REPORT +#endif + +/** + * Expected Printer Check + * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. + * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. + */ +//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK + +/** + * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options + */ +//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS + +#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) + /** + * Volumetric extrusion default state + * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, + * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. + * + * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter (and enable volumetric). + * M200 S0/S1 to disable/enable volumetric extrusion. + */ + //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON + + //#define VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT + #if ENABLED(VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT) + /** + * Default volumetric extrusion limit in cubic mm per second (mm^3/sec). + * This factory setting applies to all extruders. + * Use 'M200 [T<extruder>] L<limit>' to override and 'M502' to reset. + * A non-zero value activates Volume-based Extrusion Limiting. + */ + #define DEFAULT_VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT 0.00 // (mm^3/sec) + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all + * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. + * + * - M206 and M428 are disabled. + * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. + */ +//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS + +// Extra options for the M114 "Current Position" report +//#define M114_DETAIL // Use 'M114` for details to check planner calculations +//#define M114_REALTIME // Real current position based on forward kinematics +//#define M114_LEGACY // M114 used to synchronize on every call. Enable if needed. + +//#define REPORT_FAN_CHANGE // Report the new fan speed when changed by M106 (and others) + +/** + * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. + * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. + * + * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. + * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. + */ +#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 + +/** + * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser + */ +#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER + +#if ENABLED(FASTER_GCODE_PARSER) + //#define GCODE_QUOTED_STRINGS // Support for quoted string parameters +#endif + +//#define MEATPACK // Support for MeatPack G-code compression (https://github.com/scottmudge/OctoPrint-MeatPack) + +//#define GCODE_CASE_INSENSITIVE // Accept G-code sent to the firmware in lowercase + +//#define REPETIER_GCODE_M360 // Add commands originally from Repetier FW + +/** + * CNC G-code options + * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. + * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). + * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. + */ +//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments +//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. + +// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves +//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/min) +#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE + //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode +#endif + +/** + * Startup commands + * + * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. + */ +//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" + +/** + * G-code Macros + * + * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. + * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. + */ +//#define GCODE_MACROS +#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) + #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used + #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro +#endif + +/** + * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode + */ +#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS +#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) + //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" + //#define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" + //#define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK + //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script + + #define USER_CMD_1_ENABLE + #define USER_DESC_1 "Bed" + #define USER_GCODE_1 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) + + #define USER_CMD_2_ENABLE + #define USER_DESC_2 PREHEAT_1_LABEL + #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) + + #define USER_CMD_3_ENABLE + #define USER_DESC_3 PREHEAT_2_LABEL + #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) + + #define USER_CMD_4_ENABLE + #define USER_DESC_4 "Cool" + #define USER_GCODE_4 "M108\nM106 255" + + //#define USER_CMD_5_ENABLE + //#define USER_DESC_5 "More1" + //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28" + + //#define USER_CMD_6_ENABLE + //#define USER_DESC_6 "More2" + //#define USER_GCODE_6 "G28" + + //#define USER_CMD_7_ENABLE + //#define USER_DESC_7 "More3" + //#define USER_GCODE_7 "G28" +#endif + +/** + * Host Action Commands + * + * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. + * + * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands + * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel + * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed + * + * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. + * + * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so + * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. + */ +//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS +#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) + //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT + //#define HOST_START_MENU_ITEM // Add a menu item that tells the host to start +#endif + +/** + * Cancel Objects + * + * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects + */ +//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS + +/** + * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. + * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. + * + * Wiki: https://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder + * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder + * + * Supplier: https://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module + * Alternative Supplier: https://reliabuild3d.com/ + * + * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. + */ + +//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS +#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) + + #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 + // encoders supported currently. + + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. <X|Y|Z|E>_AXIS. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- + // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for + // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, + // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. + //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper + // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) + //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the + // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors + // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of + // measurement noise / latency (filter). + + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 + //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) + //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 + + #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options + #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. + + #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. + #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS + + #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. + #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS + + // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. + #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR + #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 + #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) + #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE + #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 + + //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given + // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to + // disable abort behavior. + + #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault + // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder + // is trusted again. + + /** + * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, + * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with + * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. + */ + #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. + + // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. + #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE + +#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS + +/** + * Analog Joystick(s) + */ +//#define JOYSTICK +#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) + #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 + #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 + #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 + #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 + + //#define INVERT_JOY_X // Enable if X direction is reversed + //#define INVERT_JOY_Y // Enable if Y direction is reversed + //#define INVERT_JOY_Z // Enable if Z direction is reversed + + // Use M119 with JOYSTICK_DEBUG to find reasonable values after connecting: + #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max + #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } + #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } + //#define JOYSTICK_DEBUG +#endif + +/** + * Mechanical Gantry Calibration + * Modern replacement for the Prusa TMC_Z_CALIBRATION. + * Adds capability to work with any adjustable current drivers. + * Implemented as G34 because M915 is deprecated. + */ +//#define MECHANICAL_GANTRY_CALIBRATION +#if ENABLED(MECHANICAL_GANTRY_CALIBRATION) + #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_CURRENT 600 // Default calibration current in ma + #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_EXTRA_HEIGHT 15 // Extra distance in mm past Z_###_POS to move + #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE 500 // Feedrate for correction move + //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_TO_MIN // Enable to calibrate Z in the MIN direction + + //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_SAFE_POSITION XY_CENTER // Safe position for nozzle + //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_XY_PARK_FEEDRATE 3000 // XY Park Feedrate - MMM + //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_COMMANDS_PRE "" + #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_COMMANDS_POST "G28" // G28 highly recommended to ensure an accurate position +#endif + +/** + * MAX7219 Debug Matrix + * + * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. + * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. + */ +//#define MAX7219_DEBUG +#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) + #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 + #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 + #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 + + //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix + #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Test pattern at startup: 0=none, 1=sweep, 2=spiral + #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. + #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) + // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 + //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order + //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side + + /** + * Sample debug features + * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! + */ + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row + + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row + // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how + // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. +#endif + +/** + * NanoDLP Sync support + * + * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" + * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use + * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands + */ +//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC +#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) + //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. + // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. +#endif + +/** + * Ethernet. Use M552 to enable and set the IP address. + */ +#if HAS_ETHERNET + #define MAC_ADDRESS { 0xDE, 0xAD, 0xBE, 0xEF, 0xF0, 0x0D } // A MAC address unique to your network +#endif + +/** + * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) + */ +//#define WIFISUPPORT // Marlin embedded WiFi managenent +//#define ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT // ESP3D Library WiFi management (https://github.com/luc-github/ESP3DLib) + +#if EITHER(WIFISUPPORT, ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT) + //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver (which may include auto-discovery) + //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates + //#define WIFI_CUSTOM_COMMAND // Accept feature config commands (e.g., WiFi ESP3D) from the host + + /** + * To set a default WiFi SSID / Password, create a file called Configuration_Secure.h with + * the following defines, customized for your network. This specific file is excluded via + * .gitignore to prevent it from accidentally leaking to the public. + * + * #define WIFI_SSID "WiFi SSID" + * #define WIFI_PWD "WiFi Password" + */ + //#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with WiFi SSID / Password +#endif + +/** + * Průša Multi-Material Unit (MMU) + * Enable in Configuration.h + * + * These devices allow a single stepper driver on the board to drive + * multi-material feeders with any number of stepper motors. + */ +#if HAS_PRUSA_MMU1 + /** + * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. + * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. + * + * Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. + * Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. + */ + //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required + //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs + //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs +#elif HAS_PRUSA_MMU2 + // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. + #define MMU2_SERIAL_PORT 2 + + // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it + //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 + + // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) + //#define MMU2_MODE_12V + + // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout + #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" + + // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 + //#define MMU2_MENUS + #if EITHER(MMU2_MENUS, HAS_PRUSA_MMU2S) + // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. + // This is for Průša MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. + #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 + #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ + { 7.2, 1145 }, \ + { 14.4, 871 }, \ + { 36.0, 1393 }, \ + { 14.4, 871 }, \ + { 50.0, 198 } + + #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ + { 1.0, 1000 }, \ + { 1.0, 1500 }, \ + { 2.0, 2000 }, \ + { 1.5, 3000 }, \ + { 2.5, 4000 }, \ + { -15.0, 5000 }, \ + { -14.0, 1200 }, \ + { -6.0, 600 }, \ + { 10.0, 700 }, \ + { -10.0, 400 }, \ + { -50.0, 2000 } + #endif + + /** + * Using a sensor like the MMU2S + * This mode requires a MK3S extruder with a sensor at the extruder idler, like the MMU2S. + * See https://help.prusa3d.com/en/guide/3b-mk3s-mk2-5s-extruder-upgrade_41560, step 11 + */ + #if HAS_PRUSA_MMU2S + #define MMU2_C0_RETRY 5 // Number of retries (total time = timeout*retries) + + #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE 800 // (mm/min) + #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_SEQUENCE \ + { 0.1, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }, \ + { 60.0, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }, \ + { -52.0, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE } + + #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_RETRACT 6.0 // (mm) Keep under the distance between Load Sequence values + #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_DEVIATION 0.8 // (mm) Acceptable deviation + + #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT 0.2 // (mm) To reuse within MMU2 module + #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT_SEQUENCE \ + { -MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE } + + #else + + /** + * MMU1 Extruder Sensor + * + * Support for a Průša (or other) IR Sensor to detect filament near the extruder + * and make loading more reliable. Suitable for an extruder equipped with a filament + * sensor less than 38mm from the gears. + * + * During loading the extruder will stop when the sensor is triggered, then do a last + * move up to the gears. If no filament is detected, the MMU2 can make some more attempts. + * If all attempts fail, a filament runout will be triggered. + */ + //#define MMU_EXTRUDER_SENSOR + #if ENABLED(MMU_EXTRUDER_SENSOR) + #define MMU_LOADING_ATTEMPTS_NR 5 // max. number of attempts to load filament if first load fail + #endif + + #endif + + //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output + +#endif // HAS_PRUSA_MMU2 + +/** + * Advanced Print Counter settings + */ +#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) + #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 + // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs + //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" + //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours + //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" + //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours + //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" + //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours +#endif + +// @section develop + +// +// M100 Free Memory Watcher to debug memory usage +// +//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER + +// +// M42 - Set pin states +// +//#define DIRECT_PIN_CONTROL + +// +// M43 - display pin status, toggle pins, watch pins, watch endstops & toggle LED, test servo probe +// +//#define PINS_DEBUGGING + +// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands +//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/MKS Robin nano v3.0/Config example for suport sd card/Config example for Sapphire pro(TMC2209+UART)/Configuration.h b/config/MKS Robin nano v3.0/Config example for suport sd card/Config example for Sapphire pro(TMC2209+UART)/Configuration.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..970b552 --- /dev/null +++ b/config/MKS Robin nano v3.0/Config example for suport sd card/Config example for Sapphire pro(TMC2209+UART)/Configuration.h @@ -0,0 +1,2611 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * Configuration.h + * + * Basic settings such as: + * + * - Type of electronics + * - Type of temperature sensor + * - Printer geometry + * - Endstop configuration + * - LCD controller + * - Extra features + * + * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h + */ +#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020008 + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Getting Started ============================= +//=========================================================================== + +/** + * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: + * + * https://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration + * https://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk + * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz + * https://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide + * https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 + * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap + * https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 + */ + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== +//=========================================================================== +// For a Delta printer, start with one of the configuration files in the config/examples/delta directory +// from https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Configurations/branches/all and customize for your machine. +// + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== +//=========================================================================== +// For a SCARA printer, start with one of the configuration files in the config/examples/SCARA directory +// from https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Configurations/branches/all and customize for your machine. +// + +// @section info + +// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 +#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. +//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) + +/** + * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** + * + * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. + * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed + * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. + * + * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also + * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. + */ + +// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** +#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN + +// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. +//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN + +// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. +//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE + +// @section machine + +/** + * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. + * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. + * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. + * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. + * + * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] + */ +#define SERIAL_PORT -1 + +/** + * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. + * Currently Ethernet (-2) is only supported on Teensy 4.1 boards. + * :[-2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] + */ +//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 + +/** + * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. + * + * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if + * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. + * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. + * + * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] + */ +#define BAUDRATE 250000 + +// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices +//#define BLUETOOTH + +// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup +#ifndef MOTHERBOARD + #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_ROBIN_NANO_V3 +#endif + +// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu +//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" + +// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. +// Choose your own or use a service like https://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 +//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" + +// @section extruder + +// This defines the number of extruders +// :[0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8] +#define EXTRUDERS 1 + +// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. +#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 + +// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. +//#define SINGLENOZZLE + +// Save and restore temperature and fan speed on tool-change. +// Set standby for the unselected tool with M104/106/109 T... +#if ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE) + //#define SINGLENOZZLE_STANDBY_TEMP + //#define SINGLENOZZLE_STANDBY_FAN +#endif + +/** + * Multi-Material Unit + * Set to one of these predefined models: + * + * PRUSA_MMU1 : Průša MMU1 (The "multiplexer" version) + * PRUSA_MMU2 : Průša MMU2 + * PRUSA_MMU2S : Průša MMU2S (Requires MK3S extruder with motion sensor, EXTRUDERS = 5) + * SMUFF_EMU_MMU2 : Technik Gegg SMUFF (Průša MMU2 emulation mode) + * SMUFF_EMU_MMU2S : Technik Gegg SMUFF (Průša MMU2S emulation mode) + * + * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. + * See additional options in Configuration_adv.h. + */ +//#define MMU_MODEL PRUSA_MMU2 + +// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor +//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER +#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) + #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 + #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] + #if EXTRUDERS > 3 + #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 + #endif +#endif + +// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles +//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE +#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) + #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 + //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second + #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) +#endif + +/** + * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part + * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. + */ +//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER + +/** + * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part + * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid + * + * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 + * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k + * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE + */ +//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER + +#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) + + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 + + #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) + + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. + //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 + + #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) + + #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/min) Speed for travel before last distance point + #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/min) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple + #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point + #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling + + #endif + +#endif + +/** + * Switching Toolhead + * + * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as + * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. + */ +//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD + +/** + * Magnetic Switching Toolhead + * + * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic + * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. + */ +//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD + +/** + * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead + * + * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. + * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. + * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 + */ +//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD + +#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders + #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock + #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) + //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock + #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/min) Extruder prime feedrate + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/min) Extruder retract feedrate + #endif + #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching + #endif +#endif + +/** + * "Mixing Extruder" + * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. + * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S<index>' supporting virtual tools. + * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). + */ +//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER +#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) + #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder + #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 + //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif +#endif + +// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). +// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). +// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. +//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle +//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle +//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle + +// @section machine + +/** + * Power Supply Control + * + * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. + * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. + */ +//#define PSU_CONTROL +//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" + +#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) + #define PSU_ACTIVE_STATE LOW // Set 'LOW' for ATX, 'HIGH' for X-Box + + //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 + //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power + + //#define PSU_POWERUP_GCODE "M355 S1" // G-code to run after power-on (e.g., case light on) + //#define PSU_POWEROFF_GCODE "M355 S0" // G-code to run before power-off (e.g., case light off) + + //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin + #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) + #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power + #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS + #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN + #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN + //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU if any extruder is over this temperature + //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU if the chamber is over this temperature + #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 // (s) Turn off power if the machine is idle for this duration + //#define POWER_OFF_DELAY 60 // (s) Delay of poweroff after M81 command. Useful to let fans run for extra time. + #endif +#endif + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ +//=========================================================================== +// @section temperature + +/** + * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table + * + * Temperature sensors available: + * + * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) + * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) + * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) + * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 + * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 + * 0 : not used + * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) + * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table for MEGA) + * 332 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table for DUE) + * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) + * 202 : 200k thermistor - Copymaster 3D + * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) + * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! + * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan, J-Head, and E3D) (4.7k pullup) + * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor + * 502 : 100K Zonestar Thermistor used by hot bed in Zonestar Průša P802M + * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) + * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) + * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) + * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) + * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) + * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) + * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) + * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (Used in Keenovo AC silicone mats and most Wanhao i3 machines) (4.7k pullup) + * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) + * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" + * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend + * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 + * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x with mainboard ADC reference voltage = INA826 amplifier-board supply voltage. + * NOTES: (1) Must use an ADC input with no pullup. (2) Some INA826 amplifiers are unreliable at 3.3V so consider using sensor 147, 110, or 21. + * 21 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x with 3.3v ADC reference voltage (STM32, LPC176x....) and 5V INA826 amplifier board supply. + * NOTE: ADC pins are not 5V tolerant. Not recommended because it's possible to damage the CPU by going over 500°C. + * 22 : 100k (hotend) with 4.7k pullup to 3.3V and 220R to analog input (as in GTM32 Pro vB) + * 23 : 100k (bed) with 4.7k pullup to 3.3v and 220R to analog input (as in GTM32 Pro vB) + * 30 : Kis3d Silicone heating mat 200W/300W with 6mm precision cast plate (EN AW 5083) NTC100K / B3950 (4.7k pullup) + * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x + * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 + * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup + * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design + * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering + * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 + * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor + * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) + * + * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. + * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) + * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) + * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) + * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) + * + * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup (E3D) + * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) + * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup + * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) + * + * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h + * + * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. + * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. + * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. + */ +#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_6 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_7 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 + +// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 +#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 +#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 + +// Resistor values when using MAX31865 sensors (-5) on TEMP_SENSOR_0 / 1 +//#define MAX31865_SENSOR_OHMS_0 100 // (Ω) Typically 100 or 1000 (PT100 or PT1000) +//#define MAX31865_CALIBRATION_OHMS_0 430 // (Ω) Typically 430 for AdaFruit PT100; 4300 for AdaFruit PT1000 +//#define MAX31865_SENSOR_OHMS_1 100 +//#define MAX31865_CALIBRATION_OHMS_1 430 + +// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings +// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. +//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT +#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 + +#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 4 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 +#define TEMP_WINDOW 4 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer +#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 4 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target + +#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 4 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 +#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 4 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer +#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 4 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target + +// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off +// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. +#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_6_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_7_MINTEMP 5 +#define BED_MINTEMP 5 + +// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. +// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. +// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) +#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_6_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_7_MAXTEMP 275 +#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= PID Settings ================================ +//=========================================================================== +// PID Tuning Guide here: https://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning + +// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. +#define PIDTEMP +#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current +#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current +#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop + +#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) + //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) + //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) + // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] + + #if ENABLED(PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND) + // Specify between 1 and HOTENDS values per array. + // If fewer than EXTRUDER values are provided, the last element will be repeated. + #define DEFAULT_Kp_LIST { 22.20, 22.20 } + #define DEFAULT_Ki_LIST { 1.08, 1.08 } + #define DEFAULT_Kd_LIST { 114.00, 114.00 } + #else + #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.20 + #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 + #define DEFAULT_Kd 114.00 + #endif +#endif // PIDTEMP + +//=========================================================================== +//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== +//=========================================================================== + +/** + * PID Bed Heating + * + * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. + * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. + * + * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. + * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, + * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly + * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W + * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand + * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. + */ +//#define PIDTEMPBED + +//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING + +/** + * Max Bed Power + * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). + * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider + * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) + */ +#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current + +#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) + //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 + //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. + + // 120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) + // from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) + #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 + #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 + #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 + + // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. +#endif // PIDTEMPBED + +#if EITHER(PIDTEMP, PIDTEMPBED) + //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. Use 'M303 D' to toggle activation. + //#define PID_OPENLOOP // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX + //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay + #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature + // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. +#endif + +// @section extruder + +/** + * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. + * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn + * cold extrusion prevention on and off. + * + * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** + */ +#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION +#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 + +/** + * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. + * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. + */ +#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE +#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 600 + +//=========================================================================== +//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= +//=========================================================================== + +/** + * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage + * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which + * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. + * + * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower + * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep + * the heater on. + * + * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the + * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h + */ + +#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders +#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed +#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= +//=========================================================================== + +// @section machine + +// Enable one of the options below for CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics, +// either in the usual order or reversed +#define COREXY +//#define COREXZ +//#define COREYZ +//#define COREYX +//#define COREZX +//#define COREZY +//#define MARKFORGED_XY // MarkForged. See https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?152,504042 + +//=========================================================================== +//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== +//=========================================================================== + +// @section homing + +// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. +// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the +// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. +#define USE_XMIN_PLUG +//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG +#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG +//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG +#define USE_YMAX_PLUG +//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG + +// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state +#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS +#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) + // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE +#endif + +// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state +//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS +#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) + // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE +#endif + +// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). +#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. + +/** + * Stepper Drivers + * + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for + * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * + * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. + * + * Use TMC2208/TMC2208_STANDALONE for TMC2225 drivers and TMC2209/TMC2209_STANDALONE for TMC2226 drivers. + * + * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, L6474, POWERSTEP01, + * TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, + * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, + * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, + * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, + * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE + * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'L6474', 'POWERSTEP01', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] + */ +#define X_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 +#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 +#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 +//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 +//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E6_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E7_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 + +// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. +// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. +//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE + +/** + * Endstop Noise Threshold + * + * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. + * + * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. + * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor in parallel with the switch. + * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs + * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. + * + * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] + */ +//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 + +// Check for stuck or disconnected endstops during homing moves. +//#define DETECT_BROKEN_ENDSTOP + +//============================================================================= +//============================== Movement Settings ============================ +//============================================================================= +// @section motion + +/** + * Default Settings + * + * These settings can be reset by M502 + * + * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. + */ + +/** + * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the + * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the + * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. + */ +//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS + +/** + * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) + * Override with M92 + * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] + */ +#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 1600, 412 } + +/** + * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) + * Override with M203 + * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] + */ +#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } + +//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 +#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) + #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits +#endif + +/** + * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s + * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) + * Override with M201 + * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] + */ +#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } + +//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 +#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) + #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits +#endif + +/** + * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s + * Override with M204 + * + * M204 P Acceleration + * M204 R Retract Acceleration + * M204 T Travel Acceleration + */ +#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves +#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts +#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves + +/** + * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) + * Override with M205 X Y Z E + * + * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. + * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the + * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. + */ +//#define CLASSIC_JERK +#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) + #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 + #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 + #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 + + //#define TRAVEL_EXTRA_XYJERK 0.0 // Additional jerk allowance for all travel moves + + //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 + #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) + #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits + #endif +#endif + +#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance + +/** + * Junction Deviation Factor + * + * See: + * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 + * https://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html + */ +#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) + #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge + #define JD_HANDLE_SMALL_SEGMENTS // Use curvature estimation instead of just the junction angle + // for small segments (< 1mm) with large junction angles (> 135°). +#endif + +/** + * S-Curve Acceleration + * + * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier + * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. + * + * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained + */ +//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= +//=========================================================================== +// @section probes + +// +// See https://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html +// + +/** + * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z-MIN pin. + * The probe replaces the Z-MIN endstop and is used for Z homing. + * (Automatically enables USE_PROBE_FOR_Z_HOMING.) + */ +//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN + +// Force the use of the probe for Z-axis homing +//#define USE_PROBE_FOR_Z_HOMING + +/** + * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN + * + * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. + * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD + * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. + * + * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. + * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. + * + * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: + * - For simple switches connect... + * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. + * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. + */ +//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN PC4 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default + +/** + * Probe Type + * + * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. + * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. + */ + +/** + * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. + * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands + * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. + */ +//#define PROBE_MANUALLY +//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 + +/** + * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. + * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) + */ +//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE + +/** + * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive + * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. + */ +//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE + +/** + * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. + */ +//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. +//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles + +/** + * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. + */ +//#define BLTOUCH + +/** + * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr + * + * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. + * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is + * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. + * + * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, + * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. + */ +//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) + #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts + //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed + //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) +#endif + +// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) +//#define SOLENOID_PROBE + +// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. +//#define Z_PROBE_SLED +//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. + +// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. +//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE +#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) + #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS + #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS +#endif + +// Duet Smart Effector (for delta printers) - https://bit.ly/2ul5U7J +// When the pin is defined you can use M672 to set/reset the probe sensivity. +//#define DUET_SMART_EFFECTOR +#if ENABLED(DUET_SMART_EFFECTOR) + #define SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN -1 // Connect a GPIO pin to the Smart Effector MOD pin +#endif + +/** + * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. + * Requires stallGuard-capable Trinamic stepper drivers. + * CAUTION: This can damage machines with Z lead screws. + * Take extreme care when setting up this feature. + */ +//#define SENSORLESS_PROBING + +// +// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. +// + +/** + * Nozzle-to-Probe offsets { X, Y, Z } + * + * X and Y offset + * Use a caliper or ruler to measure the distance from the tip of + * the Nozzle to the center-point of the Probe in the X and Y axes. + * + * Z offset + * - For the Z offset use your best known value and adjust at runtime. + * - Common probes trigger below the nozzle and have negative values for Z offset. + * - Probes triggering above the nozzle height are uncommon but do exist. When using + * probes such as this, carefully set Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE and Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES + * to avoid collisions during probing. + * + * Tune and Adjust + * - Probe Offsets can be tuned at runtime with 'M851', LCD menus, babystepping, etc. + * - PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD (configuration_adv.h) can be used for setting the Z offset. + * + * Assuming the typical work area orientation: + * - Probe to RIGHT of the Nozzle has a Positive X offset + * - Probe to LEFT of the Nozzle has a Negative X offset + * - Probe in BACK of the Nozzle has a Positive Y offset + * - Probe in FRONT of the Nozzle has a Negative Y offset + * + * Some examples: + * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, -1 } // Example "1" + * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET {-10, 5, -1 } // Example "2" + * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 5, -5, -1 } // Example "3" + * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET {-15,-10, -1 } // Example "4" + * + * +-- BACK ---+ + * | [+] | + * L | 1 | R <-- Example "1" (right+, back+) + * E | 2 | I <-- Example "2" ( left-, back+) + * F |[-] N [+]| G <-- Nozzle + * T | 3 | H <-- Example "3" (right+, front-) + * | 4 | T <-- Example "4" ( left-, front-) + * | [-] | + * O-- FRONT --+ + */ +#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -40, -14, -2 } + +// Most probes should stay away from the edges of the bed, but +// with NOZZLE_AS_PROBE this can be negative for a wider probing area. +#define PROBING_MARGIN 30 + +// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/min) between probes +#define XY_PROBE_SPEED (133*60) + +// Feedrate (mm/min) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) +#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST (4*60) + +// Feedrate (mm/min) for the "accurate" probe of each point +#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) + +/** + * Probe Activation Switch + * A switch indicating proper deployment, or an optical + * switch triggered when the carriage is near the bed. + */ +//#define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH +#if ENABLED(PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH) + #define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH_STATE LOW // State indicating probe is active + //#define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH_PIN PC6 // Override default pin +#endif + +/** + * Tare Probe (determine zero-point) prior to each probe. + * Useful for a strain gauge or piezo sensor that needs to factor out + * elements such as cables pulling on the carriage. + */ +//#define PROBE_TARE +#if ENABLED(PROBE_TARE) + #define PROBE_TARE_TIME 200 // (ms) Time to hold tare pin + #define PROBE_TARE_DELAY 200 // (ms) Delay after tare before + #define PROBE_TARE_STATE HIGH // State to write pin for tare + //#define PROBE_TARE_PIN PA5 // Override default pin + #if ENABLED(PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH) + //#define PROBE_TARE_ONLY_WHILE_INACTIVE // Fail to tare/probe if PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH is active + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Multiple Probing + * + * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. + * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. + * + * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. + * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. + */ +//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 +//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 + +/** + * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between + * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. + * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. + * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. + * + * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or + * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) + * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. + * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. + * + * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. + * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. + */ +#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow +#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points +#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes +//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done + +#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping + +// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset +#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 +#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 + +// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy +//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST + +// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation +//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW +#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) + //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe +#endif + +/** + * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. + * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical + * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. + * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve + * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. + */ +//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing +#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) + //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) +#endif +//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing +//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing +//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors + +// Require minimum nozzle and/or bed temperature for probing +//#define PREHEAT_BEFORE_PROBING +#if ENABLED(PREHEAT_BEFORE_PROBING) + #define PROBING_NOZZLE_TEMP 120 // (°C) Only applies to E0 at this time + #define PROBING_BED_TEMP 50 +#endif + +// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 +// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } +#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 +#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 +#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 +#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders + +// Disable axis steppers immediately when they're not being stepped. +// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! +#define DISABLE_X false +#define DISABLE_Y false +#define DISABLE_Z false + +// Turn off the display blinking that warns about possible accuracy reduction +//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING + +// @section extruder + +#define DISABLE_E false // Disable the extruder when not stepping +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled + +// @section machine + +// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. +#define INVERT_X_DIR true +#define INVERT_Y_DIR true +#define INVERT_Z_DIR true + +// @section extruder + +// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. +#define INVERT_E0_DIR true +#define INVERT_E1_DIR false +#define INVERT_E2_DIR false +#define INVERT_E3_DIR false +#define INVERT_E4_DIR false +#define INVERT_E5_DIR false +#define INVERT_E6_DIR false +#define INVERT_E7_DIR false + +// @section homing + +//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed. Also enable HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE for extra safety. +//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated. Also enable NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING for extra safety. +//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. + +//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... + // Be sure to have this much clearance over your Z_MAX_POS to prevent grinding. + +//#define Z_AFTER_HOMING 10 // (mm) Height to move to after homing Z + +// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN +// :[-1,1] +#define X_HOME_DIR -1 +#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 +#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 + +// @section machine + +// The size of the print bed +#define X_BED_SIZE 220 +#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 + +// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. +#define X_MIN_POS 0 +#define Y_MIN_POS 0 +#define Z_MIN_POS 0 +#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE +#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE +#define Z_MAX_POS 220 + +/** + * Software Endstops + * + * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. + * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. + * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. + * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state + */ + +// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds +#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS +#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) + #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X + #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y + #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z +#endif + +// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds +#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS +#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) + #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X + #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y + #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z +#endif + +#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) + //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD +#endif + +/** + * Filament Runout Sensors + * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. + * + * IMPORTANT: Runout will only trigger if Marlin is aware that a print job is running. + * Marlin knows a print job is running when: + * 1. Running a print job from media started with M24. + * 2. The Print Job Timer has been started with M75. + * 3. The heaters were turned on and PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART is enabled. + * + * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. + * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. + */ +//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR +#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) + #define FIL_RUNOUT_ENABLED_DEFAULT true // Enable the sensor on startup. Override with M412 followed by M500. + #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. + + #define FIL_RUNOUT_STATE LOW // Pin state indicating that filament is NOT present. + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. + //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. + + // Override individually if the runout sensors vary + //#define FIL_RUNOUT1_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT1_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT1_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT3_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT3_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT3_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT4_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT4_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT4_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT5_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT5_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT5_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT6_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT6_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT6_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT7_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT7_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT7_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT8_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT8_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT8_PULLDOWN + + // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. + // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) + #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" + + // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament + // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of + // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. + //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 + + #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM + // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin + // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM + // large enough to avoid false positives.) + //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR + #endif +#endif + +//=========================================================================== +//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== +//=========================================================================== +// @section calibrate + +/** + * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters + * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. + * + * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! + * + * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT + * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) + * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. + * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. + * + * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR + * Probe several points in a grid. + * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. + * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. + * + * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR + * Probe several points in a grid. + * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. + * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. + * + * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) + * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits + * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh + * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. + * + * - MESH_BED_LEVELING + * Probe a grid manually + * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) + * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform + * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. + * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. + */ +//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT +//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR +//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR +//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL +//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING + +/** + * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable one of + * these options to restore the prior leveling state or to always enable + * leveling immediately after G28. + */ +//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 +//#define ENABLE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 + +/** + * Auto-leveling needs preheating + */ +//#define PREHEAT_BEFORE_LEVELING +#if ENABLED(PREHEAT_BEFORE_LEVELING) + #define LEVELING_NOZZLE_TEMP 120 // (°C) Only applies to E0 at this time + #define LEVELING_BED_TEMP 50 +#endif + +/** + * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. + * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. + * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! + */ +//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE + +#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, + // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. + // The height can be set with M420 Z<height> + #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT + #if ENABLED(ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT) + #define DEFAULT_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT 10.0 // (mm) Default fade height. + #endif + + // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, + // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the + // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. + #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES + #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) + + /** + * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. + */ + //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION + #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) + #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. + #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for G26. + #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for G26. + #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for G26. + #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for G26 XY moves. + #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 100 // (mm/s) Feedrate for G26 XY travel moves. + #define G26_RETRACT_MULTIPLIER 1.0 // G26 Q (retraction) used by default between mesh test elements. + #endif + +#endif + +#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) + + // Set the number of grid points per dimension. + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X + + // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column + //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST + + #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) + + // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? + // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. + //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID + + // + // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. + // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. + // + //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION + #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) + // Number of subdivisions between probe points + #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 + #endif + + #endif + +#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + + //=========================================================================== + //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ + //=========================================================================== + + //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh + + #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X + + #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle + #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 + + //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used + // as the Z-Height correction value. + +#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) + + //=========================================================================== + //=================================== Mesh ================================== + //=========================================================================== + + #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X + + //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS + +#endif // BED_LEVELING + +/** + * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. + * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. + */ +//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING + +#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) + #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. + #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment + //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points +#endif + +// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment +//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS + +#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET_LFRB { 30, 30, 30, 30 } // (mm) Left, Front, Right, Back insets + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle between leveling points + //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner + //#define LEVEL_CORNERS_USE_PROBE + #if ENABLED(LEVEL_CORNERS_USE_PROBE) + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_PROBE_TOLERANCE 0.1 + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_VERIFY_RAISED // After adjustment triggers the probe, re-probe to verify + //#define LEVEL_CORNERS_AUDIO_FEEDBACK + #endif + + /** + * Corner Leveling Order + * + * Set 2 or 4 points. When 2 points are given, the 3rd is the center of the opposite edge. + * + * LF Left-Front RF Right-Front + * LB Left-Back RB Right-Back + * + * Examples: + * + * Default {LF,RB,LB,RF} {LF,RF} {LB,LF} + * LB --------- RB LB --------- RB LB --------- RB LB --------- RB + * | 4 3 | | 3 2 | | <3> | | 1 | + * | | | | | | | <3>| + * | 1 2 | | 1 4 | | 1 2 | | 2 | + * LF --------- RF LF --------- RF LF --------- RF LF --------- RF + */ + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_LEVELING_ORDER { LF, RF, RB, LB } +#endif + +/** + * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. + * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. + */ +//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" + +// @section homing + +// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) +//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 + +// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. +// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. +//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 +//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 +//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 + +// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. +// +// With this feature enabled: +// +// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. +// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. +// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing. +// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. +// +//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING + +#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) + #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT X_CENTER // X point for Z homing + #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT Y_CENTER // Y point for Z homing +#endif + +// Homing speeds (mm/min) +#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_MM_M { (50*60), (50*60), (4*60) } + +// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves +#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS + +// @section calibrate + +/** + * Bed Skew Compensation + * + * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. + * + * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: + * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) + * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C + * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D + * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D + * + * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. + * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: + * + * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 + * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) + * + * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. + * Use these diagrams for reference: + * + * Y Z Z + * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C + * | / / | / / | / / + * | / / | / / | / / + * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D + * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y + * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR + */ +//#define SKEW_CORRECTION + +#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) + // Input all length measurements here: + #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 + #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 + #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 + + // Or, set the default skew factors directly here + // to override the above measurements: + #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 + + //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z + #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) + #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 + #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 + #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 + #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 + #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 + #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 + #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 + #endif + + // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime + //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE +#endif + +//============================================================================= +//============================= Additional Features =========================== +//============================================================================= + +// @section extras + +/** + * EEPROM + * + * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. + * + * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. + * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) + * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) + */ +#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 +//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! +#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. +//#define EEPROM_BOOT_SILENT // Keep M503 quiet and only give errors during first load +#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) + #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. +#endif + +// +// Host Keepalive +// +// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host +// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. +// +#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages +#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. +#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating + +// +// G20/G21 Inch mode support +// +//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT + +// +// M149 Set temperature units support +// +//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT + +// @section temperature + +// Preheat Constants +#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" +#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 +#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 +#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 + +#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" +#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 +#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 +#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 + +/** + * Nozzle Park + * + * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. + * + * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: + * + * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. + * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. + * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. + */ +//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE + +#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) + // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } + #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } + //#define NOZZLE_PARK_X_ONLY // X move only is required to park + //#define NOZZLE_PARK_Y_ONLY // Y move only is required to park + #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_RAISE_MIN 2 // (mm) Always raise Z by at least this distance + #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) + #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) +#endif + +/** + * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL + * + * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. + * + * Parameters: + * P Pattern + * S Strokes / Repetitions + * T Triangles (P1 only) + * + * Patterns: + * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material + * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) + * between the start / end points. + * + * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the + * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. + * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. + * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: + * + * -- + * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) + * | | / \ / \ / \ | + * A | | / \ / \ / \ | + * | | / \ / \ / \ | + * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) + * -- +--------------------------------+ + * |________|_________|_________| + * T1 T2 T3 + * + * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. + * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. + * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. + * + * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. + * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. + */ +//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE + +#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) + // Default number of pattern repetitions + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 + + // Default number of triangles + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 + + // Specify positions for each tool as { { X, Y, Z }, { X, Y, Z } } + // Dual hotend system may use { { -20, (Y_BED_SIZE / 2), (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }, { 420, (Y_BED_SIZE / 2), (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }} + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } } + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } } + + // Circular pattern radius + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 + // Circular pattern circle fragments number + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 + // Middle point of circle + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT + + // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK + + // For a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) + //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z + + // For a purge/clean station mounted on the X axis + //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Y + + // Require a minimum hotend temperature for cleaning + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_MIN_TEMP 170 + //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_HEATUP // Heat up the nozzle instead of skipping wipe + + // Explicit wipe G-code script applies to a G12 with no arguments. + //#define WIPE_SEQUENCE_COMMANDS "G1 X-17 Y25 Z10 F4000\nG1 Z1\nM114\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 Z15\nM400\nG0 X-10.0 Y-9.0" + +#endif + +/** + * Print Job Timer + * + * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. + * + * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer + * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer + * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none + * + * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: + * + * M75 - Start the print job timer + * M76 - Pause the print job timer + * M77 - Stop the print job timer + */ +#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART + +/** + * Print Counter + * + * Track statistical data such as: + * + * - Total print jobs + * - Total successful print jobs + * - Total failed print jobs + * - Total time printing + * + * View the current statistics with M78. + */ +//#define PRINTCOUNTER +#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) + #define PRINTCOUNTER_SAVE_INTERVAL 60 // (minutes) EEPROM save interval during print +#endif + +/** + * Password + * + * Set a numerical password for the printer which can be requested: + * + * - When the printer boots up + * - Upon opening the 'Print from Media' Menu + * - When SD printing is completed or aborted + * + * The following G-codes can be used: + * + * M510 - Lock Printer. Blocks all commands except M511. + * M511 - Unlock Printer. + * M512 - Set, Change and Remove Password. + * + * If you forget the password and get locked out you'll need to re-flash + * the firmware with the feature disabled, reset EEPROM, and (optionally) + * re-flash the firmware again with this feature enabled. + */ +//#define PASSWORD_FEATURE +#if ENABLED(PASSWORD_FEATURE) + #define PASSWORD_LENGTH 4 // (#) Number of digits (1-9). 3 or 4 is recommended + #define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP + #define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack. + #define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>. + //#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running + //#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END + //#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT + //#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE +#endif + +//============================================================================= +//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ +//============================================================================= + +// @section lcd + +/** + * LCD LANGUAGE + * + * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: + * + * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, hu, it, + * jp_kana, ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ro, ru, sk, sv, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW + * + * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'hu':'Hungarian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ro':'Romanian', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'sv':'Swedish', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)' } + */ +#define LCD_LANGUAGE en + +/** + * LCD Character Set + * + * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. + * + * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these + * language extensions: + * + * - JAPANESE ... the most common + * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters + * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language + * + * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: + * + * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' + * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu + * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text + * + * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html + * + * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] + */ +#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE + +/** + * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Průša) + * + * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Průša'] + */ +#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 + +/** + * SD CARD + * + * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, + * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. + */ +#define SDSUPPORT + +/** + * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC + * + * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. + */ +//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY + +/** + * LCD Menu Items + * + * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or + * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. + */ +//#define NO_LCD_MENUS +//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS + +// +// ENCODER SETTINGS +// +// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to +// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. +// +//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 + +// +// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to +// move between next/prev menu items. +// +//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 + +/** + * Encoder Direction Options + * + * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. + * + * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. + * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. + * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. + */ + +// +// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. +// +// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE +// +//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION + +// +// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. +// +// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. +// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. +// +//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION + +// +// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. +// +// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. +// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. +// +//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION + +// +// Individual Axis Homing +// +// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. +// +//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU + +// +// SPEAKER/BUZZER +// +// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. +// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. +// +//#define SPEAKER + +// +// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. +// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. +// +// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: +// M300 S<frequency Hz> P<duration ms> +// +//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 +//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 + +//============================================================================= +//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= +//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= +//============================================================================= + +// +// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. +// https://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller +// +// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. +// +//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER + +// +// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader +// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ +// +//#define RADDS_DISPLAY + +// +// ULTIMAKER Controller. +// +//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER + +// +// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. +// +//#define ULTIPANEL + +// +// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) +// https://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne +// +//#define PANEL_ONE + +// +// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller +// https://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel +// +// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. +// +//#define G3D_PANEL + +// +// RigidBot Panel V1.0 +// http://www.inventapart.com/ +// +//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL + +// +// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller +// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html +// +//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 + +// +// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller +// +//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. + // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference + // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. + // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. + +// +// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. +// +//#define ULTRA_LCD + +//============================================================================= +//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= +//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== +//============================================================================= + +// +// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C +// +// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C +// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C +// + +// +// Elefu RA Board Control Panel +// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 +// +//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL + +// +// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays +// +// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library +// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home +// +//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 +//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 + +// +// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter +// +//#define LCM1602 + +// +// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, +// separate encoder and click inputs. +// +// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. +// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 +// +// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to +// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). +// +//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 + +// +// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, +// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. +// +//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI + +// +// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels +// + +// +// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH +// LCD configuration: https://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD +// +//#define SAV_3DLCD + +// +// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 +// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD +// Uses the code directly from Sailfish +// +//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD + +// +// TFT GLCD Panel with Marlin UI +// Panel connected to main board by SPI or I2C interface. +// See https://github.com/Serhiy-K/TFTGLCDAdapter +// +//#define TFTGLCD_PANEL_SPI +//#define TFTGLCD_PANEL_I2C + +//============================================================================= +//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= +//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== +//============================================================================= + +// +// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) +// +// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! +// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino +// +// NOTE: If the LCD is unresponsive you may need to reverse the plugs. +// + +// +// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller +// https://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller +// +//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER + +// +// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD +// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 +// +//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD + +// +// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices +// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD +// https://www.panucatt.com +// +//#define VIKI2 +//#define miniVIKI + +// +// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic +// controller and SD support - https://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel +// +//#define MINIPANEL + +// +// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. +// https://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel +// +//#define MAKRPANEL + +// +// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. +// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ +// +//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER + +// +// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by +// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. +// +//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER + +// +// Cartesio UI +// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface +// +//#define CARTESIO_UI + +// +// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD +// +//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI + +// +// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder +// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) +// +//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER + +// +// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support +// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 +// +//#define MKS_MINI_12864 + +// +// MKS LCD12864A/B with graphic controller and SD support. Follows MKS_MINI_12864 pinout. +// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/33018110072.html +// +//#define MKS_LCD12864 + +// +// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support +// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ +// +//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default +//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) +//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight +//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. NeoPixel RGB Backlight +//#define FYSETC_GENERIC_12864_1_1 // Larger display with basic ON/OFF backlight. + +// +// Factory display for Creality CR-10 +// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html +// +// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. +// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) +// +//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY + +// +// Ender-2 OEM display, a variant of the MKS_MINI_12864 +// +//#define ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY + +// +// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller +// +// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 +// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with +// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). Enable one of these. +// +//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD +//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD_ALT_WIRING + +// +// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD +// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html +// +//#define AZSMZ_12864 + +// +// Silvergate GLCD controller +// https://github.com/android444/Silvergate +// +//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER + +//============================================================================= +//============================== OLED Displays ============================== +//============================================================================= + +// +// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display +// +//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 + +// +// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules +// +//#define SAV_3DGLCD +#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) + #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 + //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 +#endif + +// +// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel +// +//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 + +// +// MKS OLED 1.3" 128×64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER +// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED +// +// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display +// +//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) +//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller + +// +// Zonestar OLED 128×64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER +// +//#define ZONESTAR_12864LCD // Graphical (DOGM) with ST7920 controller +//#define ZONESTAR_12864OLED // 1.3" OLED with SH1106 controller (default) +//#define ZONESTAR_12864OLED_SSD1306 // 0.96" OLED with SSD1306 controller + +// +// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 +// +//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART + +// +// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs +// +//#define OVERLORD_OLED + +// +// FYSETC OLED 2.42" 128×64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER with WS2812 RGB +// Where to find : https://www.aliexpress.com/item/4000345255731.html +//#define FYSETC_242_OLED_12864 // Uses the SSD1309 controller + +//============================================================================= +//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== +//============================================================================= + +// +// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS. (Choose one.) +// ORIGIN : https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32993409517.html +// FYSETC : https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32961471929.html +// +//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_ORIGIN +//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC +//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY + +// +// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200/M300 printers +// +//#define MALYAN_LCD +#if ENABLED(MALYAN_LCD) + #define LCD_SERIAL_PORT 1 // Default is 1 for Malyan M200 +#endif + +// +// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays +// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. +// +//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE + +// +// Touch-screen LCD for Anycubic printers +// +//#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_I3MEGA +//#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_CHIRON +#if EITHER(ANYCUBIC_LCD_I3MEGA, ANYCUBIC_LCD_CHIRON) + #define LCD_SERIAL_PORT 3 // Default is 3 for Anycubic + //#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_DEBUG +#endif + +// +// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. +// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extui'. +// +//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI + +#if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + //#define EXTUI_LOCAL_BEEPER // Enables use of local Beeper pin with external display +#endif + +//============================================================================= +//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== +//============================================================================= + +/** + * Specific TFT Model Presets. Enable one of the following options + * or enable TFT_GENERIC and set sub-options. + */ + +// +// 480x320, 3.5", SPI Display From MKS +// Normally used in MKS Robin Nano V2 +// +#define MKS_TS35_V2_0 + +// +// 320x240, 2.4", FSMC Display From MKS +// Normally used in MKS Robin Nano V1.2 +// +//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT24 + +// +// 320x240, 2.8", FSMC Display From MKS +// Normally used in MKS Robin Nano V1.2 +// +//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT28 + +// +// 320x240, 3.2", FSMC Display From MKS +// Normally used in MKS Robin Nano V1.2 +// +//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT32 + +// +// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Display From MKS +// Normally used in MKS Robin Nano V1.2 +// +//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT35 + +// +// 480x272, 4.3", FSMC Display From MKS +// +//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT43 + +// +// 320x240, 3.2", FSMC Display From MKS +// Normally used in MKS Robin +// +//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT_V1_1R + +// +// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Stock Display from TronxXY +// +//#define TFT_TRONXY_X5SA + +// +// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Stock Display from AnyCubic +// +//#define ANYCUBIC_TFT35 + +// +// 320x240, 2.8", FSMC Stock Display from Longer/Alfawise +// +//#define LONGER_LK_TFT28 + +// +// 320x240, 2.8", FSMC Stock Display from ET4 +// +//#define ANET_ET4_TFT28 + +// +// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Stock Display from ET5 +// +//#define ANET_ET5_TFT35 + +// +// Generic TFT with detailed options +// +//#define TFT_GENERIC +#if ENABLED(TFT_GENERIC) + // :[ 'AUTO', 'ST7735', 'ST7789', 'ST7796', 'R61505', 'ILI9328', 'ILI9341', 'ILI9488' ] + #define TFT_DRIVER AUTO + + // Interface. Enable one of the following options: + //#define TFT_INTERFACE_FSMC + //#define TFT_INTERFACE_SPI + + // TFT Resolution. Enable one of the following options: + //#define TFT_RES_320x240 + //#define TFT_RES_480x272 + //#define TFT_RES_480x320 +#endif + +/** + * TFT UI - User Interface Selection. Enable one of the following options: + * + * TFT_CLASSIC_UI - Emulated DOGM - 128x64 Upscaled + * TFT_COLOR_UI - Marlin Default Menus, Touch Friendly, using full TFT capabilities + * TFT_LVGL_UI - A Modern UI using LVGL + * + * For LVGL_UI also copy the 'assets' folder from the build directory to the + * root of your SD card, together with the compiled firmware. + */ +//#define TFT_CLASSIC_UI +//#define TFT_COLOR_UI +#define TFT_LVGL_UI + +#if ENABLED(TFT_LVGL_UI) + #define MKS_WIFI_MODULE // MKS WiFi module +#endif + +/** + * TFT Rotation. Set to one of the following values: + * + * TFT_ROTATE_90, TFT_ROTATE_90_MIRROR_X, TFT_ROTATE_90_MIRROR_Y, + * TFT_ROTATE_180, TFT_ROTATE_180_MIRROR_X, TFT_ROTATE_180_MIRROR_Y, + * TFT_ROTATE_270, TFT_ROTATE_270_MIRROR_X, TFT_ROTATE_270_MIRROR_Y, + * TFT_MIRROR_X, TFT_MIRROR_Y, TFT_NO_ROTATION + */ +//#define TFT_ROTATION TFT_NO_ROTATION + +//============================================================================= +//============================ Other Controllers ============================ +//============================================================================= + +// +// Ender-3 v2 OEM display. A DWIN display with Rotary Encoder. +// +//#define DWIN_CREALITY_LCD + +// +// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 +// +#define TOUCH_SCREEN +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_SCREEN) + #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens + #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus + + #define TOUCH_SCREEN_CALIBRATION + + //#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_X 12316 + //#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_Y -8981 + //#define TOUCH_OFFSET_X -43 + //#define TOUCH_OFFSET_Y 257 + //#define TOUCH_ORIENTATION TOUCH_LANDSCAPE + + #if ENABLED(TFT_COLOR_UI) + //#define SINGLE_TOUCH_NAVIGATION + #endif +#endif + +// +// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 +// https://reprapworld.com/products/electronics/ramps/keypad_v1_0_fully_assembled/ +// +//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD +//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press + +//============================================================================= +//=============================== Extra Features ============================== +//============================================================================= + +// @section extras + +// Set number of user-controlled fans. Disable to use all board-defined fans. +// :[1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8] +//#define NUM_M106_FANS 1 + +// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino +//#define FAST_PWM_FAN + +// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency +// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency +// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. +//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM + +// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, +// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. +// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; +// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. +// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] +#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 + +// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can +// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, +// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired +// duty cycle is attained. +//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER + +// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. +// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C +// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) +//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS + +// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder +//#define BARICUDA + +// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb +//#define BLINKM + +// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver +//#define PCA9632 + +// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver +//#define PCA9533 + +/** + * RGB LED / LED Strip Control + * + * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or + * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. + * + * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. + * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of + * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. + * For NeoPixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. + * + * *** CAUTION *** + * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, + * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. + * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! + * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The NeoPixel LED needs + * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. + * *** CAUTION *** + * + * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. + */ +//#define RGB_LED +//#define RGBW_LED + +#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) + //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 + //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 + //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 + //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 +#endif + +// Support for Adafruit NeoPixel LED driver +//#define NEOPIXEL_LED +#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) + #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) + #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin + //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE + //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 + #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip. (Longest strip when NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE is disabled.) + #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. + #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) + //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup + + // Support for second Adafruit NeoPixel LED driver controlled with M150 S1 ... + //#define NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE + #if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE) + #define NEOPIXEL2_PIXELS 15 // Number of LEDs in the second strip + #define NEOPIXEL2_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) + #define NEOPIXEL2_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup + #else + //#define NEOPIXEL2_INSERIES // Default behavior is NeoPixel 2 in parallel + #endif + + // Use a single NeoPixel LED for static (background) lighting + //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use + //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W +#endif + +/** + * Printer Event LEDs + * + * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: + * + * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp + * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature + * - Change to white to illuminate work surface + * - Change to green once print has finished + * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button + */ +#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) + #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS +#endif + +/** + * Number of servos + * + * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. + * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. + * Set to 0 to turn off servo support. + */ +#define NUM_SERVOS 1 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command + +// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. +// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. +// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. +#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } + +// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter +//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE + +// Edit servo angles with M281 and save to EEPROM with M500 +//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/MKS Robin nano v3.0/Config example for suport sd card/Config example for Sapphire pro(TMC2209+UART)/Configuration_adv.h b/config/MKS Robin nano v3.0/Config example for suport sd card/Config example for Sapphire pro(TMC2209+UART)/Configuration_adv.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e5f6d8d --- /dev/null +++ b/config/MKS Robin nano v3.0/Config example for suport sd card/Config example for Sapphire pro(TMC2209+UART)/Configuration_adv.h @@ -0,0 +1,3742 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * Configuration_adv.h + * + * Advanced settings. + * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. + * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! + * + * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h + */ +#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020008 + +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ +//=========================================================================== +// @section temperature + +/** + * Thermocouple sensors are quite sensitive to noise. Any noise induced in + * the sensor wires, such as by stepper motor wires run in parallel to them, + * may result in the thermocouple sensor reporting spurious errors. This + * value is the number of errors which can occur in a row before the error + * is reported. This allows us to ignore intermittent error conditions while + * still detecting an actual failure, which should result in a continuous + * stream of errors from the sensor. + * + * Set this value to 0 to fail on the first error to occur. + */ +#define THERMOCOUPLE_MAX_ERRORS 15 + +// +// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters +// +#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 + #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 + #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 + #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 + #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 + #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 + #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_6 == 1000 + #define HOTEND6_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND6_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND6_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_7 == 1000 + #define HOTEND7_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND7_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND7_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 + #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 + #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +// +// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. +// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 +// +//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT +#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) + #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED + #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 + #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true +#endif + +// +// Heated Bed Bang-Bang options +// +#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) + #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // (ms) Interval between checks in bang-bang control + #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) + #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // (°C) Only set the relevant heater state when ABS(T-target) > BED_HYSTERESIS + #endif +#endif + +// +// Heated Chamber options +// +#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER + #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 + #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 + #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target + //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING + //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin + //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false + + //#define CHAMBER_FAN // Enable a fan on the chamber + #if ENABLED(CHAMBER_FAN) + #define CHAMBER_FAN_MODE 2 // Fan control mode: 0=Static; 1=Linear increase when temp is higher than target; 2=V-shaped curve. + #if CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 0 + #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 255 // Chamber fan PWM (0-255) + #elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 1 + #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 128 // Base chamber fan PWM (0-255); turns on when chamber temperature is above the target + #define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C above target + #elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 2 + #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 128 // Minimum chamber fan PWM (0-255) + #define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C difference from target + #endif + #endif + + //#define CHAMBER_VENT // Enable a servo-controlled vent on the chamber + #if ENABLED(CHAMBER_VENT) + #define CHAMBER_VENT_SERVO_NR 1 // Index of the vent servo + #define HIGH_EXCESS_HEAT_LIMIT 5 // How much above target temp to consider there is excess heat in the chamber + #define LOW_EXCESS_HEAT_LIMIT 3 + #define MIN_COOLING_SLOPE_TIME_CHAMBER_VENT 20 + #define MIN_COOLING_SLOPE_DEG_CHAMBER_VENT 1.5 + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage + * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which + * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. + * + * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower + * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep + * the heater on. + * + * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. + * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too + * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. + * + * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase + * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD + */ +#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius + + //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops + #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) + //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 + #endif + + /** + * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the + * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature + * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and + * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only + * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable + * test. + * + * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD + * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set + * below 2. + */ + #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 40 // Seconds + #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius +#endif + +/** + * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. + */ +#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 40 // Seconds + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius + + /** + * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). + */ + #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds + #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius +#endif + +/** + * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. + */ +#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius + + /** + * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). + */ + #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds + #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius +#endif + +#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. + // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. + //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING + #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) + #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) // heating power = Kc * e_speed + #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 + #endif + + /** + * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. + * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. + * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value + * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. + * + * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) + * --------------------------------------------------------------------- + * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: + * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 + * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. + * + * Example: + * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 + * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 + * + * Fan-speed dependent compensation + * -------------------------------- + * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). + * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. + * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature + * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. + * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% + * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. + * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. + * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in + * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED + */ + //#define PID_FAN_SCALING + #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) + //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION + #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) + // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. + // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. + // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. + + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING + + #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 + + #else + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) + #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING + #endif + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Automatic Temperature Mode + * + * Dynamically adjust the hotend target temperature based on planned E moves. + * + * (Contrast with PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING, which tracks E movement and adjusts PID + * behavior using an additional kC value.) + * + * Autotemp is calculated by (mintemp + factor * mm_per_sec), capped to maxtemp. + * + * Enable Autotemp Mode with M104/M109 F<factor> S<mintemp> B<maxtemp>. + * Disable by sending M104/M109 with no F parameter (or F0 with AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL). + */ +#define AUTOTEMP +#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) + #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 + // Turn on AUTOTEMP on M104/M109 by default using proportions set here + //#define AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL + #if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL) + #define AUTOTEMP_MIN_P 0 // (°C) Added to the target temperature + #define AUTOTEMP_MAX_P 5 // (°C) Added to the target temperature + #define AUTOTEMP_FACTOR_P 1 // Apply this F parameter by default (overridden by M104/M109 F) + #endif +#endif + +// Show Temperature ADC value +// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. +//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES + +/** + * High Temperature Thermistor Support + * + * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting + * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP + * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the + * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure + * and force stop everything. + * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, + * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle + * aberrant readings. + * + * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) + * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below + */ + +// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur +// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) +//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 + +// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check +// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the +// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach +// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. +// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) +//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 + +// @section extruder + +// Extruder runout prevention. +// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP +// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. +//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT +#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/min) + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) +#endif + +/** + * Hotend Idle Timeout + * Prevent filament in the nozzle from charring and causing a critical jam. + */ +//#define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT +#if ENABLED(HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT) + #define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT_SEC (5*60) // (seconds) Time without extruder movement to trigger protection + #define HOTEND_IDLE_MIN_TRIGGER 180 // (°C) Minimum temperature to enable hotend protection + #define HOTEND_IDLE_NOZZLE_TARGET 0 // (°C) Safe temperature for the nozzle after timeout + #define HOTEND_IDLE_BED_TARGET 0 // (°C) Safe temperature for the bed after timeout +#endif + +// @section temperature + +// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. +// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 + +/** + * Controller Fan + * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. + * + * The fan turns on automatically whenever any driver is enabled and turns + * off (or reduces to idle speed) shortly after drivers are turned off. + */ +//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN +#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) + //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan + //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_USE_Z_ONLY // With this option only the Z axis is considered + //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_IGNORE_Z // Ignore Z stepper. Useful when stepper timeout is disabled. + #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_MIN 0 // (0-255) Minimum speed. (If set below this value the fan is turned off.) + #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_ACTIVE 255 // (0-255) Active speed, used when any motor is enabled + #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_IDLE 0 // (0-255) Idle speed, used when motors are disabled + #define CONTROLLERFAN_IDLE_TIME 60 // (seconds) Extra time to keep the fan running after disabling motors + //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE // Enable M710 configurable settings + #if ENABLED(CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE) + #define CONTROLLER_FAN_MENU // Enable the Controller Fan submenu + #endif +#endif + +// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the +// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably +// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) +//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 + +// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. +//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 + +/** + * PWM Fan Scaling + * + * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). + * + * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset + * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower + * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) + * Value 0 always turns off the fan. + * + * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. + */ +//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 +//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 + +/** + * FAST PWM FAN Settings + * + * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) + * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a + * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. + * + * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] + * Set this to your desired frequency. + * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) + * i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers. + * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required + * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. + * + * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] + * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: + * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] + * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] + * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of + * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) + * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. + */ +#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) + //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 + //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP +#endif + +// @section extruder + +/** + * Extruder cooling fans + * + * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' + * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. + * + * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here + * or set to -1 to disable completely. + * + * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case + * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. + */ +#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 + +#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 +#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed +#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 +#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 + +/** + * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer + * + * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. + * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. + * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. + */ +#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 +#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 +#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 + +/** + * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness + */ +//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE +#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) + //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed + #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW + #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on + #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) + //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm + //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu + //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. + //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use NeoPixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. + #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) + #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } + #endif +#endif + +// @section homing + +// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing +// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. +//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT + +// @section extras + +//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. + +// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. +//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER +#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) + //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 + //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 +#endif + +/** + * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops + * + * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. + * + * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to + * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop + * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug + * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. + * + * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors + * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error + * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X<offset> Y<offset> Z<offset>'. + */ + +//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS +#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + //#define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR // Enable if X2 direction signal is opposite to X + //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ + #define X2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif +#endif + +//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS +#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + //#define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR // Enable if Y2 direction signal is opposite to Y + //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ + #define Y2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif +#endif + +// +// For Z set the number of stepper drivers +// +#define NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS 1 // (1-4) Z options change based on how many + +#if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS > 1 + // Enable if Z motor direction signals are the opposite of Z1 + //#define INVERT_Z2_VS_Z_DIR + //#define INVERT_Z3_VS_Z_DIR + //#define INVERT_Z4_VS_Z_DIR + + //#define Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) + #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ + #define Z2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 + #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ + #define Z3_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + #define Z4_USE_ENDSTOP _ZMAX_ + #define Z4_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Dual X Carriage + * + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. + * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in + * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. + * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. + * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. + * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + * + * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>: + * + * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel + * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) + * + * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so + * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) + * + * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with + * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. + * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and + * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. + * + * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates + * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. + * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and + * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. + */ +//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE +#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage + #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed + #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position + #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. + // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software + // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops + // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). + // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. + + // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. + #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE + + // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) + #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 + + // Default action to execute following M605 mode change commands. Typically G28X to apply new mode. + //#define EVENT_GCODE_IDEX_AFTER_MODECHANGE "G28X" +#endif + +// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. +// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. +//#define EXT_SOLENOID + +// @section homing + +/** + * Homing Procedure + * Homing (G28) does an indefinite move towards the endstops to establish + * the position of the toolhead relative to the workspace. + */ + +//#define SENSORLESS_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2 } // (mm) Backoff from endstops before sensorless homing + +#define HOMING_BUMP_MM { 5, 5, 2 } // (mm) Backoff from endstops after first bump +#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) + +//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_POST_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Backoff from endstops after homing + +//#define QUICK_HOME // If G28 contains XY do a diagonal move first +//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X // If G28 contains XY home Y before X +//#define HOME_Z_FIRST // Home Z first. Requires a Z-MIN endstop (not a probe). +//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING // If X/Y can't home without homing Y/X first + +// @section bltouch + +#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) + /** + * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES + * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand + * advanced commands. + * + * Note: If the probe is not deploying, do a "Reset" and "Self-Test" and then check the + * wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. + * + * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often + * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" + * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. + * + * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: + */ + + // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. + // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. + //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 + + /** + * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: + */ + + // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful + // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. + //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE + + /** + * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 + * Summary: + * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes + * - High-Speed mode + * - Disable LCD voltage options + */ + + /** + * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! + * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. + * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 + * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode + * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. + * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. + */ + //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE + + /** + * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. + * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 + * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) + * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. + */ + //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET + + /** + * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. + * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. + * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function + * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. + */ + //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE + + // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. + //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU + +#endif // BLTOUCH + +// @section extras + +/** + * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment + * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. + */ +//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN +#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) + // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3 [, Z4]] + // If not defined, probe limits will be used. + // Override with 'M422 S<index> X<pos> Y<pos>' + //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } + + /** + * Orientation for the automatically-calculated probe positions. + * Override Z stepper align points with 'M422 S<index> X<pos> Y<pos>' + * + * 2 Steppers: (0) (1) + * | | 2 | + * | 1 2 | | + * | | 1 | + * + * 3 Steppers: (0) (1) (2) (3) + * | 3 | 1 | 2 1 | 2 | + * | | 3 | | 3 | + * | 1 2 | 2 | 3 | 1 | + * + * 4 Steppers: (0) (1) (2) (3) + * | 4 3 | 1 4 | 2 1 | 3 2 | + * | | | | | + * | 1 2 | 2 3 | 3 4 | 4 1 | + */ + #ifndef Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY + //#define Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION 0 + #endif + + // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. + // Requires triple stepper drivers (i.e., set NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS to 3) + //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS + #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) + // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to + // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. + // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } + #else + // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down in case + // the stepper (spindle) position is farther out than the test point. + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 // Use a value > 1.0 NOTE: This may cause instability! + #endif + + // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm + #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline that G34 will handle + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 5 // Number of iterations to apply during alignment + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 // Stop iterating early if the accuracy is better than this + #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 // Restore leveling after G34 is done? + // After G34, re-home Z (G28 Z) or just calculate it from the last probe heights? + // Re-homing might be more precise in reproducing the actual 'G28 Z' homing height, especially on an uneven bed. + #define HOME_AFTER_G34 +#endif + +// +// Add the G35 command to read bed corners to help adjust screws. Requires a bed probe. +// +//#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING +#if ENABLED(ASSISTED_TRAMMING) + + // Define positions for probe points. + #define TRAMMING_POINT_XY { { 20, 20 }, { 180, 20 }, { 180, 180 }, { 20, 180 } } + + // Define position names for probe points. + #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_1 "Front-Left" + #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_2 "Front-Right" + #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_3 "Back-Right" + #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_4 "Back-Left" + + #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G35 // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation + //#define REPORT_TRAMMING_MM // Report Z deviation (mm) for each point relative to the first + + //#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING_WIZARD // Add a Tramming Wizard to the LCD menu + + //#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING_WAIT_POSITION { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER, 30 } // Move the nozzle out of the way for adjustment + + /** + * Screw thread: + * M3: 30 = Clockwise, 31 = Counter-Clockwise + * M4: 40 = Clockwise, 41 = Counter-Clockwise + * M5: 50 = Clockwise, 51 = Counter-Clockwise + */ + #define TRAMMING_SCREW_THREAD 30 + +#endif + +// @section motion + +#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } + +// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles +//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION + +// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. +#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false +#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false +#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false +#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false + +/** + * Idle Stepper Shutdown + * Set DISABLE_INACTIVE_? 'true' to shut down axis steppers after an idle period. + * The Deactive Time can be overridden with M18 and M84. Set to 0 for No Timeout. + */ +#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set 'false' if the nozzle could fall onto your printed part! +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true + +// If the Nozzle or Bed falls when the Z stepper is disabled, set its resting position here. +//#define Z_AFTER_DEACTIVATE Z_HOME_POS + +// Default Minimum Feedrates for printing and travel moves +#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // (mm/s) Minimum feedrate. Set with M205 S. +#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 // (mm/s) Minimum travel feedrate. Set with M205 T. + +// Minimum time that a segment needs to take as the buffer gets emptied +#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (µs) Set with M205 B. + +// Slow down the machine if the lookahead buffer is (by default) half full. +// Increase the slowdown divisor for larger buffer sizes. +#define SLOWDOWN +#if ENABLED(SLOWDOWN) + #define SLOWDOWN_DIVISOR 2 +#endif + +/** + * XY Frequency limit + * Reduce resonance by limiting the frequency of small zigzag infill moves. + * See https://hydraraptor.blogspot.com/2010/12/frequency-limit.html + * Use M201 F<freq> G<min%> to change limits at runtime. + */ +//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 10 // (Hz) Maximum frequency of small zigzag infill moves. Set with M201 F<hertz>. +#ifdef XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT + #define XY_FREQUENCY_MIN_PERCENT 5 // (percent) Minimum FR percentage to apply. Set with M201 G<min%>. +#endif + +// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end +// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed +// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. +#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) + +// +// Backlash Compensation +// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. +// +//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION +#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) + // Define values for backlash distance and correction. + // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. + #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) + #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction + + // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments + // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) + //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) + + // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) + //#define BACKLASH_GCODE + + #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) + // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" + #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING + + #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) + // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT + // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION + // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. + #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) + #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) + #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/min) + #endif + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration + * + * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- + * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. + * + * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object + * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash + * and hotend offsets. + * + * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within + * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. + */ +//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE +#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) + + //#define CALIBRATION_SCRIPT_PRE "M117 Starting Auto-Calibration\nT0\nG28\nG12\nM117 Calibrating..." + //#define CALIBRATION_SCRIPT_POST "M500\nM117 Calibration data saved" + + #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm + + #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/min + #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/min + #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/min + + // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. + #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm + #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm + + // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). + //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING + + // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. + #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm + #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm + + // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best + // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. + #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT + #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT + #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT + #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK + + // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If + // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. + //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES + + // Define the pin to read during calibration + #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN + //#define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Define here to override the default pin + #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the custom pin + //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN + #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies + * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible + * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the + * lowest stepping frequencies. + */ +//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING + +/** + * Custom Microstepping + * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. + */ +//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW +//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW +//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW +//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW +//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH +//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH + +// Microstep settings (Requires a board with pins named X_MS1, X_MS2, etc.) +#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] + +/** + * @section stepper motor current + * + * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. + * + * The power on motor currents are set by: + * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 + * known compatible chips: A4982 + * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H + * known compatible chips: AD5206 + * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 + * known compatible chips: MCP4728 + * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE + * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 + * + * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. + * M907 - applies to all. + * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H + * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 + */ +//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps +//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) +//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis + +/** + * I2C-based DIGIPOTs (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) + */ +//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires https://github.com/felias-fogg/SlowSoftI2CMaster +//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4451 +#if EITHER(DIGIPOT_MCP4018, DIGIPOT_MCP4451) + #define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT:4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO:8 MKS_SBASE:5 MIGHTYBOARD_REVE:5 + + // Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. + // These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. + #define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO + + //#define DIGIPOT_USE_RAW_VALUES // Use DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT raw wiper values (instead of A4988 motor currents) + + /** + * Common slave addresses: + * + * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC + * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 + * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 + * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 + * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 + * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 + */ + //#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // Unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT + //#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // Unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT +#endif + +//=========================================================================== +//=============================Additional Features=========================== +//=========================================================================== + +// @section lcd + +#if EITHER(IS_ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) + #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60 } // (mm/min) Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel + #define FINE_MANUAL_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual move (< 0.1mm) applying to Z on most machines + #if IS_ULTIPANEL + #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" + #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen + #endif +#endif + +// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster +#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER +#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) + #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed + #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed +#endif + +// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen +//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE +#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) + #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 + #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 +#endif + +#if HAS_LCD_MENU + + // Add Probe Z Offset calibration to the Z Probe Offsets menu + #if HAS_BED_PROBE + //#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD + #if ENABLED(PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD) + // + // Enable to init the Probe Z-Offset when starting the Wizard. + // Use a height slightly above the estimated nozzle-to-probe Z offset. + // For example, with an offset of -5, consider a starting height of -4. + // + //#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD_START_Z -4.0 + + // Set a convenient position to do the calibration (probing point and nozzle/bed-distance) + //#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD_XY_POS { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER } + #endif + #endif + + // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu + //#define LCD_INFO_MENU + #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) + //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages + #endif + + // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top + //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM + + // Add a mute option to the LCD menu + //#define SOUND_MENU_ITEM + + /** + * LED Control Menu + * Add LED Control to the LCD menu + */ + //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU + #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) + #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option + //#define NEO2_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable a second NeoPixel Preset Color menu option + #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) + #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity + //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup + #endif + #if ENABLED(NEO2_COLOR_PRESETS) + #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value + #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value + #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value + #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value + #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity + //#define NEO2_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup for the second strip + #endif + #endif + +#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU + +#if HAS_DISPLAY + // The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus + //#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 + + #if ENABLED(SHOW_BOOTSCREEN) + #define BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 4000 // (ms) Total Duration to display the boot screen(s) + #if EITHER(HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB, TFT_COLOR_UI) + #define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving lots of flash) + #endif + #endif + + // Scroll a longer status message into view + //#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING + + // On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible + //#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY + + // Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage + //#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY + + // Show the E position (filament used) during printing + //#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL +#endif + +#if EITHER(SDSUPPORT, LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY) && ANY(HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB, HAS_MARLINUI_HD44780, IS_TFTGLCD_PANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) + //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion + #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) + //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation + //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time + #endif + + #if EITHER(HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB, EXTENSIBLE_UI) + //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits + #endif + + #if EITHER(HAS_MARLINUI_HD44780, IS_TFTGLCD_PANEL) + //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing + #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) + #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar + #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message + #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) + //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it + //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar + #endif + #endif +#endif + +#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + /** + * SD Card SPI Speed + * May be required to resolve "volume init" errors. + * + * Enable and set to SPI_HALF_SPEED, SPI_QUARTER_SPEED, or SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED + * otherwise full speed will be applied. + * + * :['SPI_HALF_SPEED', 'SPI_QUARTER_SPEED', 'SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED'] + */ + //#define SD_SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED + + // The standard SD detect circuit reads LOW when media is inserted and HIGH when empty. + // Enable this option and set to HIGH if your SD cards are incorrectly detected. + //#define SD_DETECT_STATE HIGH + + //#define SD_IGNORE_AT_STARTUP // Don't mount the SD card when starting up + //#define SDCARD_READONLY // Read-only SD card (to save over 2K of flash) + + //#define GCODE_REPEAT_MARKERS // Enable G-code M808 to set repeat markers and do looping + + #define SD_PROCEDURE_DEPTH 1 // Increase if you need more nested M32 calls + + #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished + #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84" // Use "M84XYE" to keep Z enabled so your bed stays in place + + // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. + // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. + #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST + + #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing + + //#define NO_SD_AUTOSTART // Remove auto#.g file support completely to save some Flash, SRAM + //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files + + //#define BROWSE_MEDIA_ON_INSERT // Open the file browser when media is inserted + + #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_ABORT "G28XY" // G-code to run on SD Abort Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") + + #if ENABLED(PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS) + #define PE_LEDS_COMPLETED_TIME (30*60) // (seconds) Time to keep the LED "done" color before restoring normal illumination + #endif + + /** + * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) + * + * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer + * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present + * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known + * point in the file. + */ + #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + #define PLR_ENABLED_DEFAULT true // Power Loss Recovery enabled by default. (Set with 'M413 Sn' & M500) + //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss + //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVER_ZHOME // Z homing is needed for proper recovery. 99.9% of the time this should be disabled! + //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 20 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) + //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN PC4 // Pin to detect power loss. Set to -1 to disable default pin on boards without module. + //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss + //#define POWER_LOSS_PULLUP // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate for your sensor + //#define POWER_LOSS_PULLDOWN + //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume + //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. + + // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, + // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. + #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data + #endif + + /** + * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. + * + * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted + * by name for easier navigation. + * + * By default... + * + * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. + * - Folders are sorted to the top. + * - The sort key is statically allocated. + * - No added G-code (M34) support. + * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) + * + * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the + * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM + * limit is exceeded. + * + * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. + * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. + * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) + * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) + */ + //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA + + // SD Card Sorting options + #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) + #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. + #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below + #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 G-code. + #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. + #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) + #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. + #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! + #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. + // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. + #endif + + // Allow international symbols in long filenames. To display correctly, the + // LCD's font must contain the characters. Check your selected LCD language. + //#define UTF_FILENAME_SUPPORT + + // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 + #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT + + // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu + //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES + + // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) + //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN + + /** + * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. + * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. + * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. + */ + //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT + + /** + * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. + * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. + * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. + */ + //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE + + /** + * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S<seconds> + */ + //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS + + /** + * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or + * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear + * to Marlin as an SD card. + * + * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with + * the following pin mapping: + * + * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO + * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] + * SS --> SDSS + * + * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. + */ + //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT + #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) + /** + * USB Host Shield Library + * + * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested + * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. + * + * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it + * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. + * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. + */ + //#define USE_UHS2_USB + //#define USE_UHS3_USB + + /** + * Native USB Host supported by some boards (USB OTG) + */ + #define USE_OTG_USB_HOST + + #if DISABLED(USE_OTG_USB_HOST) + #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS + #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN + #endif + #endif + + /** + * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, + * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. + * + * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) + * + * Tested with this bootloader: + * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 + */ + //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE + #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) + #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF + #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 + #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF + #endif + + // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' + //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER + + /** + * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): + * + * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. + * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. + * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). + * + * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] + */ + //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD + + // Enable if SD detect is rendered useless (e.g., by using an SD extender) + //#define NO_SD_DETECT + +#endif // SDSUPPORT + +/** + * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- + * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. + */ +//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). + +/** + * Additional options for Graphical Displays + * + * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, + * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, + * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing + * on DELTA and SCARA machines. + * + * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind + * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable + * printing performance versus fast display updates. + */ +#if HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB + // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar + //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT + + // Save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame or no frame on the Info Screen + //#define XYZ_NO_FRAME + #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME + + // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens + #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME + + // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. + // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. + //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT + + // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2434 bytes of PROGMEM. + // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. + //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT + + // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay + //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE + + /** + * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using + * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. + * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. + * + * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status + * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the + * length of time to display the status message before clearing. + * + * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. + * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. + */ + #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) + // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. + // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. + //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 + + //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI + #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) + #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 + #endif + #endif + + /** + * Status (Info) Screen customizations + * These options may affect code size and screen render time. + * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. + */ + //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones + //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) + #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) + #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating + #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating + #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating + //#define STATUS_CUTTER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate spindle / laser active + //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap + //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap + //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames + //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar + //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. + + // Frivolous Game Options + //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT + //#define MARLIN_INVADERS + //#define MARLIN_SNAKE + //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu + +#endif // HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB + +// +// Additional options for DGUS / DWIN displays +// +#if HAS_DGUS_LCD + #define LCD_SERIAL_PORT 3 + #define LCD_BAUDRATE 115200 + + #define DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE 128 + #define DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE 48 + //#define SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS // Fix Rx overrun situation (Currently only for AVR) + + #define DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS 500 // (ms) Interval between automatic screen updates + + #if EITHER(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC, DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY) + #define DGUS_PRINT_FILENAME // Display the filename during printing + #define DGUS_PREHEAT_UI // Display a preheat screen during heatup + + #if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC) + //#define DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Disabled by default for UI_FYSETC + #else + #define DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Enabled by default for UI_HIPRECY + #endif + + #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD + #if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD) + #define DGUS_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH 10 + #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOAD_LENGTH_PER_TIME 0.5 // (mm) Adjust in proportion to DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS + #endif + + #define DGUS_UI_WAITING // Show a "waiting" screen between some screens + #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING) + #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS 10 + #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS_PERIOD 8 // Increase to slower waiting status looping + #endif + #endif +#endif // HAS_DGUS_LCD + +// +// Specify additional languages for the UI. Default specified by LCD_LANGUAGE. +// +#if EITHER(DOGLCD, TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) + //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr + //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de + //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es + //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it + #ifdef LCD_LANGUAGE_2 + //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_AUTO_SAVE // Automatically save language to EEPROM on change + #endif +#endif + +// +// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) +// +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) + // Display board used + //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) + //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) + //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) + //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) + //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI + //#define LCD_FYSETC_TFT81050 // FYSETC with 5" (800x480) + + // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. + //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 + //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 + //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 + + // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector + //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping + //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping + //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping + //#define S6_TFT_PINMAP // FYSETC S6 pin mapping + //#define F6_TFT_PINMAP // FYSETC F6 pin mapping + + //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below + #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) + // Pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen + #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 + #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 + + // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO + //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI + #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) + #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 + #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 + #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 + #endif + #endif + + // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display + // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support + // portrait and mirrored orientations. + //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED + //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT + //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED + + // UTF8 processing and rendering. + // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. + //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 + #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) + // Western accents support. These accented characters use + // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. + #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET + #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) + // Additional character groups. These characters require + // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ + #endif + + // Cyrillic character set, costs about 27KiB of flash + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CYRILLIC_CHARSET + #endif + + // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons + #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT + + // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. + // (recommended for smaller displays) + //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE + + // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events + //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG + + // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) + //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU +#endif + +// +// Classic UI Options +// +#if TFT_SCALED_DOGLCD + //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White + //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black + //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black + //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red + //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow + //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan +#endif + +// +// ADC Button Debounce +// +#if HAS_ADC_BUTTONS + #define ADC_BUTTON_DEBOUNCE_DELAY 16 // Increase if buttons bounce or repeat too fast +#endif + +// @section safety + +/** + * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs + * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. + * + * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, + * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. + * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while + * interrupts are enabled. + */ +#define USE_WATCHDOG +#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) + //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL +#endif + +// @section lcd + +/** + * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing + * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z + * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. + * + * Warning: Does not respect endstops! + */ +#define BABYSTEPPING +#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) + //#define INTEGRATED_BABYSTEPPING // EXPERIMENTAL integration of babystepping into the Stepper ISR + //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING + //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). + //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! + #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way + //#define BABYSTEP_MILLIMETER_UNITS // Specify BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_(XY|Z) in mm instead of micro-steps + #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // (steps or mm) Steps or millimeter distance for each Z babystep + #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 // (steps or mm) Steps or millimeter distance for each XY babystep + + //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. + #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) + #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. + // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. + //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. + #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) + #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. + #endif + #endif + + //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 + + #if HAS_BED_PROBE + #define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping + #endif + #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) + //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets + //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor + #endif +#endif + +// @section extruder + +/** + * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 + * + * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) + * K=0 means advance disabled. + * + * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! + * + * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. + * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. + * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) + * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. + * + * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. + */ +//#define LIN_ADVANCE +#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) + //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants + #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed + //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. + //#define EXPERIMENTAL_SCURVE // Enable this option to permit S-Curve Acceleration +#endif + +// @section leveling + +/** + * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. + * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. + */ +#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 + //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 + //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 + //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 + //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 + //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 +#endif + +/** + * Probing Margins + * + * Override PROBING_MARGIN for each side of the build plate + * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or + * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific + * sides of the bed. With NOZZLE_AS_PROBE negative values are + * allowed, to permit probing outside the bed. + * + * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, + * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over + * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as + * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) + * + * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however + * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the + * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing + * the probe to be unable to reach any points. + */ +#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC + #define PROBING_MARGIN_LEFT PROBING_MARGIN + #define PROBING_MARGIN_RIGHT PROBING_MARGIN + #define PROBING_MARGIN_FRONT PROBING_MARGIN + #define PROBING_MARGIN_BACK PROBING_MARGIN +#endif + +#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large + //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET + //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET + //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) + //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) +#endif + +#if BOTH(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL, EEPROM_SETTINGS) + //#define OPTIMIZED_MESH_STORAGE // Store mesh with less precision to save EEPROM space +#endif + +/** + * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. + * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. + */ +//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER +#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) + #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 + #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE + /** + * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, + * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. + */ + #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." + #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" + #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" + +#endif + +/** + * Thermal Probe Compensation + * Probe measurements are adjusted to compensate for temperature distortion. + * Use G76 to calibrate this feature. Use M871 to set values manually. + * For a more detailed explanation of the process see G76_M871.cpp. + */ +#if HAS_BED_PROBE && TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE && TEMP_SENSOR_BED + // Enable thermal first layer compensation using bed and probe temperatures + #define PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION + + // Add additional compensation depending on hotend temperature + // Note: this values cannot be calibrated and have to be set manually + #if ENABLED(PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) + // Park position to wait for probe cooldown + #define PTC_PARK_POS { 0, 0, 100 } + + // Probe position to probe and wait for probe to reach target temperature + #define PTC_PROBE_POS { 90, 100 } + + // Enable additional compensation using hotend temperature + // Note: this values cannot be calibrated automatically but have to be set manually + //#define USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION + + // Probe temperature calibration generates a table of values starting at PTC_SAMPLE_START + // (e.g. 30), in steps of PTC_SAMPLE_RES (e.g. 5) with PTC_SAMPLE_COUNT (e.g. 10) samples. + + //#define PTC_SAMPLE_START 30.0f + //#define PTC_SAMPLE_RES 5.0f + //#define PTC_SAMPLE_COUNT 10U + + // Bed temperature calibration builds a similar table. + + //#define BTC_SAMPLE_START 60.0f + //#define BTC_SAMPLE_RES 5.0f + //#define BTC_SAMPLE_COUNT 10U + + // The temperature the probe should be at while taking measurements during bed temperature + // calibration. + //#define BTC_PROBE_TEMP 30.0f + + // Height above Z=0.0f to raise the nozzle. Lowering this can help the probe to heat faster. + // Note: the Z=0.0f offset is determined by the probe offset which can be set using M851. + //#define PTC_PROBE_HEATING_OFFSET 0.5f + + // Height to raise the Z-probe between heating and taking the next measurement. Some probes + // may fail to untrigger if they have been triggered for a long time, which can be solved by + // increasing the height the probe is raised to. + //#define PTC_PROBE_RAISE 15U + + // If the probe is outside of the defined range, use linear extrapolation using the closest + // point and the PTC_LINEAR_EXTRAPOLATION'th next point. E.g. if set to 4 it will use data[0] + // and data[4] to perform linear extrapolation for values below PTC_SAMPLE_START. + //#define PTC_LINEAR_EXTRAPOLATION 4 + #endif +#endif + +// @section extras + +// +// G60/G61 Position Save and Return +// +//#define SAVED_POSITIONS 1 // Each saved position slot costs 12 bytes + +// +// G2/G3 Arc Support +// +#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes +#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) + #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // (mm) Length (or minimum length) of each arc segment + //#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_R 1 // Max segment length, MM_PER = Min + #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle + //#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_SEC 50 // Use feedrate to choose segment length (with MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT as the minimum) + #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections + //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles + //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes + //#define SF_ARC_FIX // Enable only if using SkeinForge with "Arc Point" fillet procedure +#endif + +// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. +//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT + +/** + * Direct Stepping + * + * Comparable to the method used by Klipper, G6 direct stepping significantly + * reduces motion calculations, increases top printing speeds, and results in + * less step aliasing by calculating all motions in advance. + * Preparing your G-code: https://github.com/colinrgodsey/step-daemon + */ +//#define DIRECT_STEPPING + +/** + * G38 Probe Target + * + * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) + * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). + * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. + */ +//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET +#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) + //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target + #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. +#endif + +// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move +#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 + +/** + * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) + * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) + * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers + * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers + * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers + * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers + * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. + */ +//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 +//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 + +/** + * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) + * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers + * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h + * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers + * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers + * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers + * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. + */ +//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 + +/** + * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows + * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) + * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers + * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver + * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver + * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver + * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver + * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * + * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. + */ +//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 + +// @section temperature + +// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. +//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL + +//=========================================================================== +//================================= Buffers ================================= +//=========================================================================== + +// @section motion + +// The number of linear moves that can be in the planner at once. +// The value of BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE must be a power of 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) +#if BOTH(SDSUPPORT, DIRECT_STEPPING) + #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 8 +#elif ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 +#else + #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 +#endif + +// @section serial + +// The ASCII buffer for serial input +#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 +#define BUFSIZE 4 + +// Transmission to Host Buffer Size +// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. +// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. +// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. +// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. +// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. +// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] +#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 + +// Host Receive Buffer Size +// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. +// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. +// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] +//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 + +#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 + // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to + // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. + //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF +#endif + +// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate +//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE + +#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum + // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. + //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED + + // Enable this option to collect and display the number + // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. + //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX +#endif + +/** + * Emergency Command Parser + * + * Add a low-level parser to intercept certain commands as they + * enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. + * Currently handles M108, M112, M410, M876 + * NOTE: Not yet implemented for all platforms. + */ +//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER + +// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' +// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. +// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. +// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. +//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds + +// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. +//#define ADVANCED_OK + +// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. +// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. +#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION + +// For serial echo, the number of digits after the decimal point +//#define SERIAL_FLOAT_PRECISION 4 + +// @section extras + +/** + * Extra Fan Speed + * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. + * 'M106 P<fan> T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for <fan> + * 'M106 P<fan> T2' : Use the set secondary speed + * 'M106 P<fan> T1' : Restore the previous fan speed + */ +//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED + +/** + * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract + * + * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. + * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. + * + * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. + * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range + * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. + * + * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. + * + * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. + */ +//#define FWRETRACT +#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) + #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions + #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) + #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length + #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length + #endif + #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) + #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) + #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting + #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction + #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) + //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Universal tool change settings. + * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. + */ +#if HAS_MULTI_EXTRUDER + // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders + #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) + //#define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE_BEFORE_RETRACT // Apply raise before swap retraction (if enabled) + //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to previous position on tool-change + #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN) + //#define EVENT_GCODE_AFTER_TOOLCHANGE "G12X" // Extra G-code to run after tool-change + #endif + + /** + * Retract and prime filament on tool-change to reduce + * ooze and stringing and to get cleaner transitions. + */ + //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP + #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) + // Load / Unload + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_LENGTH 12 // (mm) Load / Unload length + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_EXTRA_RESUME_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Extra length for better restart, fine tune by LCD/Gcode) + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_RETRACT_SPEED (50*60) // (mm/min) (Unloading) + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_UNRETRACT_SPEED (25*60) // (mm/min) (On SINGLENOZZLE or Bowden loading must be slowed down) + + // Longer prime to clean out a SINGLENOZZLE + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_EXTRA_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra priming length + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_SPEED (4.6*60) // (mm/min) Extra priming feedrate + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_WIPE_RETRACT 0 // (mm/min) Retract before cooling for less stringing, better wipe, etc. + + // Cool after prime to reduce stringing + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN -1 // Fan index or -1 to skip + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN_SPEED 255 // 0-255 + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN_TIME 10 // (seconds) + + // Swap uninitialized extruder with TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_SPEED for all lengths (recover + prime) + // (May break filament if not retracted beforehand.) + //#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_INIT_BEFORE_SWAP + + // Prime on the first T0 (If other, TOOLCHANGE_FS_INIT_BEFORE_SWAP applied) + // Enable it (M217 V[0/1]) before printing, to avoid unwanted priming on host connect + //#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_FIRST_USED + + /** + * Tool Change Migration + * This feature provides G-code and LCD options to switch tools mid-print. + * All applicable tool properties are migrated so the print can continue. + * Tools must be closely matching and other restrictions may apply. + * Useful to: + * - Change filament color without interruption + * - Switch spools automatically on filament runout + * - Switch to a different nozzle on an extruder jam + */ + #define TOOLCHANGE_MIGRATION_FEATURE + + #endif + + /** + * Position to park head during tool change. + * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER + */ + //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK + #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) + #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } + #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/min) + //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_X_ONLY // X axis only move + //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_Y_ONLY // Y axis only move + #endif +#endif // HAS_MULTI_EXTRUDER + +/** + * Advanced Pause + * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. + * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. + * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. + * + * Requires an LCD display. + * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. + * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. + */ +//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE +#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) + #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. + #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. + // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. + // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. + // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. + // Set to 0 for manual unloading. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. + // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. + // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. + // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. + //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. + #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. + #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. + // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. + // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu + // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. + #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. + //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. + + // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_FEEDRATE 25 // (mm/s) feedrate to purge before unload + + #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. + #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. + + //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. + //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // If needed, home before parking for filament change + + //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. + //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) +#endif + +// @section tmc + +/** + * TMC26X Stepper Driver options + * + * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. + * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper + */ +#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) + #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) + #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) + #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) + #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) + #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) + #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) + #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) + #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) + #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z4(TMC26X) + #define Z4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Z4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Z4_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) + #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) + #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) + #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) + #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) + #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) + #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E6(TMC26X) + #define E6_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E6_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E6_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E7(TMC26X) + #define E7_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E7_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E7_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + +#endif // TMC26X + +// @section tmc_smart + +/** + * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode + * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define + * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 + * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). + * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. + * + * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN + * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. + * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without + * a resistor. + * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. + * + * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. + * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper + */ +#if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG + + #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current + + /** + * Interpolate microsteps to 256 + * Override for each driver with <driver>_INTERPOLATE settings below + */ + #define INTERPOLATE true + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) + #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. + #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing + #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 + #define X_RSENSE 0.11 + #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // -1..0: Not chained. 1: MCU MOSI connected. 2: Next in chain, ... + //#define X_INTERPOLATE true // Enable to override 'INTERPOLATE' for the X axis + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) + #define X2_CURRENT 800 + #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT + #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 + #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define X2_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) + #define Y_CURRENT 800 + #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT + #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define Y_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) + #define Y2_CURRENT 800 + #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT + #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define Y2_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) + #define Z_CURRENT 800 + #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT + #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define Z_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) + #define Z2_CURRENT 800 + #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT + #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define Z2_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) + #define Z3_CURRENT 800 + #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT + #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define Z3_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + #define Z4_CURRENT 800 + #define Z4_CURRENT_HOME Z4_CURRENT + #define Z4_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z4_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Z4_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define Z4_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) + #define E0_CURRENT 800 + #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E0_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) + #define E1_CURRENT 800 + #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E1_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) + #define E2_CURRENT 800 + #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E2_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) + #define E3_CURRENT 800 + #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E3_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) + #define E4_CURRENT 800 + #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E4_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) + #define E5_CURRENT 800 + #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E5_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E6) + #define E6_CURRENT 800 + #define E6_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E6_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E6_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E6_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E7) + #define E7_CURRENT 800 + #define E7_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E7_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E7_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E7_INTERPOLATE true + #endif + + /** + * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. + * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. + */ + //#define X_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 + //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E6_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E7_CS_PIN -1 + + /** + * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). + * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, + * but you can override or define them here. + */ + //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI + //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 + //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 + //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 + + /** + * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. + * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. + * Address | MS1 | MS2 + * 0 | LOW | LOW + * 1 | HIGH | LOW + * 2 | LOW | HIGH + * 3 | HIGH | HIGH + * + * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers + * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. + */ + //#define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define Z4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E6_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E7_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + + /** + * Software enable + * + * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same + * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. + */ + //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE + + /** + * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only + * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. + * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. + */ + #define STEALTHCHOP_XY + #define STEALTHCHOP_Z + #define STEALTHCHOP_E + + /** + * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets + * or with the help of an example included in the library. + * Provided parameter sets are + * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V + * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V + * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V + * CHOPPER_09STEP_24V // 0.9 degree steppers (24V) + * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Průša firmware for MK3 (24V) + * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 + * + * Define your own with: + * { <off_time[1..15]>, <hysteresis_end[-3..12]>, hysteresis_start[1..8] } + */ + #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V // All axes (override below) + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_X CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V // For X Axes (override below) + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_X2 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Y CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V // For Y Axes (override below) + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Y2 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V // For Z Axes (override below) + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z2 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z3 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z4 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V // For Extruders (override below) + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E1 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E2 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E3 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E4 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E5 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E6 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E7 CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + + /** + * Monitor Trinamic drivers + * for error conditions like overtemperature and short to ground. + * To manage over-temp Marlin can decrease the driver current until the error condition clears. + * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. + * Relevant G-codes: + * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. + * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. + * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. + * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) + */ + //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS + + #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) + #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] + #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE + #define STOP_ON_ERROR + #endif + + /** + * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only + * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. + * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. + * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. + * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting + */ + //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD + + #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] + #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 + #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 + #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 + #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define Z4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E6_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E7_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + + /** + * Use StallGuard to home / probe X, Y, Z. + * + * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only + * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. + * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. + * + * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. + * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: + * + * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others + * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) + * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) + * + * It is recommended to set HOMING_BUMP_MM to { 0, 0, 0 }. + * + * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** + * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. + * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. + * + * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when + * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. + * + * Comment *_STALL_SENSITIVITY to disable sensorless homing for that axis. + */ + //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only + + #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) + // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 + #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 100 + #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY + #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 100 + #define Y2_STALL_SENSITIVITY Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY + //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 + //#define Z2_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY + //#define Z3_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY + //#define Z4_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY + //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only + //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY + #endif + + /** + * TMC Homing stepper phase. + * + * Improve homing repeatability by homing to stepper coil's nearest absolute + * phase position. Trinamic drivers use a stepper phase table with 1024 values + * spanning 4 full steps with 256 positions each (ergo, 1024 positions). + * Full step positions (128, 384, 640, 896) have the highest holding torque. + * + * Values from 0..1023, -1 to disable homing phase for that axis. + */ + //#define TMC_HOME_PHASE { 896, 896, 896 } + + /** + * Beta feature! + * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. + */ + //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING + + /** + * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. + * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. + */ + //#define TMC_DEBUG + + /** + * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. + * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page + * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper + * + * Example: + * #define TMC_ADV() { \ + * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ + * stepperY.intpol(0); \ + * } + */ + #define TMC_ADV() { } + +#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG + +// @section L64XX + +/** + * L64XX Stepper Driver options + * + * Arduino-L6470 library (0.8.0 or higher) is required. + * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 + * + * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file + * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN + * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN + * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN + * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN + * ENABLE_RESET_L64XX_CHIPS(Q) where Q is 1 to enable and 0 to reset + */ + +#if HAS_L64XX + + //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) + #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - L6474 max is 16 + #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current + // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down + // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 1000 x (1 - 32) - 32A max - rounds down + #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) + // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down + // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 200 x (1 - 32) - 6.4A max - rounds down + // L6474 - STALLCURRENT setting is used to set the nominal (TVAL) current + #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - not used by L6474 + #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI + #define X_SLEW_RATE 1 // 0-3, Slew 0 is slowest, 3 is fastest + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) + #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define X2_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) + #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Y_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) + #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Y2_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) + #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Z_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) + #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Z2_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) + #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Z3_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z4) + #define Z4_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Z4_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Z4_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Z4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Z4_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Z4_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) + #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E0_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) + #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E1_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) + #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E2_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) + #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E3_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) + #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E4_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) + #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E5_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E6) + #define E6_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E6_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E6_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E6_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E6_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E6_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E7) + #define E7_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E7_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E7_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E7_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E7_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E7_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + /** + * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. + * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. + * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. + * Relevant G-codes: + * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. + * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 + * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 + * I3 - Z3 or E3 + * I4 - Z4 or E4 + * I5 - E5 + * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning + * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds + * M918 - Increase speed until max or error + * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters + */ + //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS + + #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) + #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 + //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR + #endif + +#endif // HAS_L64XX + +// @section i2cbus + +// +// I2C Master ID for LPC176x LCD and Digital Current control +// Does not apply to other peripherals based on the Wire library. +// +//#define I2C_MASTER_ID 1 // Set a value from 0 to 2 + +/** + * TWI/I2C BUS + * + * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production + * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave + * devices on the bus. + * + * ; Example #1 + * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) + * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B<base 10> arg + * M260 A99 ; Target slave address + * M260 B77 ; M + * M260 B97 ; a + * M260 B114 ; r + * M260 B108 ; l + * M260 B105 ; i + * M260 B110 ; n + * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer + * + * ; Example #2 + * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) + * M261 A99 B5 + * + * ; Example #3 + * ; Example serial output of a M261 request + * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello + */ + +//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS +#if ENABLED(EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS) + #define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave +#endif + +// @section extras + +/** + * Photo G-code + * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. + * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. + */ +//#define PHOTO_GCODE +#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) + // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo + //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) + //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) + //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) + + // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger + // Data from: https://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ + //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 + + // Canon Hack Development Kit + // https://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ + //#define CHDK_PIN 4 + + // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter + //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) + + // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high + //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) + + /** + * PHOTO_PULSES_US may need adjustment depending on board and camera model. + * Pin must be running at 48.4kHz. + * Be sure to use a PHOTOGRAPH_PIN which can rise and fall quick enough. + * (e.g., MKS SBase temp sensor pin was too slow, so used P1.23 on J8.) + * + * Example pulse data for Nikon: https://bit.ly/2FKD0Aq + * IR Wiring: https://git.io/JvJf7 + */ + //#define PHOTO_PULSES_US { 2000, 27850, 400, 1580, 400, 3580, 400 } // (µs) Durations for each 48.4kHz oscillation + #ifdef PHOTO_PULSES_US + #define PHOTO_PULSE_DELAY_US 13 // (µs) Approximate duration of each HIGH and LOW pulse in the oscillation + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Spindle & Laser control + * + * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and + * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. + * + * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. + * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set + * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. + * + * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V + * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. + * + * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. + */ +//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE +//#define LASER_FEATURE +#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) + #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_STATE LOW // Set to "HIGH" if the on/off function is active HIGH + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT false // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower + + #define SPINDLE_LASER_FREQUENCY 2500 // (Hz) Spindle/laser frequency (only on supported HALs: AVR and LPC) + + //#define SPINDLE_SERVO // A servo converting an angle to spindle power + #ifdef SPINDLE_SERVO + #define SPINDLE_SERVO_NR 0 // Index of servo used for spindle control + #define SPINDLE_SERVO_MIN 10 // Minimum angle for servo spindle + #endif + + /** + * Speed / Power can be set ('M3 S') and displayed in terms of: + * - PWM255 (S0 - S255) + * - PERCENT (S0 - S100) + * - RPM (S0 - S50000) Best for use with a spindle + * - SERVO (S0 - S180) + */ + #define CUTTER_POWER_UNIT PWM255 + + /** + * Relative Cutter Power + * Normally, 'M3 O<power>' sets + * OCR power is relative to the range SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX. + * so input powers of 0...255 correspond to SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX + * instead of normal range (0 to SPEED_POWER_MAX). + * Best used with (e.g.) SuperPID router controller: S0 = 5,000 RPM and S255 = 30,000 RPM + */ + //#define CUTTER_POWER_RELATIVE // Set speed proportional to [SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX] + + #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) + //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction + #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction + #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed + + #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power + #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop + + /** + * M3/M4 Power Equation + * + * Each tool uses different value ranges for speed / power control. + * These parameters are used to convert between tool power units and PWM. + * + * Speed/Power = (PWMDC / 255 * 100 - SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT) / SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + * PWMDC = (spdpwr - SPEED_POWER_MIN) / (SPEED_POWER_MAX - SPEED_POWER_MIN) / SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + */ + #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 // (%) 0-100 i.e., Minimum power percentage + #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 // (RPM) + #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // (RPM) SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM + #define SPEED_POWER_STARTUP 25000 // (RPM) M3/M4 speed/power default (with no arguments) + + #else + + #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 // (%) 0-100 i.e., Minimum power percentage + #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 0 // (%) 0-100 + #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // (%) 0-100 + #define SPEED_POWER_STARTUP 80 // (%) M3/M4 speed/power default (with no arguments) + + // Define the minimum and maximum test pulse time values for a laser test fire function + #define LASER_TEST_PULSE_MIN 1 // Used with Laser Control Menu + #define LASER_TEST_PULSE_MAX 999 // Caution: Menu may not show more than 3 characters + + /** + * Enable inline laser power to be handled in the planner / stepper routines. + * Inline power is specified by the I (inline) flag in an M3 command (e.g., M3 S20 I) + * or by the 'S' parameter in G0/G1/G2/G3 moves (see LASER_MOVE_POWER). + * + * This allows the laser to keep in perfect sync with the planner and removes + * the powerup/down delay since lasers require negligible time. + */ + //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE + + #if ENABLED(LASER_POWER_INLINE) + /** + * Scale the laser's power in proportion to the movement rate. + * + * - Sets the entry power proportional to the entry speed over the nominal speed. + * - Ramps the power up every N steps to approximate the speed trapezoid. + * - Due to the limited power resolution this is only approximate. + */ + #define LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID + + /** + * Continuously calculate the current power (nominal_power * current_rate / nominal_rate). + * Required for accurate power with non-trapezoidal acceleration (e.g., S_CURVE_ACCELERATION). + * This is a costly calculation so this option is discouraged on 8-bit AVR boards. + * + * LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT_PER defines how many step cycles there are between power updates. If your + * board isn't able to generate steps fast enough (and you are using LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT), increase this. + * Note that when this is zero it means it occurs every cycle; 1 means a delay wait one cycle then run, etc. + */ + //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT + + /** + * Stepper iterations between power updates. Increase this value if the board + * can't keep up with the processing demands of LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT. + * Disable (or set to 0) to recalculate power on every stepper iteration. + */ + //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT_PER 10 + + /** + * Include laser power in G0/G1/G2/G3/G5 commands with the 'S' parameter + */ + //#define LASER_MOVE_POWER + + #if ENABLED(LASER_MOVE_POWER) + // Turn off the laser on G0 moves with no power parameter. + // If a power parameter is provided, use that instead. + //#define LASER_MOVE_G0_OFF + + // Turn off the laser on G28 homing. + //#define LASER_MOVE_G28_OFF + #endif + + /** + * Inline flag inverted + * + * WARNING: M5 will NOT turn off the laser unless another move + * is done (so G-code files must end with 'M5 I'). + */ + //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE_INVERT + + /** + * Continuously apply inline power. ('M3 S3' == 'G1 S3' == 'M3 S3 I') + * + * The laser might do some weird things, so only enable this + * feature if you understand the implications. + */ + //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE_CONTINUOUS + + #else + + #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 50 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power + #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 50 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop + + #endif + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Coolant Control + * + * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. + * + * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. + */ +//#define COOLANT_CONTROL +#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) + #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present + #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present + #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed + #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed +#endif + +/** + * Filament Width Sensor + * + * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts + * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. + * + * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the + * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the + * volume. + * + * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. + * + * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector + * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) + * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 + * + * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. + */ +//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR + +#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) + #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] + #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber + + #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it + #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. + + #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially + + // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. + //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY +#endif + +/** + * Power Monitor + * Monitor voltage (V) and/or current (A), and -when possible- power (W) + * + * Read and configure with M430 + * + * The current sensor feeds DC voltage (relative to the measured current) to an analog pin + * The voltage sensor feeds DC voltage (relative to the measured voltage) to an analog pin + */ +//#define POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT // Monitor the system current +//#define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE // Monitor the system voltage +#if EITHER(POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT, POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE) + #define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTS_PER_AMP 0.05000 // Input voltage to the MCU analog pin per amp - DO NOT apply more than ADC_VREF! + #define POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT_OFFSET -1 // Offset value for current sensors with linear function output + #define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTS_PER_VOLT 0.11786 // Input voltage to the MCU analog pin per volt - DO NOT apply more than ADC_VREF! + #define POWER_MONITOR_FIXED_VOLTAGE 13.6 // Voltage for a current sensor with no voltage sensor (for power display) +#endif + +/** + * CNC Coordinate Systems + * + * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems + * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. + */ +//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS + +/** + * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S<seconds> + */ +#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES + +/** + * Include capabilities in M115 output + */ +#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT +#if ENABLED(EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT) + //#define M115_GEOMETRY_REPORT +#endif + +/** + * Expected Printer Check + * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. + * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. + */ +//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK + +/** + * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options + */ +//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS + +#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) + /** + * Volumetric extrusion default state + * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, + * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. + * + * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter (and enable volumetric). + * M200 S0/S1 to disable/enable volumetric extrusion. + */ + //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON + + //#define VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT + #if ENABLED(VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT) + /** + * Default volumetric extrusion limit in cubic mm per second (mm^3/sec). + * This factory setting applies to all extruders. + * Use 'M200 [T<extruder>] L<limit>' to override and 'M502' to reset. + * A non-zero value activates Volume-based Extrusion Limiting. + */ + #define DEFAULT_VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT 0.00 // (mm^3/sec) + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all + * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. + * + * - M206 and M428 are disabled. + * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. + */ +//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS + +// Extra options for the M114 "Current Position" report +//#define M114_DETAIL // Use 'M114` for details to check planner calculations +//#define M114_REALTIME // Real current position based on forward kinematics +//#define M114_LEGACY // M114 used to synchronize on every call. Enable if needed. + +//#define REPORT_FAN_CHANGE // Report the new fan speed when changed by M106 (and others) + +/** + * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. + * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. + * + * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. + * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. + */ +#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 + +/** + * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser + */ +#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER + +#if ENABLED(FASTER_GCODE_PARSER) + //#define GCODE_QUOTED_STRINGS // Support for quoted string parameters +#endif + +//#define MEATPACK // Support for MeatPack G-code compression (https://github.com/scottmudge/OctoPrint-MeatPack) + +//#define GCODE_CASE_INSENSITIVE // Accept G-code sent to the firmware in lowercase + +//#define REPETIER_GCODE_M360 // Add commands originally from Repetier FW + +/** + * CNC G-code options + * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. + * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). + * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. + */ +//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments +//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. + +// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves +//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/min) +#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE + //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode +#endif + +/** + * Startup commands + * + * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. + */ +//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" + +/** + * G-code Macros + * + * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. + * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. + */ +//#define GCODE_MACROS +#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) + #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used + #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro +#endif + +/** + * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode + */ +#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS +#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) + //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" + //#define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" + //#define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK + //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script + + #define USER_CMD_1_ENABLE + #define USER_DESC_1 "Bed" + #define USER_GCODE_1 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) + + #define USER_CMD_2_ENABLE + #define USER_DESC_2 PREHEAT_1_LABEL + #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) + + #define USER_CMD_3_ENABLE + #define USER_DESC_3 PREHEAT_2_LABEL + #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) + + #define USER_CMD_4_ENABLE + #define USER_DESC_4 "Cool" + #define USER_GCODE_4 "M108\nM106 255" + + //#define USER_CMD_5_ENABLE + //#define USER_DESC_5 "More1" + //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28" + + //#define USER_CMD_6_ENABLE + //#define USER_DESC_6 "More2" + //#define USER_GCODE_6 "G28" + + //#define USER_CMD_7_ENABLE + //#define USER_DESC_7 "More3" + //#define USER_GCODE_7 "G28" +#endif + +/** + * Host Action Commands + * + * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. + * + * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands + * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel + * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed + * + * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. + * + * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so + * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. + */ +//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS +#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) + //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT + //#define HOST_START_MENU_ITEM // Add a menu item that tells the host to start +#endif + +/** + * Cancel Objects + * + * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects + */ +//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS + +/** + * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. + * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. + * + * Wiki: https://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder + * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder + * + * Supplier: https://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module + * Alternative Supplier: https://reliabuild3d.com/ + * + * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. + */ + +//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS +#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) + + #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 + // encoders supported currently. + + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. <X|Y|Z|E>_AXIS. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- + // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for + // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, + // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. + //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper + // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) + //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. + #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the + // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors + // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of + // measurement noise / latency (filter). + + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 + //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) + //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP + #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 + + #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options + #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. + + #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. + #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS + + #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. + #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS + + // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. + #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR + #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 + #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) + #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE + #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 + + //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given + // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to + // disable abort behavior. + + #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault + // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder + // is trusted again. + + /** + * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, + * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with + * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. + */ + #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. + + // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. + #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE + +#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS + +/** + * Analog Joystick(s) + */ +//#define JOYSTICK +#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) + #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 + #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 + #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 + #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 + + //#define INVERT_JOY_X // Enable if X direction is reversed + //#define INVERT_JOY_Y // Enable if Y direction is reversed + //#define INVERT_JOY_Z // Enable if Z direction is reversed + + // Use M119 with JOYSTICK_DEBUG to find reasonable values after connecting: + #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max + #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } + #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } + //#define JOYSTICK_DEBUG +#endif + +/** + * Mechanical Gantry Calibration + * Modern replacement for the Prusa TMC_Z_CALIBRATION. + * Adds capability to work with any adjustable current drivers. + * Implemented as G34 because M915 is deprecated. + */ +//#define MECHANICAL_GANTRY_CALIBRATION +#if ENABLED(MECHANICAL_GANTRY_CALIBRATION) + #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_CURRENT 600 // Default calibration current in ma + #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_EXTRA_HEIGHT 15 // Extra distance in mm past Z_###_POS to move + #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE 500 // Feedrate for correction move + //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_TO_MIN // Enable to calibrate Z in the MIN direction + + //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_SAFE_POSITION XY_CENTER // Safe position for nozzle + //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_XY_PARK_FEEDRATE 3000 // XY Park Feedrate - MMM + //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_COMMANDS_PRE "" + #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_COMMANDS_POST "G28" // G28 highly recommended to ensure an accurate position +#endif + +/** + * MAX7219 Debug Matrix + * + * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. + * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. + */ +//#define MAX7219_DEBUG +#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) + #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 + #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 + #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 + + //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix + #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Test pattern at startup: 0=none, 1=sweep, 2=spiral + #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. + #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) + // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 + //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order + //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side + + /** + * Sample debug features + * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! + */ + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row + + #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row + // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how + // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. +#endif + +/** + * NanoDLP Sync support + * + * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" + * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use + * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands + */ +//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC +#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) + //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. + // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. +#endif + +/** + * Ethernet. Use M552 to enable and set the IP address. + */ +#if HAS_ETHERNET + #define MAC_ADDRESS { 0xDE, 0xAD, 0xBE, 0xEF, 0xF0, 0x0D } // A MAC address unique to your network +#endif + +/** + * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) + */ +//#define WIFISUPPORT // Marlin embedded WiFi managenent +//#define ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT // ESP3D Library WiFi management (https://github.com/luc-github/ESP3DLib) + +#if EITHER(WIFISUPPORT, ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT) + //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver (which may include auto-discovery) + //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates + //#define WIFI_CUSTOM_COMMAND // Accept feature config commands (e.g., WiFi ESP3D) from the host + + /** + * To set a default WiFi SSID / Password, create a file called Configuration_Secure.h with + * the following defines, customized for your network. This specific file is excluded via + * .gitignore to prevent it from accidentally leaking to the public. + * + * #define WIFI_SSID "WiFi SSID" + * #define WIFI_PWD "WiFi Password" + */ + //#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with WiFi SSID / Password +#endif + +/** + * Průša Multi-Material Unit (MMU) + * Enable in Configuration.h + * + * These devices allow a single stepper driver on the board to drive + * multi-material feeders with any number of stepper motors. + */ +#if HAS_PRUSA_MMU1 + /** + * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. + * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. + * + * Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. + * Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. + */ + //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required + //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs + //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs +#elif HAS_PRUSA_MMU2 + // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. + #define MMU2_SERIAL_PORT 2 + + // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it + //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 + + // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) + //#define MMU2_MODE_12V + + // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout + #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" + + // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 + //#define MMU2_MENUS + #if EITHER(MMU2_MENUS, HAS_PRUSA_MMU2S) + // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. + // This is for Průša MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. + #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 + #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ + { 7.2, 1145 }, \ + { 14.4, 871 }, \ + { 36.0, 1393 }, \ + { 14.4, 871 }, \ + { 50.0, 198 } + + #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ + { 1.0, 1000 }, \ + { 1.0, 1500 }, \ + { 2.0, 2000 }, \ + { 1.5, 3000 }, \ + { 2.5, 4000 }, \ + { -15.0, 5000 }, \ + { -14.0, 1200 }, \ + { -6.0, 600 }, \ + { 10.0, 700 }, \ + { -10.0, 400 }, \ + { -50.0, 2000 } + #endif + + /** + * Using a sensor like the MMU2S + * This mode requires a MK3S extruder with a sensor at the extruder idler, like the MMU2S. + * See https://help.prusa3d.com/en/guide/3b-mk3s-mk2-5s-extruder-upgrade_41560, step 11 + */ + #if HAS_PRUSA_MMU2S + #define MMU2_C0_RETRY 5 // Number of retries (total time = timeout*retries) + + #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE 800 // (mm/min) + #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_SEQUENCE \ + { 0.1, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }, \ + { 60.0, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }, \ + { -52.0, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE } + + #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_RETRACT 6.0 // (mm) Keep under the distance between Load Sequence values + #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_DEVIATION 0.8 // (mm) Acceptable deviation + + #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT 0.2 // (mm) To reuse within MMU2 module + #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT_SEQUENCE \ + { -MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE } + + #else + + /** + * MMU1 Extruder Sensor + * + * Support for a Průša (or other) IR Sensor to detect filament near the extruder + * and make loading more reliable. Suitable for an extruder equipped with a filament + * sensor less than 38mm from the gears. + * + * During loading the extruder will stop when the sensor is triggered, then do a last + * move up to the gears. If no filament is detected, the MMU2 can make some more attempts. + * If all attempts fail, a filament runout will be triggered. + */ + //#define MMU_EXTRUDER_SENSOR + #if ENABLED(MMU_EXTRUDER_SENSOR) + #define MMU_LOADING_ATTEMPTS_NR 5 // max. number of attempts to load filament if first load fail + #endif + + #endif + + //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output + +#endif // HAS_PRUSA_MMU2 + +/** + * Advanced Print Counter settings + */ +#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) + #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 + // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs + //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" + //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours + //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" + //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours + //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" + //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours +#endif + +// @section develop + +// +// M100 Free Memory Watcher to debug memory usage +// +//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER + +// +// M42 - Set pin states +// +//#define DIRECT_PIN_CONTROL + +// +// M43 - display pin status, toggle pins, watch pins, watch endstops & toggle LED, test servo probe +// +//#define PINS_DEBUGGING + +// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands +//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE |